FONST 5000 U Series

Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment

Hardware Description
Version: K

Code: MN000002059

FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

June 2021
Thank you for choosing our products.

We appreciate your business. Your satisfaction is our goal.

We will provide you with comprehensive technical support
and after-sales service. Please contact your local sales
representative, service representative or distributor for any
help needed at the contact information shown below.

Fiberhome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: No. 67, Guanggu Chuangye Jie, Wuhan, Hubei, China

Zip code: 430073
Tel: +6 03 7960 0860/0884 (for Malaysia)
+91 98 9985 5448 (for South Asia)
+593 4 501 4529 (for South America)
Fax: +86 27 8717 8521
Website: http://www.fiberhome.com
Legal Notice

are trademarks of FiberHome Telecommunication Technologies Co., Ltd.

(Hereinafter referred to as FiberHome)
All brand names and product names used in this document are used for
identification purposes only and are trademarks or registered trademarks
of their respective holders.

All rights reserved

No part of this document (including the electronic version) may be

reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written permission from FiberHome.
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
Version

Version Description

A Initial version.
B Adds the FONST 5000 U60 equipment.

C Adds the FONST 5000 U60 II equipment.

Adds new cards capable of the MPLS-TP function,

including 12TN2, 20TN2, 5TN3, 2LN4, 20TP2 and 2TN4.
Adds the FONST 5000 U20C equipment.
D
Adds 1LU4, 12LU2, 16VS1, LUXU and 32TSE1 cards.
Optimizes overall contents and updates figures in the
manual.
E Adds the FONST 5000 UE equipment.

Updates cards and optimizes descriptions of the power

F
supply and auxiliary interfaces.

Adds the FONST 5000 N32 and COTP (3030220)

G
equipment.

Adds the 2OC2EA, 2OC2E, 2OC6E, OC2F, VGA, VGAXS,

H
2OC3E, 2LNC2 and 1LNC4 cards.
Adds some optical-layer cards which support C++ and C+L
bands.
u Adds OA, PA, XROA, WSS20T, EOSCAD, OSCADL,
TOSC, DGE, VOLP, OLP, OCP and OMSP cards for
I
the COTP (3030036, 3030105 and 3030163) subrack.
u Adds VGA, M80, D80, M60, D60, WSSX32T, MCS,
EA8 and EOPMX8 cards for the COTP (3030220)
subrack.
u Adds the 20PP2, 2PP4 and 1LUC2 electrical-layer
J cards.
u Adds the BOLP optical-layer card.

Adds cards applicable to the COTP (3030220) subrack,

K including the OC2E, O4F, O4S, O4EA, 2O4S, OC2F,
WSSX20T, OMDU8, WSS20T and WSS8T cards.

I
Contents

Version ...................................................................................................................I

1 Cabinet...........................................................................................................1

1.1 Cabinet Introduction..........................................................................2

1.2 Equipment Layout.............................................................................5

1.2.1 FONST 5000 U60 ...............................................................5

1.2.2 FONST 5000 U40 ...............................................................7
1.2.3 FONST 5000 U30 ...............................................................8
1.2.4 FONST 5000 U20 ...............................................................9
1.2.5 FONST 5000 U10 ............................................................. 11
1.2.6 FONST 5000 U10E...........................................................13
1.2.7 FONST 5000 U20E...........................................................16
1.2.8 FONST 5000 N32 .............................................................20
1.2.9 COTP (3030036) ..............................................................21
1.2.10 COTP (3030105) ..............................................................23
1.2.11 COTP (3030163) ..............................................................25
1.2.12 COTP (3030220) ..............................................................26

2 Subrack........................................................................................................28

2.1 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ ........................................................................29

2.1.1 Appearance and Specification...........................................29

2.1.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots .............................................30
2.1.3 Heat Dissipation Mode ......................................................32

2.2 FONST 5000 U60 ...........................................................................33

2.2.1 Appearance and Specification...........................................34

2.2.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots .............................................35
2.2.3 Heat Dissipation Mode ......................................................37

2.3 FONST 5000 U40 ...........................................................................38

2.3.1 Appearance and Specification...........................................39

2.3.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots .............................................40
2.3.3 Heat Dissipation Mode ......................................................42

2.4 FONST 5000 U30 ...........................................................................43

 2.4.1 Appearance and Specification...........................................44
2.4.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots .............................................45
2.4.3 Heat Dissipation Mode ......................................................46

2.5 FONST 5000 U20 ...........................................................................48

2.5.1 Appearance and Specification...........................................49

2.5.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots .............................................50
2.5.3 Heat Dissipation Mode ......................................................51

2.6 FONST 5000 U10 ...........................................................................52

2.6.1 Appearance and Specification...........................................53

2.6.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots .............................................53
2.6.3 Heat Dissipation Mode ......................................................54

2.7 FONST 5000 U10E.........................................................................55

2.7.1 Appearance and Specification...........................................56

2.7.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots .............................................56
2.7.3 Heat Dissipation Mode ......................................................57

2.8 FONST 5000 U20E.........................................................................58

2.8.1 Appearance and Specification...........................................59

2.8.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots .............................................60
2.8.3 Heat Dissipation Mode ......................................................61

2.9 FONST 5000 N32 ...........................................................................63

2.9.1 Appearance and Specification...........................................63

2.9.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots .............................................64
2.9.3 Heat Dissipation Mode ......................................................65

2.10 COTP (3030036) ............................................................................67

2.10.1 Appearance and Specification...........................................67

2.10.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots .............................................67
2.10.3 Heat Dissipation Mode ......................................................68

2.11 COTP (3030105) ............................................................................69

2.11.1 Appearance and Specification...........................................70

2.11.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots .............................................70
2.11.3 Heat Dissipation Mode ......................................................71

2.12 COTP (3030163) ............................................................................72

2.12.1 Appearance and Specification...........................................73

2.12.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots .............................................73
 2.12.3 Heat Dissipation Mode ......................................................74

2.13 COTP (3030220) ............................................................................75

2.13.1 Appearance and Specifications .........................................76

2.13.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots .............................................76
2.13.3 Subrack Cascading...........................................................78
2.13.4 Heat Dissipation Mode ......................................................79

2.14 Matching Fan Unit...........................................................................81

2.14.1 Appearance of the Fan Unit...............................................82

2.14.2 Functions of the Fan Unit ..................................................83
2.14.3 Indicators..........................................................................84
2.14.4 Safety Sign .......................................................................84
2.14.5 Technical Specifications....................................................85

3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces............................................................88

3.1 Overview of Management and Auxiliary Interfaces...........................89

3.2 Network Management Cards in the Electrical-Layer Subrack ...........89

3.2.1 CCU (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)................................................90

3.2.2 CCU (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10) ...................................93
3.2.3 CCU (U20E / U10E)..........................................................96
3.2.4 CCU (FONST 5000 N32) ................................................100

3.3 Network Management Cards in the Optical-Layer Subrack ............103

3.3.1 CCU (Optical Layer)........................................................103

3.3.2 EMU ...............................................................................106
3.3.3 EFCU ............................................................................. 110
3.3.4 ASCU ............................................................................. 113
3.3.5 SCU ............................................................................... 117
3.3.6 CCU (COTP 3030220) ....................................................120

3.4 Auxiliary Terminal Boards..............................................................125

3.4.1 AIF (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)................................................125

3.4.2 AIF (U60)........................................................................126
3.4.3 AIF (U40)........................................................................128
3.4.4 AIF (U30 / U20 / U20E) ...................................................130
3.4.5 AIF (N32)........................................................................132
3.4.6 AIF (COTP 3030036 / 3030105)......................................134
3.4.7 EAIF (COTP 3030036 / 3030105) ...................................135
 3.4.8 AIF (COTP 3030163) ......................................................136

3.5 Management and Auxiliary Cables ................................................138

3.5.1 Straight-Through Cable...................................................140

3.5.2 Clock Cable ....................................................................142
3.5.3 Time Cable .....................................................................144
3.5.4 Signal Cable ...................................................................144
3.5.5 Alarm Cable....................................................................146
3.5.6 The f Interface Cable.......................................................147
3.5.7 The f Interface Cable.......................................................148
3.5.8 Alarm Cable for the Head of Row Cabinet .......................149
3.5.9 Subrack Alarm Cable ......................................................150
3.5.10 Audio Interface Connection Cable ...................................151
3.5.11 DB Interface Cable .........................................................154
3.5.12 Subrack Alarm Cable ......................................................156
3.5.13 Clock Cable ....................................................................157
3.5.14 Alarm Cable....................................................................159

4 Power Supply .............................................................................................161

4.1 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ.......................................162

4.1.1 PWR (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) .............................................162

4.1.2 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Subrack Power Cable ......................164
4.1.3 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Protection Earth Ground Cable ........169

4.2 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U60 .........................................170

4.2.1 PWR (U60) .....................................................................170

4.2.2 FONST 5000 U60 Subrack Power Cable.........................172
4.2.3 PDP ...............................................................................173
4.2.4 PDP Power Cable...........................................................173
4.2.5 FONST 5000 U60 Protection Earth Ground Cable ...........173

4.3 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10 ..............173

4.3.1 PWR (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)..........................................174

4.3.2 FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10 Subrack Power
Cable..............................................................................176
4.3.3 PDP ...............................................................................177
4.3.4 PDP Power Cable...........................................................177
4.3.5 FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10 Protection Earth Ground
Cable..............................................................................177
4.4 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U20E / U10E............................178

4.4.1 PWR (U20E / U10E) .......................................................178

4.4.2 FONST 5000 U20E / U10E Subrack Power Cable ...........180
4.4.3 PDP ...............................................................................181
4.4.4 PDP Power Cable...........................................................181
4.4.5 FONST 5000 U20E / U10E Protection Earth Ground
Cable..............................................................................182

4.5 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 N32 .........................................182

4.5.1 PWR (N32) .....................................................................183

4.5.2 FONST 5000 N32 Subrack Power Cables .......................185
4.5.3 Protection Earth Ground Cable of the FONST 5000 N32..186

4.6 Power Supply of the COTP (3030036)...........................................186

4.6.1 PWR (COTP 3030036) ...................................................187

4.6.2 COTP (3030036) Subrack Power Cable ..........................188
4.6.3 PDP ...............................................................................190
4.6.4 PDP Power Cable...........................................................190
4.6.5 COTP (3030036) Protection Earth Ground Cable ............191

4.7 Power Supply of the COTP (3030105 / 3030163) ..........................191

4.7.1 PWR (COTP 3030105 / 3030163) ...................................192

4.7.2 COTP (3030105 / 3030163) Subrack Power Cable..........194
4.7.3 PDP ...............................................................................195
4.7.4 PDP Power Cable...........................................................195
4.7.5 COTP (3030105 / 3030163) Protection Earth Ground
Cable..............................................................................196

4.8 Power Supply of the COTP (3030220)...........................................196

4.8.1 PWR (COTP 3030220) ...................................................197

4.8.2 DC Subrack Power Cable ...............................................199
4.8.3 PDP ...............................................................................200
4.8.4 PDP Power Cable...........................................................200
4.8.5 COTP (3030220) Protection Earth Ground Cable ............201

4.9 PDP .............................................................................................201

4.9.1 PDP (3000068)...............................................................201

4.9.2 PDP (3000064)...............................................................207
4.9.3 PDP (3000082)...............................................................220

4.10 PDP Power Cable.........................................................................224

 4.10.1 PDP Power Cable...........................................................225
4.10.2 PDP Power Cable...........................................................226
4.10.3 PDP Power Cable...........................................................227
4.10.4 PDP Power Cable...........................................................227

4.11 Protection Earth Ground Cable .....................................................228

4.11.1 Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable ..........................228

4.11.2 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable...........................229
4.11.3 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable...........................230
4.11.4 PDP Protection Earth Ground Cable ...............................231
4.11.5 Protection Earth Ground Cable .......................................231
4.11.6 Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable ..........................232
4.11.7 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable...........................233
4.11.8 PDP Protection Earth Ground Cable ...............................234

5 Electrical-Layer Cards.................................................................................236

5.1 Tributary Cards .............................................................................237

5.1.1 Overview of Tributary Cards ............................................237

5.1.2 xTN1 ..............................................................................238
5.1.3 16TN1 (2202772)............................................................243
5.1.4 xTN2 ..............................................................................247
5.1.5 20TP2 ............................................................................252
5.1.6 xTN3 ..............................................................................255
5.1.7 xTN4 ..............................................................................258
5.1.8 16VS1 ............................................................................263
5.1.9 16TE2 ............................................................................267
5.1.10 12TN2G .........................................................................271
5.1.11 xTN4G............................................................................276
5.1.12 20PP2 ............................................................................280
5.1.13 2PP4 ..............................................................................283

5.2 Line Cards ....................................................................................286

5.2.1 Overview of Line Cards...................................................287

5.2.2 xLN2 ..............................................................................289
5.2.3 12LU2 ............................................................................292
5.2.4 xLN4 ..............................................................................297
5.2.5 xLU4 ..............................................................................301
5.2.6 2LNC2............................................................................306
5.2.7 1LNC4............................................................................310
 5.2.8 1LUC2............................................................................315
5.2.9 10IL2 ..............................................................................319
5.2.10 BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP .............................................323

5.3 Cross-Connect Cards ...................................................................326

5.3.1 UXU2 .............................................................................327

5.3.2 LUXU .............................................................................331
5.3.3 UXU3 .............................................................................335
5.3.4 UXN3 .............................................................................339

6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack .344

6.1 Optical Transponder Cards ...........................................................345

6.1.1 Overview of Optical Transponder Cards ..........................345

6.1.2 xOTU2S .........................................................................347
6.1.3 MST2 .............................................................................351
6.1.4 OTU4S ...........................................................................355
6.1.5 OTU4E ...........................................................................359
6.1.6 OTU4F ...........................................................................362
6.1.7 OTUC2E ........................................................................365
6.1.8 OTUC4E ........................................................................368
6.1.9 O4EA .............................................................................371
6.1.10 2OC3E ...........................................................................375
6.1.11 2OC6E ...........................................................................379

6.2 Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Cards ........................................385

6.2.1 Overview of the Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Cards .385

6.2.2 OMU...............................................................................386
6.2.3 ODU ...............................................................................389
6.2.4 VMU ...............................................................................394
6.2.5 ITL50..............................................................................398
6.2.6 OSCAD ..........................................................................402
6.2.7 EOSCAD ........................................................................406
6.2.8 EOSCAD (C++ Band) .....................................................410
6.2.9 OSCADL ........................................................................415

6.3 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer Cards...............................................419

6.3.1 OMU2 / OMU4 / OMU8 ...................................................419

6.3.2 ODU2 / ODU4 / ODU8 ....................................................424
6.3.3 WSS4M / WSS4D...........................................................428
 6.3.4 WSS8M / WSS8D...........................................................434
6.3.5 WSS8T / WSS20T ..........................................................442
6.3.6 WSS8MR / WSS8DT / ODU8T........................................447
6.3.7 FWSS8M / FWSS8D.......................................................455
6.3.8 FWSS20M / FWSS20D...................................................462
6.3.9 MCS8_16 / EA8 ..............................................................469
6.3.10 SOAD4 / SOAD8 ............................................................477
6.3.11 WSS20T (L Band)...........................................................482

6.4 Optical Amplification Cards ...........................................................486

6.4.1 Overview of the Amplification Cards ................................486

6.4.2 OA / PA / HOA ................................................................487
6.4.3 VGA ...............................................................................496
6.4.4 MSA ...............................................................................504
6.4.5 VHLA ............................................................................. 511
6.4.6 RAU_B / RAU_F / HRAU ................................................518
6.4.7 ROA ...............................................................................525
6.4.8 XROA.............................................................................530
6.4.9 RGU ...............................................................................536
6.4.10 OA / PA (L Band) ............................................................539
6.4.11 XROA (L Band)...............................................................545

6.5 Optical Protection Cards ...............................................................551

6.5.1 Overview of Optical Protection Cards ..............................551

6.5.2 VOLP .............................................................................551
6.5.3 OLP................................................................................557
6.5.4 OMSP ............................................................................563
6.5.5 OCP ...............................................................................566
6.5.6 BOLP_W / BOLP_E........................................................571

6.6 Optical Supervisory Channel Cards...............................................576

6.6.1 Overview of the Optical Supervisory Channel Cards ........576

6.6.2 OSC (Optical Layer)........................................................577
6.6.3 EOSC.............................................................................582
6.6.4 TOSC .............................................................................589
6.6.5 FOSC .............................................................................596
6.6.6 TOSC (Single-Fiber Bidirectional) ...................................601

6.7 Optical Performance Monitor Card ................................................607

6.7.1 EOPM4 / EOPM8............................................................608

 6.7.2 OPM4 / OPM8 ................................................................612

6.8 Channel Equilibrium Cards............................................................617

6.8.1 DGE ...............................................................................617

6.8.2 DGE (L Band) .................................................................620

6.9 OTDR Card ..................................................................................623

6.9.1 OTDR8 / WDM2..............................................................624

7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack..................................630

7.1 Optical Transponder Cards ...........................................................631

7.1.1 2O4S..............................................................................631
7.1.2 2OC2EA.........................................................................635
7.1.3 2OC2E ...........................................................................640
7.1.4 2OC6E ...........................................................................644
7.1.5 OC2F (Full-Height, Dual-Slot) .........................................649
7.1.6 OC2F (Half-Height, Single-Slot) ......................................652
7.1.7 OC2E .............................................................................656
7.1.8 O4F................................................................................660
7.1.9 O4S................................................................................664
7.1.10 O4EA .............................................................................667

7.2 Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Cards ........................................671

7.2.1 M96_OE / D96_OE .........................................................672

7.2.2 OMDU4 ..........................................................................680
7.2.3 M80................................................................................683
7.2.4 D80 ................................................................................689
7.2.5 D60_E / D60_O ..............................................................694
7.2.6 M60_E / M60_O..............................................................702
7.2.7 OSCAD ..........................................................................709
7.2.8 EOSCAD ........................................................................712
7.2.9 OMDU8 ..........................................................................716

7.3 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer Cards...............................................719

7.3.1 WSSX20T ......................................................................720

7.3.2 FWSS9...........................................................................724
7.3.3 WSS20T (Single-Slot).....................................................730
7.3.4 WSS20T (Dual-Slot) .......................................................734
7.3.5 WSSX32T ......................................................................739
7.3.6 MCS ...............................................................................744
 7.3.7 EA8 ................................................................................749
7.3.8 WSS8T...........................................................................754

7.4 Optical Amplification Cards ...........................................................759

7.4.1 VGA ...............................................................................759

7.4.2 VGAXS...........................................................................768
7.4.3 OA / PA ..........................................................................778
7.4.4 HRAU.............................................................................786
7.4.5 VGA (C++ Band).............................................................793

7.5 Optical Protection Cards ...............................................................801

7.5.1 OLP (1:1)........................................................................802

7.5.2 OP..................................................................................807

7.6 Optical Supervisory Channel Cards...............................................813

7.6.1 EOSC.............................................................................814

7.7 Optical Performance Monitor Cards...............................................818

7.7.1 EOPM8 ..........................................................................818

7.7.2 EOPMX8 ........................................................................823

7.8 Optical Time Domain Reflection Card ............................................826

7.8.1 OTDR12 .........................................................................826

8 System Auxiliary Components ....................................................................831

8.1 DCM.............................................................................................832

8.2 Fiber Jumpers...............................................................................833

8.3 MPO Optical Fiber ........................................................................834

9 Optical Modules..........................................................................................838

9.1 Specifications of the Client-Side Optical Module ............................839

9.2 Specifications of the Line-Side Optical Module ..............................853

1 Cabinet

This chapter introduces the cabinets used by the FONST 5000 U series.

Cabinet Introduction

Equipment Layout

Version: K 1
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

1.1 Cabinet Introduction

This section introduces all the cabinets used by the FONST 5000 U series.

2 Version: K
 1 Cabinet

Table 1-1 Cabinet Appearance Overview

21-inch 680
21-inch 340 mm- 19-inch 600 mm- 21-inch 300 mm-
mm-deep
deep Cabinet deep Cabinet deep Cabinet
Cabinet FONST 5000
(Installed with (Installed with (Installed with
Name (Installed with U60 Ⅱ Integrated
Rear Vertical Front Vertical Rear Vertical
Middle Vertical Cabinet
Mounting Mounting Mounting
Mounting
Flanges) Flanges) Flanges)
Flanges)

Appear-
ance

Version: K 3
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 1-1 Cabinet Appearance Overview (Continued)

21-inch 680
21-inch 340 mm- 19-inch 600 mm- 21-inch 300 mm-
mm-deep
deep Cabinet deep Cabinet deep Cabinet
Cabinet FONST 5000
(Installed with (Installed with (Installed with
Name (Installed with U60 Ⅱ Integrated
Rear Vertical Front Vertical Rear Vertical
Middle Vertical Cabinet
Mounting Mounting Mounting
Mounting
Flanges) Flanges) Flanges)
Flanges)

FONST 5000
U10
FONST 5000
U20
FONST 5000
FONST 5000 U10 U30
FONST 5000 U20 FONST 5000
FONST 5000 U30 U40
FONST 5000 FONST 5000
U10E U60
COTP (3030036)
Applicable FONST 5000 FONST 5000 FONST 5000 COTP (3030163)
COTP (3030105)
subrack U20E U10E U60 Ⅱ FONST 5000 U20E
COTP (3030163)
FONST 5000 N32 FONST 5000
COTP (3030036) U20E
COTP (3030105) COTP
COTP (3030163) (3030036)
COTP (3030220) COTP
(3030105)
COTP
(3030163)
COTP
(3030220)

Note 1: The power card of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ integrates the PDP function. The equipment can be electrified via
the connection between the external power connectors and power cards.

Table 1-2 Cabinet Specification Overview

Dimensions (H × W × D)
Cabinet Name Cabinet Model Weight (kg)
(mm)

404000282 1600 × 600 × 340 37

21-inch 340 mm-deep cabinet (installed with 404000283 2000 × 600 × 340 46
rear vertical mounting flanges) 404000284 2200 × 600 × 340 48
404000285 2600 × 600 × 340 57

4 Version: K
 1 Cabinet

Table 1-2 Cabinet Specification Overview (Continued)

Dimensions (H × W × D)
Cabinet Name Cabinet Model Weight (kg)
(mm)

404000305 1600 × 600 × 680 77

21-inch 680 mm-deep cabinet (installed with 404000306 2000 × 600 × 680 92
middle vertical mounting flanges) 404000307 2200 × 600 × 680 96
404000308 2600 × 600 × 680 111
FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ integrated cabinet - 2200 × 600 × 680 270.3
4102597 2000 × 600 × 600 95
19-inch 600 mm-deep cabinet (installed with
4102598 2200 × 600 × 600 112
front vertical mounting flanges)
4102599 2600 × 600 × 600 116
21-inch 300 mm-deep cabinet (installed with
4102663 2200 × 600 × 300 50
rear vertical mounting flanges)

Note 1: 1 U = 44.45 mm

1.2 Equipment Layout

This section introduces the equipment layout of the FONST 5000 U series.

1.2.1 FONST 5000 U60

When assembling subracks in a cabinet, comply with the following requirements

during layout planning.

u The "Empty" parts in the figures below are reserved for air cooling and should
not be occupied.

u Install the subracks first and then the air deflector units.

u Ensure that the environment temperature is lower than 45℃ on a short term
basis, and should not exceed 40℃ in a long term.

u If air deflector units are configured, install COTP subracks from the bottom up;
otherwise, install the COTP subracks from the top down (you can install the
COTP subracks following the sequence numbers in the related equipment
layout figure).

Version: K 5
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 1-1 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U60 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet

6 Version: K
 1 Cabinet

Figure 1-2 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U60 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet
(Including Air Deflector Units)

1.2.2 FONST 5000 U40

When assembling subracks in a cabinet, comply with the following requirements

during layout planning.

u The "Empty" parts in the figure below are reserved for air cooling and should
not be occupied.

u Ensure that the environment temperature is lower than 45℃ on a short term
basis, and should not exceed 40℃ in a long term.

u Install subracks from the top down.

u When all COTP subracks are installed with optical-layer cards, use the PDP
3000082-2BB. Otherwise, use the PDP 3000082-2BA.

Version: K 7
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u In a 2200 mm-high and 680 mm-deep cabinet, configure one COTP subrack at
the front and rear sides respectively for each U40 subrack, in which case DCM
modules should not be used. When the COTP subracks 1 and 2 are configured
with cards of 100G rate or beyond, the environmental temperature should be
lower than 35℃ in a long term, and should not exceed 40℃ in a short term.

Figure 1-3 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U40 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet

1.2.3 FONST 5000 U30

When assembling subracks in a cabinet, comply with the following requirements

during layout planning.

u The empty spaces in the figure below are reserved for air cooling, and should
not be occupied.

u Ensure that the environment temperature is lower than 45℃ on a short term
basis, and should not exceed 40℃ in a long term.

u Install subracks from the top down.

8 Version: K
 1 Cabinet

Figure 1-4 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U30 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet

1.2.4 FONST 5000 U20

When assembling subracks in a cabinet, comply with the following requirements

during layout planning.

u The "Empty" parts in the figures below are reserved for air cooling and should
not be occupied.

u Install the subracks first and then the air deflector units, and lay out the wires
and cables.

u Ensure that the environment temperature is lower than 45℃ on a short term
basis, and should not exceed 40℃ in a long term.

u If air deflector units are configured, install COTP subracks from the bottom up;
otherwise, install the COTP subracks from the top down (you can install the
COTP subracks following the sequence numbers in the related equipment
layout figure).

Version: K 9
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u In a 2200 mm-high and 340 mm-deep cabinet, configure one COTP subrack for
each U20 subrack, in which case DCM modules should not be used. When a
COTP subrack is configured with any card of 100G rate or beyond, the
environmental temperature should be lower than 35℃ in a long term, and
should not exceed 40℃ in a short term.

u In a 2200 mm-high and 680mm-deep cabinet, configure three COTP subracks

for each U20 subrack, in which case DCM modules should not be used. The
temperature should be lower than 35℃ for long-term operations and should not
exceed 40℃ for short-term operations.

Figure 1-5 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U20 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet

10 Version: K
 1 Cabinet

Figure 1-6 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U20 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet
(Including Air Deflector Units)

1.2.5 FONST 5000 U10

When assembling subracks in a cabinet, comply with the following requirements

during layout planning.

u The Empty parts in the figure below are reserved for air cooling, and should not
be occupied.

u Ensure that the environment temperature is lower than 45℃ on a short term
basis, and should not exceed 40℃ in a long term.

u Install the subracks first and then the air deflector units.

u If air deflector units are configured, install COTP subracks from the bottom up;
otherwise, install the COTP subracks from the top down (you can install the
COTP subracks following the sequence numbers in the related equipment
layout figure).

Version: K 11
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 1-7 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U10 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet

12 Version: K
 1 Cabinet

Figure 1-8 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U10 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet
(Including an Air Deflector Unit)

1.2.6 FONST 5000 U10E

This section introduces the equipment configuration principles and typical layout of
the FONST 5000 U10E.

u The FONST 5000 U10E can be installed in a 21-inch 340 mm-deep or 21-inch
680 mm-deep cabinet.

u This section uses a 21-inch 2200 mm-high cabinet as an example for

introducing the typical layout. The 680 mm-deep cabinet can be taken as two
back-to-back 340 mm-deep cabinets.

u Install the COTP subracks from the top down.

u For a double-sided cabinet, do not use the rear side until the front side is fully
occupied.

Version: K 13
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u During equipment installation, install the power card(s) and the fan unit first,
perform the power-on test, and then install other cards.

u The temperature shall be no higher than 40℃ for long-term operations and no
higher than 45℃ for short-term operations. If the heat dissipation space is small,
the temperature shall be 35℃ (maximum) for long-term operations and 40℃
(maximum) for short-term operations

14 Version: K
 1 Cabinet

Figure 1-9 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U10E Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet

Version: K 15
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

1.2.7 FONST 5000 U20E

This section introduces the equipment configuration principles and typical layout of
the FONST 5000 U20E.

u The FONST 5000 U20E can be installed in a 19-inch 600 mm-deep, 21-inch
340 mm-deep or 21-inch 680 mm-deep cabinet.

u This section uses 19-inch 2200 mm-high and 21-inch 2200 mm-high cabinets
as examples for introducing the typical layouts of the cabinets. The 680 mm-
deep cabinet can be taken as two back-to-back 340 mm-deep cabinets.

u If air deflector units are configured, install COTP subracks from the bottom up;
otherwise, install the COTP subracks from the top down (you can install the
COTP subracks following the sequence numbers in the related equipment
layout figure).

u For a double-sided cabinet, do not use the rear side until the front side is fully
occupied.

u During equipment installation, install the power card(s) and the fan unit first,
perform the power-on test, and then install other cards.

u When a 19-inch 600 mm-deep cabinet is installed, the fiber spools on the left
and right sides cannot be installed as this type of cabinet is installed in the front
vertical mounting flange mode. You need to install an independent fiber spool at
the back of the cabinet. The material code of the fiber spool is 405000285R1A.

u When installing the equipment in a 19-inch 600 mm-deep cabinet, move the
front vertical mounting flanges backward by 100 mm.

u The temperature shall be no higher than 40℃ for long-term operations and no
higher than 45℃ for short-term operations. If the heat dissipation space is small,
the temperature shall not exceed 35℃ for long-term operations and not exceed
40℃ for short-term operations.

16 Version: K
 1 Cabinet

Figure 1-10 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U20E Installed in a 19-inch 2200 mm-High
Cabinet

Version: K 17
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 1-11 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U20E Installed in a 19-inch 2200 mm-High
Cabinet (Including an Air Deflector Unit)

18 Version: K
 1 Cabinet

Figure 1-12 Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 U20E Installed in a 21-inch 2200 mm-High
Cabinet

Version: K 19
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

1.2.8 FONST 5000 N32

This section introduces the configuration principles and typical layout of the FONST
5000 N32 (for example, the equipment is installed in a 21-inch 340 mm-deep 2200
mm-high cabinet).

u The FONST 5000 N32 can be installed in a 21-inch 340 mm-deep cabinet.

u The following uses a 21-inch 340 mm-deep cabinet as an example for

introducing the typical layout of the cabinet.

u During equipment installation, install the power card(s) and the fan unit first,
perform the power-on test, and then install other cards.

u The temperature shall be no higher than 40℃ for long-term operations and no
higher than 45℃ for short-term operations.

Equipment Layout of the FONST 5000 N32

20 Version: K
 1 Cabinet

1.2.9 COTP (3030036)

When assembling subracks in a cabinet, comply with the following requirements

during layout planning.

u The Empty parts in the figure below are reserved for air cooling, and should not
be occupied.

u Ensure that the environment temperature is lower than 45℃ on a short term
basis, and should not exceed 40℃ in a long term.

u Install the subracks at the front side of a cabinet first and then at the rear side.

u If air deflector units are configured, install COTP subracks from the bottom up;
otherwise, install the COTP subracks from the top down (you can install the
COTP subracks following the sequence numbers in the related equipment
layout figure).

u Install the cards of beyond 100G rate from the bottom up preferentially.

Version: K 21
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 1-13 Equipment Layout of the COTP 3030036 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet

22 Version: K
 1 Cabinet

Figure 1-14 Equipment Layout of the COTP 3030036 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet
(Including Air Deflector Units)

1.2.10 COTP (3030105)

When assembling subracks in a cabinet, comply with the following requirements

during layout planning.

u The Empty parts in the figure below are reserved for air cooling, and should not
be occupied.

u Ensure that the environment temperature is lower than 45℃ on a short term
basis, and should not exceed 40℃ in a long term.

u Install the subracks at the front side of a cabinet first and then at the rear side.

u If air deflector units are configured, install COTP subracks from the bottom up;
otherwise, install the COTP subracks from the top down (you can install the
COTP subracks following the sequence numbers in the related equipment
layout figure).

u Install the cards of beyond 100G rate from the bottom up preferentially.

Version: K 23
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 1-15 Equipment Layout of the COTP 3030105 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet

24 Version: K
 1 Cabinet

Figure 1-16 Equipment Layout of the COTP 3030105 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet
(Including Air Deflector Units)

1.2.11 COTP (3030163)

When assembling subracks in a cabinet, comply with the following requirements

during layout planning.

u The model number for the 19-inch COTP subrack is 3030163.

u The Empty parts in the figure below are reserved for air cooling, and should not
be occupied.

u Ensure that the environment temperature is lower than 45℃ on a short term
basis, and should not exceed 40℃ in a long term.

u Install subracks from the top down.

u Install COTP subracks according to the sequence number.

u A card of beyond 100G rate should be installed in an intermediate or a lower

subrack preferentially. If three subracks in a cabinet are configured with cards
of beyond 100G rate, the environmental temperature should not exceed 23
±2℃. In this case, the noise level is higher than 78 dBA.

Version: K 25
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 1-17 Equipment Layout of the COTP 3030163 Installed in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet

1.2.12 COTP (3030220)

This section introduces the configuration principles and typical layout of the COTP
(3030220).

u The COTP (3030220) can be installed in a 21-inch 340 mm-deep or 21-inch

680 mm-deep cabinet.

u This section uses a 21-inch 2200 mm-high cabinet as an example for

introducing the typical layout. The 680 mm-deep cabinet can be taken as two
back-to-back 340 mm-deep cabinets.

u Install the COTP (3030220) subracks from the top down.

u For a double-sided cabinet, do not use the rear side until the front side is fully
occupied.

u During equipment installation, install the power card(s) and the fan unit first,
perform the power-on test, and then install other cards.

26 Version: K
 1 Cabinet

u For a 21-inch 1600 mm-high cabinet, the environment temperature should not
exceed 35℃ in a long term and 40℃ in a short term. For a 2600 mm-high or
2200 mm-high cabinet, the environment temperature should not exceed 40℃ in
a long term and 45℃ in a short term.

u If the total power of the COTP (3030220) subrack is lower than 2500 W, two
power cards (one active one standby) can be configured. If the total power is
between 2500 W and 5000 W, four power cards (two active two standby) can
be configured. The number of power cards allowed cannot exceed the number
of air switches of the PDP.

Figure 1-18 Equipment Layout of the COTP 3030220 in a 2200 mm-High Cabinet

Version: K 27
2 Subrack

This chapter introduces the structure, slot distribution, fan unit, heat dissipation and
power consumption of the subrack.

FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ

FONST 5000 U60

FONST 5000 U40

FONST 5000 U30

FONST 5000 U20

FONST 5000 U10

FONST 5000 U10E

FONST 5000 U20E

FONST 5000 N32

COTP (3030036)

COTP (3030105)

COTP (3030163)

COTP (3030220)

Matching Fan Unit

28 Version: K
 2 Subrack

2.1 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ

This section introduces the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ subrack which is integrated with an
cabinet.

2.1.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-1 Appearance of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Subrack

Version: K 29
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Specification

Table 2-1 Specifications of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Subrack (Integrated Cabinet Included)

Item Specification

Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) 2200 × 600 × 680

Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and
270.3
fan units) (kg)

2.1.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ integrated subrack is three-layered and double-sided.

Figure 2-2 shows the slot distribution.

Figure 2-2 Slot Distribution of the Integrated FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Subrack

30 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Table 2-2 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

64 service slots 1-64 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for system control

65, 66 Slots dedicated for system control cards
cards
16 slots for cross-connect
67-82 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
cards
2 slots for AIF cards 83, 84 Slots dedicated for AIF1 / AIF2 cards
As shown in the figure above, the power cards supply power
to the area of the same color as the cards themselves. The
details are described as follows:
u Power card in slot 85: Supply power to slots 65 to 73, 83,
5 slots for active power
85-89 84, 106 and 107.
cards
u Power cards in slots 86 and 87: Supply power to slots
17 to 32, and 105.
u Power cards in slots 88 and 89: Supply power to slots
01 to 16, and 108.
As shown in the figure above, the power cards supply power
to the area of the same color as the cards themselves. The
details are described as follows:
u Power card in slot 95: Supply power to slots 74 to 82,
5 slots for active power
95-99 110, and 111.
cards
u Power cards in slots 96 and 97: Supply power to slots
49 to 64, and 109.
u Power cards in slots 98 and 99: Supply power to slots
33 to 48, and 112.
5 slots for standby power
90-94 Work in 1+1 backup mode with power cards in slots 85 to 89.
cards
5 slots for standby power
100-104 Work in 1+1 backup mode with power cards in slots 95 to 99.
cards

Version: K 31
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.1.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

To dissipate heat of the cards, the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ subrack works in the forced
air cooling mode with a single-sided π-shaped air duct. Specifically, for the upper-
layer service cards, the air is blown out of the subrack from the top; for the lower-
layer service cards, the air is blown out of the subrack from the bottom; for middle-
layer cross-connect cards, the air is drawn into the subrack via the hole area in the
middle of the panel. The upper and lower air ducts are independent of each other.
Figure 2-3 shows the heat dissipation mode.

Figure 2-3 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Subrack

32 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be

replaced within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert
dummy panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

2.2 FONST 5000 U60

This section introduces the FONST 5000 U60 subrack.

Version: K 33
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.2.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-4 Appearance of the FONST 5000 U60 Subrack

Specification

Table 2-3 Specifications of the FONST 5000 U60 Subrack

Item Specification

Dimensions (H × W × D)Note 1 (mm) 1575 × 563 × 570

Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and
107.6
fan units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

34 Version: K
 2 Subrack

2.2.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 U60 subrack is three-layered and double-sided. Figure 2-5 shows
the slot distribution.

Figure 2-5 Slot Distribution of the FONST 5000 U60 Subrack

Table 2-4 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

64 service slots 16-79 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for control cards 01, 02 Slots dedicated for control cards
9 slots for cross-connect
05-08, 84-88 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
cards
1 slot for an AIF card 03 A slot dedicated for the AIF card
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above,
16 slots for power cards 91, 92 the power cards in these slots supply power to the area of
the same color as the power cards themselves, which
includes slots 16 to 23, 11 and 14.

Version: K 35
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 2-4 Slot Description (Continued)

Composition Slot Description

Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.

Power supply description: As shown in the figure above,
93, 94 the power cards in these slots supply power to the area of
the same color as the power cards themselves, which
includes slots 32 to 41.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above,
95, 96 the power cards in these slots supply power to the area of
the same color as the power cards themselves, which
includes slots 01 to 09, 12, 13, 24, 42, and 69.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above,
97, 98 the power cards in these slots supply power to the area of
the same color as the power cards themselves, which
includes slots 43 to 47, and slots 64 to 68.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above,
99, 100 the power cards in these slots supply power to the area of
the same color as the power cards themselves, which
includes slots 28 to 31, 48 to 53, 83, 89, 90, and 110.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above,
101, 102 the power cards in these slots supply power to the area of
the same color as the power cards themselves, which
includes slots 84 to 88, 108 and 109.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above,
103, 104 the power cards in these slots supply power to the area of
the same color as the power cards themselves, which
includes slots 54 to 63, and 107.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above,
105, 106 the power cards in these slots supply power to the area of
the same color as the power cards themselves, which
includes slots 70 to 79.

36 Version: K
 2 Subrack

2.2.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The FONST 5000 U60 subrack works in the forced air cooling mode, where a
cooling fan draws external air and blows air out of the subrack. This forms an air
duct from bottom to top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the
equipment to minimize dust accumulation. Figure 2-6 shows the heat dissipation
mode.

Figure 2-6 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 U60 Subrack

Version: K 37
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be

replaced within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert
dummy panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

2.3 FONST 5000 U40

This section introduces the FONST 5000 U40 subrack.

38 Version: K
 2 Subrack

2.3.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-7 Appearance of the FONST 5000 U40 Subrack

Specification

Table 2-5 Specifications of the FONST 5000 U40 Subrack

Item Specification

Dimensions (H × W × D)Note 1 (mm) 1166 × 566 × 570

Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and
87
fan units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

Version: K 39
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.3.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 U40 subrack is double-layered and double-sided. Figure 2-8
shows the slot distribution.

Figure 2-8 Slot Distribution of the FONST 5000 U40 Subrack

Table 2-6 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

52 service slots 01-52 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for control cards 55, 56 Slots dedicated for control cards
8 slots for cross-connect
57-64 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
cards
2 slots for AIF cards 53, 54 Slots dedicated for AIF1 / AIF2 cards
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the
65, 66
same color as the power cards themselves, which includes
slots 01 to 06, 53, 54, 55 to 58 and the upper fan unit slot at
16 slots for power cards the front of the subrack.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
67, 68 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the
same color as the power cards themselves, which includes
slots 13 to 19.

40 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Table 2-6 Slot Description (Continued)

Composition Slot Description

Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.

Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
69, 70 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the
same color as the power cards themselves, which includes
slots 20 to 26.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the
71, 72
same color as the power cards themselves, which includes
slots 07 to 12, 59, 60 and the lower fan unit slot at the front of
the subrack.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the
73, 74
same color as the power cards themselves, which includes
slots 27 to 32, 61, 62 and the upper fan unit slot at the back
of the subrack.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
75, 76 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the
same color as the power cards themselves, which includes
slots 39 to 46.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
77, 78 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the
same color as the power cards themselves, which includes
slots 47 to 52.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the
79, 80
same color as the power cards themselves, which includes
slots 33 to 38, 63, 64 and the lower fan unit slot at the back of
the subrack.

Version: K 41
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.3.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The FONST 5000 U40 subrack works in the forced air cooling mode, where a
cooling fan draws external air and blows air out of the subrack. This forms an air
duct from bottom to top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the
equipment to minimize dust accumulation. Figure 2-9 shows the heat dissipation
mode.

Figure 2-9 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 U40 Subrack

42 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be

replaced within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert
dummy panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

2.4 FONST 5000 U30

This section introduces the FONST 5000 U30 subrack.

Version: K 43
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.4.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-10 Appearance of the FONST 5000 U30 Subrack

44 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Specification

Table 2-7 Specifications of the FONST 5000 U30 Subrack

Item Specification
Note 1
Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) 1677 × 566 × 295
Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and
66.2
fan units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

2.4.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 U30 subrack is three-layered and single-sided. Figure 2-11
shows the slot distribution.

Figure 2-11 Slot Distribution of the FONST 5000 U30 Subrack

Version: K 45
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 2-8 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

40 service slots 01-40 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for control cards 41, 42 Slots dedicated for control cards
6 slots for cross-connect
43-48 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
cards
2 slots for AIF cards 49, 50 Slots dedicated for AIF cards
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure
above, the power cards in these slots supply power to
51, 52
the area of the same color as the power cards
themselves, which includes slots 17 to 20, 41 to 45,
49, 50 and the upper and lower fan unit slots.

Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.

Power supply description: As shown in the figure
53, 54 above, the power cards in these slots supply power to
the area of the same color as the power cards
themselves, which includes slots 01 to 14.
8 slots for power cards
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure
55, 56 above, the power cards in these slots supply power to
the area of the same color as the power cards
themselves, which includes slots 25 to 38.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure
above, the power cards in these slots supply power to
57, 58
the area of the same color as the power cards
themselves, which includes slots 15, 16, 21 to 24, 39,
40, 46 to 48, and the upper fan unit slot.

2.4.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The FONST 5000 U30 subrack works in the forced air cooling mode, where a
cooling fan draws external air and blows air out of the subrack. This forms an air
duct from bottom to top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the
equipment to minimize dust accumulation. Figure 2-12 shows the heat dissipation
mode.

46 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Figure 2-12 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 U30 Subrack

Version: K 47
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be

replaced within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert
dummy panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

2.5 FONST 5000 U20

This section introduces the FONST 5000 U20 subrack.

48 Version: K
 2 Subrack

2.5.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-13 Appearance of the FONST 5000 U20 Subrack

Specification

Table 2-9 Specifications of the FONST 5000 U20 Subrack

Item Specification

Dimensions (H × W × D)Note 1 (mm) 1152 × 566 × 295

Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and
45.8
fan units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

Version: K 49
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.5.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 U20 subrack is double-layered and single-sided. Figure 2-14
shows the slot distribution.

Figure 2-14 Slot Distribution of the FONST 5000 U20 Subrack

Table 2-10 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

26 service slots 01-26 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for control cards 27, 28 Slots dedicated for control cards
4 slots for cross-connect
29-32 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
cards
2 slots for AIF cards 33, 34 Slots dedicated for AIF cards
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
8 slots for power cards 35, 36 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the
same color as the power cards themselves, which includes
slots 01 to 06, 27 to 30, 33 and the upper fan unit slot.

50 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Table 2-10 Slot Description (Continued)

Composition Slot Description

Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.

Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
37, 38 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the
same color as the power cards themselves, which includes
slots 13 to 19.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
39, 40 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the
same color as the power cards themselves, which includes
slots 20 to 26.
Work in mutual 1+1 backup mode.
Power supply description: As shown in the figure above, the
41, 42 power cards in these slots supply power to the area of the
same color as the power cards themselves, which includes
slots 07 to 12, 31, 32, 34, and the lower fan unit slot.

2.5.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The FONST 5000 U20 subrack works in the forced air cooling mode, where a
cooling fan draws external air and blows air out of the subrack. This forms an air
duct from bottom to top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the
equipment to minimize dust accumulation. Figure 2-15 shows the heat dissipation
mode.

Version: K 51
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 2-15 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 U20 Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be

replaced within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert
dummy panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

2.6 FONST 5000 U10

This section introduces the FONST 5000 U10 subrack.

52 Version: K
 2 Subrack

2.6.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-16 Appearance of the FONST 5000 U10 Subrack

Specification

Table 2-11 Specifications of the FONST 5000 U10 Subrack

Item Specification

Dimensions (H × W × D)Note 1 (mm) 535 × 566 × 295

Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and
25.1
fan units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

2.6.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 U10 subrack is single-layered and single-sided. Figure 2-17
shows the slot distribution.

Version: K 53
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 2-17 Slot Distribution of the FONST 5000 U10 Subrack

Table 2-12 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

12 service slots 01-12 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for control cards 13, 14 Slots dedicated for control cards
2 slots for cross-connect cards 15, 16 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
Slots dedicated for power cards; these two power cards work
2 slots for power cards 17, 18
in mutual 1+1 backup mode and supply power to the subrack.

2.6.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The FONST 5000 U10 subrack works in the forced air cooling mode, where a
cooling fan draws external air and blows air out of the subrack. This forms an air
duct from bottom to top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the
equipment to minimize dust accumulation. Figure 2-18 shows the heat dissipation
mode.

54 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Figure 2-18 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 U10 Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be

replaced within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert
dummy panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

2.7 FONST 5000 U10E

This section introduces the FONST 5000 U10E subrack.

Version: K 55
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.7.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-19 Appearance of the FONST 5000 U10E Subrack

Specification

Table 2-13 Specifications of the FONST 5000 U10E Subrack

Item Specification
Note 1
Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) 541 × 492.3 × 295
Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and
30
fan units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

2.7.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 U10E subrack is single-layered and single-sided. Figure 2-20
shows the slot distribution.

56 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Figure 2-20 Slot Distribution of the FONST 5000 U10E Subrack

Table 2-14 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

11 service slots 01-11 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for control cards 13, 14 Slots dedicated for control cards
3 slots for cross-connect
15-17 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
cards
Slots dedicated for power cards; these two power cards work
2 slots for power cards 18, 19
in mutual 1+1 backup mode and supply power to the subrack.

2.7.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The FONST 5000 U10E subrack works in the forced air cooling mode, where a
cooling fan draws external air and blows air out of the subrack. This forms an air
duct from bottom to top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the
equipment to minimize dust accumulation. Figure 2-21 shows the heat dissipation
mode.

Version: K 57
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 2-21 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 U10E Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be

replaced within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert
dummy panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

2.8 FONST 5000 U20E

This section introduces the FONST 5000 U20E subrack.

58 Version: K
 2 Subrack

2.8.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-22 Appearance of the FONST 5000 U20E Subrack

Version: K 59
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Specification

Table 2-15 Specifications of the FONST 5000 U20E Subrack

Item Specification
Note 1
Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) 1154 × 443 × 286
Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and
40
fan units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

2.8.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 U20E subrack is single-layered and single-sided. Figure 2-23
shows the slot distribution.

Figure 2-23 Slot Distribution of the FONST 5000 U20E Subrack

60 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Table 2-16 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

22 service slots 01-22 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for control cards 27, 28 Slots dedicated for control cards
4 slots for cross-connect
29-32 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
cards
2 slots for AIF cards 33, 34 Slots dedicated for AIF cards
As shown in the figure above, the power cards supply power to
the areas of the same color as the cards. The details are
described as follows:
4 slots for active power cards 35-38 u Power cards in slots 35 and 36: Supply power to slots 11 to
22, 27 and 28, 33 and 34, and the upper fan unit slot.
u Power cards in slots 37 and 38: Supply power to slots 01 to
10, 29 to 32, and the lower fan unit slot.
4 slots for standby power
39-42 Work in 1+1 backup mode with power cards in slots 35 to 38.
cards

2.8.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The FONST 5000 U20E subrack works in the forced air cooling mode, where a
cooling fan draws external air and blows air out of the subrack. This forms an air
duct from bottom to top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the
equipment to minimize dust accumulation. Figure 2-24 shows the heat dissipation
mode.

Version: K 61
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 2-24 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 U20E Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be

replaced within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert
dummy panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

62 Version: K
 2 Subrack

2.9 FONST 5000 N32

This section introduces the FONST 5000 N32 subrack.

2.9.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-25 Appearance of the FONST 5000 N32 Subrack

Version: K 63
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Specification

Table 2-17 Specifications of the FONST 5000 N32 Subrack (Integrated Cabinet Included)

Item Specification

Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) 1803.3 × 492.3 × 330.1

Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and a
84
fan unit) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

2.9.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The FONST 5000 N32 integrated subrack is three-layered and single-sided. The
figure below shows the slot distribution.

Figure 2-26 Slot Distribution of the Integrated FONST 5000 N32 Subrack

64 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Table 2-18 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

32 service slots 1-32 House all the tributary and line cards.

2 slots for system control

33, 34 Slots dedicated for system control cards
cards
8 slots for cross-connect
35-42 Slots dedicated for cross-connect cards
cards
2 slots for AIF cards 43, 44 Slots dedicated for AIF1 / AIF2 cards
As shown in the figure above, the power cards supply power to
the area of the same color as the cards themselves. The details
are described as follows:
u Power cards in slots 49 and 50: Supply power to slots 01 to
5 slots for active power
45, 47-50 16, and 60.
cards
u Power cards in slots 47 and 48: Supply power to slots 17 to
32, and 57.
u Power card in slot 45: Supply power to slots 35 to 44, 58, and
59.
Work in 1+1 backup mode with power cards in slots 45, and 47 to
50.

5 slots for standby power Note:

51, 53-56
cards
Slots 46 and 52 need to be configured with power
cards only when the FONST 5000 N32 serves as
a cluster device.

2.9.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

To dissipate heat of the cards, the FONST 5000 N32 subrack works in the forced air
cooling mode with a single-sided π-shaped air duct. Specifically, for the upper-layer
service cards, the air is blown out of the subrack from the top; for the lower-layer
service cards, the air is blown out of the subrack from the bottom; for middle-layer
cross-connect cards, the air is drawn into the subrack via the hole area in the middle
of the panel. The upper and lower air ducts are independent of each other. The
figure below shows the heat dissipation mode.

Version: K 65
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 2-27 Heat Dissipation of the FONST 5000 N32 Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be

replaced within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert
dummy panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

66 Version: K
 2 Subrack

2.10 COTP (3030036)

This section introduces the COTP (3030036) subrack.

2.10.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-28 Appearance of the COTP (3030036) Subrack

Specification

Table 2-19 Specifications of the COTP (3030036) Subrack

Item Specification
Note 1
Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm) 520.5 × 555 × 280.2
Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and
20.3
fan units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

2.10.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The COTP (3030036) subrack is single-layered and single-sided. Figure 2-29

shows the slot distribution.

Version: K 67
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 2-29 Slot Distribution of the COTP (3030036) Subrack

Table 2-20 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

13 optical service slots 02–0E House all the optical-layer cards.

An EMU card is required when this subrack serves as a

2 slots for EMU cards 00, 01 master subrack. If two EMU cards are inserted into slots 00
and 01, they are in mutual 1+1 backup.

1 slot for an FCU card 00 Mandatory for the extended subrack. Select the EFCU or the
FCU card according to whether the DCC transmission is
2 slots for EFCU cards 00, 01 supported. The EFCU card must be selected when the
equipment is loaded with the control plane function.

1 slot for an optical supervisory

02 Mandatory when this subrack serves as a master subrack.
channel card
Slot dedicated for power cards; these two power cards work
1 slot for power cards 0F in mutual 1+1 backup mode and supply power to the
subrack.

2.10.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The air is drawn out of the COTP (3030036) subrack for air cooling, forming an air
duct from bottom to top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the
equipment to minimize dust accumulation. Figure 2-30 shows the heat dissipation
mode.

68 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Figure 2-30 Heat Dissipation of the COTP (3030036) Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be

replaced within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert
dummy panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

2.11 COTP (3030105)

This section introduces the COTP (3030105) subrack.

Version: K 69
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.11.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-31 Appearance of the COTP (3030105) Subrack

Specification

Table 2-21 Specifications of the COTP (3030105) Subrack

Item Specification

Dimensions (H × W × D)Note 1 (mm) 512.5 × 555 × 280.2

Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and
22.1
fan units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

2.11.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The COTP (3030105) subrack is single-layered and single-sided. Figure 2-32

shows the slot distribution.

70 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Figure 2-32 Slot Distribution of the COTP (3030105) Subrack

Table 2-22 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

13 optical service slots 02–0E House all the optical-layer cards.

An EMU card is required when this subrack serves as a

2 slots for EMU cards 00, 01 master subrack. If two EMU cards are inserted into slots 00
and 01, they are in mutual 1+1 backup.

1 slot for an FCU card 00 Mandatory for the extended subrack. Select the EFCU or
the FCU card according to whether the DCC transmission is
2 slots for EFCU cards 00, 01 supported. The EFCU card must be selected when the
equipment is loaded with the control plane function.

Mandatory when this subrack serves as a master subrack.

1 slot for an optical supervisory
02 Mandatory for the extended subrack that supports DCC
channel card
transmissions.
Slot dedicated for power cards; these two power cards work
1 slot for power cards 0F in mutual 1+1 backup mode and supply power to the
subrack.

2.11.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The air is drawn out of the COTP (3030105) subrack for air cooling, forming an air
duct from bottom to top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the
equipment to minimize dust accumulation. Figure 2-33 shows the heat dissipation
mode.

Version: K 71
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 2-33 Heat Dissipation of the COTP (3030105) Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be

replaced within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert
dummy panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

2.12 COTP (3030163)

This section introduces the COTP (3030163) subrack.

72 Version: K
 2 Subrack

2.12.1 Appearance and Specification

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-34 Appearance of the COTP (3030163) Subrack

Specification

Table 2-23 Specifications of the COTP (3030163) Subrack

Item Specification

Dimensions (H × W × D)Note 1 (mm) 523 × 443 × 285

Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and
23
fan units) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

2.12.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The COTP (3030163) subrack is single-layered and single-sided. Figure 2-35

shows the slot distribution.

Version: K 73
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 2-35 Slot Distribution of the COTP (3030163) Subrack

Table 2-24 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

11 optical service slots 02-12 House all the optical-layer cards.

An EMU card is required when this subrack serves as a master

2 slots for EMU cards 00, 01 subrack. If two EMU cards are inserted into slots 00 and 01, they
are in mutual 1+1 backup.

1 slot for an FCU card 00 Mandatory for the extended subrack. Select the EFCU or the FCU
card according to whether the DCC transmission is supported. The
2 slots for EFCU cards 00, 01 EFCU card must be selected when the equipment is loaded with
the control plane function.

1 slot for an optical

02 Mandatory when serving as a master subrack.
supervisory channel card

Slot dedicated for power cards; these two power cards work in
1 slot for power cards 13
mutual 1+1 backup mode and supply power to the subrack.

2.12.3 Heat Dissipation Mode

The air is drawn out of the COTP (3030163) subrack for air cooling, forming an air
duct from bottom to top. In this manner, the positive pressure exists in the
equipment to minimize dust accumulation. Figure 2-36 shows the heat dissipation
mode.

74 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Figure 2-36 Heat Dissipation of the COTP (3030163) Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be

replaced within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert
dummy panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

2.13 COTP (3030220)

This section introduces the COTP (3030220) subrack.

Version: K 75
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.13.1 Appearance and Specifications

Subrack Appearance

Figure 2-37 Appearance of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Specifications

Table 2-25 Specifications of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Item Specification

Dimensions (H × W × D)Note 1 (mm) 545 × 504 × 301

Weight (empty chassis, equipped with a backplane and a
24.3
fan unit) (kg)

Note 1: The subrack width excludes the width of the mounting ear and the rear cover plate.

2.13.2 Subrack Partitions and Slots

The COTP (3030220) is a single-layer single-sided subrack providing full-height and

half-height slots. Figure 2-38 shows the slot distribution.

76 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Figure 2-38 Slot Distribution of the COTP (3030220) Subrack - Full-Height Card Configuration

Figure 2-39 Slot Distribution of the COTP (3030220) Subrack - Half-Height Card Configuration

Table 2-26 Slot Description

Composition Slot Description

14 full-height service
01 to 14 House full-height optical-layer cards.
slotsNote 1
28 half-height service
01 to 28 House half-height optical-layer cards.
slots
2 control card slots 29 to 30 Slots dedicated for control cards

Version: K 77
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 2-26 Slot Description (Continued)

Composition Slot Description

Slots dedicated for power cards; support power card "2+2"

protection with active slots 31 and 32 and standby slots 33
and 34.
u If the total power is lower than 2500 W, two power cards
4 power card slots 31 to 34
(slots 31 and 33) can be configured.
u If the total power is between 2500 W and 5000 W, four
power cards (slots 31, 32, 33 and 34) need to be
configured.

Note 1: Slots 01 to 14 can house all the full-height single-slot cards. Slots 01 to 13 can house all the full-height dual-
slot cards.

2.13.3 Subrack Cascading

The COTP (3030220) subrack can be cascaded with extended subracks (only
applicable to chain networks, not applicable to ring networks). The cascading
includes two schemes: OTH + COTP subrack cascading as shown in Figure 2-40
and COTP + COTP subrack cascading as shown in Figure 2-41. The scheme does
not support COTP + OTH subrack cascading. Note that the OTH is an electrical-
layer subrack.

Figure 2-40 Scenarios Where the OTH + COTP Subracks Are Cascaded

Figure 2-41 Scenarios Where the COTP + COTP Subracks Are Cascaded

78 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Cascading Rules

u When the COTP (3030220) acts as a master subrack or an extended subrack,

you need to set the subrack attribute and subrack number through the DIP
switches within the CCU card.

u The liquid crystal display (LCD) on the CCU card panel displays the subrack
attribute and subrack number. The LCD displays "C" when the COTP acts as a
master subrack and displays a decimal subrack number when the COTP acts
as an extended subrack.

u Before the subrack connects to an NE, check that the subrack number is
correct. Ensure that the subrack number is not duplicated within an NE.

u The subrack number cannot be randomly changed for a subrack provisioned

with services in actual projects.

u For a single NE, you can configure up to 14 COTP (3030220) subracks, that is,
400 cards.

u When you add extended subracks on the UNM2000, ensure that the configured
subrack ID is consistent with the DIP switch setting of the CCU card on the
subrack.

2.13.4 Heat Dissipation Mode

The COTP (3030220) subrack works in forced air cooling mode, where cooling fans
draw external air in and blow it through the subrack, forming an air duct from bottom
to top. In this manner, positive pressure exists in the equipment to minimize dust
accumulation. Figure 2-42 shows the heat dissipation mode.

Version: K 79
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 2-42 Heat Dissipation of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Warning:

u To ensure normal heat dissipation of the system, a card must be

replaced within 5 minutes.

u Vacant slots are prohibited. If service cards are not required, insert
dummy panels to ensure normal heat dissipation of the system.

u If a fan failure alarm occurs, replace the fan unit as soon as possible.

80 Version: K
 2 Subrack

2.14 Matching Fan Unit

This section introduces the detailed information about the fan units supporting the
FONST 5000 U series subracks, including fan appearances, functions, indicator
descriptions, safety signs and technical parameters.

Version: K 81
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

2.14.1 Appearance of the Fan Unit

Table 2-27 Appearance of the Fan Unit

Appearance Applicable Subrack

FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ

subrack

FONST 5000 U60 / U40 /

U30 / U20 / U10 / U10E
subrack

FONST 5000 U20E

subrack
COTP (3030163) subrack

COTP (3030036) subrack

82 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Table 2-27 Appearance of the Fan Unit (Continued)

Appearance Applicable Subrack

COTP (3030105) subrack

FONST 5000 N32

subrack
COTP (3030220) subrack

2.14.2 Functions of the Fan Unit

The fan unit provides heat dissipation for the equipment. The operating status of the
fan unit can be controlled by the EMS. In intelligent mode, the fan automatically
adjusts the fan speed according to heat dissipation of the cards. This ensures that
the equipment works properly under the stable ambient temperature. UE series fan
units can be upgraded without service interruption.

u The fan unit provides two working modes: intelligent and manual modes.

4 Intelligent mode: The fan unit automatically adjusts the fan rotation speed
according to the temperature feedback from all cards in the equipment.

4 Manual mode: The fan unit works based on the speed choice set on the
EMS, including full speed, high speed, low speed, and OFF.

Version: K 83
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Warning:

In manual mode, the fan is running at a fixed rotating speed, which

cannot be adjusted according to the feedback. In normal operations of
the equipment, make sure that the fan unit is in the intelligent mode.

2.14.3 Indicators

The fan indicators are installed on the fan unit and used to indicate the working
status of the fan unit. Table 2-28 describes the statuses of these indicators.

Table 2-28 Indicators on the Fan Unit

Name Meaning Description

Working status ON (green): The power supply input is normal.

ACT
indicator OFF: The power supply input fails.

ON (red): The fan unit is faulty.

ALM Alarm indicator
OFF: The fan unit is operating normally.

2.14.4 Safety Sign

The safety sign of a fan unit prohibits operators from touching the fan blades when a
fan is rotating at a high speed, as shown in Table 2-29.

84 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Table 2-29 Safety Sign on a Fan Unit

Sign Applicable Subrack Meaning Location

FONST 5000 U60 / U40 / U30 /

U20 / U10 subrack
FONST 5000 U60 II subrack

COTP (3030036) subrack The fan unit safety

COTP (3030105) subrack warning sign. This sign
reminds the
maintenance staff not
FONST 5000 U10E / U20E to touch the running
subrack Located on
fan blades. To remove
COTP (3030163) subrack the fan unit
the fan unit, operate as
panel.
follows: Pull it out 5 cm,
wait for one minute,
FONST 5000 N32 subrack and remove the fan
COTP (3030220) subrack unit from the subrack
completely.

FONST 5000 N32 subrack

COTP (3030220) subrack

2.14.5 Technical Specifications

This section introduces parameters of the fan units used by the FONST 5000 U
series subracks, including dimensions, power consumption, and weight.

Dimensions

Table 2-30 Dimensions of the Fan Units for the FONST 5000 U Series Subracks

Fan Unit Type Dimensions (H × W ×D) (mm)

Fan unit for the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ subrack 42 × 484.3 × 280
Fan unit for the FONST 5000 U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 /
40 × 484.3 × 279
U10 / U10E subrack
Fan unit for the FONST 5000 U20E / COTP (3030163)
41 × 434 × 269
subrack

Version: K 85
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 2-30 Dimensions of the Fan Units for the FONST 5000 U Series Subracks (Continued)

Fan Unit Type Dimensions (H × W ×D) (mm)

Fan unit for the COTP (3030036) subrack 70 × 160 × 240

Fan unit for the COTP (3030105) subrack 61 × 484.3 × 255.3
Fan unit for the FONST 5000 N32 / COTP (3030220)
42 × 484.3 × 285
subrack

Weight

Table 2-31 Weight of the Fan Units for the FONST 5000 U Series Subracks

Fan Unit Type Weight (kg)

Fan unit for the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ subrack 5.0

Fan unit for the FONST 5000 U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 /
4.4
U10 / U10E subrack
Fan unit for the FONST 5000 U20E / COTP (3030163)
5.0
subrack
Fan unit for the COTP (3030036) subrack 1.0
Fan unit for the COTP (3030105) subrack 5.0
Fan unit for the FONST 5000 N32 / COTP (3030220)
6.0
subrack

Power Consumption

Table 2-32 Power Consumption of the Fan Units for the FONST 5000 Series Subracks

Subrack Power Consumption (W)Note 1

Power consumption at room temperatureNote 2:

Fan unit for the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ subrack 50
Maximum power consumptionNote 3: 450

Fan unit for the FONST 5000 U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10 / U10E Power consumption at room temperature: 50
subrack Maximum power consumption: 450

Fan unit for the FONST 5000 U20C / U20E / COTP (3030163) Power consumption at room temperature: 80
subrack Maximum power consumption: 460

Power consumption at room temperature: 3

Fan unit for the COTP (3030036) subrack
Maximum power consumption: 25

Power consumption at room temperature: 100

Fan unit for the COTP (3030105) subrack
Maximum power consumption: 500

86 Version: K
 2 Subrack

Table 2-32 Power Consumption of the Fan Units for the FONST 5000 Series Subracks
(Continued)

Subrack Power Consumption (W)Note 1

Power consumption at room temperature: 70

Fan unit for the FONST 5000 N32 / COTP (3030220) subrack
Maximum power consumption: 350

Note 1: It includes power consumption of the fan.

Note 2: Power consumption at room temperature refers to the power consumed when the equipment with the typical
service configuration operates at room temperature (23 ± 2℃) and fans operate at a duty cycle of 30%.
Note 3: Maximum power consumption refers to the power consumed when the equipment with the maximum power
consumption configuration operates at a high temperature (>45℃) and fans operate at the maximum speed.

Version: K 87
3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

The management and auxiliary interfaces mainly reside on the network

management cards and AIF cards, with only a few on the OSC series cards.

Overview of Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Network Management Cards in the Electrical-Layer Subrack

Network Management Cards in the Optical-Layer Subrack

Auxiliary Terminal Boards

Management and Auxiliary Cables

88 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.1 Overview of Management and Auxiliary

Interfaces
Table 3-1 Mappings Between Subracks and Management and Auxiliary Cards

Network Management
Subrack AIF Series OSC Series
Card
AIF1
FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ CCU
AIF2
FONST 5000 U60 AIF
AIF1
FONST 5000 U40
AIF2
CCU -
FONST 5000 U30
AIF
FONST 5000 U20
FONST 5000 U10 Not equipped with an AIF

FONST 5000 U20E AIF

CCU
FONST 5000 U10E Not equipped with an AIF

COTP (3030036) CCU AIF

OSC
COTP (3030105) EMU EAIF
EOSC
EFCU
TOSC
COTP (3030163) ASCU AIF FOSC
SCU
COTP (3030220) CCU Not equipped with an AIF EOSC

3.2 Network Management Cards in the Electrical-

Layer Subrack

Table 3-2 Mappings Between Electrical-Layer Subracks and Network Management Cards

Subrack Network Management Card

FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ CCU (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

FONST 5000 U60

FONST 5000 U40
FONST 5000 U30 CCU (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)
FONST 5000 U20
FONST 5000 U10
FONST 5000 U20E
CCU (U20E / U10E)
FONST 5000 U10E
FONST 5000 N32 CCU (FONST 5000 N32)

Version: K 89
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.2.1 CCU (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Working together with the network management system, the network management
card manages all the cards in the equipment to enable intercommunication between
different NEs.

3.2.1.1 Functions of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Table 3-3 Functions of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Function Description

u Mainly performs core functions such as NE management, control plane functions, EMS
and control plane networking, clock distribution and APS switching control.
u EMU function: Performs NE management and MCN construction. Performs configuration,
fault, performance and security management on the equipment, and saves management
information on behalf of the management system.
u ACU function: Supports running the control plane software and achieves various functions
Basic function required by the ASON control plane.
u SCU function: Routes the SCC signals and constructs the SCN (signaling communication
network) for transmitting the control plane signaling; adopts the IP protocol to construct an
SCN used for transmitting the control plane signaling; supports fast route switching.
u Overhead processing: Processes the Ethernet overheads sent by each card, including the
SSM and MCC / SCC overheads.
u Supports the 1588 clock function.

GCC
Supports GCC communication.
communication
Backup scheme Supports the 1+1 hot backup scheme.

u Provides stratum-3 clock sources externally.

Clock function
u Supports backing up the external input clock and output clock.

Subrack cascading Supports cascading with the EFCU card.

Electrical-layer
Supported
ASON
u Synchronizes the EMS data and processes the DCN packets, so that the management
and configuration data sent from the EMS can be delivered to the NE cards.
u Monitors card status, and periodically collects the alarm and performance data of the card
System control and reports them to the EMS.
u Monitors the status of the fan and the power card, and provides the fan management
function.
u Backs up NE data and processes various types of protocol packets.

90 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.2.1.2 Front Panel of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Figure 3-1 Front Panel of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Table 3-4 Description of the Front Panel of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly (four times per second) indicates that the

configuration of the card is incorrect.
Blinking slowly (once per second) indicates that the card is working
ACT Working status indicator
normally.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
Non-urgent alarm alarms are filtered.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Blinking indicates that the communication between the card and the
BMU inside the card is normal or the card software is being upgraded.
Not blinking indicates that the card has not received any responses
SBUS BMU response indicator
from the BMU or the card is standby.
Blinking at an irregular frequency indicates that the communication
between the card and a certain BMU is abnormal.
Control plane
SCC Blinking indicates that the SCC is in communication.
communication indicator
Network management
MCC channel communication Blinking indicates that the MCC is in communication.
indicator
FREE FREE: ON indicates that the clock is in the free running mode.
Clock working status
LOCK LOCK: ON indicates that the clock is in the locked mode.
indicator
HOLD HOLD: ON indicates that the clock is in the holdover mode.
Input / output interface for Standard clock synchronization interface; inputs / outputs external
CLK
external clock signals clock synchronization signals.

Input / output interface for

TOD Accesses 1PPS+TOD signals.
external time signals

Version: K 91
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-4 Description of the Front Panel of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

External switch ON/OFF

Inputs signals to be monitored.
MON event monitor input
Generally, it is connected to the user equipment to be monitored.
interface
External switch ON/OFF Outputs control signals.
CTR event control output Generally, it is connected to a user's environment monitoring
interface equipment.

Subrack alarm output

ALM Generally, it is connected to the alarm interface on the PDP.
interface
Generally, it is connected to the serial port of the computer installed
f Local monitoring interface
with the LCT software.
Network management Inputs / outputs EMS monitoring information and is generally
F
interface connected to the EMS computer.

SIG Control plane interface Used for communication extension between the control planes.

Intra-NE subrack
Used for communication extension between subracks within an NE
communication extension
COM and generally connected to the COM interface of the corresponding
interface and software
card in another subrack.
debugging interface

When this button is pressed down, the current alarm alert is muted.
And the system will not generate an alert even if an alarm occurs on
RING OFF Ring-off button an NE.
When this button is released, the system generates an alert if the NE
reports an alarm.

The RSTNote 1 is a spring return buttonNote 2. When this button is

pressed down, the card will be reset.
RST Reset button
Do not press this button unless necessary, especially when the
equipment is working normally.

Note 1: The RST is a hidden button and this operation requires a threadlike tool such as a nib or a needle.
Note 2: The spring return button can automatically recover after being pressed down.

3.2.1.3 Specifications of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-5 Mechanical Specifications of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

CCU (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 465 × 30 2.5

92 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Power Consumption

Table 3-6 Power Consumption of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

CCU (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 73

3.2.2 CCU (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Working together with the network management system, the network management
card manages all the cards in the equipment to enable intercommunication between
different NEs.

3.2.2.1 Functions of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Table 3-7 Functions and Features of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Function Description

u Mainly performs core functions such as NE management, control plane functions, EMS
and control plane networking, clock distribution and APS switching control.
u EMU function: Performs NE management and MCN construction. Performs configuration,
fault, performance and security management on the equipment, and saves management
information on behalf of the management system.
u ACU function: Supports running the control plane software and achieves various functions
Basic function
required by the ASON control plane.
u SCU function: Routes the SCC signals and constructs the SCN (signaling communication
network) for transmitting the control plane signaling; adopts the IP protocol to construct an
SCN used for transmitting the control plane signaling; supports fast route switching.
u Overhead processing: Processes the Ethernet overheads sent by each card, including the
SSM and MCC / SCC overheads.
GCC
Supports GCC communication.
communication
Backup scheme Supports the 1+1 hot backup scheme.

u Provides stratum-3 clock sources externally.

Clock function
u Supports backing up the external input clock and output clock.

Subrack cascading Supports cascading with the EFCU card.

Version: K 93
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-7 Functions and Features of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10) (Continued)

Function Description

Electrical-layer
Supported
ASON
u Synchronizes the EMS data and processes DCN packets, so that the management and
configuration data sent from the EMS can be delivered to the NE cards.
u Monitors card status, and periodically collects the alarm and performance data of the card
System control and reports them to the EMS.
u Monitors the status of the fan and the power card, and provides the fan management
function.
u Backs up NE data and processes various types of protocol packets.

3.2.2.2 Front Panel of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Figure 3-2 Front Panel of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Table 3-8 Description of the Front Panel of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly (four times per second) indicates that the card is
incorrectly configured.
Blinking slowly (once per second) indicates that the card is working
ACT Working status indicator
normally.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
Non-urgent alarm alarms are filtered.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.

94 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-8 Description of the Front Panel of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)
(Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Blinking indicates that the communication between the card and the
BMU inside the card is normal or the card software is being upgraded.
Not blinking indicates that the card has not received any responses
SBUS BMU response indicator
from the BMU or the card is standby.
Blinking at an irregular frequency indicates that the communication
between the card and a certain BMU is abnormal.
SCC communication Blinking indicates that the SCC is in communication (control plane
SCC
indicator signaling channel).

MCC communication Blinking indicates that the MCC (network management channel) is in
MCC
indicator communication.
FREE FREE: ON indicates that the clock is in the free running mode.
Clock working status
LOCK LOCK: ON indicates that the clock is in the locked mode.
indicator
HOLD HOLD: ON indicates that the clock is in the holdover mode.
Input / output interface for Standard clock synchronization interface; inputs / outputs external
CLK
external clock signals clock synchronization signals.

Input / output interface for

TOD Accesses 1PPS+TOD signals.
external time signals

External switch ON/OFF

Inputs signals to be monitored.
MON event monitor input
Generally, it is connected to the user equipment to be monitored.
interface
External switch ON/OFF Outputs control signals.
CTR event control output Generally, it is connected to a user's environment monitoring
interface equipment.

Subrack alarm output

ALM Generally, it is connected to the alarm interface on the PDP.
interface
Generally, it is connected to the serial port of the computer installed
f Local monitoring interface
with the LCT software.
Network management Inputs / outputs EMS monitoring information and is generally
F
interface connected to the EMS computer.

SIG Control plane interface Used for communication extension between the control planes.

Intra-NE subrack
Used for communication extension between subracks within an NE
communication extension
COM and generally connected to the COM interface of the corresponding
interface and software
card in another subrack.
debugging interface

Version: K 95
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-8 Description of the Front Panel of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)
(Continued)

Name Meaning Description

When this button is pressed down, the current alarm alert is muted.
And the system will not generate an alert even if an alarm occurs on
RING OFF Ring-off button an NE.
When this button is released, the system generates an alert if the NE
reports an alarm.

The RSTNote 1 is a spring return buttonNote 2. When this button is

pressed down, the card will be reset.
RST Reset button
Do not press this button unless necessary, especially when the
equipment is working normally.

Note 1: The RST is a hidden button and this operation requires a threadlike tool such as a nib or a needle.
Note 2: The spring return button can automatically recover after being pressed down.

3.2.2.3 Specifications of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 /

U10)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-9 Mechanical Specifications of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

CCU (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 /

307 × 27.5 1.04
U10)

Power Consumption

Table 3-10 Power Consumption of the CCU Card (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

CCU (U60 / U40 / U30 / U20 / U10) 40

3.2.3 CCU (U20E / U10E)

Working together with the network management system, the network management
card manages all the cards in the equipment to enable intercommunication between
different NEs.

96 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.2.3.1 Functions of the CCU Card (U20E / U10E)

Table 3-11 Functions and Features of the CCU Card (U20E / U10E)

Function Description

u EMU function: Performs NE management and MCN construction.

u ACU function: Supports running the control plane software and achieves various functions
required by the ASON control plane.
Basic function u SCU function: Adopts the IP protocol to construct an SCN used for transmitting the control
plane signaling; supports fast route switching.
u Overhead processing: Processes the Ethernet overheads sent by each card, including the
SSM and MCC / SCC overheads.
u Provides stratum-3 clock sources externally.
Clock function
u Supports backing up the external input clock and output clock.

u Synchronizes the EMS data and processes the DCN packets, so that the management and
configuration data sent from the EMS can be delivered to the NE cards.
u Monitors card status, and periodically collects the alarm and performance data of the card
System control and reports them to the EMS.
u Monitors the status of the fan and the power card, and provides the fan management
function.
u Backs up the NE data and processes various types of protocol packets.

u Supports the 1+1 hot backup scheme.

Protection
u Supports the broadcast protection.

3.2.3.2 Front Panel of the CCU Card (U20E / U10E)

Figure 3-3 Front Panel of the CCU Card (U20E / U10E)

Version: K 97
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-12 Description of the Front Panel of the CCU Card (U20E / U10E)

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly (four times per second) indicates that the card is
incorrectly configured.
Blinking slowly (once per second) indicates that the card is working
ACT Working status indicator
normally.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
Non-urgent alarm alarms are filtered.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Blinking indicates that the communication between the card and the
BMU inside the card is normal or the card software is being upgraded.
Not blinking indicates that the card has not received any responses
SBUS BMU response indicator
from the BMU or the card is standby.
Blinking at an irregular frequency indicates that the communication
between the card and a certain BMU is abnormal.
SCC communication Blinking indicates that the SCC is in communication (control plane
SCC
indicator signaling channel).

MCC communication Blinking indicates that the MCC (network management channel) is in
MCC
indicator communication.
FREE FREE: ON indicates that the clock is in the free running mode.
Clock working status
LOCK LOCK: ON indicates that the clock is in the locked mode.
indicator
HOLD HOLD: ON indicates that the clock is in the holdover mode.
Input / output interface for Standard clock synchronization interface; inputs / outputs external
CLK
external clock signals clock synchronization signals.

Input / output interface for

TOD Accesses 1PPS+TOD signals.
external time signals

External switch ON/OFF

Inputs signals to be monitored.
MON event monitor input
Generally, it is connected to the user equipment to be monitored.
interface
External switch ON/OFF Outputs control signals.
CTR event control output Generally, it is connected to a user's environment monitoring
interface equipment.

Subrack alarm output

ALM Generally, it is connected to the alarm interface on the PDP.
interface

98 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-12 Description of the Front Panel of the CCU Card (U20E / U10E) (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Generally, it is connected to the serial port of the computer installed

f Local monitoring interface
with the LCT software.
Network management Inputs / outputs EMS monitoring information and is generally
F
interface connected to the EMS computer.

SIG Control plane interface Used for communication extension between the control planes.

Intra-NE subrack
Used for communication extension between subracks within an NE
communication extension
COM and generally connected to the COM interface of the corresponding
interface and software
card in another subrack.
debugging interface

When this button is pressed down, the current alarm alert is muted.
And the system will not generate an alert even if an alarm occurs on
RING OFF Ring-off button an NE.
When this button is released, the system generates an alert if the NE
reports an alarm.

The RSTNote 1 is a spring return buttonNote 2. When this button is

pressed down, the card will be reset.
RST Reset button
Do not press this button unless necessary, especially when the
equipment is working normally.

Note 1: The RST is a hidden button and this operation requires a threadlike tool such as a nib or a needle.
Note 2: The spring return button can automatically recover after being pressed down.

3.2.3.3 Specifications of the CCU Card (U20E / U10E)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-13 Mechanical Specifications of the CCU Card (U20E / U10E)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

CCU (U20E / U10E) 407 × 30 2.2

Power Consumption

Table 3-14 Power Consumption of the CCU Card (U20E / U10E)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

CCU (U20E / U10E) 73.8

Version: K 99
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.2.4 CCU (FONST 5000 N32)

Working together with the network management system, the network management
card manages all the cards in the equipment to enable intercommunication between
different NEs.

3.2.4.1 Functions of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 N32)

Table 3-15 Functions and Features of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 N32)

Function Description

u Mainly performs core functions such as NE management, control plane functions, EMS
and control plane networking, clock distribution and APS switching control.
u EMU function: Performs NE management and MCN construction. Performs configuration,
fault, performance and security management on the equipment, and saves management
information on behalf of the management system.
u ACU function: Supports running the control plane software and achieves various functions
Basic function required by the ASON control plane.
u SCU function: Routes the SCC signals and constructs the SCN (signaling communication
network) for transmitting the control plane signaling; adopts the IP protocol to construct an
SCN used for transmitting the control plane signaling; supports fast route switching.
u Overhead processing: Processes the Ethernet overheads sent by each card, including the
SSM and MCC / SCC overheads.
u Supports the 1588 clock function.

GCC
Supports GCC communication.
communication
Backup scheme Supports the 1+1 hot backup scheme.

u Provides stratum-3 clock sources externally.

Clock function
u Supports backing up the external input clock and output clock.

Electrical-layer
Supported
ASON
u Synchronizes the EMS data and processes DCN packets, so that the management and
configuration data sent from the EMS can be delivered to the NE cards.
u Monitors card status, and periodically collects alarm and performance data of the card
System control
and reports them to the EMS.
u Monitors status of fans and power cards and manages fans.
u Backs up NE data and processes various types of protocol packets.

100 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.2.4.2 Front Panel of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 N32)

Figure 3-4 Front Panel of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 N32)

Table 3-16 Description of the Front Panel of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 N32)

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly (four times per second) indicates that the

configuration or time of the card is incorrect.
Blinking slowly (once per second) indicates that the card is working
ACT Working status indicator
normally.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
Non-urgent alarm alarms are filtered.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Active/standby status Blinking quickly indicates that the card works in active mode.
STAT
indicator Blinking slowly indicates that the card works in standby mode.

Control plane
SCC Blinking indicates that the SCC is in communication.
communication indicator
Network management
MCC channel communication Blinking indicates that the MCC is in communication.
indicator
FREE FREE: ON indicates that the clock is in the free running mode.
Clock working status
LOCK LOCK: ON indicates that the clock is in the locked mode.
indicator
HOLD HOLD: ON indicates that the clock is in the holdover mode.
The RSTNote 1 is a spring return buttonNote 2. When this button is
pressed down, the card will be reset.
RST Reset button
Do not press this button unless necessary, especially when the
equipment is working normally.

The SWNote 1 is a spring return buttonNote 2 and is used to activate or

SW/OFL Card activation button deactivate the CCU card. Press the SW button once to activate an
inactivated CCU card, and re-press it to deactivate the card.

Version: K 101
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-16 Description of the Front Panel of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 N32) (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Network management Inputs / outputs EMS monitoring information and usually connects to
F
interface the EMS computer.

Generally, connects to the serial port of the computer installed with

f Local monitoring interface
the LCT software.
Cluster time Usually connects to the COMG interface on the CCU card in another
COMG
synchronization interface device.
High-precision time
SMA synchronization Reserved
debugging interface

Note 1: The RST and SW/OFL are hidden buttons and this operation requires a threadlike tool such as a nib or a
needle.
Note 2: The spring return button can automatically recover after being pressed down.

3.2.4.3 Specifications of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 N32)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-17 Mechanical Specifications of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 N32)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

CCU (FONST 5000 N32) 485 × 30 2.1

Power Consumption

Table 3-18 Power Consumption of the CCU Card (FONST 5000 N32)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

CCU (FONST 5000 N32) 120

102 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.3 Network Management Cards in the Optical-

Layer Subrack

Table 3-19 Mappings Between Optical-Layer Subracks and Network Management Cards

Subrack Network Management Card

COTP (3030036) CCU (optical layer)

COTP (3030105) EMU

EFCU
COTP (3030163) ASCU
SCU
COTP (3030220) CCU (COTP)

3.3.1 CCU (Optical Layer)

Working together with the network management system, the network management
card manages all the cards in the equipment to enable intercommunication between
different NEs.

3.3.1.1 Functions of the CCU Card (Optical Layer)

Table 3-20 Functions and Features of the CCU Card (Optical Layer)

Function Description

u Processes overheads for 56 GCCs from the line interface cards and optical transponder
cards, and overheads for two DCCs from the OSC card.
u Performs configuration, fault, performance and security management on the equipment,
and saves management information on behalf of the management system.
u Configuration management includes configuring the network topology, NE attribute and
NE type. It also supports log management.
Basic function
u Fault management includes real-time monitoring, alarm isolation and other relevant
operations.
u Performance management includes monitoring and managing the optical transmission
values.
u Security management includes assigning different operation privileges to operators at
different levels.
DCC
Supports the DCC route processing function.
communication
Backup scheme Supports the 1+1 hot backup scheme.

Version: K 103
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-20 Functions and Features of the CCU Card (Optical Layer) (Continued)

Function Description

Subrack cascading Supports cascading with the EFCU card.

Electrical-layer Does not support the control plane function.The card needs to be used together with the
ASON ASCU card to achieve the electrical-layer ASON function.

u Provides extended management functions, managing the device inside the cabinet and
the ones in the neighboring cabinets on a unified management platform via network
System control cables.
u Monitors the temperature and power supply voltage in the equipment room and generates
alarms on over-temperature and over-/under-voltage.

3.3.1.2 Front Panel of the CCU Card (Optical Layer)

Figure 3-5 Front Panel of the CCU Card (Optical Layer)

Table 3-21 Description of the Front Panel of the CCU Card (Optical Layer)

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly (four times per second) indicates that the CCU
card is incorrectly configured.
ACT Working status indicator
Blinking slowly (once per second) indicates that the card is
working normally.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are

filtered for the NE.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
occurs on the NE.
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the NE.
Blinking indicates that the F interface is receiving data.
Ethernet communication Not blinking indicates that the communication between the card
NET
indicator at the F interface and the EMS is poor if the NE is connected to the EMS, or
indicates a normal state if the NE is not connected to the EMS.
Blinking indicates that the card is normally communicating with
the BMU in the card or the card software is being upgraded.
Not blinking indicates that the card has not received BMU
SBUS BMU response indicator
responses or the card is standby.
Blinking irregularly indicates that communication interruption
occurs between the card and a certain BMU.

104 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-21 Description of the Front Panel of the CCU Card (Optical Layer) (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Software debugging
COM These interfaces’ connector
interface
definitions are the same as those
TEST Reserved Interface type: RJ-45Note 1
of the AIF card’s Ethernet
ETH3 EMS interface 3
interfaces.
ETH4 EMS interface 4
RESETH Reset button Pressing the button will reset the card.

When this button is pressed down, the current alarm alert is

muted. And the system will not generate an alert even if an alarm
RING OFF Ring-off button occurs on an NE.
When this button is released, the system generates an alert if the
NE reports an alarm.

East DDC communication The east / west DCC refers to the two 512 kbit/s DCCs between
DCCE
indicator the card and the OSC card.
West DDC communication Blinking indicates that data are being received or transmitted in
DCCW
indicator the corresponding DCC.

SEL1 These two indicators blink at the same frequency (once every
three seconds). If SEL1 and SEL2 are OFF, the GCC
communication indicators 1 to 28 indicate the communication
GCC indicator
SEL2 statuses of GCCs 1 to 28, respectively. If SEL1 and SEL2 are
ON, the GCC communication indicators 1 to 28 indicate the
communication statuses of GCCs 29 to 56, respectively.

GCC communication ON indicates that data are being received or transmitted in the
1 to 28
indicator corresponding GCC.

Note 1: Each RJ-45 interface on the card panel is provided with yellow and green indicators. When the yellow
indicator is ON or blinks, the port is linked up normally or sending data. When the green indicator is ON or
blinks, the port is linked up normally or receiving data.

3.3.1.3 Specifications of the CCU Card (Optical Layer)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-22 Mechanical Specifications of the CCU Card (Optical Layer)

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

CCU (optical layer) 368 × 30 0.88

Version: K 105
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Power Consumption

Table 3-23 Power Consumption of the CCU Card (Optical Layer)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

CCU (optical layer) 22

3.3.2 EMU

Working together with the network management system, the network management
card manages all the cards in the equipment to enable intercommunication between
different NEs.

3.3.2.1 Functions of the EMU Card

Functions and Features

Table 3-24 Functions and Features of the EMU Card

Function Description

u Processes overheads for 56 GCCs from the line interface cards and optical transponder
cards, and overheads for two DCCs from the OSC card.
u Performs configuration, fault, performance and security management for the equipment,
and saves management information on behalf of the management system.
u Configuration management includes configuring the network topology, NE attribute and
NE type, which also supports the log function.
Basic function
u Fault management includes real-time monitoring, alarm isolation and other relevant
operations.
u Performance management includes monitoring and managing the optical transmission
values.
u Security management includes assigning different operation privileges to operators at
different levels.
DCC
Supports the DCC route processing function.
communication
Backup scheme Supports the 1+1 hot backup scheme.

Subrack cascading Supports cascading with the EFCU card.

106 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-24 Functions and Features of the EMU Card (Continued)

Function Description

Electrical-layer Does not support the control plane function.The card needs to be used together with the
ASON ASCU card to achieve the electrical-layer ASON function.

u Provides extended management functions, managing the device inside the cabinet and
the ones in the neighboring cabinets on a unified management platform via network
System control cables.
u Monitors the temperature and power supply voltage in the equipment room and generates
alarms on over-temperature and over-/under-voltage.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 3-6 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the EMU Card

The functions of each module in the figure are described as below:

u CPU and control module

4 Controls, monitors and manages all functional modules in the card.

4 Detects whether each card is present in the subrack and reports relevant
alarms to the EMS.

4 The overhead processing module receives and processes overhead bytes

from the service cards; the control module can process up to 58 DCCs.
The overhead processing module also transmits overhead bytes to the
service cards.

u Communication module

Version: K 107
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4 Communicates with other cards.

4 Receives and transmits data from and to other cards via the Ethernet and
reports the data to the EMS.

u Power module

Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into appropriate power

required by each module of the card.

3.3.2.2 Front Panel of the EMU Card

Figure 3-7 Front Panel of the EMU Card

Table 3-25 Description of the Front Panel of the EMU Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly (four times per second) indicates that the EMU
card is incorrectly configured.
ACT Working status indicator
Blinking slowly (once per second) indicates that the card is
working normally.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are

filtered for the NE.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
occurs on the NE.
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the NE.
Blinking indicates that the F interface is receiving data.
Ethernet communication Not blinking indicates that the communication between the card
NET
indicator at the F interface and the EMS is poor if the NE is connected to the EMS, or
indicates a normal state if the NE is not connected to the EMS.
Blinking indicates that the card is normally communicating with
the BMU in the card or the card software is being upgraded.
Not blinking indicates that the card has not received BMU
SBUS BMU response indicator
responses or the card is standby.
Blinking irregularly indicates that communication interruption
occurs between the card and a certain BMU.
COM Software debugging interface These interfaces’ connector

TEST Reserved definitions are the same as those

Interface type: RJ-45Note 1
of the AIF card’s Ethernet
ETH3 EMS interface 3
interfaces.

108 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-25 Description of the Front Panel of the EMU Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

ETH4 EMS interface 4

RESETH Reset button Pressing the button will reset the card.

When this button is pressed down, the current alarm alert is

muted. And the system will not generate an alert even if an alarm
RING OFF Ring-off button occurs on an NE.
When this button is released, the system generates an alert if the
NE reports an alarm.

East DDC communication The east / west DCC refers to the two 512 kbit/s DCCs between
DCCE
indicator the card and the OSC card.
West DDC communication Blinking indicates that data are being received or transmitted in
DCCW
indicator the corresponding DCC.

SEL1 These two indicators blink at the same frequency (once every
three seconds). If SEL1 and SEL2 are OFF, the GCC
communication indicators 1 to 28 indicate the communication
GCC indicator
SEL2 statuses of GCCs 1 to 28, respectively. If SEL1 and SEL2 are
ON, the GCC communication indicators 1 to 28 indicate the
communication statuses of GCCs 29 to 56, respectively.

GCC communication ON indicates that data are being received or transmitted in the
1 to 28
indicator corresponding GCC.

Note 1: Each RJ-45 interface on the card panel is provided with yellow and green indicators. When the yellow
indicator is ON or blinks, the port is linked up normally or sending data. When the green indicator is ON or
blinks, the port is linked up normally or receiving data.

3.3.2.3 Specifications of the EMU Card

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-26 Mechanical Specifications of the EMU Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

EMU 368 × 30 0.88

Power Consumption

Table 3-27 Power Consumption of the EMU Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

EMU 22

Version: K 109
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.3.3 EFCU

Working together with the network management system, the network management
card manages all the cards in the equipment to enable intercommunication between
different NEs. The EFCU card, used together with the CCU and EMU cards, can
help cascade subracks.

3.3.3.1 Functions of the EFCU Card

Functions and Features

Table 3-28 Functions and Features of the EFCU Card

Function Description

u Processes overheads for 56 GCCs from the line interface cards and optical transponder
cards, and overheads for two DCCs from the OSC card.
u Performs configuration, fault, performance and security management for the equipment,
and saves management information on behalf of the management system.
u Configuration management includes configuring the network topology, NE attribute and
NE type, which also supports the log function.
Basic function
u Fault management includes real-time monitoring, alarm isolation and other relevant
operations.
u Performance management includes monitoring and managing the optical transmission
values.
u Security management includes assigning different operation privileges to operators at
different levels.
DCC
Supports the DCC route processing function.
communication
Subrack cascading The EFCU card can function as the management card of the slave subrack.

Backup scheme Supports the 1+1 hot backup scheme.

Electrical-layer Does not support the control plane function.The card needs to be used together with the
ASON ASCU card to achieve the electrical-layer ASON function.

u Provides extended management functions, managing the device inside the cabinet and
the ones in the neighboring cabinets on a unified management platform via network
System control cables.
u Monitors the temperature and power supply voltage in the equipment room and generates
alarms on over-temperature and over-/under-voltage.

110 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 3-8 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the EFCU Card

The functions of each module in the figure are described as below:

u CPU and control module

4 Controls, monitors and manages all functional modules in the card.

4 Detects whether each card is present in the subrack and reports relevant
alarms to the EMS.

4 The overhead processing module receives and processes overhead bytes

from the service cards; the control module can process up to 58 DCCs.
The overhead processing module also transmits overhead bytes to the
service cards.

u Communication module

4 Communicates with other cards.

4 Receives and transmits data from and to other cards via the Ethernet and
reports the data to the EMS.

u Power module

Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into appropriate power

required by each module of the card.

Version: K 111
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.3.3.2 Front Panel of the EFCU Card

Figure 3-9 Front Panel of the EFCU Card

Table 3-29 Description of the Front Panel of the EFCU

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly (four times per second) indicates that the EMU
card is incorrectly configured or configured with incorrect time.
ACT Working status indicator
Blinking slowly (once per second) indicates that the card is
working normally.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are

filtered for the NE.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the NE.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the NE.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms
occur on the NE.
Blinking indicates that the F interface is receiving data.
Ethernet communication Not blinking indicates that the communication between the card
NET
indicator at the F interface and the EMS is poor if the NE is connected to the EMS, or
indicates a normal state if the NE is not connected to the EMS.
Blinking indicates that the card is normally communicating with
the BMU in the card or the card software is being upgraded.
Not blinking indicates that the card has not received BMU
SBUS BMU response indicator
responses or the card is standby.
Blinking irregularly indicates that communication interruption
occurs between the card and a certain BMU.
COM Software debugging interface These interfaces’ connector
TEST Reserved definitions are the same as those
Interface type: RJ-45Note 1
ETH3 EMS interface 3 of the AIF card’s Ethernet

ETH4 EMS interface 4 interfaces.

RESETH Reset button Pressing the button will reset the card.

When this button is pressed down, the current alarm alert is

muted. And the system will not generate an alert even if an alarm
RING OFF Ring-off button occurs on an NE.
When this button is released, the system generates an alert if the
NE reports an alarm.

112 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-29 Description of the Front Panel of the EFCU (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

East DDC communication The east / west DCC refers to the two 512 kbit/s DCCs between
DCCE
indicator the card and the OSC card.
West DDC communication Blinking indicates that data are being received or transmitted in
DCCW
indicator the corresponding DCC.

SEL1 These two indicators blink at the same frequency (once every
three seconds). If SEL1 and SEL2 are OFF, the GCC
communication indicators 1 to 28 indicate the communication
GCC indicator
SEL2 statuses of GCCs 1 to 28, respectively. If SEL1 and SEL2 are
ON, the GCC communication indicators 1 to 28 indicate the
communication statuses of GCCs 29 to 56, respectively.

GCC communication ON indicates that data are being received or transmitted in the
1 to 28
indicator corresponding GCC.

Note 1: Each RJ-45 interface on the card panel is provided with yellow and green indicators. When the yellow
indicator is ON or blinks, the port is linked up normally or sending data. When the green indicator is ON or
blinks, the port is linked up normally or receiving data.

3.3.3.3 Specifications of the EFCU Card

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-30 Mechanical Specifications of the EFCU Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

EFCU 368 × 30 0.88

Power Consumption

Table 3-31 Power Consumption of the EFCU Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

EFCU 22

3.3.4 ASCU

The ASCU card implements the control plane functions, which includes the ACU
and SCU.

Version: K 113
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.3.4.1 Functions of the ASCU Card

Table 3-32 Functions and Features of the ASCU Card

Function Description

ACU functions:

u The ASON control plane software can run on the ACU to perform the control plane
functions.

u To meet high performance and reliability requirements for the control plane processing,
the ACU uses a high-performance embedded processor as well as the large-capacity
memory and external storage, and supports continuous upgrade.

Basic function SCU functions:

u Mainly processes DCCm signals, and constructs an SCN for transmitting the control plane
signaling.

u Supports processing up to 60 DCCm signals and enables the GCC bus connected in
series or in parallel.

u Forwards DCCm signals and uses the IP routing protocol to construct an SCN (control
plane signaling communication network).

Backup scheme Supports the 1+1 hot backup scheme.

Electrical-layer
Supported
ASON

3.3.4.2 Front Panel of the ASCU Card

Figure 3-10 Front Panel of the ASCU Card

114 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-33 Description of the Front Panel of the ASCU Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly (four times per second) indicates that the SCU
Working indicator communicates with the EMU card normally.
ACT1
for the SCU Blinking slowly (once per second) indicates that the SCU is not
configured correctly or is in the standby status.

OFF indicates that no alarm occurs in the SCU or all alarms are filtered.
Red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or a major alarm) occurs in
Alarm indicator for
ALM1 the SCU.
the SCU
Yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs in the
SCU.
Ethernet
communication Blinking indicates that data are being transmitted / received between the
NET
indicator for the SCU and the EMU card.
SCU
Blinking quickly (four times per second) indicates that the card is
Working indicator operating normally.
ACT2
for the ACU Blinking slowly (once per second) indicates that the ACU is not
configured correctly or is in the standby status.

OFF indicates that the ACU has no alarms or alarms are filtered.
Red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs.
Alarm indicator for Yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs.
ALM2
the ACU When the card is booting up, the solid red indicator indicates that the
program is not loaded; the blinking yellow indicator indicates that the
hardware is being initiated.

When the ACU is booting up, the indicator blinking indicates that the
software is writing data into the flash and you should not unplug the card
Hardware memory
at this moment.
read / write
RUN/HDD When the ACU is running normally, the indicator indicates the CF card’s
indicator for the
access status: Blinking indicates that the ACU is reading or writing data
ACU
from or into its CF card and you should not unplug the card at this
moment.
East DCC
communication
DCCE
indicator for the East and west DCCs refer to the two 512 kbit/s DCCMs between the SCU
SCU and the OSC card.
West DCC Blinking indicates that data are being received / transmitted in the
communication corresponding DCCM.
DCCW
indicator for the
SCU

Version: K 115
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-33 Description of the Front Panel of the ASCU Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

SEL1 These two indicators blink at the same frequency If SEL1 and SEL2 are
OFF, the GCC communication indicators 1 to 28 indicate the
GCC indicator for
communication statuses of GCCs 1 to 28, respectively. If SEL1 and
SEL2 the SCU
SEL2 are ON, the GCC communication indicators 1 to 28 indicate the
communication statuses of GCCs 29 to 56, respectively.

GCC
communication ON indicates that data are being transmitted / received in the
1 to 28
indicator for the corresponding GCC.
SCU
Reset button for the
RESETH When this button is pressed down, the SCU of the card will be reset.
SCU
If the card acts as an ASCU card, when the card is powered on, pressing
down the button for six seconds or longer will turn off the control card
ON / OFF button of safely.
HLT/RST
the ACU When the card is powered off, pressing down the button longer than six
seconds will turn on the card again.
The button is invalid when the card acts as an SCU card.
AETH1 Program download
interface for the
AETH2
ACU
SETH1 FTP program
download Interface type: RJ-45Note 1
interfaces / control
SETH2 plane signaling
ingresses 1 and 2
for the SCU
Note 1: Each RJ-45 interface on the card panel is provided with the yellow and green indicators. When the yellow
indicator is ON, the port is linked up normally; when the yellow indicator is blinking, the port is sending data.
When the green indicator is ON, the port is linked up normally; when the green indicator is blinking, the port is
receiving data.

116 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.3.4.3 Specifications of the ASCU Card

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-34 Mechanical Specifications of the ASCU Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

ASCU 368 × 30 0.88

Power Consumption

Table 3-35 Power Consumption of the ASCU Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

ASCU 32

3.3.5 SCU

The SCU card supports the control plane signaling network.

3.3.5.1 Functions of the SCU Card

Table 3-36 Functions and Features of the SCU Card

Function Description

SCU functions:

u Mainly processes DCCm signals, and constructs an SCN for transmitting the control plane
signaling.
Basic function
u Processes up to 60 DCCm signals.

u Forwards DCCm signals and uses the IP routing protocol to construct an SCN (control
plane signaling communication network).

Backup scheme Supports the 1+1 hot backup scheme.

Version: K 117
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.3.5.2 Front Panel of the SCU Card

Figure 3-11 Front Panel of the SCU Card

Table 3-37 Description of the Front Panel of the SCU Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly (four times per second) indicates that the SCU
Working indicator communicates with the EMU card normally.
ACT1
for the SCU Blinking slowly (once per second) indicates that the SCU is not
configured correctly or is in the standby status.

OFF indicates that no alarm occurs in the SCU or all alarms are filtered.
Red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or a major alarm) occurs in
the SCU.
Alarm indicator for
ALM1 Yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs in the
the SCU
SCU.
Orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur in the
SCU.
Ethernet
communication Blinking indicates that data are being transmitted / received between the
NET
indicator for the SCU and the EMU card.
SCU
Working indicator
ACT2 The indicator is invalid when the card acts as an SCU card.
for the ACU
Alarm indicator for
ALM2 The indicator is invalid when the card acts as an SCU card.
the ACU
Hardware memory
read / write
RUN/HDD The indicator is invalid when the card acts as an SCU card.
indicator for the
ACU
East DCC
communication
DCCE
indicator for the The east / west DCC refers to the two 512 kbit/s DCCMs between the
SCU SCU and the OSC card.
West DCC Blinking indicates that data are being received / transmitted in the
communication corresponding DCCM.
DCCW
indicator for the
SCU

118 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-37 Description of the Front Panel of the SCU Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

SEL1 These two indicators blink at the same frequency If SEL1 and SEL2 are
OFF, the GCC communication indicators 1 to 28 indicate the
GCC indicator for
communication statuses of GCCs 1 to 28, respectively. If SEL1 and
SEL2 the SCU
SEL2 are ON, the GCC communication indicators 1 to 28 indicate the
communication statuses of GCCs 29 to 56, respectively.

GCC
communication ON indicates that data are being transmitted / received in the
1 to 28
indicator for the corresponding GCC.
SCU
Reset button for the
RESETH When this button is pressed down, the SCU of the card will be reset.
SCU
If the card acts as an ASCU card, when the card is powered on, pressing
down the button for six seconds or longer will turn off the control card
ON / OFF button of safely.
HLT/RST
the ACU When the card is powered off, pressing down the button longer than six
seconds will turn on the card again.
The button is invalid when the card acts as an SCU card.
AETH1 Program download
interface for the
AETH2
ACU
SETH1 FTP program
download Interface type: RJ-45Note 1
interfaces / control
SETH2 plane signaling
ingresses 1 and 2
for the SCU
Note 1: Each RJ-45 interface on the card panel is provided with the yellow and green indicators. When the yellow
indicator is ON, the port is linked up normally; when the yellow indicator is blinking, the port is sending data.
When the green indicator is ON, the port is linked up normally; when the green indicator is blinking, the port is
receiving data.

Version: K 119
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.3.5.3 Specifications of the SCU Card

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-38 Mechanical Specifications of the SCU Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

SCU 368 × 30 0.88

Power Consumption

Table 3-39 Power Consumption of the SCU Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

SCU 32

3.3.6 CCU (COTP 3030220)

Working together with the network management system, the network management
card manages all the cards in the equipment to enable intercommunication between
different NEs.

3.3.6.1 Functions of the CCU Card (COTP 3030220)

Table 3-40 Functions and Features of the CCU Card (COTP 3030220)

Function Description

u Mainly performs core functions such as NE management, control plane functions, EMS
and control plane networking, and clock synchronization and distribution.
u EMU function: Manages NEs and constructs the MCN; performs configuration, fault,
performance and security management for the equipment, and saves management
information on behalf of the management system.
u ACU function: Supports running the control plane software and achieves various functions
Basic function
required by the ASON control plane.
u SCU function: Routes the SCC signals and constructs an SCN (signaling communication
network) for transmitting the control plane signaling based on the IP protocol; supports
fast route switching.
u Overhead processing: Processes Ethernet overheads sent by each card, including SSM,
MCC and SCC overheads.
Backup scheme Supports the 1+1 hot backup scheme.

120 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-40 Functions and Features of the CCU Card (COTP 3030220) (Continued)

Function Description

u Provides stratum-3 clock sources externally.

Clock function
u Supports backing up the external input clock and output clock.

Electrical-layer
Supported
ASON
u Synchronizes the EMS data and processes the DCN packets, so that the management
and configuration data sent from the EMS can be delivered to the NE cards.
u Monitors card status, and periodically collects the alarm and performance data of the card
System control
and reports them to the EMS.
u Monitors status of fans and power cards and manages fans.
u Backs up NE data and processes various types of protocol packets.

3.3.6.2 Front Panel of the CCU Card (COTP 3030220)

Figure 3-12 Front Panel of the CCU Card (COTP 3030220)

Table 3-41 Description of the Front Panel of the CCU Card (COTP 3030220)

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly (four times per second) indicates that the card is
working normally.
Blinking slowly (once per second) indicates that the card is incorrectly
ACT Working status indicator
configured.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Non-urgent alarm filtered.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.

Version: K 121
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-41 Description of the Front Panel of the CCU Card (COTP 3030220) (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Blinking indicates that the communication between the card and the
BMU inside the card is normal or the card software is being upgraded.
Not blinking indicates that the card has not received any responses
SBUS BMU response indicator
from the BMU or the card is standby.
Blinking at an irregular frequency indicates that communication
between the card and a certain BMU is abnormal.
Active/standby status Blinking quickly indicates that the card works in active mode.
STAT
indicator Blinking slowly indicates that the card works in standby mode.

MCC communication Blinking indicates that the MCC (network management channel) is in
MCC
indicator communication.
SCC communication Blinking indicates that the SCC (control plane signaling channel) is in
SCC
indicator communication.
Blinking quickly (green) indicates that the clock is in the free running
mode.
Clock working status
CLK Blinking slowly (green) indicates that the clock is in the holdover
indicator
mode.
ON (green) indicates that the clock is in the locked mode.

ALM Subrack alarm output port Generally, connects to the alarm port on the PDP.

Local monitoring and Generally, connects to the serial port of the computer installed with
DB
debugging port the LCT software.
External event monitor
MON Generally, connects to the user equipment to be monitored.
port

Input / output port for

C&T Generally, connects to the clock input / output port
external clock signals

Network management Inputs / outputs EMS monitoring information and generally connects
F
port to the EMS computer.

SIG Control plane port Used for communication extension between control planes.

Intra-NE subrack Used for communication extension between subracks within an NE.
communication extension Generally, connected to the COM port of the corresponding card in
COM1 / COM2
port and software another subrack. For example, COM1 connects to COM1, and COM2
debugging port connects to COM2.
The RSTNote 1 is a spring return buttonNote 2. When this button is
pressed down, the card will be reset.
RST Reset button
Do not press this button unless necessary, especially when the
equipment is working normally.

Note 1: The RST is a hidden button and this operation requires a threadlike tool such as a nib or a needle.
Note 2: The spring return button can automatically recover after being pressed down.

122 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-42 Pin Assignment of the MON Port on the CCU Card (COTP 3030220)

Pin Signal Description

1 E Signal ground

2 MON1 1st alarm input

3 E Signal ground

4 MON2 2nd alarm input

5 E Signal ground

6 MON3 3rd alarm input

7 RS485P RS485 positive

8 RS485N RS485 negative

3.3.6.3 Cascade DIP Switches in the CCU Card (COTP 3030220)

When the COTP (3030220) acts as a master subrack or an extended subrack, you
need to set the subrack attribute and subrack number through the DIP switches
within the CCU card, as shown in Figure 3-13. The LCD on the CCU card panel can
display the current subrack attribute and subrack number.

Note:

The LCD displays "C" when the COTP acts as a master subrack and
displays a decimal subrack number when the COTP acts as an extended
subrack. The LCD substitutes for the paper labels and makes it easier to
configure the subrack number on the UNM2000. Ensure that the subrack
number on the UNM2000 is consistent with the DIP switch setting of the
CCU card.

Figure 3-13 DIP Switches for Cascading

Rules for Setting DIP Switches

Version: K 123
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u The DIP switch setting for the active and standby CCU cards must be the same
for a subrack.

u You can set the subrack attribute and subrack number for the COPT (3030220)
subrack through the two 4-bit DIP switches (K4 and K5) within the CCU card.

4 K4_1 and K4_2 are used to set the subrack attribute. Specifically, 0x11
indicates a master subrack and 0x01 indicates an extended subrack.

4 The subrack number ranges from 2 to 31.

Example for setting DIP switches:

u Master subrack (00000111): Toggle K4_1, K4_2, and K4_3 to OFF and other
DIP switches to ON.

u Extended subrack ID = 8 (00100001): Toggle K4_1 and K5_2 to OFF and other
DIP switches to ON.

3.3.6.4 Specifications of the CCU Card (COTP 3030220)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-43 Mechanical Specifications of the CCU Card (COTP 3030220)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

CCU (COTP 3030220) 195 × 30 2.2

Power Consumption

Table 3-44 Power Consumption of the CCU Card (COTP 3030220)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

CCU (COTP 3030220) 70.4

124 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.4 Auxiliary Terminal Boards

Table 3-45 Mappings Between Subracks and Auxiliary Terminal Boards

Subrack Auxiliary Interface Card

AIF1
FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ
AIF2
FONST 5000 U60 AIF
AIF1
FONST 5000 U40
AIF2
FONST 5000 U30
FONST 5000 U20 AIF
FONST 5000 U20E
FONST 5000 U10 Not equipped with an AIF

FONST 5000 U10E Not equipped with an AIF

AIF1
FONST 5000 N32
AIF2
COTP (3030036) AIF
COTP (3030105) EAIF

COTP (3030163) AIF

3.4.1 AIF (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

The AIF card provides various auxiliary interfaces for extended functions.

3.4.1.1 Front Panel of the AIF Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Figure 3-14 Front Panel of the AIF1 Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Figure 3-15 Front Panel of the AIF2 Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Version: K 125
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-46 Description of the Front Panel of the AIF Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Name Meaning Description Interface Type

External clock input / Standard clock synchronization interface; inputs /

CLK
output interface outputs external clock synchronization signals.

External switch RJ45Note 1

Generally, connects to the user equipment to be
MON ON/OFF event monitor
monitored.
input interface

Output interface of the

AOR rack-top alarm Generally, connects to the rack-top alarm indicator.
indicator
RJ11
Alarm output interface
Generally, connects to the alarm interface of the
AOC of the head of row
head of row cabinet.
cabinet
Note 1: Each RJ-45 interface on the panel of the auxiliary terminal board is provided with yellow and green indicators.
When the yellow indicator is ON or blinking, the port is normally linked up or sending data. When the green
one is ON or blinking, the port is normally linked up or receiving data.

3.4.1.2 Specifications of the AIF Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-47 Mechanical Specifications of the AIF Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

AIF1 (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 172 × 29 0.5

AIF2 (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 172 × 29 0.5

Power Consumption

Table 3-48 Power Consumption of the AIF Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

AIF1 (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 4.92

AIF2 (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 4.92

3.4.2 AIF (U60)

The AIF card provides various auxiliary interfaces for extended functions.

126 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.4.2.1 Front Panel of the AIF Card (U60)

Figure 3-16 Front Panel of the AIF Card (U60)

Table 3-49 Description of the Front Panel of the AIF Card (U60)

Interface
Name Meaning Description
Type

Input / output
Standard time synchronization interface; inputs / outputs the
TOD interface for external
1588 time synchronization signal.
time signals

Input / output
Standard clock synchronization interface; inputs / outputs
CKIO interface for external
external clock synchronization signals.
clock signals

Network Inputs and outputs network management monitoring

F management information and usually connects to the computer installed
interface with the EMS.
Control plane Used for communication extension between the control
SIG
interface planes.
RJ45Note 1
External switch
ON/OFF event
MON Generally, connects to the user equipment to be monitored.
monitor input
interface
Intra-NE subrack
communication Used for communication extension between subracks within
COM extension interface an NE and generally connected to the COM interface of the
and software corresponding card in another subrack.
debugging interface

Subrack alarm output

ALM Generally, it is connected to the alarm interface on the PDP.
interface
Note 1: Each RJ-45 interface on the panel of the auxiliary terminal board is provided with yellow and green indicators.
When the yellow indicator is ON or blinking, the port is normally linked up or sending data. When the green
one is ON or blinking, the port is normally linked up or receiving data.

Version: K 127
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.4.2.2 Specifications of the AIF Card (U60)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-50 Mechanical Specifications of the AIF Card (U60)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

AIF (U60) 307 × 27.5 0.3

Power Consumption

Table 3-51 Power Consumption of the AIF Card (U60)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

AIF (U60) 4

3.4.3 AIF (U40)

The AIF card provides various auxiliary interfaces for extended functions.

3.4.3.1 Front Panel of the AIF Card (U40)

Figure 3-17 Front Panel of the AIF1 Card (U40)

Figure 3-18 Front Panel of the AIF2 Card (U40)

Table 3-52 Description of the Front Panel of the AIF Card (U40)

Interface
Name Meaning Description
Type

F1 Network Inputs and outputs network management monitoring

F2 management information and usually connects to the computer installed with RJ45Note 1
F3 interface the EMS.

128 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-52 Description of the Front Panel of the AIF Card (U40) (Continued)

Interface
Name Meaning Description
Type

SIG1 Control plane

Used for communication extension between the control planes.
SIG2 interfaces 1 and 2
COM1 Intra-NE subrack
Used to extend communication between subracks within an
COM2 communication
NE.
COM3 extension interface

Input / output
Standard clock synchronization interface; inputs / outputs
CLK interface for external
external clock synchronization signals.
clock signals

Input / output
Standard time synchronization interface; inputs / outputs the
TOD interface for external
1588 time synchronization signal.
time signals

ALM1 Subrack alarm

Connects and aggregates alarms of other subracks.
ALM2 cascade interface
Output interface of
AOR the rack-top alarm Generally, connects to the rack-top alarm indicator.
RJ11
indicator
Alarm output
Generally, connects to the alarm interface of the head of row
AOC interface of the head
cabinet.
of row cabinet
Note 1: Each RJ-45 interface on the panel of the auxiliary terminal board is provided with yellow and green indicators.
When the yellow indicator is ON or blinking, the port is normally linked up or sending data. When the green
one is ON or blinking, the port is normally linked up or receiving data.

3.4.3.2 Specifications of the AIF Card (U40)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-53 Mechanical Specifications of the AIF Card (U40)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

AIF1 (U40) 407 × 30 0.5

AIF2 (U40) 407 × 30 0.3

Version: K 129
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Power Consumption

Table 3-54 Power Consumption of the AIF Card (U40)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

AIF1 (U40) 4.92

AIF2 (U40) 4.92

3.4.4 AIF (U30 / U20 / U20E)

The AIF card provides various auxiliary interfaces for extended functions.

3.4.4.1 Front Panel of the AIF Card (U30 / U20 / U20E)

Figure 3-19 Front Panel of the AIF Card (U30 / U20 / U20E)

Table 3-55 Description of the Front Panel of the AIF Card (U30 / U20 / U20E)

Interface
Name Meaning Description
Type

Input / output
interface for Standard time synchronization interface; inputs / outputs the
TOD RJ45Note 1
external time 1588 time synchronization signal.
signals

130 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-55 Description of the Front Panel of the AIF Card (U30 / U20 / U20E) (Continued)

Interface
Name Meaning Description
Type

Input / output
interface for Standard clock synchronization interface; inputs / outputs
CLK
external clock external clock synchronization signals.
signals

F1 Network
Inputs / outputs EMS supervisory information, generally
management
F2 connected to the EMS computer.
interface
SIG1 Control plane
Used for communication extension between the control planes.
SIG2 interface
COM1 Intra-NE subrack
Used for communication extension between subracks within an
communication
COM2 NE.
extension interface
Subrack alarm
ALM Generally, it is connected to the alarm interface on the PDP. RJ11
output interface

Note 1: Each RJ-45 interface on the panel of the auxiliary terminal board is provided with yellow and green indicators.
When the yellow indicator is ON or blinking, the port is normally linked up or sending data. When the green
one is ON or blinking, the port is normally linked up or receiving data.

3.4.4.2 Specifications of the AIF Card (U30 / U20 / U20E)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-56 Mechanical Specifications of the AIF Card (U30 / U20 / U20E)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

AIF (U30 / U20 / U20E) 90 × 60 1

Power Consumption

Table 3-57 Power Consumption of the AIF Card (U30 / U20 / U20E)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

AIF (U30 / U20 / U20E) 8

Version: K 131
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.4.5 AIF (N32)

The AIF card provides various auxiliary interfaces for extended functions.

3.4.5.1 Front Panel of the AIF1 / AIF2 Card (FONST 5000 N32)

Figure 3-20 Front Panel of the AIF1 Card (FONST 5000 N32)

Table 3-58 Description of the Front Panel of the AIF1 Card (FONST 5000 N32)

Name Meaning Description Interface Type

SIG1 Control plane Used for communication extension between

SIG2 interfaces 1 and 2 control planes.

F1 Inputs and outputs network management

Network management
monitoring information and usually connects to the
F2 interface RJ45Note 1
computer installed with the EMS.

COM1 Intra-NE subrack

Used for communication extension between
communication
COM2 subracks within an NE.
extension interface
8k1 External clock input /
Provides 8k clock signals. RJP5
8k2 output interface

Note 1: Each RJ-45 interface on the panel of the auxiliary terminal board is provided with yellow and green indicators.
When the yellow indicator is ON or blinking, the port is normally linked up or sending data. When the green
one is ON or blinking, the port is normally linked up or receiving data.

Figure 3-21 Front Panel of the AIF2 Card (FONST 5000 N32)

132 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-59 Description of the Front Panel of the AIF2 Card (FONST 5000 N32)

Name Meaning Description Interface Type

Subrack alarm
ALM Connects the subrack alarm indicator. RJ11
interface
Rx and Tx interface for
E1 external clock Rx and Tx interface for E1 external clock signals
C&T
signals and one PPS / and one PPS / TOD signal
TOD signal

Rx and Tx interface for

Standard clock synchronization interface; inputs /
CLK E1 external clock
outputs external clock synchronization signals.
signals RJ45
Output interface for
MON Provides external monitoring signals.
four monitoring signals

Rx and Tx interface for

TOD Inputs / outputs synchronization time signals.
PPS / TOD signals

Input interface for Generally, connects to the user's environment

CTR
control signals monitoring equipment.

8k3 External clock input /

Provides 8k clock signals. RJP5
8k4 output interface

3.4.5.2 Specifications of the AIF1 / AIF2 Card (FONST 5000 N32)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-60 Mechanical Specifications of the AIF1 / AIF2 Card (FONST 5000 N32)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

AIF1 (FONST 5000 N32) 172 × 30 0.2

AIF2 (FONST 5000 N32) 172 × 30 0.2

Power Consumption

Table 3-61 Power Consumption of the AIF1 / AIF2 Card (FONST 5000 N32)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

AIF1 (FONST 5000 N32) 9

AIF2 (FONST 5000 N32) 3

Version: K 133
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.4.6 AIF (COTP 3030036 / 3030105)

The AIF card provides various auxiliary interfaces for extended functions.

3.4.6.1 Front Panel of the AIF Card (COTP 3030036 / 3030105)

Figure 3-22 Front Panel of the AIF Card (COTP 3030036 / 3030105)

Table 3-62 Description of the Front Panel of the AIF Card (COTP 3030036 / 3030105)

Name Meaning Description

Subrack alarm output Generally, connects to the alarm interface on the

ALM Interface
interface PDP.
type: DB9
f Local monitoring interface Connects to the LCT.
External switch ON/OFF
Generally, connects to the user's environment
CTR event control output
monitoring equipment.
interface
External switch ON/OFF Generally, connects to the user equipment to be
MON
event monitor input interface monitored.
Interface
COM1 Intra-NE subrack
Used for communication extension between type: RJ-
COM2 communication extension
subracks within an NE. 45Note 1
COM3 interface

F1 Network management Inputs / outputs EMS supervisory information,

F2 interface generally connected to the EMS computer.

ETH1 Used for communication extension between the

Control plane interface
ETH2 control planes.

Note 1: Each RJ-45 interface on the panel of the AIF card is provided with yellow and green indicators. When the
yellow indicator is ON or blinks, the port is linked up normally or sending data. When the green indicator is
ON or blinks, the port is linked up normally or receiving data.

134 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.4.6.2 Specifications of the AIF Card (COTP 3030036 / 3030105)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-63 Mechanical Specifications of the AIF Card (COTP 3030036 / 3030105)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

AIF (COTP 3030036 /

368 × 30 0.4
3030105)

Power Consumption

Table 3-64 Power Consumption of the AIF Card (COTP 3030036 / 3030105)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

AIF (COTP 3030036 / 3030105) 2

3.4.7 EAIF (COTP 3030036 / 3030105)

The AIF card provides various auxiliary interfaces for extended functions.

3.4.7.1 Front Panel of the EAIF Card (COTP 3030036 / 3030105)

Figure 3-23 Front Panel of the EAIF Card (COTP 3030036 / 3030105)

Table 3-65 Description of the Front Panel of the EAIF Card (COTP 3030036 / 3030105)

Name Meaning Description

Subrack alarm output Generally, it is connected to the alarm interface on the

ALM
interface PDP. Interface type:
Local monitoring DB9
f Connects to the LCT.
interface
External switch ON/OFF
Outputs the control signals, and generally connects to Interface type:
HKC event control output
the user's environment monitoring equipment. 749111-6
interface

Version: K 135
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-65 Description of the Front Panel of the EAIF Card (COTP 3030036 / 3030105)
(Continued)

Name Meaning Description

External switch ON/OFF

Inputs the signals to be monitored, and usually
HKA event monitor input
connects to the user's equipment to be monitored.
interface
Intra-NE subrack
Used for communication extension between subracks
COM1 communication
within an NE.
extension interface
Interface type:
F1 Network management Inputs / outputs EMS supervisory information, generally
RJ-45
F2 interface connected to the EMS computer.

ETH1 Used for communication extension between the control

Control plane interface
ETH2 planes.

3.4.7.2 Specifications of the EAIF Card (COTP 3030036 / 3030105)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-66 Mechanical Specifications of the EAIF Card (COTP 3030036 / 3030105)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

EAIF (COTP 3030036 / 3030105) 368 × 30 0.8

Power Consumption

Table 3-67 Power Consumption of the EAIF Card (COTP 3030036 / 3030105)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

EAIF (COTP 3030036 / 3030105) 0

3.4.8 AIF (COTP 3030163)

The AIF card provides various auxiliary interfaces for extended functions.

136 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.4.8.1 Front Panel of the AIF Card (COTP 3030163)

Figure 3-24 Front Panel of the AIF Card (COTP 3030163)

Table 3-68 Description of the Front Panel of the AIF Card (COTP 3030163)

Name Meaning Description

DC OUT DC interface DC power supply interface for IP telephones None

Subrack alarm output Generally, it is connected to the alarm interface on the
ALM
interface PDP.
Local monitoring
f Connects to the LCT.
interface
External switch ON/OFF
Generally, connects to the user's environment
CTRL event control output
monitoring equipment.
interface
External switch ON/OFF
Generally, connects to the user equipment to be
MON event monitor input
monitored.
interface
COM1 Intra-NE subrack Interface type:
COM2 communication Used for communication extension between subracks RJ-45Note 1
extension interfaces 1, 2 within an NE.
COM3
and 3
MCC Inputs and outputs network management monitoring
F1 information and usually connects to the computer
EMS interfaces 1 and 2 installed with the EMS. F1 and F2, together with ETH3
F2 and ETH4 on the EMU card panel, belong to the same
HUB.
SCC
Control plane interfaces Used for communication extension between the control
ETH1
1 and 2 planes.
ETH2
Note 1: Each RJ-45 interface on the panel of the AIF card is provided with yellow and green indicators. When the
yellow indicator is ON or blinks, the port is linked up normally or sending data. When the green indicator is
ON or blinks, the port is linked up normally or receiving data.

Version: K 137
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.4.8.2 Specifications of the AIF Card (COTP 3030163)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 3-69 Mechanical Specifications of the AIF Card (COTP 3030163)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

AIF (COTP 3030163) 335 × 25 0.4

Power Consumption

Table 3-70 Power Consumption of the AIF Card (COTP 3030163)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

AIF (COTP 3030163) 10

3.5 Management and Auxiliary Cables

This section introduces management and auxiliary cables.

Table 3-71 Mappings Between Management and Auxiliary Interfaces and Cables

Interface
Interface Description Cable Link
Name
F
F1 Network management Ethernet-standard twisted pair (straight- Straight-Through
F2 interface through) 3695095R4A Cable
F3
SIG
Ethernet-standard twisted pair (straight- Straight-Through
SIG1 Control plane interface
through) 3695095R4A Cable
SIG2
COM
COM1 Subrack communication Ethernet-standard twisted pair (straight- Straight-Through
COM2 interface through) 3695095R4A Cable
COM3
75Ω clock interface cable (RJ connector
connected with the coaxial cable)
CLK External clock input / output 409000060R1A
Clock Cable
CKIO interface 120Ω clock interface cable (RJ connector
connected with the balanced cable)
409000059R1A

138 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-71 Mappings Between Management and Auxiliary Interfaces and Cables (Continued)

Interface
Interface Description Cable Link
Name
TOD
1PPS+TOD Input / output interface for
RJ45 cable 3695458R1A Time Cable
W1PPS external time signals
E1PPS
RJ45 Ethernet-standard twisted pair (straight- Straight-Through
through) 3695095R4A Cable
ALM
Subrack alarm output RJ11 409000175 Signal Cable
ALM1
interface DE-9S 409000013R1A Alarm Cable
ALM2
Signal connection cable (RJP5+SF/UTP Subrack Alarm
CAT5E+RJ45), 409000208R1A Cable
The f Interface
RJ45 f interface cable - EMS_f 3695467R2A Cable
f Local monitoring interface
RJ45 f interface cable - Debug 3695476R2A The f Interface
Cable
CTR External switch ON/OFF
RJ45 cable 3695458R1A Time Cable
CTRL event control output interface

External switch ON/OFF

MON RJ45 cable 3695458R1A Time Cable
event monitor input interface

ETH1
ETH2 ETH: EMS extension
ETH3 interface
ETH4 AETH: control plane Ethernet-standard twisted pair (straight- Straight-Through
AETH1 extension interface through) 3695095R4A Cable
AETH2 SETH: signaling network
SETH1 extension interface
SETH2
Network management Ethernet-standard twisted pair (straight- Straight-Through
MCC
interface through) 3695095R4A Cable
Ethernet-standard twisted pair (straight- Straight-Through
SCC Control plane interface
through) 3695095R4A Cable
Alarm Cable for
the Head of Row
Alarm output interface of the 409000125R1A
AOC Cabinet
head of row cabinet 409000109 (non-shielded)
Subrack Alarm
Cable

Version: K 139
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-71 Mappings Between Management and Auxiliary Interfaces and Cables (Continued)

Interface
Interface Description Cable Link
Name
External switch ON/OFF
Audio Interface
event control output interface
HKC/HKA Dedicated cable 3695267R2A Connection
/ external switch ON/OFF
Cable
event monitor input interface

RJ45 75Ω clock interface cable (RJ connector

W2M connected with the coaxial cable)
E2M 409000060R1A
E1 clock interface Clock Cable
2M_W RJ45 120Ω clock interface cable (RJ
2M_E connector connected with the balanced cable)
409000059R1A
FE1
FE2 Ethernet-standard twisted pair (straight- Straight-Through
1588 clock interface
FE3 through) 3695095R4A Cable
FE4
8k1
8k2 External clock input / output
Provides 8k clock signals. Clock Cable
8k3 interface
8k4
Rx and Tx interface for E1
Rx and Tx interface for E1 external clock
external clock signals and Clock Cable
C&T signals and one PPS / TOD signal
one PPS / TOD signal Time Cable
Time cable 3695458R1A
External TOD interface
Cluster time synchronization
COMG LC/PC fiber connector Fiber Jumpers
interface
Local monitoring and Signal connection cable (RJP5+SF/UTP DB Interface
DB
debugging interface CAT5E+DE-9S), 409000183R1A Cable

3.5.1 Straight-Through Cable

The straight-through cable is mainly used to connect the EMS host with the
equipment, transmit supervisory signals, exchange signals between Ethernet
networks and debug the equipment's software.

Model

3695095

140 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Structure

Figure 3-25 shows the structure of the straight-through cable.

Figure 3-25 Straight-Through Cable

Figure 3-26 shows the RJ-45 connector used by the straight-through cable.

Figure 3-26 RJ-45 Connector

Table 3-72 describes the pinout and wiring of the straight-through cable.

Table 3-72 Pinout and Wiring of the Straight-Through Cable

Pin (Local Connector) Wire Color Pin (Remote Connector)

1 White- / orange 1

2 Orange 2

3 White- / green 3
4 Blue 4
5 White- / blue 5
6 Green 6
7 White- / brown 7
8 Brown 8

Version: K 141
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Technical Specifications

Table 3-73 describes technical specifications of the straight-through cable.

Table 3-73 Technical Specifications of the Straight-Through Cable

Item Specification

Cable model CAT.5e network cable 4×2×24AWG

Connector X1 / X2 RJ-45 connector

3.5.2 Clock Cable

The clock cable is used to connect the clock interface of the equipment to the
external clock source interface, introducing clock synchronization signals to the
subrack.

Model

u 409000060 (75Ω)

u 409000059 (120Ω)

Structure

Figure 3-27 shows the structure of the 75Ω / 120Ω clock cable.

Figure 3-27 Clock Cable

Table 3-74 describes the pinout and wiring of the 75Ω clock cable.

142 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-74 Pinout and Wiring of the 75Ω Clock Cable

RJ-45
Cable
Connector
Pin Color Coaxial Cable Definition
1 White- / orange The 1st core wire
T
2 Orange The 1st shielded wire

3 White- / green - -

4 Blue The 2nd core wire

R
5 White- / blue The 2nd shielded wire
6 Green - -
7 White- / brown - -
8 Brown - -

Table 3-75 describes the pinout and wiring of the 120Ω clock cable.

Table 3-75 Pinout and Wiring of the 120Ω Clock Cable

RJ-45
Cable
Connector
Pin Color Coaxial Cable Definition
1 White- / orange
Twisted pair 1 T
2 Orange

3 White- / green - -
4 Blue
Twisted pair 2 R
5 White- / blue
6 Green - -
7 White- / brown - -
8 Brown - -

Technical Specifications

Table 3-76 describes technical specifications of the clock cable.

Table 3-76 Technical Specifications of the Clock Cable

Item Specification

75Ω clock cable Two-core coaxial cable SYFZ-75-2-1×2

120Ω clock cable Four-core shielded cable SEYVP-2×2×0.4
X1 Bare wire
Connector X2 RJ-45 connector

Version: K 143
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.5.3 Time Cable

The time cable is used to connect the equipment to the external time source,
transmitting time signals.

Model

3695458

Structure

Figure 3-28 shows the structure of the time cable.

Figure 3-28 Time Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 3-77 describes technical specifications of the time cable.

Table 3-77 Technical Specifications of the Time Cable

Item Specification

Cable model CAT.5e network cable 4×2×24AWG

Connector X1 RJ-45 connector
X2 Bare wire

3.5.4 Signal Cable

The signal cable is mainly used to connect the EMS host to the "F" / "SIG" interface
on the equipment to transmit supervisory signals.

144 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Model

409000175

Structure

Figure 3-29 shows the structure of the signal cable.

Figure 3-29 Appearance of the Signal Cable

Table 3-78 describes the pinout and wiring of the signal cable.

Table 3-78 Pinout and Wiring of the Signal Cable

Connector X1 Cable Connector X2

Pin Color Relationship Pin

1 Orange- / white 1
Pair
2 Orange 2
3 Green- / white 3
Pair
6 Green 6
5 Blue- / white A single cable 5
Shielding shell Shielding layer Shielding shell

Technical Specifications

Table 3-79 describes technical specifications of the signal cable.

Table 3-79 Technical Specifications of the Signal Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Cat5e shielded network cable

Connector X1 Shielded RJ45 connector
Connector X2 Shielded RJ11 connector

Version: K 145
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.5.5 Alarm Cable

The alarm cable is used to connect the PDP to the rack-top alarm indicator.

Model

409000013

Structure

Figure 3-30 shows the structure of the alarm cable.

Figure 3-30 Appearance of the Alarm Cable

Table 3-80 shows the pinout and wiring of the alarm cable.

Table 3-80 Pinout and Wiring of the Alarm Cable

Connector X1 Cable Connector X2

Pin Wire Color Relationship Pin

1 White- / orange 1
Twisted pair
2 Orange 2

3 White- / green 6
Twisted pair
6 Green 9
5 White- / blue 5
Twisted pair
4 Blue 4
7 White- / brown 7
Twisted pair
8 Brown 8
3

Technical Specifications

Table 3-81 describes technical specifications of the alarm cable.

146 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-81 Technical Specifications of the Alarm Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Cat 5e network cable 4×2×24AWG (gray- / white)

Connector X1 RJ45 connector

Connector X2 D-type 9-conductor connector

3.5.6 The f Interface Cable

The f interface cable is connected to the EMS computer to input or output the EMS
supervisory information.

Model

3695467

Structure

Figure 3-31 shows the structure of the f interface cable.

Figure 3-31 Appearance of the f Interface Connection Cable

Table 3-82 describes the pinout and wiring of the f interface cable.

Table 3-82 Pinout and Wiring of the f Interface Cable

Connector X1 Cable Connector X2

Pin Process Wire Color Relationship Process Pin
4 Blue 2
Twisted pair
5 Pierce White- / blue Weld 3
6 Green 5

Version: K 147
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Technical Specifications

Table 3-83 describes technical specifications of the f interface cable.

Table 3-83 Technical Specifications of the f Interface Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Cat 5e network cable 4×2×24AWG (gray- / white)

Connector X1 RJ-45 connector/8P

Connector X2 D-type connector/9P

3.5.7 The f Interface Cable

The f interface cable is connected to the EMS computer to input or output the EMS
supervisory information.

Model

3695476

Structure

Figure 3-32 shows the structure of the f interface cable.

Figure 3-32 Appearance of the f Interface Connection Cable

Table 3-84 describes the pinout and wiring of the f interface cable.

Table 3-84 Pinout and Wiring of the f Interface Cable

Connector X1 Cable Connector X2

Pin Wire Color Relationship Pin

1 White- / orange 2
Twisted pair
2 Orange 3

3 White- / green - 5

148 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Technical Specifications

Table 3-85 describes technical specifications of the f interface cable.

Table 3-85 Technical Specifications of the f Interface Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Cat 5e network cable 4×2×24AWG (gray- / white)

Connector X1 RJ-45 connector/8P

Connector X2 D-type connector/9P

3.5.8 Alarm Cable for the Head of Row Cabinet

The alarm cable for the head of row cabinet is used to connect the PDP to the head
of row cabinet, transmitting the equipment alarm signal to the head of row cabinet.

Model

409000125

Structure

Figure 3-33 shows the structure of the alarm cable for the head of row cabinet.

Figure 3-33 Appearance of the Alarm Cable for the Head of Row Cabinet

Table 3-86 describes the pinout and wiring of of the alarm cable for the head of row
cabinet.

Table 3-86 Pinout and Wiring of the Alarm Cable for the Head of Row Cabinet

Connector X1 Cable Signal Definition

Pin Wire Color -

3 Black G
5 Yellow NUA (non-urgent alarm)

6 Red UA (urgent alarm)

Version: K 149
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Technical Specifications

Table 3-87 describes technical specifications of the alarm cable for the head of row
cabinet.

Table 3-87 Technical Specifications of the Alarm Cable for the Head of Row Cabinet

Item Specification

Four-core telephone line with a diameter of 0.4 mm (red, black,

Cable model
yellow, green) / gray sheath

Connector X1 RJ11 connector

X2 Bare wire

3.5.9 Subrack Alarm Cable

The subrack alarm cable is used to connect the subrack to the alarm interface of the
PDP and output the subrack alarms to the PDP.

Model

409000109

Structure

Figure 3-34 shows the structure of the subrack alarm cable.

Figure 3-34 Subrack Alarm Cable

150 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-88 describes the pinout and wiring of the subrack alarm cable.

Table 3-88 Pinout and Wiring of the Subrack Alarm Cable

Pin on RJ-45
Wire Color Pin on RJ-11 Connector Definition
Connector
1 Orange- / white 1 SIREN alarm

2 Orange 2 UA
3 Green- / white 3 NUA
6 Green 6 G (ground)

5 Blue- / white 5 Reserved / CALL

Technical Specifications

Table 3-89 describes technical specifications of the subrack alarm cable.

Table 3-89 Technical Specifications of the Subrack Alarm Cable

Item Specification

Cable model CAT.5e network cable 4×2×24AWG

Connector X1 RJ-11 connector
Connector X2 RJ-45 connector

3.5.10 Audio Interface Connection Cable

The audio interface connection cable is used to transmit data and voice service
signals and connect the service cards in a subrack to the succeeding equipment.

Model

3695267

Structure

Figure 3-35 shows the structure of the audio interface connection cable.

Version: K 151
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 3-35 Appearance of the Audio Interface Connection Cable

Table 3-90 describes the pinout and wiring of the audio interface connection cable.

Table 3-90 Pinout and Wiring of the Audio Interface Connection Cable

Connector X1 Wire
Pin Color Relationship

1 White
A twisted pair
35 Blue
2 White
A twisted pair
36 Orange

3 White
A twisted pair
37 Green
4 White
A twisted pair
38 Brown
5 White
A twisted pair
39 Blue- / white
6 White
A twisted pair
40 Orange- / white

7 White
A twisted pair
41 Green- / white
8 White
A twisted pair
42 Brown- / white
9 Red
A twisted pair
43 Blue
10 Red
A twisted pair
44 Orange

152 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-90 Pinout and Wiring of the Audio Interface Connection Cable (Continued)

Connector X1 Wire
Pin Color Relationship

11 Red
A twisted pair
45 Green
12 Red
A twisted pair
46 Brown
13 Red
A twisted pair
47 Blue- / white
14 Red
A twisted pair
48 Orange- / white

15 Red
A twisted pair
49 Green- / white
16 Red
A twisted pair
50 Brown- / white
17 Black
A twisted pair
51 Blue
18 Black
A twisted pair
52 Orange

19 Black
A twisted pair
53 Green
20 Black
A twisted pair
54 Brown
21 Black
A twisted pair
55 Blue- / white
22 Black
A twisted pair
56 Orange- / white

23 Black
A twisted pair
57 Green- / white
24 Black
A twisted pair
58 Brown- / white
25 Yellow
A twisted pair
59 Blue
26 Yellow
A twisted pair
60 Orange

27 Yellow
A twisted pair
61 Green
28 Yellow A twisted pair

Version: K 153
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-90 Pinout and Wiring of the Audio Interface Connection Cable (Continued)

Connector X1 Wire
Pin Color Relationship

62 Brown
29 Yellow
A twisted pair
63 Blue- / white
30 Yellow
A twisted pair
64 Orange- / white

31 Yellow
A twisted pair
65 Green- / white
32 Yellow
A twisted pair
66 Brown- / white

Technical Specifications

Table 3-91 describes technical specifications of the audio interface connection

cable.

Table 3-91 Technical Specifications of the Audio Interface Connection Cable

Item Specification

Cable model ADSL 64-core audio cable SBYV 32×2×0.4/gray

Connector X1 749111-6/SCSI connector/68P

X2 Bare wire

3.5.11 DB Interface Cable

The DB interface cable is usually connected to the serial port of the EMS computer
for debugging or local maintenance.

Material Number

409000183

Structure

Figure 3-36 shows the structure of the DB interface cable.

154 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Figure 3-36 DB Interface Cable

Table 3-92 describes the pinout and wiring of the DB interface cable.

Table 3-92 Pinout and Wiring of the DB Interface Cable

Connector X1 Cable Connector X2

Pin Color Relationship Pin

1 White- / orange Not connected

Twisted pair
2 Orange Not connected

3 White- / green - Not connected

4 Blue 5
Twisted pair
5 White- / blue 3
6 Green - Not connected
7 White- / brown Not connected
Twisted pair
8 Brown 2
Shielding shell Cable shielding layer Shielding shell

Technical Specifications

Table 3-93 describes technical specifications of the DB interface cable.

Table 3-93 Technical Specifications of the DB Interface Cable

Item Specification

Ethernet cable (CAT.5e shielded cable, with a black protective

Cable model
sheath)

Connector X1 Shielded RJP5 connector

Connector X2 D-type connector

Version: K 155
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

3.5.12 Subrack Alarm Cable

The subrack alarm cable is used to connect the subrack to the alarm interface of the
PDP and output the subrack alarms to the PDP.

Material Number

409000208

Structure

Figure 3-37 shows the structure of the subrack alarm cable.

Figure 3-37 Subrack Alarm Cable

Table 3-94 describes the pinout and wiring of the subrack alarm cable.

Table 3-94 Pinout and Wiring of the Subrack Alarm Cable

Connector X1 Cable Connector X2

Pin Color Relationship Pin

1 White- / orange 1
Twisted pair 2
2 Orange 2

3 White- / green 3
Twisted pair 3
6 Green 6
5 White- / blue 5
Twisted pair 1
4 Blue 4
7 White- / brown 7
Twisted pair 4
8 Brown 8
Shielding shell Cable shielding layer Shielding shell

Technical Specifications

Table 3-95 describes technical specifications of the subrack alarm cable.

156 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

Table 3-95 Technical Specifications of the Subrack Alarm Cable

Item Specification

Ethernet cable (CAT.5e shielded cable, with a black protective

Cable model
sheath)

Connector X1 Shielded RJP5 connector

Connector X2 Shielded RJ45 connector

3.5.13 Clock Cable

The clock cable is used to connect the 8k clock interface of the subrack to another
8k clock interface on a cluster subrack, introducing clock synchronization signals to
the subrack.

Model

u 409000185 (crossover)

u 409000091 (straight-through)

Structure

Figure 3-38 shows structures of a crossover clock cable and a straight-through

clock cable.

Figure 3-38 Clock Cable

Table 3-96 describes the pinout and wiring of the 409000185 (crossover) clock
cable.

Table 3-96 Pinout and Wiring of the Crossover Clock Cable

Connector X1 Cable Connector X2

Pin Color Relationship Pin

1 White- / orange 3
Twisted pair 2
2 Orange 6

3 White- / green Twisted pair 3 1

Version: K 157
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-96 Pinout and Wiring of the Crossover Clock Cable (Continued)

Connector X1 Cable Connector X2

Pin Color Relationship Pin
6 Green 2
5 White- / blue 5
Twisted pair 1
4 Blue 4
7 White- / brown 7
Twisted pair 4
8 Brown 8
Shielding shell Cable shielding layer Shielding shell

Table 3-97 describes the pinout and wiring of the 409000091 (straight-through)
clock cable.

Table 3-97 Pinout and Wiring of the Straight-Through Clock Cable

Connector X1 Cable Connector X2

Pin Color Relationship Pin

1 White- / orange 1
Twisted pair 2
2 Orange 2

3 White- / green 3
Twisted pair 3
6 Green 6
5 White- / blue 5
Twisted pair 1
4 Blue 4
7 White- / brown 7
Twisted pair 4
8 Brown 8
Shielding shell Cable shielding layer Shielding shell

Technical Specifications

Table 3-98 describes technical specifications of the clock cable.

Table 3-98 Technical Specifications of the Clock Cable

Item Specification

Ethernet cable (CAT.5e shielded cable, with a black protective

Cable model
sheath)

Connector X1 Shielded RJP5 connector

Connector X2 Shielded RJP5 connector

158 Version: K
 3 Management and Auxiliary Interfaces

3.5.14 Alarm Cable

The alarm cable is used to connect the AIF2 card in the FONST 5000 N32 subrack
to the rack-top alarm indicator.

Model

409000184

Structure

Figure 3-39 shows the structure of the alarm cable.

Figure 3-39 Appearance of the Alarm Cable

Table 3-99 describes the pinout and wiring of the alarm cable.

Table 3-99 Pinout and Wiring of the Alarm Cable

Connector X1 Cable Connector X2

Pin Color Relationship Pin

1 White- / orange
Twisted pair 2
2 Orange

3 White- / green 2
Twisted pair 3
4 Green 1, 3, 5
5 White- / blue 4
Twisted pair 1
6 Blue 6

Technical Specifications

Table 3-100 describes technical specifications of the alarm cable.

Version: K 159
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 3-100 Technical Specifications of the Alarm Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Cat 5e network cable 4×2×24AWG (gray- / white)

Connector X1 RJ11 connector

Connector X2 2219S-06-190 / plug and socket with D-type connectors

160 Version: K
4 Power Supply

Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ

Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U60

Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10

Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U20E / U10E

Power Supply of the FONST 5000 N32

Power Supply of the COTP (3030036)

Power Supply of the COTP (3030105 / 3030163)

Power Supply of the COTP (3030220)

PDP

PDP Power Cable

Protection Earth Ground Cable

Version: K 161
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.1 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ

With built-in circuit breakers, the power cards in the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ subrack
can directly accept -48 V power supply from the head of row cabinet in the
equipment room.

Figure 4-1 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ

4.1.1 PWR (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

The PWR card supplies -48 V power to the subrack.

4.1.1.1 Functions of the PWR Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Table 4-1 Functions and Features of the PWR Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Function Description

Input voltage range DC: -38.4 V to -57.6 V

Maximum current of a single channel 60 A
Lightning protection Supported

Power filtering Supported

Standby 5 V power supply Supported (maximum current: 8 A)

Over-current protection Supported

Real-time reporting of input voltage Supported

162 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

4.1.1.2 Front Panel of the PWR Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Figure 4-2 Front Panel of the PWR Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Table 4-2 Description of the Front Panel of the PWR Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Name Meaning Description

Working status Off indicates that no power is supplied.

ACT
indicator On indicates that power is supplied.

Off indicates that no alarm is generated on the card.

ALM Alarm indicator On indicates an alarm in the card, that is, a lightning protection failure
or a backup 5 V power failure.

-48 V Input interface of the

Inputs the -48 V power to the subrack.
0V power supply

4.1.1.3 Specifications of the PWR Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 4-3 Mechanical Specifications of the PWR Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

PWR (FONST 5000 U60 II) 172 × 29 1.1

Power Consumption

Table 4-4 Power Consumption of the PWR Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

PWR (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 30

Version: K 163
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.1.2 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Subrack Power Cable

Table 4-5 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Subrack Power Cable

Certifica-
Specification of the Specification of the Material Number of Power
tion Link
Head of Row Cabinet Power Cable Cable
Standard
DC Subrack
-48 V, 408000237R1A, blue International
Power
0 V, 408000033R1A, black certification
Cable
Power cable (16 mm2)
DC Subrack
-48 V, 408000235R1A, blue UL
Power
Head of row cabinet 0 V, 408000231R1A, black certification
Cable
providing 63 A air
DC Subrack
switches -48 V, 408000246R1A, blue International
Power
0 V, 408000244R1A, black certification
Cable
Power cable (25 mm2)
DC Subrack
-48 V, 408000245R1A, blue UL
Power
0 V, 408000247R1A, black certification
Cable
DC Subrack
-48 V, 408000236R1A, blue International
Power
Head of row cabinet 0 V, 408000233R1A, black certification
Power cable (one Cable
providing 120 A air
divided into two) DC Subrack
switches -48 V, 408000234R1A, blue UL
Power
0 V, 408000229R1A, black certification
Cable

4.1.2.1 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to introduce DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000237 (blue)

u 408000033 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-3 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

164 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Figure 4-3 Appearance of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-6 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Table 4-6 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable ZR-RVV-105-1×16 mm2 / blue, black

Terminal X1 M6 copper terminal

X2 Bare wire

4.1.2.2 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000235 (blue)

u 408000231 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-4 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-4 Appearance of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Version: K 165
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Technical Specifications

Table 4-7 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Table 4-7 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable H07Z-K UL3386-16 mm2 (blue, black)

Terminal X1 M6 copper terminal

X2 Bare wire

4.1.2.3 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000246 (blue)

u 408000244 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-5 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-5 Appearance of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-8 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Table 4-8 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable ZR-RVV-105-1×25 mm2 (blue, black)

Terminal X1 M6 copper terminal

X2 Bare wire

166 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

4.1.2.4 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000245 (blue)

u 408000247 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-6 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-6 Appearance of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-9 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Table 4-9 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable H07Z-K UL3386-25 mm2 (blue, black)

Terminal X1 M6 copper terminal

X2 Bare wire

4.1.2.5 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000236 (blue)

u 408000233 (black)

Version: K 167
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Structure

Figure 4-7 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-7 Appearance of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-10 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Table 4-10 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable ZR-RVV-105 (blue, black)

Terminal X1 / X2 M6 copper terminal

X3 Bare wire

4.1.2.6 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000234 (blue)

u 408000229 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-8 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

168 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Figure 4-8 Appearance of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-11 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Table 4-11 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable H07Z-K UL3386 (blue, black)

Terminal X1 / X2 M6 copper terminal

X3 Bare wire

4.1.3 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Protection Earth Ground Cable

Table 4-12 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ Protection Earth Ground Cable

Cabinet Protection Earth Subrack Protection Earth

Item Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- /
Green) Green)

Model 408000159R1A 408000165R1A

PE connection point at the top of
Connector 1 Subrack earth ground point
the cabinet
PE point on the head of row Vertical mounting flange of the
Connector 2
cabinet cabinet
Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Subrack Protection Earth
Link
Cable Ground Cable

Version: K 169
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.2 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U60

The PDP accepts -48 V power supply from the head of row cabinet in the equipment
room and then distributes the power to the PWR cards in the subrack.

Figure 4-9 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U60

4.2.1 PWR (U60)

The PWR card supplies -48 V power to the subrack.

4.2.1.1 Functions of the PWR Card (U60)

Table 4-13 Functions and Features of the PWR Card (U60)

Function Description

Input voltage range DC: -38.4 V to -57.6 V

Maximum current of a single
Up to 63 A
channel
Lightning protection Provides lightning protection for succeeding equipment

Power filtering Supported

Standby 5 V power supply Supported (maximum current: 8 A)

Real-time reporting of input

Supported
voltage

170 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

4.2.1.2 Front Panel of the PWR Card (U60)

Figure 4-10 Front Panel of the PWR Card (U60)

Table 4-14 Description of the Front Panel of the PWR Card (U60)

Name Meaning Description

Working status Off indicates that no power is supplied.

ACT
indicator On indicates that power is supplied.

Off indicates that no alarm is generated on the card.

ALM Alarm indicator On indicates an alarm in the card, that is, a lightning protection failure
or a backup 5 V power failure.

-48 V Input interface of the

Inputs the -48 V power from the PDP to the subrack.
0V power supply

4.2.1.3 Specifications of the PWR Card (U60)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 4-15 Mechanical Specifications of the PWR Card (U60)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

PWR (U60) 112 × 30 1.1

Power Consumption

Table 4-16 Power Consumption of the PWR Card (U60)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

PWR (U60) 30

Version: K 171
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.2.2 FONST 5000 U60 Subrack Power Cable

One end of the subrack power cable is connected to the PDP and the other end is
connected to the power card of the subrack.

4.2.2.1 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000193 (blue)

u 408000192 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-11 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-11 Appearance of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-17 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Table 4-17 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable UL10070 6AWG (blue, black)

Terminal X1 M6 copper terminal

Terminal X2 Cord end terminal

172 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

4.2.3 PDP

For the FONST 5000 U60 subrack, the applicable PDP is PDP1063A (3000082).
See PDP (3000082) for details.

4.2.4 PDP Power Cable

Table 4-18 PDP1063A (3000082) Power Cable

Cable Type Material Number Link

-48 V, 3696097R2A, blue
Power cable (16 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000033R1A, black
-48 V, 408000003R1A, blue
Power cable (25 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000006R1A, black

4.2.5 FONST 5000 U60 Protection Earth Ground Cable

Table 4-19 FONST 5000 U60 Protection Earth Ground Cable

Cabinet Protection Earth PDP Protection Earth Subrack Protection Earth

Item Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- /
Green) Green) Green)

Model 408000041R1A (16 mm2) 408000007 3696084

PE connection point at the Connection point on the
Connector 1 Subrack earth ground point
top of the cabinet PDP
PE point on the head of Vertical mounting flange of
Connector 2 Top of the cabinet rack
row cabinet the cabinet
Cabinet Protection Earth PDP Protection Earth Protection Earth Ground
Link
Ground Cable Ground Cable Cable

4.3 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U40 / U30 /

U20 / U10

The PDP accepts -48 V power supply from the head of row cabinet in the equipment
room and then distributes the power to the PWR cards in the subrack.

Version: K 173
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 4-12 Power Supply of the U40 / U30 / U20 / U10

4.3.1 PWR (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

The PWR card supplies -48 V power to the subrack.

4.3.1.1 Functions of the PWR Card (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Table 4-20 Functions and Features of the PWR Card (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Function Description

Input voltage range DC: -38.4 V to -57.6 V

Maximum current of a single
Up to 80 A
channel
Lightning protection Provides lightning protection for succeeding equipment

Power filtering Supported

Standby 5 V power supply Supported (maximum current: 8 A)

Real-time reporting of input voltage Supported

174 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

4.3.1.2 Front Panel of the PWR Card (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Figure 4-13 Front Panel of the PWR (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10) Card

Table 4-21 Description of the Front Panel of the PWR Card (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Name Meaning Description

Off indicates that no power is supplied.

ACT Working status indicator
On indicates that power is supplied.

Off indicates that no alarm is generated on the card.

ALM Alarm indicator On indicates an alarm in the card, that is, a lightning protection failure or
a backup 5 V power failure.

-48 V Input interface of the

Inputs the -48 V power from the PDP to the subrack.
0V power supply

4.3.1.3 Specifications of the PWR Card (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 4-22 Mechanical Specifications of the PWR Card (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

PWR (U40 / U30 / U20 /

90 × 30 1.1
U10)

Power Consumption

Table 4-23 Power Consumption of the PWR Card (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

PWR (U40 / U30 / U20 / U10) 20

Version: K 175
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.3.2 FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10 Subrack Power

Cable

One end of the subrack power cable is connected to the PDP and the other end is
connected to the power card of the subrack.

4.3.2.1 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

408000167

Structure

Figure 4-14 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-14 DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-24 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

176 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Table 4-24 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Power cable UL10070 6AWG (blue, black)

Cable model u Blue: -48 V
u Black: 0 V
Connector X1 Power connector
Terminal X2 Cord end terminal

4.3.3 PDP

For the FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10 subrack, the applicable PDP is
PDP1063A (3000082). See PDP (3000082) for details.

4.3.4 PDP Power Cable

Table 4-25 PDP1063A (3000082) Power Cable

Cable Type Material Number Link

-48 V, 3696097R2A, blue
Power cable (16 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000033R1A, black
-48 V, 408000003R1A, blue
Power cable (25 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000006R1A, black

4.3.5 FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10 Protection Earth

Ground Cable

Table 4-26 FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10 Protection Earth Ground Cable

Cabinet Protection Earth PDP Protection Earth Subrack Protection Earth

Item Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- /
Green) Green) Green)

Model 408000041R1A (16 mm2) 408000166 408000166

PE connection point at the Connection point on the Subrack earth ground point
Connector 1
top of the cabinet PDP (XB1)

PE point on the head of Vertical mounting flange of

Connector 2 Top of the cabinet rack
row cabinet the cabinet
Cabinet Protection Earth Subrack Protection Earth Subrack Protection Earth
Link
Ground Cable Ground Cable Ground Cable

Version: K 177
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.4 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U20E /

U10E

The PDP accepts -48 V power supply from the head of row cabinet in the equipment
room and then distributes the power to the PWR cards in the subrack.

Figure 4-15 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 U10E / U20E

4.4.1 PWR (U20E / U10E)

The PWR card supplies -48 V power to the subrack.

4.4.1.1 Functions of the PWR Card (U20E / U10E)

Table 4-27 Functions and Features of the PWR Card (U20E / U10E)

Function Description

Inputs one -48 V power supply, supplying the power to other cards in the subrack in a
centralized manner; backs up 5 V power supply; provides the lightning protection and the
Basic function
protection against reverse polarity connection for the accessed power supply. The power supply
capacity of the PWR (5000 U10E / U20E) card is 80 A.

Outputs alarms related to lightning protection failure, standby 5 V power failure, -48 V DC input
Alarm output
power-off and active closed circuit failure.

Protection Supports the 1+1 hot backup scheme.

178 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

4.4.1.2 Front Panel of the PWR Card (U20E / U10E)

Figure 4-16 Front Panel of the PWR Card (U20E / U10E)

Table 4-28 Description of the Front Panel of the PWR Card (U20E / U10E)

Name Meaning Description

Working status Off indicates that no power is supplied.

ACT
indicator On indicates that power is supplied.

Off indicates that no alarm is generated on the card.

ALM Alarm indicator On indicates an alarm in the card, that is, a lightning protection failure
or a backup 5 V power failure.

-48 V Input interface of the

Inputs the -48 V power from the PDP to the subrack.
0V power supply

4.4.1.3 Specifications of the PWR Card (U20E / U10E)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 4-29 Mechanical Specifications of the PWR Card (U20E / U10E)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

PWR (U20E / U10E) 90 × 30 0.315

Power Consumption

Table 4-30 Power Consumption of the PWR Card (U20E / U10E)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

PWR (U20E / U10E) 18

Version: K 179
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.4.2 FONST 5000 U20E / U10E Subrack Power Cable

One end of the subrack power cable is connected to the PDP and the other end is
connected to the power card of the subrack.

4.4.2.1 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

408000167

Structure

Figure 4-17 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-17 DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-31 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

180 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Table 4-31 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Power cable UL10070 6AWG (blue, black)

Cable model u Blue: -48 V
u Black: 0 V
Connector X1 Power connector
Terminal X2 Cord end terminal

4.4.3 PDP

Table 4-32 PDPs Applicable to the FONST 5000 U20E / U10E

Subrack PDP Link

PDP850A (3000064) PDP (3000064)

FONST 5000 U10E PDP1063A (3000082) PDP (3000082)

PDP296B (3000068) PDP (3000068)

PDP850A (3000064) PDP (3000064)

FONST 5000 U20E
PDP1063A (3000082) PDP (3000082)

4.4.4 PDP Power Cable

Table 4-33 PDP1063A (3000082) and PDP850A (3000064) Power Cables

PDP Cable Type Material Number Link

-48 V, 3696097R2A, blue
Power cable (16
0 V, 408000033R1A, PDP Power Cable
PDP1063A mm2)
black
(3000082)
-48 V, 408000003R1A,
PDP850A
Power cable (25 blue
(3000064) PDP Power Cable
mm2) 0 V, 408000006R1A,
black

Table 4-34 PDP296B (3000068) Power Cable

PDP Cable Type Material Number Link

-48 V, 408000076R1A,
PDP296B Power cable (16 blue
PDP Power Cable
(3000068) mm2) 0 V, 408000075R1A,
black

Version: K 181
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-34 PDP296B (3000068) Power Cable (Continued)

PDP Cable Type Material Number Link

-48 V, 408000021R1A,
Power cable (25 blue
2
PDP Power Cable
mm ) 0 V, 408000020R1A,
black

4.4.5 FONST 5000 U20E / U10E Protection Earth Ground

Cable

Table 4-35 FONST 5000 U20E / U10E Protection Earth Ground Cable

Cabinet Protection Earth PDP Protection Earth Subrack Protection Earth

Item Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- /
Green) Green) Green)
2
408000041R1A (16 mm )
Model 408000007 408000166
408000019R1A (25 mm2)

PE connection point at the Connection point on the

Connector 1 Subrack earth ground point
top of the cabinet PDP
PE point on the head of Vertical mounting flange of
Connector 2 Top of the cabinet rack
row cabinet the cabinet
Cabinet Protection Earth
Ground Cable (16 mm2) PDP Protection Earth Subrack Protection Earth
Link
Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable Ground Cable
Ground Cable (25 mm2)

4.5 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 N32

The FONST 5000 N32 subrack is not equipped with any PDPs. The head of row
cabinet in the equipment room directly distributes the power to the PWR cards in the
subrack.

182 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Figure 4-18 Power Supply of the FONST 5000 N32

4.5.1 PWR (N32)

The PWR card supplies -48 V power to the subrack.

4.5.1.1 Functions of the PWR Card (N32)

Table 4-36 Functions and Features of the PWR Card (N32)

Function Description

Input voltage range DC: -38.4 V to -57.6 V

Maximum current of a single channel Up to 63 A

Lightning protection Provides lightning protection for succeeding equipment

Power filtering Supported

Standby 5 V power supply Supported (maximum current: 8 A)

Real-time reporting of input voltage Supported

Version: K 183
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.5.1.2 Front Panel of the PWR Card (N32)

Figure 4-19 Front Panel of the PWR Card (N32)

Table 4-37 Description of the Front Panel of the PWR Card (N32)

Name Meaning Description

Working status Off indicates that no power is supplied.

ACT
indicator On indicates that power is supplied.

Off indicates that no alarm is generated on the card.

ALM Alarm indicator On indicates an alarm in the card, that is, a lightning protection failure
or a backup 5 V power failure.

-48 V Input interface of the

Inputs the -48 V power from the head of row cabinet to the subrack.
0V power supply

ON Main switch of the ON: Turn on the power.

OFF power supply OFF: Turn off the power.

4.5.1.3 Specifications of the PWR Card (N32)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 4-38 Mechanical Specifications of the PWR Card (N32)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

PWR (N32) 21.7 × 160 1.2

Power Consumption

Table 4-39 Power Consumption of the PWR Card (N32)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

PWR (N32) 30

184 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

4.5.2 FONST 5000 N32 Subrack Power Cables

One end of the subrack power cable is connected to the head of row cabinet in the
equipment room and the other end is connected to the power card of the subrack.

4.5.2.1 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

408000167

Structure

Figure 4-20 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-20 DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-40 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Version: K 185
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-40 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Power cable UL10070 6AWG (blue, black)

Cable model u Blue: -48 V
u Black: 0 V
Connector X1 Power connector
Terminal X2 Cord end terminal

4.5.3 Protection Earth Ground Cable of the FONST 5000 N32

Table 4-41 Protection Earth Ground Cable of the FONST 5000 N32

Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable
Item
(Yellow- / Green) (Yellow- / Green)

408000041R1A (16 mm2)

Model 408000166
408000019R1A (25 mm2)

PE connection point at the top of the

Connector 1 Subrack earth ground point
cabinet
Connector 2 PE point on the head of row cabinet Vertical mounting flange of the cabinet

4.6 Power Supply of the COTP (3030036)

The PDP recieves -48 V power supply from the head of row cabinet in the
equipment room and then supplies the power to the PWR cards in the subrack.

Figure 4-21 Power Supply of the COTP (3030036)

186 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

4.6.1 PWR (COTP 3030036)

The PWR card supplies -48 V power to the subrack.

4.6.1.1 Functions of the PWR Card (COTP 3030036)

Table 4-42 Functions and Features of the PWR Card (COTP 3030036)

Function Description

Input voltage range DC: -40 V to -57 V

Maximum current of a single
Up to 50 A
channel
Lightning protection Provides lightning protection for succeeding equipment

Power filtering Supported

Standby 5 V power supply Supported (maximum current: 4 A)

Real-time reporting of input

Supported
voltage

4.6.1.2 Front Panel of the PWR Card (COTP 3030036)

Figure 4-22 Front Panel of the PWR Card (COTP 3030036)

Table 4-43 Description of the Front Panel of the PWR Card (COTP 3030036)

Name Meaning Description

u Blinking quickly: active, normal operating status.

u Blinking slowly: standby, normal operating status.
Working status
ACT u ON: standby. The SW button is not pressed down or the internal
indicator
device is faulty (see SW button description).
u OFF: The power card is not electrified or is faulty.

Input interface of
POWER Inputs the -48 V power from the PDP to the subrack.
the power supply

Version: K 187
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-43 Description of the Front Panel of the PWR Card (COTP 3030036) (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

In the normal working status, SW buttons should be pressed down on

both the active and the standby cards. Under this condition, the ACT
indicators on the active and the standby cards should respectively blink
quickly and slowly.
SW Status lock button
Before switching between the active and the standby cards or replacing
the card, you should release the SW button on the active card. The card’s
ACT indicator will be ON, indicating that the card is no longer active and
can be unplugged safely.

Intra-NE subrack Used for communication extension between subracks within an NE. This
Note 1 interface, the COM interface on the EMU card panel, and the three COM
COM communication
extension interface interfaces on the AIF card panel belong to the same HUB.

Note 1: The COM interface is equipped with yellow and green indicators. When the yellow indicator is ON or blinking,
the port is linked up normally or sending data. When the green indicator is ON or blinking, the port is linked
up normally or receiving data.

4.6.1.3 Specifications of the PWR Card (COTP 3030036)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 4-44 Mechanical Specifications of the PWR Card (COTP 3030036)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

PWR (COTP 3030036) 190 × 30 0.605

Power Consumption

Table 4-45 Power Consumption of the PWR Card (COTP 3030036)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

PWR (COTP 3030036) 8

4.6.2 COTP (3030036) Subrack Power Cable

One end of the subrack power cable is connected to the PDP and the other end is
connected to the power card of the subrack.

188 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

4.6.2.1 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

3696217

Structure

Figure 4-23 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-23 DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-46 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Version: K 189
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-46 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Five-conductor power cable RVVB2×6

Cable type u Blue: -48 V
u Black: 0 V
Connector X1 D-type five-conductor female power plug

Terminal X2 Cord end terminal

4.6.3 PDP

Table 4-47 PDPs Applicable to the PWR Card (COTP 3030036)

Subrack PDP Link

PWR (COTP PDP850A (3000064) PDP (3000064)

3030036) PDP296B (3000068) PDP (3000068)

4.6.4 PDP Power Cable

Table 4-48 PDP850A (3000064) Power Cable

PDP Cable Type Material Number Link

-48 V, 3696097R2A, blue
Power cable (16
0 V, 408000033R1A, PDP Power Cable
mm2)
black
PDP850A
-48 V, 408000003R1A,
(3000064)
Power cable (25 blue
2
PDP Power Cable
mm ) 0 V, 408000006R1A,
black

Table 4-49 PDP296B (3000068) Power Cable

PDP Cable Type Material Number Link

-48 V, 408000076R1A,
Power cable (16 blue
PDP Power Cable
mm2) 0 V, 408000075R1A,
PDP296B black
(3000068) -48 V, 408000021R1A,
Power cable (25 blue
PDP Power Cable
mm2) 0 V, 408000020R1A,
black

190 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

4.6.5 COTP (3030036) Protection Earth Ground Cable

Table 4-50 COTP (3030036) Protection Earth Ground Cable

Cabinet Protection Earth PDP Protection Earth Subrack Protection Earth

Item Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- /
Green) Green) Green)

408000007 (for PDP

2
408000041R1A (16 mm ) 3000064)
Model 3696084
408000019R1A (25 mm2) 408000018 (for PDP
3000068)

PE connection point at the Connection point on the

Connector 1 Subrack earth ground point
top of the cabinet PDP
PE point on the head of Vertical mounting flange of
Connector 2 Top of the cabinet rack
row cabinet the cabinet
Cabinet Protection Earth PDP Protection Earth
Ground Cable (16 mm2) Ground Cable (3000064) Protection Earth Ground
Link
Cabinet Protection Earth PDP Protection Earth Cable
2
Ground Cable (25 mm ) Ground Cable (3000068)

4.7 Power Supply of the COTP (3030105 /

3030163)

The PDP accepts -48 V power supply from the head of row cabinet in the equipment
room and then distributes the power to the PWR cards in the subrack.

Figure 4-24 Power Supply of the COTP (3030105 / 3030163)

Version: K 191
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.7.1 PWR (COTP 3030105 / 3030163)

The PWR card supplies -48 V power to the subrack.

4.7.1.1 Functions of the PWR Card (COTP 3030105 / 3030163)

Table 4-51 Functions and Features of the PWR Card (COTP 3030105 / 3030163)

Function Description

Input voltage range DC: -38.4 V to -57.6 V

Maximum current of a single channel 60 A
Provides lightning protection for succeeding
Lightning protection
equipment

Power filtering Supported

Real-time reporting of input voltage Supported

4.7.1.2 Front Panel of the PWR Card (COTP 3030105 / 3030163)

Figure 4-25 Front Panel of the PWR Card (COTP 3030105 / 3030163)

Table 4-52 Description of the Front Panel of the PWR Card (COTP 3030105 / 3030163)

Name Meaning Description

u Blinking quickly: active, normal operating status.

u Blinking slowly: standby, normal operating status.
Working status
ACT u ON: standby. The SW button is not pressed down or the internal
indicator
device is faulty (see SW button description).
u OFF: The power card is not electrified or is faulty.

Off indicates that no alarm is generated on the card.

ALM Alarm indicator On indicates an alarm in the card, that is, a lightning protection failure or a
backup 5 V power failure.

192 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Table 4-52 Description of the Front Panel of the PWR Card (COTP 3030105 / 3030163)
(Continued)

Name Meaning Description

In the normal working status, SW buttons should be pressed down on

both the active and the standby cards. Under this condition, the ACT
indicators on the active and the standby cards should respectively blink
quickly and slowly.
SW Status lock button
Before switching between the active and the standby cards or replacing
the card, you should release the SW button on the active card. The card’s
ACT indicator will be ON, indicating that the card is no longer active and
can be unplugged safely.

-48 V Input interface of

Inputs the -48 V power from the PDP to the subrack.
0V the power supply

Intra-NE subrack Used for communication extension between subracks within an NE. This
Note 1 interface, the COM interface on the EMU card panel, and the three COM
COM communication
extension interface interfaces on the AIF card panel belong to the same HUB.

Note 1: The COM interface is provided with the yellow and green indicators. When the green indicator is ON, the
physical connection is normal; when the green indicator blinks, there are data. When the yellow indicator
(rate indicator) is ON, there are 100M data; when the yellow indicator is OFF, there are 10M data or no data.

4.7.1.3 Specifications of the PWR Card (COTP 3030105 / 3030163)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 4-53 Mechanical Specifications of the PWR Card (COTP 3030105 / 3030163)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

PWR (COTP 3030105 /

164 × 30 0.605
3030163)

Power Consumption

Table 4-54 Power Consumption of the PWR Card (COTP 3030105 / 3030163)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

PWR (COTP 3030105 / 3030163) 8

Version: K 193
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.7.2 COTP (3030105 / 3030163) Subrack Power Cable

One end of the subrack power cable is connected to the PDP and the other end is
connected to the power card of the subrack.

4.7.2.1 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000156 (blue)

u 408000178 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-26 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-26 DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-55 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

194 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Table 4-55 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Power cable UL1015 9AWG (blue / black)

Cable model u Blue: -48 V
u Black: 0 V
Terminal X1 / X3 Double-line cord end terminal
Terminal X2 / X4 Double-hole uninsulated crimped terminal

4.7.3 PDP

Table 4-56 PDPs Applicable to the COTP (3030105 / 3030163)

Subrack PDP Link

PDP850A (3000064) PDP (3000064)
COTP (3030105)
PDP1063A (3000082) PDP (3000082)
COTP (3030163)
PDP296B (3000068) PDP (3000068)

4.7.4 PDP Power Cable

Table 4-57 PDP1063A (3000082) and PDP850A (3000064) Power Cables

PDP Cable Type Material Number Link

-48 V, 3696097R2A, blue
Power cable (16
0 V, 408000033R1A, PDP Power Cable
PDP850A mm2)
black
(3000064)
-48 V, 408000003R1A,
PDP1063A
Power cable (25 blue
(3000082) PDP Power Cable
mm2) 0 V, 408000006R1A,
black

Table 4-58 PDP296B (3000068) Power Cable

PDP Cable Type Material Number Link

-48 V, 408000076R1A,
PDP296B Power cable (16 blue
2
PDP Power Cable
(3000068) mm ) 0 V, 408000075R1A,
black

Version: K 195
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-58 PDP296B (3000068) Power Cable (Continued)

PDP Cable Type Material Number Link

-48 V, 408000021R1A,
Power cable (25 blue
2
PDP Power Cable
mm ) 0 V, 408000020R1A,
black

4.7.5 COTP (3030105 / 3030163) Protection Earth Ground

Cable

Table 4-59 COTP (3030105 / 3030163) Protection Earth Ground Cable

Cabinet Protection Earth PDP Protection Earth Subrack Protection Earth

Item Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- /
Green) Green) Green)

408000007 (for PDP

3000064 / 3000082)
2
408000041R1A (16 mm ) 408000166 (for PDP
Model 2
3696084
408000019R1A (25 mm ) 3000082)
408000018 (for PDP
3000068)

PE connection point at the

Connector 1 Connection point on the PDP Subrack earth ground point
top of the cabinet

PE point on the head of row Vertical mounting flange of

Connector 2 Top of the cabinet rack
cabinet the cabinet
PDP Protection Earth
Ground Cable (3000064 /
Cabinet Protection Earth
3000082)
Ground Cable (16 mm2) Protection Earth Ground
Link Subrack Protection Earth
Cabinet Protection Earth Cable
Ground Cable (3000082)
Ground Cable (25 mm2)
PDP Protection Earth
Ground Cable (3000068)

4.8 Power Supply of the COTP (3030220)

The PDP leads in -48 V power from the head of row cabinet in the equipment room
to the PWR cards in the subrack.

196 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Figure 4-27 Power Supply of the COTP (3030220)

4.8.1 PWR (COTP 3030220)

The PWR card supplies -48 V power to the subrack.

4.8.1.1 Functions of the PWR Card (COTP 3030220)

Table 4-60 Functions and Features of the PWR Card (COTP 3030220)

Function Description

Inputs one -48 V power supply, supplying power to other cards in the subrack in a centralized
manner; backs up 5 V power supply; provides the lightning protection and the protection against
Basic function
reverse polarity connection for the received power supply. The PWR card provides a power
supply capacity of 80 A.

Outputs alarms related to lightning protection failure, standby 5 V power failure, -48 V DC input
Alarm output
power-off and active closed circuit failure.

Protection Supports the 1+1 hot backup scheme.

Version: K 197
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.8.1.2 Front Panel of the PWR Card (COTP 3030220)

Figure 4-28 Front Panel of the PWR Card (COTP 3030220)

Table 4-61 Description of the Front Panel of the PWR Card (COTP 3030220)

Name Meaning Description

Working status Off indicates that no power is supplied.

ACT
indicator On indicates that power is supplied.

Off indicates that no alarm is generated on the card.

ALM Alarm indicator On indicates an alarm in the card, that is, a lightning protection failure
or a backup 5 V power failure.

-48 V Input interface of the

Inputs the -48 V power from the PDP to the subrack.
0V power supply

4.8.1.3 Specifications of the PWR Card (COTP 3030220)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 4-62 Mechanical Specifications of the PWR Card (COTP 3030220)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

PWR (COTP 3030220) 90 × 30 0.315

Power Consumption

Table 4-63 Power Consumption of the PWR Card (COTP 3030220)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

PWR (COTP 3030220) 18

198 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

4.8.2 DC Subrack Power Cable

One end of the subrack power cable is connected to the PDP and the other end is
connected to the power card of the subrack.

4.8.2.1 DC Subrack Power Cable

The DC subrack power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

408000167

Structure

Figure 4-29 shows the structure of the DC subrack power cable.

Figure 4-29 DC Subrack Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-64 describes technical specifications of the DC subrack power cable.

Version: K 199
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-64 Technical Specifications of the DC Subrack Power Cable

Item Specification

Power cable UL10070 6AWG (blue, black)

Cable model u Blue: -48 V
u Black: 0 V
Connector X1 Power connector
Terminal X2 Cord end terminal

4.8.3 PDP

Table 4-65 PDPs Applicable to the COTP (3030220)

Subrack PDP Link

PDP850A (3000064) PDP (3000064)
COTP (3030220)
PDP1063A (3000082) PDP (3000082)

4.8.4 PDP Power Cable

Table 4-66 PDP850A (3000064) and PDP1063A (3000082) Power Cables

PDP Cable Type Material Number Link

-48 V, 3696097R2A, blue
Power cable (16
0 V, 408000033R1A, PDP Power Cable
PDP850A mm2)
black
(3000064)
-48 V, 408000003R1A,
PDP1063A
Power cable (25 blue
(3000082) PDP Power Cable
mm2) 0 V, 408000006R1A,
black

200 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

4.8.5 COTP (3030220) Protection Earth Ground Cable

Table 4-67 COTP (3030220) Protection Earth Ground Cable

Cabinet Protection Earth PDP Protection Earth Subrack Protection Earth

Item Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- / Ground Cable (Yellow- /
Green) Green) Green)

408000041R1A (16 mm2)

Model 408000007 3696084
408000019R1A (25 mm2)

PE connection point at the Connection point on the

Connector 1 Subrack earth ground point
top of the cabinet PDP
PE point on the head of Vertical mounting flange of
Connector 2 Top of the cabinet rack
row cabinet the cabinet
Cabinet Protection Earth
PDP Protection Earth
Ground Cable (16 mm2) Protection Earth Ground
Link Ground Cable (3000064 /
Cabinet Protection Earth Cable
3000082)
Ground Cable (25 mm2)

4.9 PDP

This section introduces the PDP models applicable to the FONST 5000 U series.

4.9.1 PDP (3000068)

The PDP296B (3000068) is installed in the upper part of the cabinet, powering the
subracks inside the cabinet.

Version: K 201
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.9.1.1 Appearance

Figure 4-30 Appearance of the PDP (3000068) with Three Branch Switches

Figure 4-31 Appearance of the PDP (3000068) with Two Branch Switches

4.9.1.2 Specifications

Function Specification

Item Specification

Standard working voltage -48 V

Voltage range -38 V to -60 V
Receives alarm signals reported from the corresponding equipment,
Alarm signal provides audio alarms for the signals, illuminates the cabinet-top
Alarm function
processing indicators and outputs alarm signals to the upper layer equipment
(such as the head of row cabinet).

202 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Item Specification

When the lightning protection module fails, the PDP outputs the
Lightning protection
lightning protection failure signals, and reports them to the network
module alarm report
management system via the equipment.

Differential mode
Lightning 2 kV
protection
protection for DC
Common mode
power supply 4 kV
protection

Operating temperature -10℃ to 55℃

Storage temperature -40℃ to 70℃
Environment
Relative humidity ≤ 95%
Atmospheric pressure 70 kPa to 106 kPa
19-inch: 483 × 186 × 100
Dimensions (D × W × H) (mm)
21-inch: 530 × 176 × 100
Weight (kg) 4.2

Specifications of the Sub-Model

Rated Current of
Branch Switch
Sub-Model Input Current Branch Switch Mounting Mode
Number
(A)

3000068- 19-inch cabinet with front vertical

1FAR1A mounting flanges

3000068- 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 21-inch cabinet with front vertical
2FAR1A Six (three active 32 mounting flanges

3000068- and three standby) Providing two 21-inch cabinet with rear vertical
2BAR1A independent mounting flanges
channels (one
3000068- 50, 32, 16, 50, 32, 21-inch cabinet with rear vertical
active and one
2BBR1A 16 mounting flanges
standby) of power
3000068- 19-inch cabinet with front vertical
supplies of up to
1FCR1A mounting flanges
96 A
Four channels
3000068- 21-inch cabinet with front vertical
(two active and 50, 50, 50, 50
2FCR1A mounting flanges
two standby)
3000068- 21-inch cabinet with rear vertical
2BCR1A mounting flanges

Version: K 203
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Configuration Principle

u The current should be matched. A certain margin is required for capacity

expansion in future.

u The mounting mode of the PDP (3000068) should match the cabinet type.

Applicable Standards

Item Standard
RE (Radiated Emission) EN55022 Class B standard-compliant
EMI (Electromagnetic
CE (Conducted
Interference) EN55022 Class B standard-compliant
Emission)

ESD (ESD protection) IEC61000-4-2 standard-compliant

RS (Radiated
EMC IEC61000-4-3 standard-compliant
Susceptibility)
(Electromagnetic
EFT (Electrical Fast
Compatibility) IEC61000-4-4 standard-compliant
EMS (Electromagnetic Transient)

Susceptibility) Surge IEC61000-4-5 standard-compliant

CS (Conducted
IEC61000-4-6 standard-compliant
Susceptibility)

DIP (Voltage Dip) IEC61000-4-29 standard-compliant

Safety standard IEC60950 standard-compliant

4.9.1.3 Terminals on the Panels

This section introduces the panels and connectors of the PDP (3000068) with three
branch switches.

Front Panel

Figure 4-32 shows the front panel of the PDP (3000068).

204 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Figure 4-32 Front Panel of the PDP (3000068)

Connector Panel

After removing the front panel of the PDP (3000068), you can see components such
as connectors and jumper pins on the panel of the PDP (3000068), as shown in
Figure 4-33.

Figure 4-33 PDP (3000068) Connector Panel

Table 4-68 Components on the PDP (3000068) Connector Panel

Connector and Jumper Pin Description

The external -48 V power input connectors. The connectors

-48V_A, -48V_B
A and B are in mutual backup.

The external 0 V power input connectors. The connectors A

0V_A, 0V_B
and B are in mutual backup.

PE Protection earth ground connector

Automatic circuit breakers (ACB) / output connectors of the

-48V_A_1 to -48V_A_3
-48 V branch power rail, corresponding to -48V_A.

Version: K 205
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-68 Components on the PDP (3000068) Connector Panel (Continued)

Connector and Jumper Pin Description

Automatic circuit breakers (ACB) / output connectors of the

-48V_B_1 to -48V_B_3
-48 V branch power rail, corresponding to -48V_B.

0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to 0V_

0V_A_1 to 0V_A_3 (XS1)
A.
0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding to 0V_
0V_B_1 to 0V_B_3 (XS2)
B.
AlmIn1 to AlmIn3 Subrack alarm convergence connectors

XP1 Alarm connector for the head of row cabinet

XS4 Alarm connector for the cabinet-top indicators

SPK1 Buzzer, used to generate audio alarms

JP1 is the jumper pin for selecting the PDP's working status
indicator. Two selection methods can be used as follows.
u When pin1 and pin2 of JP1 are shorted, the green
indicator on the cabinet shows the power-on state of the
JP1
PDP.
u When pin2 and pin3 of JP1 are shorted (factory default),
the green indicator (ON or OFF) on the cabinet top is
controlled by the CALL (order wire call) signal.

XS3 Power supply lightning protection module socket

4.9.1.4 Connections

Figure 4-34 Connections of the PDP (3000068)

206 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

4.9.1.5 Lightning Protection Module

Material Number

3578403R2A

Failure Indicator

An indicator is located on the lightning protection module. OFF indicates normal

status and solid red indicates failure.

Precaution for Lightning Protection Module Replacement

Power off the lightning protection module when replacing it. If the replacement is
required when the module is powered on, wrap the screwdriver with the insulating
tape carefully.

4.9.2 PDP (3000064)

The PDP850A (3000064) is installed in the upper part of the cabinet to power
subracks in the cabinet. It can provide up to eight channels of 63 A power supply.

4.9.2.1 Appearance

Figure 4-35 Appearance of the PDP (3000064) Without Indicators - a Bottom Baffle Excluded

Version: K 207
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 4-36 Appearance of the PDP (3000064) Without Indicators - a Bottom Baffle Included

Figure 4-37 Appearance of the PDP (3000064) with Indicators - Eight Branch Switches

208 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Figure 4-38 Appearance of the PDP (3000064) with Indicators - Four Branch Switches

4.9.2.2 Specifications

Function Specification

Item Specification

u Four (two active and two standby) for PDPs with extended sub-
models 1FN, 2FN and 2BN
Number of branch switches
u Eight (four active and four standby) for PDPs with other
extended sub-models
Standard working voltage -48 V
Voltage range -38 V to -60 V
Receives alarm signals reported from the corresponding equipment,
Alarm signal provides audio alarms for the signals, illuminates the cabinet-top
processing indicators and outputs alarm signals to the upper layer equipment
Alarm function (such as the head of row cabinet).

When the lightning protection module fails, the PDP outputs the
Lightning protection
lightning protection failure signals, and reports them to the network
module alarm report
management system via the equipment.

Differential mode
Lightning 2 kV
protection
protection for DC
Common mode
power supply 4 kV
protection

Environment Operating temperature -10℃ to 55℃

Version: K 209
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Item Specification

Storage temperature -40℃ to 70℃

Relative humidity ≤ 95%
Atmospheric pressure 70 kPa to 106 kPa
u For PDPs with extended sub-models 2BA, 2BB, 2BC, 2BF, 2BG
and 2BI
21-inch: 530 × 146 × 124
Dimensions (D × W × H) (mm)
u For PDPs with other extended sub-models
19-inch: 483 × 146 × 150
21-inch: 530 × 146 × 150
u 4.7 (for PDPs with extended sub-models 1FN, 2FN and 2BN)
Weight (kg)
u 4.815 (for PDPs with other extended sub-models)

Specifications of Sub-Models

Sub-Model Rated Current of Branch Switch (A) Mounting Mode

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BAR1A 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BBR1A 20, 50, 50, 20, 20, 50, 50, 20
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BCR1A 16, 50, 50, 16, 16, 50, 50, 16
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BDR1A 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BER1A 20, 50, 50, 20, 20, 50, 50, 20
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BFR1A 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BGR1A 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16
mounting flanges

19-inch cabinet with front vertical

3000064-1FHR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with front vertical

3000064-2FHR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BHR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

19-inch cabinet with front vertical

3000064-1FHZR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

210 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Sub-Model Rated Current of Branch Switch (A) Mounting Mode

21-inch cabinet with front vertical

3000064-2FHZR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BHZR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BIR1A 20, 50, 50, 20, 20, 50, 50, 20
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BJR1A 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BKR1AA 20, 63, 63, 20, 20, 63, 63, 20
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BLR1AA 16, 63, 63, 16, 16, 63, 63, 16
mounting flanges

19-inch cabinet with front vertical

3000064-1FMR1AA 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with front vertical

3000064-2FMR1AA 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BMR1AA 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32
mounting flanges

19-inch cabinet with front vertical

3000064-1FNR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with front vertical

3000064-2FNR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BNR1AA 63, 63, 63, 63
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BDZR1AA 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50
mounting flanges

21-inch cabinet with rear vertical

3000064-2BFZR1AA 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20
mounting flanges

Configuration Principle

u The current should be appropriate. A certain margin is required for capacity

expansion in future.

u The mounting mode of the PDP (3000064) should match the cabinet type.

Version: K 211
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Applicable Standards

Item Standard
Radiated Emission (RE) EN55022 Class B standard-compliant
Electromagnetic
Conducted Emission
Interference (EMI) EN55022 Class B standard-compliant
(CE)

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) IEC61000-4-2 standard-compliant

Radiated Susceptibility
IEC61000-4-3 standard-compliant
Electromagnetic (RS)
Compatibility (EMC) Electrical Fast Transient
IEC61000-4-4 standard-compliant
Electromagnetic (EFT)

Susceptibility (EMS) Surge IEC61000-4-5 standard-compliant

Conducted Susceptibility
IEC61000-4-6 standard-compliant
(CS)

Voltage Dip (DIP) IEC61000-4-29 standard-compliant

Safety standard IEC60950 standard-compliant

4.9.2.3 Connectors on the Panel

Front Panel

Figure 4-39 shows the appearance of the PDPs (3000064) with extended sub-
models 2BA to 2BG, 2BI, 2BJ, 2BDZ and 2BFZ. The location of each ACB is
marked on the front panel. SW1-1 to SW1-4 control four channels of -48 V power
supplies in area A, and SW2-1 to SW2-4 control four channels of -48 V power
supplies in area B.

Figure 4-39 Panel of the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 2BA to 2BG, 2BI, 2BJ,
2BDZ and 2BFZ

212 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Figure 4-40 shows the appearance of the PDPs (3000064) with extended sub-
model 1FH, 1FHZ, 1FM, 2FH, 2FHZ, 2FM, 2BH, 2BHZ, 2BK, 2BL and 2BM. These
models are added with lightning protection failure alarm indicators (FAIL). FAIL1
indicates the XS15 power lightning protection failure alarm and FAIL2 indicates the
XS16 power lightning protection failure alarm.

Figure 4-40 Panel of the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 1FH, 1FHZ, 1FM, 2FH,
2FHZ, 2FM, 2BH, 2BHZ, 2BK, 2BL and 2BM

Figure 4-41 shows the appearance of the PDPs (3000064) with extended sub-
models 1FN, 2FN and 2BN. These PDPs have four branch switches (two active and
two standby).

Figure 4-41 Panel of the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 1FN, 2FN and 2BN

Connector Panel

After removing the front panel of the PDP (3000064), you can see that components
such as connectors and jumper pins are distributed on the panel of the PDP
(3000064). Figure 4-42 shows the appearance of the PDPs (3000064) with
extended sub-models 2BA to 2BG, 2BI, 2BJ, 2BDZ and 2BFZ.

Version: K 213
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 4-42 Connectors on the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 2BA to 2BG, 2BI,
2BJ, 2BDZ and 2BFZ

Table 4-69 Components of the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 2BA to 2BG, 2BI,
2BJ, 2BDZ or 2BFZ

Connector and Jumper Pin Description

-48V_1 to -48V_4 in area A, -48V_1 to Connects 2 × 4 external power supply -48 V signals;
-48V_4 in area B area A and area B back up each other.

External power supply 0 V input connectors; area A

Eight connectors on the busbar
and area B back up each other.

Two protection earth ground terminals, connecting to

XS6 the external earth ground bar and cabinet
respectively.

-48 V branch power output connectors,

-48V_A_1 to -48V_A_4 (XS2, XS7)
corresponding to -48V_1 to -48V_4 in area A

-48 V branch power output connectors,

-48V_B_1 to -48V_B_4 (XS3, XS8)
corresponding to -48V_1 to -48V_4 in area B

0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding

0V_A_1 to 0V_A_4 (XS4, XS5)
to connectors in area A
0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding
0V_B_1 to 0V_B_4 (XS9, XS10)
to connectors in area B
AlmIn1 to AlmIn4 (XS1, XS13, XS14,
Subrack alarm convergence connectors
XS15)

XP1 Alarm connector for the cabinet-top indicator

XP2 Alarm connector for the head of row cabinet

214 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Table 4-69 Components of the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 2BA to 2BG, 2BI,
2BJ, 2BDZ or 2BFZ (Continued)

Connector and Jumper Pin Description

SPK1 Buzzer, used to generate audio alarms

JP1 is the jumper pin for selecting the PDP's working

status indicator. Two selection methods can be used
as follows.
u When pin1 and pin2 of JP1 are shorted, the
green indicator on the cabinet shows the power-
JP1
on state of the PDP.
u When pin2 and pin3 of JP1 are shorted (factory
default), the green indicator (ON or OFF) on the
cabinet top is controlled by the CALL (order wire
call) signal.

XS11, XS12 Power supply lightning protection module sockets

Figure 4-43 shows the appearance of the PDPs (3000064) with extended sub-
models 1FH, 1FHZ, 1FM, 2FH, 2FHZ, 2FM, 2BH, 2BHZ, 2BK, 2BL and 2BM.

Figure 4-43 Connectors on the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 1FH, 1FHZ, 1FM,
2FH, 2FHZ, 2FM, 2BH, 2BHZ, 2BK, 2BL and 2BM

Version: K 215
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-70 Components of the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 1FH, 1FHZ, 1FM,
2FH, 2FHZ, 2FM, 2BH, 2BHZ, 2BK, 2BL and 2BM

Connector and Jumper Pin Description

-48V_1 to -48V_4 in area A, -48V_1 to Connects 2 × 4 external power supply -48 V signals;
-48V_4 in area B area A and area B back up each other.

External power supply 0 V input connectors; area A

Eight connectors on the busbar
and area B back up each other.

Two protection earth ground terminals, connecting to

XS14 the external earth ground bar and cabinet
respectively.

-48 V branch power output connectors,

-48V_A_1 to -48V_A_4 (XS6, XS10)
corresponding to -48V_1 to -48V_4 in area A

-48 V branch power output connectors,

-48V_B_1 to -48V_B_4 (XS7, XS11)
corresponding to -48V_1 to -48V_4 in area B

0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding

0V_A_1 to 0V_A_4 (XS8, XS9)
to connectors in area A
0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding
0V_B_1 to 0V_B_4 (XS12, XS13)
to connectors in area B
XS1 to XS4 Subrack alarm convergence connectors

XP1 to XP4 Alarm cascade connectors

XP6 Alarm connector for the head of row cabinet
XP7 Alarm connector for the cabinet-top indicator

XS15, XS16 Power supply lightning protection module sockets

Figure 4-44 shows the appearance of the PDPs (3000064) with extended sub-
models 1FN, 2FN and 2BN.

216 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Figure 4-44 Connectors on the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 1FN, 2FN and 2BN

Table 4-71 Components of the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 1FN, 2FN and 2BN

Connector and Jumper Pin Description

-48V_1 to -48V_2 in area A, -48V_1 to Connects 2 × 2 external power supply -48 V signals;
-48V_2 in area B area A and area B back up each other.

External power supply 0 V input connectors; area A

Eight connectors on the busbar
and area B back up each other.

Two protection earth ground terminals, connecting to

XS14 the external earth ground bar and cabinet
respectively.

-48 V branch power output connectors,

-48V_A_1 to -48V_A_2 (XS6)
corresponding to -48V_1 to -48V_2 in area A

-48 V branch power output connectors,

-48V_B_1 to -48V_B_2 (XS7)
corresponding to -48V_1 to -48V_2 in area B

0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding

0V_A_1 to 0V_A_2 (XS8)
to connectors in area A
0 V branch power output connectors, corresponding
0V_B_1 to 0V_B_2 (XS12)
to connectors in area B
XS1 to XS2 Subrack alarm convergence connectors

XP1 to XP2 Alarm cascade connectors

XP6 Alarm connector for the head of row cabinet

Version: K 217
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-71 Components of the PDP (3000064) with Extended Sub-Models 1FN, 2FN and 2BN
(Continued)

Connector and Jumper Pin Description

XP7 Alarm connector for the cabinet-top indicator

XS15, XS16 Power supply lightning protection module sockets

4.9.2.4 Connections

Figure 4-45 Connections of the PDP (3000064) - Eight Branch Switches

218 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Figure 4-46 Connections of the PDP (3000064) - Four Branch Switches

4.9.2.5 Lightning Protection Module

Material Number

3578403R2A

Failure Indicator

An indicator is located on the lightning protection module. OFF indicates normal

status and solid red indicates failure.

Precaution for Lightning Protection Module Replacement

Power off the lightning protection module before replacing it. If the module needs to
be replaced during power-on, wrap the screwdriver with an insulating tape carefully.

Version: K 219
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.9.3 PDP (3000082)

The PDP1063A (3000082) is installed in the upper part of the cabinet to power
subracks in the cabinet.

4.9.3.1 Appearance

Figure 4-47 Appearance of the PDP (3000082)

4.9.3.2 Specifications

Function Specification

Item Specification

Number of branch switches Ten (five active and five standby)

Standard working voltage -48 V

Voltage range -38 V to -60 V
Receives alarm signals reported from the corresponding equipment,
provides audio alarms for the signals, illuminates the cabinet-top
Alarm signal processing
indicators and outputs alarm signals to the upper layer equipment
(such as the head of row cabinet).

Operating temperature -10℃ to 55℃

Storage temperature -40℃ to 70℃
Environment
Relative humidity ≤ 95%
Atmospheric pressure 70 kPa to 106 kPa

220 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Item Specification

Dimensions (W × H × D) (mm) 21-inch: 530 × 145 × 149

Weight (kg) 6.08

Specifications of Sub-Models

Number of Branch Rated Current of

Sub-Model Mounting Mode
Switches Branch Switch (A)

A maximum of 63 A
3000082-2BAR1AA for a single channel
(active / standby)

63 A, 63 A, 63 A, 63
A, 20 A
3000082-2BBR1AA
63 A, 63 A, 63 A, 63
A, 20 A
Ten (five active and 21-inch cabinet with rear vertical
63 A, 63 A, 63 A, 20
five standby) mounting flanges
A, 20 A
3000082-2BCR1AA
63 A, 63 A, 63 A, 20
A, 20 A
63 A, 63 A, 63 A, 63
A, 63 A
3000082-2BAZR1AA
63 A, 63 A, 63 A, 63
A, 63 A

Configuration Principle

u The current should be appropriate. A certain margin is required for capacity

expansion in future.

u The mounting mode of the PDP (3000082) should match the cabinet type.

Applicable Standards

Item Standard
Radiated Emission (RE) EN55022 Class B standard-compliant
Electromagnetic
Conducted Emission
Interference (EMI) EN55022 Class B standard-compliant
Electromagnetic (CE)
Compatibility (EMC) Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) IEC61000-4-2 standard-compliant

Electromagnetic Radiated Susceptibility

IEC61000-4-3 standard-compliant
Susceptibility (EMS) (RS)

Version: K 221
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Item Standard
Electrical Fast Transient
IEC61000-4-4 standard-compliant
(EFT)

Surge IEC61000-4-5 standard-compliant

Conducted Susceptibility
IEC61000-4-6 standard-compliant
(CS)

Voltage Dip (DIP) IEC61000-4-29 standard-compliant

Safety standard IEC60950 standard-compliant

4.9.3.3 Terminals on the Panels

Front Panel

The automatic circuit breakers (ACBs) for power supplies are identified on the front
panel of the PDP (3000082), as shown in Figure 4-48. SW1-1 to SW1-5 control on /
off for five channels of -48 V power supply in area A. SW2-1 to SW2-5 control on /
off for five channels of -48 V power supply in area B.

Figure 4-48 Front Panel of the PDP (3000082)

Connector Panel

After removing the front panel of the PDP (3000082), you can see components such
as connectors and jumper pins on the panel of the PDP (3000082), as shown in
Figure 4-49.

222 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Figure 4-49 PDP (3000082) Connector Panel

Table 4-72 Components on the PDP (3000082) Connector Panel

Connector and Jumper Pin Description

-48V_1 to -48V_5 in area A, -48V_1 to -48V_5 in area Connects 2 × 5 channels of external -48 V power supply
B signals. Connectors A and B are in mutual backup.

External 0 V power input connectors. Connectors A and B

Ten connectors on the busbar
are in mutual backup.

Connects to the cabinet-top earth ground point to provide

PDP earth ground point
the PDP protection

-48 V power output connectors, corresponding to -48V_1 to

-48V_A_1 to -48V_A_5 (XS6, XS10)
-48V_5 in area A

-48 V power output connectors, corresponding to -48V_1 to

-48V_B_1 to -48V_B_5 (XS7, XS11)
-48V_5 in area B

0 V power output connectors, corresponding to connectors

0V_A_1 to 0V_A_5 (XS8, XS9)
in area A
0 V power output connectors, corresponding to connectors
0V_B_1 to 0V_B_5 (XS12, XS13)
in area B
Equipment alarm convergence connectors (XS1 to RJ45 connectors, which collect the equipment output
XS5) alarms
Alarm cascade connectors (XP1 to XP5) Correspond to XS1 to XS5 respectively

Alarm connector for the head of row cabinet (XP6) Connects to the alarm connector for the head of row cabinet
Connects to the alarm indicator connector on the cabinet
Alarm indicator connector on the cabinet top (XP7)
top

Version: K 223
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.9.3.4 Connections

Figure 4-50 Connections of the PDP (3000082)

4.10 PDP Power Cable

This section introduces PDP power cables applicable to the FONST 5000 U series.

Table 4-73 PDP850A (3000064) Power Cable

Cable Type Material Number Link

-48 V, 3696097R2A, blue
Power cable (16 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000033R1A, black
-48 V, 408000003R1A, blue
Power cable (25 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000006R1A, black

Table 4-74 PDP1063A (3000082) Power Cable

Cable Type Material Number Link

-48 V, 3696097R2A, blue
Power cable (16 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000033R1A, black
-48 V, 408000003R1A, blue
Power cable (25 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000006R1A, black

224 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Table 4-75 PDP296B (3000068) Power Cable

Cable Type Material Number Link

-48 V, 408000076R1A, blue
Power cable (16 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000075R1A, black
-48 V, 408000021R1A, blue
Power cable (25 mm2) PDP Power Cable
0 V, 408000020R1A, black

4.10.1 PDP Power Cable

The PDP power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 3696097 (blue)

u 408000033 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-51 shows the structure of the PDP power cable.

Figure 4-51 Appearance of the PDP Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-76 describes technical specifications of the PDP power cable.

Table 4-76 Technical Specifications of the PDP Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable ZR-RVV-105-1×16 mm2 / blue, black

Terminal X1 Cord end terminal
X2 Bare wire

Version: K 225
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 4-76 Technical Specifications of the PDP Power Cable (Continued)

Item Specification

Terminal X3 Copper terminal

X4 Bare wire

4.10.2 PDP Power Cable

The PDP power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000003 (blue)

u 408000006 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-52 shows the structure of the PDP power cable.

Figure 4-52 Appearance of the PDP Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-77 describes technical specifications of the PDP power cable.

Table 4-77 Technical Specifications of the PDP Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable ZR-RVV-105-1×25 mm2 / blue, black

Terminal X1 Cord end terminal
X2 Bare wire
Terminal X3 M6 ring terminal

X4 Bare wire

226 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

4.10.3 PDP Power Cable

The PDP power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000021 (blue)

u 408000020 (black)

Structure

Figure 4-53 shows the structure of the PDP power cable.

Figure 4-53 Appearance of the PDP Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-78 describes technical specifications of the PDP power cable.

Table 4-78 Technical Specifications of the PDP Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable ZR-RVV-105-1×25 mm2 (blue, black)

Terminal X1 M6 ring terminal

X2 Bare wire

4.10.4 PDP Power Cable

The PDP power cable is used to distribute the DC power to the equipment.

Model

u 408000075 (black)

u 408000076 (blue)

Version: K 227
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Structure

Figure 4-54 shows the structure of the PDP power cable.

Figure 4-54 Appearance of the PDP Power Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-79 describes technical specifications of the PDP power cable.

Table 4-79 Technical Specifications of the PDP Power Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable ZR-RVV-105-1×16 mm2 / blue, black

Terminal X1 M6 ring terminal

X2 Bare wire

4.11 Protection Earth Ground Cable

This section introduces protection earth ground cables applicable to the FONST
5000 U series.

4.11.1 Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable

The subrack protection earth ground cable is used to connect the grounding hole on
the equipment's subrack to a mounting hole on the vertical mounting flange of the
cabinet, ensuring that the subrack is properly grounded.

Model

408000165

Structure

Figure 4-55 shows the structure of the subrack protection earth ground cable.

228 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Figure 4-55 Appearance of the Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-80 describes technical specifications of the subrack protection earth ground
cable.

Table 4-80 Technical Specifications of the Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable

Item Specification

Protection earth ground cable ZR-RVV-105-1×25 mm2

Cable model
(yellow- / green)

Terminal X1 / X2 M6 ring terminal

4.11.2 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

The cabinet protection earth ground cable is used to connect the grounding point at
the cabinet top to the protection earth ground (PE) of the head of row cabinet, and
thus protects the cabinet.

Model

408000159

Structure

Figure 4-56 shows the structure of the cabinet protection earth ground cable.

Figure 4-56 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

Version: K 229
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Technical Specifications

Table 4-81 describes technical specifications of the cabinet protection earth ground
cable.

Table 4-81 Technical Specifications of the Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Cable ZR-RVV-105-1×25 mm2 (yellow- / green)

Terminal X1 Two-hole M6 ring terminal

X2 Bare wire

4.11.3 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

The cabinet protection earth ground cable is used to connect the grounding point at
the cabinet top to the protection earth ground (PE) of the head of row cabinet, and
thus protects the cabinet.

Model

408000041

Structure

Figure 4-57 shows the structure of the cabinet protection earth ground cable.

Figure 4-57 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-82 describes technical specifications of the cabinet protection earth ground
cable.

230 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Table 4-82 Technical Specifications of the Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Cable ZR-RVV-105-1×16 mm2 (yellow- / green)

Terminal X1 M6 ring terminal

X2 Bare wire

4.11.4 PDP Protection Earth Ground Cable

The PDP protection earth ground cable connects the PDP on the top of the cabinet
to the earth ground bar in the equipment room, thereby protecting the PDP.

Model

408000007

Structure

Figure 4-58 shows the structure of the PDP protection earth ground cable.

Figure 4-58 Appearance of the PDP Protection Earth Ground Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-83 describes technical specifications of the PDP protection earth ground
cable.

Table 4-83 Technical Specifications of the PDP Protection Earth Ground Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable RV-1×10 mm2 (yellow- / green)

Terminal X1 M6 uninsulated ring terminal

Terminal X2 Cord end terminal

Version: K 231
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4.11.5 Protection Earth Ground Cable

The cable provides protection earth ground for the equipment and cabinet.

Model

3696084

Structure

Figure 4-59 shows the structure of the protection earth ground cable.

Figure 4-59 Protection Earth Ground Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-84 describes technical specifications of the protection earth ground cable.

Table 4-84 Technical Specifications of the Protection Earth Ground Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Cable RV1×4 mm2 (yellow- / green)

Terminal X1 / X2 M6 ring terminal

4.11.6 Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable

The subrack protection earth ground cable is used to connect the grounding hole on
the equipment's subrack to a mounting hole on the vertical mounting flange of the
cabinet, ensuring that the subrack is properly grounded.

232 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Model

408000166

Structure

Figure 4-60 shows the structure of the subrack protection earth ground cable.

Figure 4-60 Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-85 describes technical specifications of the subrack protection earth ground
cable.

Table 4-85 Technical Specifications of the Subrack Protection Earth Ground Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Cable ZR-RVV-105-1×16 mm2 (yellow- / green)

Terminal X1 / X2 M6 ring terminal

4.11.7 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

The cabinet protection earth ground cable is used to connect the grounding point at
the cabinet top to the protection earth ground (PE) of the head of row cabinet, and
thus protects the cabinet.

Version: K 233
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Model

408000019

Structure

Figure 4-61 shows the structure of the cabinet protection earth ground cable.

Figure 4-61 Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-86 describes technical specifications of the cabinet protection earth ground
cable.

Table 4-86 Technical Specifications of the Cabinet Protection Earth Ground Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Cable ZR-RVV-105-1×25 mm2 (yellow- / green)

Terminal X1 M6 ring terminal

Terminal X2 Bare wire

4.11.8 PDP Protection Earth Ground Cable

The PDP protection earth ground cable connects the PDP on the top of the cabinet
to the earth ground bar in the equipment room, thereby protecting the PDP.

Model

408000018

Structure

Figure 4-62 shows the structure of the PDP protection earth ground cable.

234 Version: K
 4 Power Supply

Figure 4-62 Appearance of the PDP Protection Earth Ground Cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-87 describes technical specifications of the PDP protection earth ground
cable.

Table 4-87 Technical Specifications of the PDP Protection Earth Ground Cable

Item Specification

Cable model Power cable RV-1×16 mm2 (yellow- / green)

Terminal X1 M6 copper terminal

Terminal X2 Pre-insulation M6 terminal

X3 Bare wire

Version: K 235
5 Electrical-Layer Cards

This chapter introduces service cards applicable to the electrical-layer subrack of

the FONST 5000 U series.

Tributary Cards

Line Cards

Cross-Connect Cards

236 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.1 Tributary Cards

This section introduces the functions and features, as well as the hardware structure
of tributary cards.

5.1.1 Overview of Tributary Cards

This section introduces the positioning of tributary cards in the system and their
working principles.

5.1.1.1 Positioning of the Card in the System

The tributary cards are used to access client-side services.

Figure 5-1 Positioning of the Tributary Card in the OTN System

5.1.1.2 Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 5-2 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the Tributary Card

Version: K 237
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Note:

The signal flow directions of a tributary card include Tx and Rx. Tx is

defined as the direction from the client side to the backplane, and Rx is
defined as the reverse direction.

u In the Tx direction

The client-side service signals are input from the IN1 to INn interfaces and sent
to the optical module for O/E conversion. The converted electrical signals are
sent to the data processing module. After corresponding service encapsulation
and overhead processing based on network management configuration, these
electrical signals are sent to the backplane for cross-connect grooming.

u In the Rx direction

The electrical signals groomed from the cross-connect card are sent to the data
processing module via the backplane. After overhead processing, these signals
are sent to the optical module for E/O conversion, and then sent to the client
side via the OUT1 to OUTn optical interfaces.

5.1.2 xTN1

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

The xTN1 series include 8TN1, 16TN1, 24TN1 and 32TN1 cards.

238 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.1.2.1 Functions of the xTN1 Card

Table 5-1 Functions and Features of the xTN1 Card

Function and Feature Description

Converts the OTN, SDH, Ethernet and SAN service signals at service ports into ODU0,
ODUflex, and ODU1 signals.
u 125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s signals→ODU0
Basic function
u 1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s signals→ODU1
u n × 125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s signals→ODU1 (OPTM)
u FC400 / FICON4G→ODUflex
FE: Ethernet service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s
GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s
OTU1: OTN service at a rate of 2.67 Gbit/s
STM-1 / OC-3: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 155.52 Mbit/s
STM-4 / OC-12: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 622.08 Mbit/s
STM-16 / OC-48: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 2488.32 Mbit/s
FC100: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FC200: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
FC400: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
Client-side service type
FICON: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FICON Express: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
FICON4G: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
SDI: Digital TV service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
HD-SDI: High-definition digital TV service at a rate of 1.49 Gbit/s
HD-SDIRBR: High-definition digital TV service at a rate of 1.49 / 1.001 Gbit/s
DVB-ASI: Digital TV service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
ESCON: SAN service at a rate of 200 Mbit/s
FDDI: SAN service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s
Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODUflex signals from / to the cross-
connect card via the backplane bus.
u The access capacity of the 8TN1 and 16TN1 cards is 20 Gbit/s.
Cross-connect capability u The access capacity of the 24TN1 card is 40 Gbit/s. 20 Gbit/s for the front sixteen
interfaces and 20 Gbit/s for the rear eight interfaces.
u The access capacity of the 32TN1 card is 40 Gbit/s. 20 Gbit/s for the front sixteen
interfaces and the rear sixteen interfaces, respectively.

The mapping complies with the ITU-T G.7041 and ITU-T G.709; the ITU-T G.709
compliant frame format and overhead processing are adopted.
OTU1 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
OTN function ODU1 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring
of PM and TCM.
ODU0 layer: Supports PM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring of PM.
ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.

Version: K 239
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-1 Functions and Features of the xTN1 Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

ESC function Supported when the card accesses OTN services.

PRBS test function Supported

Bi-directional interruption
Supported
of Ethernet services
Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.

Monitors B1 bytes to help locate line failures.
Alarm and performance Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
monitoring Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser,
and optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported when the card accesses non-OTN services.

Ethernet test function Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Supported at the PM section when the card accesses non-OTN services.

Delay measurement
Supported at the TCM section when the card accesses OTN services.

Physical-layer clock Supported

Ethernet service
Encapsulates GE services in GE (TTT-GMP) and GE (GFP-T) modes.
encapsulation mode

Client-side loopback
Loopback u Inloop
u Outloop

5.1.2.2 Front Panel of the xTN1 Card

Figure 5-3 Front Panel of the 8TN1 Card

Figure 5-4 Front Panel of the 16TN1 Card (2200836)

240 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Figure 5-5 Front Panel of the 24TN1 Card

Figure 5-6 Front Panel of the 32TN1 Card

Table 5-2 Description of the Front Panel of the xTN1 Card

Item Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
Non-urgent alarm alarms are filtered.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Client-side optical OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN
interface IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

5.1.2.3 Specifications of the xTN1 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-3 Optical Module Specifications of the xTN1 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

1.25G SFP SFF

8TN1
2.5G TDM SFP

1.25G SFP SFF

16TN1 (2200836)
2.5G TDM SFP

Version: K 241
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-3 Optical Module Specifications of the xTN1 Card (Continued)

Card Optical Module Specification

24TN1 2.5G TDM SFP

32TN1 2.5G TDM SFP

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-4 Mechanical Specifications of the xTN1 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

8TN1 407 × 30 1.59

16TN1 (2200836) 407 × 30 1.59
24TN1 407 × 30 1.875
32TN1 407 × 30 1.875

Power Consumption

Table 5-5 Power Consumption of the xTN1 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

8TN1 72
16TN1 (2200836) 80
24TN1 76
32TN1 99

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-6 Subracks Applicable to the xTN1 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

8TN1 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

16TN1 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60, FONST 5000
16TN1 (2200836S1A)
U10E, FONST 5000 U20E, FONST 5000 N32

24TN1 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

32TN1 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

242 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.1.3 16TN1 (2202772)

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 243
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.3.1 Functions of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Table 5-7 Functions and Features of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Function and Feature Description

Converts the OTN, SDH, Ethernet and SAN service signals at service ports into ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e and ODUflex signals.
u 125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s signals→ODU0
u 1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s signals→ODU1
Basic function u 4 × STM-4→ODU1
u OTU1→2 × ODU0
u 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / STM-64 / OC-192 / OTU2 / FC800 / FICON8G→ODU2
u 10GE LAN / OTU2e / FC1200→ODU2e
u 3G-SDI / 3G-SDIRBR / FC400 / FICON4G / FC800 / FICON8G→ODUflex
FE: Ethernet service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s
GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s
OTU1: OTN service at a rate of 2.67 Gbit/s
STM-1 / OC-3: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 155.52 Mbit/s
STM-4 / OC-12: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 622.08 Mbit/s
STM-16 / OC-48: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 2488.32 Mbit/s
FC100: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FC200: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
FC400: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
FICON: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FICON Express: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
FICON4G: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
SDI: Digital TV service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
HD-SDI: High-definition digital TV service at a rate of 1.49 Gbit/s
Client-side service type
HD-SDIRBR: High-definition digital TV service at a rate of 1.49 / 1.001 Gbit/s
3G-SDI: Digital TV service at a rate of 2.97 Gbit/s
3G-SDIRBR: Digital TV service at a rate of 2.97 / 1.001 Gbit/s
DVB-ASI: Digital TV service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
ESCON: SAN service at a rate of 200 Mbit/s
FDDI: SAN service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s
STM-64 / OC-192: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
10GE WAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s
OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s
FC800: SAN service at a rate of 8.5 Gbit/s
FICON8G: SAN service at a rate of 8.5 Gbit/s
FC1200: SAN service at a rate of 10.51 Gbit/s

244 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-7 Functions and Features of the 16TN1 Card (2202772) (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODUflex signals from /

Cross-connect capability
to the cross-connect card via the backplane bus.

The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the ITU-T G.709
compliant frame format and overhead processing are adopted.
ODU0 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring
of PM and TCM.
ODU1 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring
OTN function of PM and TCM.
ODU2 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring
of PM and TCM.
ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
OTU1 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
OTU2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.

ESC function Supported when the card accesses OTN services.

PRBS test function Supported

Bi-directional interruption
Supported
of Ethernet services
Supports FEC encoding when the card accesses OTN services, compliant with ITU-T
Error correction coding
G.709.
Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.
Monitors B1 bytes to help locate line failures.
Alarm and performance Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
monitoring Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser,
and optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported when the card accesses non-OTN services.

Ethernet test function Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Supported at the PM section when the card accesses non-OTN services.

Delay measurement
Supported at the TCM section when the card accesses OTN services.

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Version: K 245
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-7 Functions and Features of the 16TN1 Card (2202772) (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

Encapsulates GE services in GE (TTT-GMP) and GE (GFP-T) modes.

Ethernet service
Encapsulates 10GE LAN services in Bit transparent mapping (11.1G) and MAC
encapsulation mode
transparent mapping (10.7G) modes.

ODUk channel loopback

u Inloop
u Outloop
Loopback
Client-side loopback
u Inloop
u Outloop

5.1.3.2 Front Panel of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Figure 5-7 Front Panel of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Table 5-8 Description of the Front Panel of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Item Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms

are filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-
Non-urgent alarm urgent alarms are filtered.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs
on the card.
Client-side optical OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN
interface IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

246 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.1.3.3 Specifications of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Optical Module

Table 5-9 Optical Module Specifications of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Card Optical Module Specification

10G TDM XFP SFP+

16TN1 (2202772)
2.5G TDM SFP

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-10 Mechanical Specifications of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

16TN1 (2202772) 407 × 30 2.13

Power Consumption

Table 5-11 Power Consumption of the 16TN1 Card (2202772)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

16TN1 (2202772) 154

Applicable Subracks

Table 5-12 Subracks Applicable to the 16TN1 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

16TN1 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5.1.4 xTN2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

The xTN2 series include the 4TN2, 8TN2, 10TN2, 12TN2 and 20TN2 cards.

Version: K 247
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.4.1 Functions of the xTN2 Card

Table 5-13 Functions and Features of the xTN2 Card

Function and Feature Description

Converts the OTN, SDH, Ethernet and SAN service signals at service ports into ODU2,
ODU2e, and ODUflex signals.
Basic function u 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / STM-64 / OC-192 / OTU2 / FC800 / FICON8G→ODU2
u 10GE LAN / OTU2e / FC1200→ODU2e
u FC800 / FC1600→ODUflex
STM-64 / OC-192: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
10GE WAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
Client-side service type OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s
OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s
FC800: SAN service at a rate of 8.5 Gbit/s
FC1200: SAN service at a rate of 10.51 Gbit/s
Supports cross-connections of ODU2 / ODU2e / ODUflex signals from / to the cross-
Cross-connect capability
connect card via the backplane bus.

u The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the ITU-T G.709
compliant frame format and overhead processing are adopted.
OTN function u ODU2 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing.
u ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
u OTU2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.

ESC function Supported when the card accesses OTN services.

PRBS test function Supported

Bi-directional interruption
Supported
of Ethernet services
Supports FEC encoding when the card accesses OTN services, compliant with ITU-T
Error correction coding
G.709.
Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.
Monitors B1 bytes to help locate line failures.
Alarm and performance Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
monitoring Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser,
and optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported when the card accesses non-OTN services.

Ethernet test function Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

248 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-13 Functions and Features of the xTN2 Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

Supported at the PM section when the card accesses non-OTN services.

Delay measurement
Supported at the TCM section when the card accesses OTN services.

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Ethernet service Encapsulates 10GE LAN services in Bit transparent mapping (11.1G) and MAC
encapsulation mode transparent mapping (10.7G) modes.

ODUk channel loopback

u Inloop
u Outloop
Loopback
Client-side loopback
u Inloop
u Outloop

5.1.4.2 Front Panel of the xTN2 Card

Figure 5-8 Front Panel of the 4TN2 Card

Figure 5-9 Front Panel of the 8TN2 Card

Figure 5-10 Front Panel of the 10TN2 Card

Figure 5-11 Front Panel of the 12TN2 Card

Figure 5-12 Front Panel of the 20TN2 Card

Version: K 249
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-14 Description of the Front Panel of the xTN2 Card

Item Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
alarms are filtered.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Client-side optical OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN
interface IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

5.1.4.3 Specifications of the xTN2 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-15 Optical Module Specifications of the xTN2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

4TN2 10G TDM XFP SFP+

8TN2 10G TDM XFP SFP+

10TN2 10G TDM XFP SFP+

12TN2 10G TDM XFP SFP+
10G TDM XFP SFP+
20TN2
16G FC

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module.

250 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-16 Mechanical Specifications of the xTN2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

4TN2 407 × 30 1.7

8TN2 407 × 30 1.55
10TN2 407 × 30 1.6
12TN2 407 × 30 1.93
20TN2 407 × 30 2

Power Consumption

Table 5-17 Power Consumption of the xTN2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

4TN2 108
8TN2 110
10TN2 112
12TN2 115

20TN2 125

Applicable Subracks

Table 5-18 Subracks Applicable to the xTN2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

4TN2 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

8TN2 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

10TN2 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

12TN2 (2201025) FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60
FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60, FONST 5000
12TN2 (2201903)
U10E, FONST 5000 U20E
20TN2 (2201209) FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U20 to U60
FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U20 to U60, FONST 5000
20TN2 (2202002)
U10E, FONST 5000 U20E, FONST 5000 N32

Version: K 251
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.5 20TP2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

5.1.5.1 Functions of the 20TP2 Card

Functions and Features

Table 5-19 Functions and Features of the 20TP2 Card

Function and
Description
Feature
Basic function Supports accessing Ethernet service signals and processing packet services.

Backplane
200 Gbit/s
bandwidth
Ethernet data frame
Supports IEEE 802.3, Ethernet II, IEEE 802.1Q and IEEE 802.1p.
format
Port MTU 1500 to 9600 bytes

Service type E-Line (VPWS), E-LAN (VPLS)

Service bearer
Port bearer, PW bearer, QinQ
mode
QinQ Supported

PW-carried service model Port↔PW

CVLAN↔PW
SVLAN↔PW
PW↔PW (MS-PW)

Port↔Port
E-Line
Port-carried service model CVLAN↔Port
SVLAN↔Port
Port↔Port

UNI-UNI service model CVLAN↔CVLAN; VLAN switching supported

SVLAN↔SVLAN, VLAN switching supported

Bridge type IEEE 802.1d, IEEE 802.1q, IEEE 802.1ad

E-LAN Bridge learning mode T-Aware: IVL

VSI TAG type T-Aware

Tunnel APS Supports 1+1 and 1:1 protections, compliant with ITU-T G.8131.
Protection
PW APS Supports the 1:1 protection, compliant with ITU-T G.8131.

252 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-19 Functions and Features of the 20TP2 Card (Continued)

Function and
Description
Feature
Supports intra-card and inter-card LAG, compliant with IEEE
LAG
802.1ax.
Diffserv Supported, compliant with RFC 2474 and RFC 2475.

u Simple traffic classification

Traffic Classification u Complex traffic classification, which customizes access
control list (ACL) rules based on the contents of packets

QoS CAR, two rate three color marker (trTCM), compliant with RFC
Traffic monitoring
2698
Congestion management CoS; supports SP/WFQ queue scheduling schemes

Congestion avoidance WRED, tail drop

Traffic shaping Port-based traffic shaping, queue-based traffic shaping

LPT protection Supported

IGMP Snooping
Supported
V1/V2/V3
Ethernet service OAM Supported, compliant with IEEE 802.1ag, ITU-T Y.1731 / ITU-T
(CFM) G.8013 and ITU-T Y.1730

MPLS-TP OAM Supported; compliant with ITU-T G.8113.1

Maintenance
MPLS OAM Supported; compliant with ITU-T Y.1711 and ITU-T Y.1561

RMON monitoring Supported

Port mirroring Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Synchronization
IEEE 1588v2 Supported

Application

After receiving 10GE service signals and processing packet services, the 20TP2
card sends the packets to the cross-connect card for centralized grooming. The
mixed service line card converts the packet signals into OTUk for transmission.

Version: K 253
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 5-13 Application of the 20TP2 Cards in the System

5.1.5.2 Front Panel of the 20TP2 Card

Figure 5-14 Front Panel of the 20TP2 Card

Table 5-20 Description of the Front Panel of the 20TP2 Card

Item Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent

alarms are filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major
alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-

urgent alarms are filtered.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN Client-side optical interface
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

254 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.1.5.3 Specifications of the 20TP2 Card

Optical Modules

Table 5-21 Optical Module Specifications of the 20TP2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

10G TDM XFP SFP+ optical module

20TP2
2.5G TDM SFP optical module

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-22 Mechanical Specifications of the 20TP2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

20TP2 407 × 30 1.33

Power Consumption

Table 5-23 Power Consumption of the 20TP2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

20TP2 90

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-24 Subracks Applicable to the 20TP2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

20TP2 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U20 to U60

5.1.6 xTN3

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

The xTN3 series include the 1TN3 and 5TN3 cards.

Version: K 255
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.6.1 Functions of the xTN3 Card

Table 5-25 Functions and Features of the xTN3 Card

Functions and Features Description

Converts the OTN, SDH and Ethernet service signals at service ports into ODU3
signals.
u OC-768/OTU3→ODU3
Basic function u 40GE (TTT+GMP)→ODU3
u 40GE (GFP-F)→ODU3
u 40GE (GFP-F)→ODUflex
u OTU3→ODU3
STM-256 / OC-768: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 39.81 Gbit/s
Client-side service type 40GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 41.25 Gbit/s
OTU3: OTN service at a rate of 43.02 Gbit/s
Supports cross-connections of ODU3 signals from / to the cross-connect card via the
Cross-connect capability
backplane bus.

The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the ITU-T G.709
compliant frame format and overhead processing are adopted.
OTN function ODU3 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring
of PM and TCM.
OTU3 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.

ESC function Supported when the card accesses OTN services.

PRBS test function Supported

Bi-directional interruption
Supported
of Ethernet services
Supports FEC encoding when the card accesses OTN services, compliant with ITU-T
Error correction coding
G.709.
Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser,
monitoring
and optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported when the card accesses non-OTN services.

Ethernet test function Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Supported at the PM and TCM sections when the card accesses non-OTN services.
Delay measurement
Supported at the TCM section when the card accesses OTN services.

256 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-25 Functions and Features of the xTN3 Card (Continued)

Functions and Features Description

Ethernet service
Supports encapsulation of 40GE services in TTT-GMP and GFP-F formats.
encapsulation mode

Client-side loopback
Loopback u Inloop
u Outloop

5.1.6.2 Front Panel of the xTN3 Card

Figure 5-15 Front Panel of the 1TN3 Card

Figure 5-16 Front Panel of the 5TN3 Card

Table 5-26 Description of the Front Panel of the xTN3 Card

Item Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card
is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms

are filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
alarms are filtered.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs
on the card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN Client-side optical interfaces
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

Version: K 257
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.6.3 Specifications of the xTN3 Card

Optical Modules

Table 5-27 Optical Module Specifications of the xTN3 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

1TN3 40G LR4 CFP QSFP+

5TN3 40G LR4 CFP QSFP+

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-28 Mechanical Specifications of the xTN3 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

1TN3 407 × 30 2.4

5TN3 407 × 30 2.05

Power Consumption

Table 5-29 Power Consumption of the xTN3 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

1TN3 99
5TN3 117

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-30 Subracks Applicable to the xTN3 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

1TN3 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5TN3 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U20 to U60

5.1.7 xTN4

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

258 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

The xTN4 series include the 1TN4, 2TN4 and 4TN4 cards.

5.1.7.1 Functions of the xTN4 Card

Table 5-31 Functions and Features of the xTN4 Card

Function and Feature Description

Converts the OTN and Ethernet service signals at service ports into ODU4 and ODUflex
signals.
Basic function u 100GE (Bit transparent mapping) / (MAC transparent mapping)→ODU4
u 100GE (MAC transparent mapping)→ODUflex
u OTU4→ODU4
100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s
Client-side service type
OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s
Supports cross-connections of ODU4 / ODUflex signals from / to the cross-connect card
Cross-connect capability
via the backplane bus.

The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the ITU-T G.709
compliant frame format and overhead processing are adopted.
ODU4 layer:
u Supports PM functions when the card accesses 100GE services.
OTN function
u Supports PM and TCM overhead processing as well as non-intrusive monitoring of
PM and TCM when the card accesses OTU4 services.
ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
OTU4 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.

ESC function Supported when the card accesses OTN services.

PRBS test function Supported

Bi-directional interruption
Supported
of Ethernet services
Supports FEC encoding when the card accesses OTN services, compliant with ITU-T
Error correction coding
G.709.
Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser,
monitoring
and optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported when the card accesses 100GE services.

Ethernet test function Supported when the card accesses 100GE (GFP-F) services.

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Supported at the PM and TCM sections when the card accesses non-OTN services.
Delay measurement
Supported at the TCM section when the card accesses OTN services.

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

Version: K 259
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-31 Functions and Features of the xTN4 Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

MAC transparent mapping: Supports synchronous Ethernet processing.

Physical-layer clock
Bit transparent mapping: Supports synchronous Ethernet transparent transmissions.

Ethernet service Supports encapsulating 100GE services in Bit transparent mapping and MAC
encapsulation mode transparent mapping modes.

Client-side loopback
Loopback u Inloop
u Outloop

5.1.7.2 Front Panel of the xTN4 Card

Figure 5-17 Front Panel of the 1TN4 Card (Single-Slot, CFP)

Figure 5-18 Front Panel of the 1TN4 Card (Single-Slot, CFP2)

Figure 5-19 Front Panel of the 2TN4 Card (Single-Slot, CFP)

Figure 5-20 Front Panel of the 2TN4 Card (Single-Slot, CFP2)

Figure 5-21 Front Panel of the 4TN4 Card (Single-Slot, CFP2)

Figure 5-22 Front Panel of the 4TN4 Card (Single-Slot, QSFP28)

260 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-32 Description of the Front Panel of the xTN4 Card

Item Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
alarms are filtered.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Client-side optical OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN
interface IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

5.1.7.3 Specifications of the xTN4 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-33 Optical Module Specifications of the xTN4 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

1TN4 (single-slot, CFP) 100G LR4

1TN4 (single-slot, CFP2) 100G ER4
2TN4 (single-slot, CFP) 100G LR4
2TN4 (single-slot, CFP2) 100G ER4
4TN4 (single-slot, CFP2)
100G LR4
4TN4 (single-slot, QSFP28)

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module.

Version: K 261
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-34 Mechanical Specifications of the xTN4 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

1TN4 (single-slot, CFP) 407 × 30 2.4

1TN4 (single-slot, CFP2) 407 × 30 2.28
2TN4 (single-slot, CFP) 407 × 30 2.85
2TN4 (single-slot, CFP2) 407 × 30 2.32
4TN4 (single-slot, CFP2) 407 × 30 2.85
4TN4 (single-slot, QSFP28) 407 × 30 2.5

Power Consumption

Table 5-35 Power Consumption of the xTN4 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

1TN4 (single-slot, CFP) 108

1TN4 (single-slot, CFP2) 135
2TN4 (single-slot, CFP) 130
2TN4 (single-slot, CFP2) 135
4TN4 (single-slot, CFP2) 150
4TN4 (single-slot, QSFP28) 110

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-36 Subracks Applicable to the xTN4 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

1TN4 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

2TN4 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U20 to U60

FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60, FONST 5000
2TN4 (2201939)
U10E, FONST 5000 U20E
4TN4 (2202009) FONST 5000 U10E, FONST 5000 U20E
4TN4 (2202624) FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ
4TN4 (2203277) FONST 5000 N32

262 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.1.8 16VS1

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

5.1.8.1 Functions of the 16VS1 Card

Functions and Features

Table 5-37 Functions and Features of the 16VS1 Card

Function and
Description
Feature
The interfaces 1 to 8 receive and transmit eight STM-1 / STM-4 / STM-16 / STM-64 signals.
Basic function The interfaces 9 to 16 receive and transmit eight STM-1 / STM-4 / STM-16 signals.
When interfaces 1 to 8 access STM-64 signals, interfaces 9 to 16 do not access any signals.

STM-1: Provides S-1.1, L-1.1, and L-1.2 standard optical interfaces that support pluggable
SFP optical modules.
STM-4: Provides S-4.1, L-4.1, and L-4.2 standard optical interfaces that support pluggable
SFP optical modules.
Specifications of the STM-16: Provides I-16, S-16.1, S-16.2, L-16.1, L-16.2 and V-16.2 standard optical interfaces
optical interface that support pluggable SFP optical modules.
STM-64: Provides I-64.1, S-64.2b, and L-64.2 standard optical interfaces that support
pluggable SFP+ optical modules.
The STM-1 / STM-4 / STM-16 optical interfaces comply with ITU-T G.957 and the STM-64
optical interfaces comply with ITU-T G.691.

Cross-connect Supports VC cross-connections. The VC4 cross-connect capacity is 80G. The card supports
capability a maximum of 512 VC4 services.
Supports detecting and querying information about the optical module.
Specifications of the
Supports applying and monitoring pluggable optical modules for easy maintenance.
optical module
The optical interface supports turning on, turning off or automatically shutting down the laser.

Processes section overheads (SOH) of the STM-n signals.

Overhead
Processes overheads of higher-order paths.
processing
Supports setting and querying the J0 / J1 / C2 bytes.

Alarms and Reports various alarms and performance events for easy management and maintenance of
performance events the equipment.

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

ALS Supported

Version: K 263
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-37 Functions and Features of the 16VS1 Card (Continued)

Function and
Description
Feature
Supports the VC SNCP.
Protection scheme
Supports the linear multiplex section protection (LMSP).

Supports inloops and outloops at optical interfaces.

Loopback
Supports inloops and outloops on VC-4 paths for fast fault isolation.

Application

Being a type of VC service interface cards, the 16VS1 card receives and transmits
VC service signals, supporting the SDH network and VC over OTN applications.

u SDH network application

The 16VS1 card receives the client-side signals and then sends them to a
cross-connect card for service grooming at a granularity of VC4.

The lower-order cross-connect card receives / transmits VC signals from / to a

cross-connect card at a granularity of VC4. Meanwhile, the lower-order cross-
connect card performs intra-card service grooming at a granularity of VC12.

The cross-connect card sends the VC4 signals to the 16VS1 card for
transmissions over the SDH network.

In this case, the 16VS1 card functions not only as a tributary card but also as a
line card.

Figure 5-23 SDH Network Application of the 16VS1 Cards

u VC over OTN application

264 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

The 16VS1 card receives the client-side signals and then sends them to a
cross-connect card for service grooming at a granularity of VC4.

The lower-order cross-connect card receives / transmits VC signals from / to a

cross-connect card at a granularity of VC4. Meanwhile, the lower-order cross-
connect card performs intra-card service grooming at a granularity of VC12.

The cross-connect card sends VC4 signals to a line card and encapsulates the
VC services into OTUks for transmissions over the OTN.

In this case, the line card must use a mixed service line card xLU2 / xLU4. The
following figure uses the 1LU4 card as an example.

Figure 5-24 VC over OTN Application of the 16VS1 Cards

5.1.8.2 Front Panel of the 16VS1 Card

Figure 5-25 Front Panel of the 16VS1 Card

Version: K 265
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-38 Description of the Front Panel of the 16VS1 Card

Item Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent

alarms are filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major
alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-

urgent alarms are filtered.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN Client-side optical interface
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

5.1.8.3 Specifications of the 16VS1 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-39 Optical Module Specifications of the 16VS1 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

155M SFP SFF

622M SFP SFF
16VS1
2.5G TDM SFP
10G TDM XFP SFP+

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-40 Mechanical Specifications of the 16VS1 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

16VS1 407 × 30 2.249

266 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Power Consumption

Table 5-41 Power Consumption of the 16VS1 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

16VS1 130

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-42 Subracks Applicable to the 16VS1 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

16VS1 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5.1.9 16TE2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 267
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.9.1 Functions of the 16TE2 Card

Table 5-43 Functions and Features of the 16TE2 Card

Function and Feature Description

Converts the OTN, SDH, Ethernet and SAN service signals at service ports into ODU0,
ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e and ODUflex signals.
u 125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s signals→ODU0
u 1.49 Gbit/s to 2.67 Gbit/s signals→ODU1
Basic function
u 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / STM-64 / OC-192 / OTU2 / FC800 / FICON8G→ODU2
u 10GE LAN / OTU2e / FC1200→ODU2e
u 3G-SDI / 3G-SDIRBR / FC400 / FICON4G / FC800 / FICON8G /
FC1600→ODUflex
GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s
OTU1: OTN service at a rate of 2.67 Gbit/s
STM-1 / OC-3: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 155.52 Mbit/s
STM-4 / OC-12: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 622.08 Mbit/s
STM-16 / OC-48: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 2488.32 Mbit/s
FC100: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FC200: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
FC400: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
FICON: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FICON Express: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
FICON4G: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
SDI: Digital TV service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
HD-SDI: High-definition digital TV service at a rate of 1.49 Gbit/s
HD-SDIRBR: High-definition digital TV service at a rate of 1.49 / 1.001 Gbit/s
Client-side service type
3G-SDI: Digital TV service at a rate of 2.97 Gbit/s
3G-SDIRBR: Digital TV service at a rate of 2.97 / 1.001 Gbit/s
DVB-ASI: Digital TV service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
ESCON: SAN service at a rate of 200 Mbit/s
FDDI: SAN service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s
STM-64 / OC-192: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
10GE WAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s
OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s
FC800: SAN service at a rate of 8.5 Gbit/s
FICON8G: SAN service at a rate of 8.5 Gbit/s
FC1200: SAN service at a rate of 10.51 Gbit/s
FC1600: SAN service at a rate of 14.025 Gbit/s
Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODUflex signals from /
Cross-connect capability
to the cross-connect card via the backplane bus.

268 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-43 Functions and Features of the 16TE2 Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

Service encryption Supports encrypting any 10 ports.

The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the ITU-T G.709
compliant frame format and overhead processing are adopted.
ODU0 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring
of PM and TCM.
ODU1 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring
OTN function of PM and TCM.
ODU2 layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-intrusive monitoring
of PM and TCM.
ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
OTU1 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
OTU2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.

ESC function Supported when the card accesses OTN services.

PRBS test function Supported

Bi-directional interruption
Supported
of Ethernet services
Supports FEC encoding when the card accesses OTN services, compliant with ITU-T
Error correction coding
G.709.
Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.
Monitors B1 bytes to help locate line failures.
Alarm and performance Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
monitoring Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser,
and optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported when the card accesses non-OTN services.

Supported when the card accesses 10GE LAN services in MAC transparent mapping
Ethernet test function
(10.7G) mode.

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Supported at the PM section when the card accesses non-OTN services.

Delay measurement
Supported at the TCM section when the card accesses OTN services.

Supported when the card accesses 10GE LAN services in MAC transparent mapping
IEEE 1588v2
(10.7G) mode.

10GE LAN, MAC transparent mapping (10.7G): Supports synchronous Ethernet

processing.
Physical-layer clock
10GE LAN, Bit transparent mapping (11.1G): Supports synchronous Ethernet
transparent transmission.

Version: K 269
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-43 Functions and Features of the 16TE2 Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

Encapsulates GE services in GE (TTT-GMP) and GE (GFP-T) modes.

Ethernet service
Encapsulates 10GE LAN services in Bit transparent mapping (11.1G) and MAC
encapsulation mode
transparent mapping (10.7G) modes.

ODUk channel loopback

u Inloop
u Outloop
Loopback
Client-side loopback
u Inloop
u Outloop

5.1.9.2 Front Panel of the 16TE2 Card

Figure 5-26 Front Panel of the 16TE2 Card (2202753)

Table 5-44 Description of the Front Panel of the 16TE2 Card

Item Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms

are filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
Non-urgent alarm alarms are filtered.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs
on the card.
Client-side optical OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN
interface IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

270 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.1.9.3 Specifications of the 16TE2 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-45 Optical Module Specifications of the 16TE2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

2.5G TDM SFP

16TE2 10G TDM XFP SFP+
16G FC

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-46 Mechanical Specifications of the 16TE2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

16TE2 407 × 30 2.13

Power Consumption

Table 5-47 Power Consumption of the 16TE2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

16TE2 154

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-48 Subracks Applicable to the 16TE2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

16TE2 FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5.1.10 12TN2G

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

Version: K 271
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.10.1 Functions of the 12TN2G Card

Table 5-49 Functions and Features of the 12TN2G Card

Function Description

The functions vary with different scenarios.

u OTN scenario: Converts the OTN, SDH, Ethernet and SAN service signals at service
ports into ODUk (k = 2, 2e, flex) signals.
u VC over OTN scenario: Encapsulates the received VC signals into ODUk signals and
Basic function
sends them to the backplane for cross-connection; receives SDH service signals and
processes VC services.
u TP over OTN scenario: Receives Ethernet service signals and processes packet
services.
OTU2 / OTU2e
STM-64
Client-side service
10GE LAN / 10GE WAN
type
FC800
FC1200
The cross-connect capability of the 12TN2G card is described as follows:
u ODUk: 120G
u TP: 120G
Cross-connect
u VC
capability
4 2203028: 20G
4 2203659: 80G
u The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the frame format and
overhead processing comply with ITU-T G.709.
u ODU2 layer: Supports PM (non-OTUk service) overhead processing, TCM overhead
OTN function
processing, and non-intrusive monitoring of PM (non-OTUk service) and TCM overheads.
u ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
u OTU2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.

u Supports performance statistics of LSP PWs based on the port, packet label and other
characteristics.
TP functions u Supports adding, replacing and deleting VLAN labels.
u Supports VPWS and VPLS.
u Supports QoS.

ESC function Supported when the card receives / transmits OTU2 / OTU2e services.

PRBS test Supported

Bi-directional
interruption of Supported
Ethernet services

272 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-49 Functions and Features of the 12TN2G Card (Continued)

Function Description

Supports FEC encoding and super FEC encoding (I.4 and I.7) when the card receives /
Error correction transmits OTU2 / OTU2e services, which complies with the ITU-T G.709.
coding In case of super FEC I.4, the twelve ports are divided into three groups: ports 1 to 4, ports 5 to
8, and ports 9 to 12. Each group is configured with the same FEC type.

u Monitors BIP8 bytes (burst mode) to help locate line failures.

Alarm and u Monitors B1 bytes to help locate line failures.
performance u Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
monitoring u Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and
optical power.

ALS function Supported on the client side when the card receives / transmits non-OTN services.

Supported
Ethernet test
Supported when the client side receives / transmits 10GE LAN services in MAC transparent
function
mapping (10.7G) mode.

When the client side of the card receives / transmits non-OTN services, the delay of the PM
section in the backplane (uplink) direction can be measured. When the client side receives /
Delay measurement
transmits OTN services, the delay of the TCM section in the optical interface (downlink)
direction can be measured.
Supported when the client side receives / transmits 10GE LAN services and Port Service
IEEE 1588v2
Mapping Path is in MAC Transparent Mapping (10.7G) mode.

Physical-layer clock Supports synchronous Ethernet.

Version: K 273
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-49 Functions and Features of the 12TN2G Card (Continued)

Function Description

u 2203028

4 Supports the ODUk SNCP (k = 2, 2e, flex) protections.

4 Supports client-side 1+1 protection.
4 Supports tributary SNCP protection.
When ODUflex signals are groomed, the tributary SNCP protection is not supported.
The tributary SNCP protection is supported only when the client side receives / transmits
OTN, SDH or SONET services.

Protection scheme u 2203659

4 Supports ODUk 1+1 protection and OCh 1+1 protection.

4 Supports VC4 SNCP 1+1 protection.
4 Supports LSP 1:1 protection and PW 1:1 protection.
4 Supports PW redundancy protection.
4 Supports LAG protection.
4 Supports ETH 1:1 protection and ETH 1+1 protection.
The following loopbacks are supported:
Loopback u Client-side loopback
u Backplane-side loopback

5.1.10.2 Front Panel of the 12TN2G Card

Figure 5-27 Front Panel of the 12TN2G Card (2203028)

Figure 5-28 Front Panel of the 12TN2G Card (2203659)

274 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-50 Description of the Front Panel of the 12TN2G Card

Item Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ONNote 1 indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is interrupted.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card
is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms

are blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-
Non-urgent alarm urgent alarms are blocked.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs
on the card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN Client-side optical ports
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

Note 1: After the card is electrified, the ACT indicator will be ON until the card starts working. This status is normal.

5.1.10.3 Specifications of the 12TN2G Card

Optical Module

Table 5-51 Optical Module Specifications of the 12TN2G Card

Card Optical Module Specification

12TN2G 10G TDM XFP SFP+

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-52 Mechanical Specifications of the 12TN2G Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

12TN2G (2203028) 407 × 30 2.603

12TN2G (2203659) 407 × 30 1.65

Version: K 275
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Power Consumption

Table 5-53 Power Consumption of the 12TN2G Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

12TN2G (2203028) 117

12TN2G (2203659) 180

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-54 Subracks Applicable to the 12TN2G Card

Card Applicable Subrack

12TN2G (2203028) FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60
FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U20 / U30 / U40 / U60 / U10E /
12TN2G (2203659)
U20E

5.1.11 xTN4G

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

The xTN4G series include the 1TN4G and 2TN4G cards.

5.1.11.1 Functions of the xTN4G Card

Table 5-55 Functions and Features of the xTN4G Card

Function Description

The functions vary with different scenarios.

u OTN scenario: Converts the OTN and Ethernet service signals at service ports into ODUk
Basic function (k = 4, flex) signals.
u TP over OTN scenario: Accesses Ethernet service signals and processes packet
services.
Client-side service OTU4
type 100GE

276 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-55 Functions and Features of the xTN4G Card (Continued)

Function Description

u The cross-connect capability of the 1TN4G card is described as follows:

4 ODUk: 100G
4 TP: 100G
Cross-connect 4 VC: 20G
capability u The cross-connect capability of the 2TN4G card is described as follows:

4 ODUk: 200G
4 TP: 200G
4 VC: 80G
u The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the ITU-T G.709
compliant frame format and overhead processing are adopted.
u ODU4 layer: Supports PM (non-OTUk service) overhead processing, TCM overhead
OTN function
processing, and non-intrusive monitoring of PM (non-OTUk service) and TCM overheads.
u ODUflex layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
u OTU4 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.

u Supports performance statistics of LSP PWs based on the port, packet label and other
characteristics.
TP functions u Supports adding, replacing and deleting VLAN labels.
u Supports VPWS and VPLS.
u Supports QoS.

ESC function Supported when the card accesses OTU4 services.

PRBS test function Supported

Bi-directional
interruption of Supported
Ethernet services
u 1TN4G: Supports FEC coding and super FEC coding when the card accesses OTU4
Error correction services, compliant with ITU-T G.709.
coding u 2TN4G: Supports FEC coding when the card accesses OTU4 services, compliant with
ITU-T G.709.
u Monitors BIP8 bytes (burst mode) to help locate line failures.
Alarm and u Monitors B1 bytes to help locate line failures.
performance u Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
monitoring u Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and
optical power.

ALS function Supported when the client side accesses 100GE services.

Ethernet test
Supported when the client side accesses 100GE services.
function

Version: K 277
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-55 Functions and Features of the xTN4G Card (Continued)

Function Description

When the client side of the card accesses non-OTN services, the delay of the PM section in
the backplane (uplink) direction can be measured; when the client side accesses OTN
Delay measurement
services, the delay of the TCM section in the optical interface (downlink) direction can be
measured.
IEEE 1588v2 Supported when the card accesses 100GE (GFP-F) services.

Physical-layer clock Supports synchronous Ethernet.

u Supports the ODUk SNCP (k = 4, flex) protection.

u Supports the client-side 1+1 protection.
Protection scheme
u Supports the tributary SNCP protection.
The SNCP protection is supported only when the client side accesses OTU4 services.

The following loopbacks are supported:

Loopback u Client-side loopback
u Backplane-side loopback

5.1.11.2 Front Panel of the xTN4G Card

Figure 5-29 Front Panel of the 1TN4G Card

Figure 5-30 Front Panel of the 2TN4G Card

Table 5-56 Description of the Front Panel of the xTN4G Card

Item Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ONNote 1 indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is interrupted.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card
is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms

are filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.

278 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-56 Description of the Front Panel of the xTN4G Card (Continued)

Item Meaning Description

OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-

Non-urgent alarm urgent alarms are filtered.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs
on the card.
Client-side optical OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN
interface IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

Note 1: After the card is electrified, the ACT indicator will be ON until the card starts working. This status is normal.

5.1.11.3 Specifications of the xTN4G Card

Optical Module

Table 5-57 Optical Module Specifications of the xTN4G Card

Card Optical Module Specification

100G LR4
1TN4G
100G ER4
100G LR4
2TN4G
100G ER4

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-58 Mechanical Specifications of the xTN4G Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

1TN4G 407 × 30 2.26

2TN4G 407 × 30 2.85

Power Consumption

Table 5-59 Power Consumption of the xTN4G Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

1TN4G 198.9
2TN4G 142.2

Version: K 279
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Applicable Subracks

Table 5-60 Subracks Applicable to the xTN4G Card

Card Applicable Subrack

1TN4G FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

2TN4G FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5.1.12 20PP2

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

5.1.12.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 5-61 Functions and Features of the 20PP2 Card

Function Description

The card receives GE / 100GE Ethernet signals. After Layer 2

packet switching and transparent transmission inside the card,
Basic function these signals are framed into ODUk signals and sent to the
backplane. The card also performs the reverse process in the
opposite direction.

GE
Client-side service type
10GE LAN
Cross-connect capability 200G
u The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.
Sup43; the frame format and overhead processing comply with
OTN function ITU-T G.709.
u Supports the PM function at the ODU2 / ODU2e / ODUflex
layer.

u Supports IEEE 802.1Q, IEEE 802.1ad and IEEE 802.1D.

Layer 2 switching
u Supports MAC address learning and aging.

PRBS test Supported

Ethernet test function Supported

Bi-directional interruption
Supported
of Ethernet services
LPT protection Supported

280 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-61 Functions and Features of the 20PP2 Card (Continued)

Function Description

u Monitors BIP8 bytes (burst mode) to help locate line failures.

u Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance u Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating
monitoring temperature of the laser, and optical power.
u Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services
(10GE LAN and GE).

ALS function Supported

Test frame Supported

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

u Supports ODUk 1+1 protection.

u Supports LAG Protection.
Protection scheme u Supports PW 1:1 protection.
u Supports LSP 1:1 protection.
u Supports ETH 1+1 Protection.

Port MTU 1500 to 9600 bytes

The following loopbacks are supported:

Loopback u Client-side loopback
u Backplane-side loopback

Application

The 20PP2 card supports Layer 2 switching of Ethernet data packets in the card.
The signals after Layer 2 packet switching can be mapped to ODUk signals and
sent to the backplane for grooming.

Figure 5-31 Network Application of the 20PP2 Cards

Version: K 281
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.12.2 Front Panel

Figure 5-32 Front Panel of the 20PP2 Card

Table 5-62 Description of the Front Panel of the 20PP2 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working

normally.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
ACT Working status indicator
communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally.
Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all

urgent alarms are blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major
alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all

non-urgent alarms are blocked.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor
alarm) occurs on the card.

OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.

OUT / IN Client-side optical ports
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

5.1.12.3 Specifications

Optical Module

Table 5-63 Optical Module Specifications of the 20PP2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

1.25G SFP SFF

20PP2
10G TDM XFP SFP+

282 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-64 Mechanical Specifications of the 20PP2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

20PP2 407 × 30 2.15

Power Consumption

Table 5-65 Power Consumption of the 20PP2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

20PP2 217.7

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-66 Subracks Applicable to the 20PP2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U20 / U30 / U40 / U60 / U10E
20PP2
/ U20E

5.1.13 2PP4

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

5.1.13.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 5-67 Functions and Features of the 2PP4 Card

Function Description

The card receives 100GE Ethernet signals. After Layer 2 packet switching and
transparent transmission in the card, these signals are framed into ODUk signals
Basic function
and sent to the backplane. The card also performs the reverse process in the
opposite direction.

Client-side service type 100GE

Cross-connect capability 200G

Version: K 283
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-67 Functions and Features of the 2PP4 Card (Continued)

Function Description

u The mapping process complies with ITU-T G.709 and G.Sup43; the frame
OTN function format and overhead processing comply with ITU-T G.709.
u Supports the PM function at the ODU4 / ODUflex layer.

u Supports IEEE 802.1Q, IEEE 802.1ad and IEEE 802.1D.

Layer 2 switching
u Supports MAC address learning and aging.

PRBS test Supported

Ethernet test function Supported

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
LPT function Supported

u Monitors BIP8 bytes (burst mode) to help locate line failures.

u Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance
u Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of
monitoring
the laser, and optical power.
u Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS function Supported

Test frame Supported

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

u Supports ODUk 1+1 protection.

u Supports LAG protection.
Protection scheme u Supports PW 1:1 protection.
u Supports LSP 1:1 protection.
u Supports ETH 1+1 protection.

Port MTU 1500 to 9600 bytes

The following loopbacks are supported:

Loopback u Client-side loopback
u Backplane-side loopback

Application

The 2PP4 card supports Layer 2 switching of Ethernet data packets. The signals
after Layer 2 packet switching can be mapped to ODUk signals and sent to the
backplane for grooming.

284 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Figure 5-33 Network Application of the 2PP4 Cards

5.1.13.2 Front Panel

Figure 5-34 Front Panel of the 2PP4 Card

Table 5-68 Description of the Front Panel of the 2PP4 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working

normally.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
ACT Working status indicator
communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally.
Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all

urgent alarms are blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major
alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all

non-urgent alarms are blocked.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor
alarm) occurs on the card.

OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.

OUT / IN Client-side optical ports
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

Version: K 285
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.1.13.3 Specifications

Optical Module

Table 5-69 Optical Module Specifications of the 2PP4 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

100G LR4
2PP4
100G ER4

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-70 Mechanical Specifications of the 2PP4 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

2PP4 407 × 30 2

Power Consumption

Table 5-71 Power Consumption of the 2PP4 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

2PP4 220.9

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-72 Subracks Applicable to the 2PP4 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U20 / U30 / U40 / U60 / U10E
2PP4
/ U20E

5.2 Line Cards

This section introduces the functions and features, as well as the hardware structure
of line cards.

286 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.2.1 Overview of Line Cards

This section introduces the functions and features, as well as the working principles
of the line cards.

5.2.1.1 Functions and Features

Line cards can be classified into OTN service line cards and hybrid service line
cards based on the supported service type.

Table 5-73 Functions and Features of the Line Cards

Type Card Function and Feature

u Works together with the OTN tributary card to add / drop client-
side services on the WDM side.
OTN service line cards LN series
u Works together with the OTN line card to implement the
regeneration and pass-through of WDM-side services.

u Works together with the OTN / VC / packet tributary card to add /

OTN / VC / packet drop client-side services on the line side.
LU series
hybrid service line cards u Works together with the OTN line card to implement the
regeneration and pass-through of WDM-side services.

Figure 5-35 shows the positioning of a line card in the system.

Figure 5-35 Positioning of the Line Card in the System

5.2.1.2 Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 5-36 shows the working principle and signal flow of the line card.

Version: K 287
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 5-36 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the Line Card

The signal flow directions of the line card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the backplane side to the WDM side, and Rx is defined as the reverse
direction.

u In the Tx direction

1) The electrical signal groomed by the cross-connect card is sent to the

service encapsulation and overhead processing module via the backplane.
After data encapsulation and FEC coding processing, n × OTUk signals
are transmitted.

2) These n × OTUk signals are sent to the WDM-side optical module for E/O
conversion and converted into OTUk optical signals of the standard
DWDM wavelength. These signals are then output via the TX1 to TXn
ports.

u In the Rx direction

1) The n × OTUk optical signals of the standard DWDM wavelength are

received at the WDM-side RX1 to RXn ports and then sent to the WDM-
side optical module for O/E conversion.

2) The converted electrical signals are sent to the service encapsulation and
overhead processing module. After FEC decoding and demultiplexing,
these electrical signals are sent to the backplane for grooming.

288 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.2.2 xLN2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

The xLN2 series include the 4LN2, 12LN2, and 20LN2 cards.

5.2.2.1 Functions of the xLN2 Card

Table 5-74 Functions and Features of the xLN2 Card

Function and Feature Description

4LN2
u 32 × ODU0 / 16 × ODU1 / 32 × ODUflex / 4 × ODU2↔4 × OTU2
u 4 × ODU2e↔4 × OTU2e
12LN2
u 96 × ODU0 / 48 × ODU1 / 96 × ODUflex / 12 × ODU2↔12 × OTU2
Basic function
u 12 × ODU2e↔12 × OTU2e
20LN2
u 160 × ODU0 / 80 × ODU1 / 160 × ODUflex / 20 × ODU2↔20 × OTU2
u 20 × ODU2e↔20 × OTU2e
A single optical port supports hybrid transmissions of ODU0, ODU1 and ODUflex signals.

Cross-connect Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODUflex signals from / to
capability the cross-connect card via the backplane bus.

Provides the OTU2 / OTU2e interface on the WDM side.

Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.
OTN function OTU2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-
intrusive monitoring of PM and TCM.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.

Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and
monitoring optical power.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Delay measurement Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Version: K 289
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-74 Functions and Features of the xLN2 Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Loopback WDM-side loopback

5.2.2.2 Front Panel of the xLN2 Card

Figure 5-37 Front Panel of the 4LN2 Card

Figure 5-38 Front Panel of the 12LN2 Card

Figure 5-39 Front Panel of the 20LN2 Card

Table 5-75 Description of the Front Panel of the xLN2 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.

290 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-75 Description of the Front Panel of the xLN2 Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent

alarms are filtered.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the line side;
usually, it is connected to the adding interface of an optical multiplexer
card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX / RX WDM-side optical interface
RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the line side;
usually, it is connected to the dropping interface of an optical
demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.

5.2.2.3 Specifications of the xLN2 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-76 Optical Module Specifications of the xLN2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

10G DWDM XFP SFP+

4LN2
10G DWDM TXFP SFP+
12LN2 10G DWDM TXFP SFP+
20LN2 10G DWDM XFP SFP+

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Line-Side
Optical Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-77 Mechanical Specifications of the xLN2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

4LN2 407 × 30 1.7

12LN2 407 × 30 1.8
20LN2 407 × 30 2.6

Version: K 291
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Power Consumption

Table 5-78 Power Consumption of the xLN2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

4LN2 117
12LN2 102
20LN2 144

Applicable Subracks

Table 5-79 Subracks Applicable to the xLN2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

4LN2 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

12LN2 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

20LN2 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5.2.3 12LU2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

5.2.3.1 Functions of the 12LU2 Card

The 12LU2 card encapsulates and maps ODUk, Packet and VC signals into OTU2
and OTU2e signals, achieving the hybrid transmission of multiple services on the
line.

292 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-80 Basic Functions of the 12LU2 Card

Input Signal 12LU2 Card (2202656) 12LU2 Card (2203689)

Supports OTN services at a rate of 120 Gbit/s.

96 × ODU0↔12 × OTU2
48 × ODU1↔12 × OTU2
OTN
12 × ODU2↔12 × OTU2
12 × ODU2e↔12 × OTU2e
96 × ODUflex↔12 × OTU2
The 12LU2 card (2202656) supports VC
services at a rate of 20 Gbit/s. The 12LU2 card (2203689) supports VC
128 × STM-1↔16 × ODU0↔2 × OTU2 services at a rate of 80 Gbit/s.
SDH
32 × STM-4↔16 × ODU0↔2 × OTU2 32 × STM-16↔32 × ODU1↔8 × OTU2
8 × STM-16↔8 × ODU1↔2 × OTU2 8 × STM-64↔8 × ODU2↔8 × OTU2
2 × STM-64↔2 × ODU2↔2 × OTU2
Supports Packet services at a rate of 120
Supports packet services at a rate of 120
Gbit/s.
Gbit/s.
Packet↔96 × ODU0↔12 × OTU2
Packet↔96 × ODU0↔12 × OTU2
Packet Packet↔96 × ODUflex↔12 × OTU2
Packet↔96 × ODUflex↔12 × OTU2
Packet↔48 × ODU1↔12 × OTU2
Packet↔48 × ODU1↔12 × OTU2
Packet↔12 × ODU2↔12 × OTU2
Packet↔12 × ODU2↔12 × OTU2
Packet↔12 × ODU2e↔12 × OTU2e

Table 5-81 OTN Functions and Features of the 12LU2 Card

Function and
Description
Feature
Provides the OTU2 interface on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.
OTN function OTU2 layer: Supports the SM function.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive monitoring
of PM and TCM.
WDM
Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.
specification

Tunable
Supported
wavelength

ESC function Supported

PRBS function Supported

Error correction
Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.
coding

Version: K 293
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-81 OTN Functions and Features of the 12LU2 Card (Continued)

Function and
Description
Feature
Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.
Alarm and
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical
performance
power.
monitoring
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Delay
Supported
measurement
Physical-layer
Supported
clock
Electrical-layer
Supported
ASON
Optical-layer
Supported
ASON
ODUk channel loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback

Table 5-82 SDH Functions and Features of the 12LU2 Card

Function and
12LU2 Card (2202656) 12LU2 Card (2203689)
Feature
Processes section overheads (SOHs) of the Processes section overheads (SOHs) of the
STM-1 / STM-4 / STM-16 / STM-64 signals. STM-16 / STM-64 signals.
Overhead Supports processing (such as transparent Supports processing (such as transparent
processing transmission and termination) of path transmission and termination) of path
overheads. overheads.
Sets and queries the J0 (to be received) bytes. Sets and queries the J0 (to be received) bytes.

Supports VC SNCP 1+1 protection.

Protection Supports LMSP 1+1 protection.
The switching time can be less than 50 ms as required.

Performance and
Monitors B1, B2, and B3 bytes to help locate line failures.
alarm monitoring

Physical-layer
Supported
clock

Table 5-83 Packet Functions and Features of the 12LU2 Card

Function and
Description
Feature
Service Processing
120 Gbit/s
specification capability

294 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-83 Packet Functions and Features of the 12LU2 Card (Continued)

Function and
Description
Feature

Service bearer MPLS-TP Supported

mode Port Supported

Native ETH services:

u Point-to-point transparently transmitted E-Line services
E-Line
u VLAN-based E-Line services
ETH PWE3 services: PW-carried E-Line services (VPWS service)

Native ETH services:

u E-LAN services based on the IEEE 802.1d compliant bridge.
E-LAN
u E-LAN services based on the IEEE 802.1q compliant bridge.
ETH PWE3 services: PW-carried E-LAN services (VPLS service)

MS-PW Supported

Ethernet data
IEEE 802.3 / Ethernet II / IEEE 802.1q / IEEE 802.1p
frame format
Jumbo frame Supports a Jumbo frame of up to 9600 bytes.

Port MFL 9600 bytes

LSP Supports LSP 1:1 protection.

PW Supports PW 1:1 protection.

Protection
Supports load sharing and non-load sharing.
feature LAG
Supports manual aggregation and static aggregation.

PW redundancy Supported

MPLS OAM Supported

Maintenance ETH-OAM Supported

feature RMON Supported

Port mirroring Supported

5.2.3.2 Front Panel of the 12LU2 Card

Figure 5-40 Front Panel of the 12LU2 Card (2202656)

Figure 5-41 Front Panel of the 12LU2 Card (2203689)

Version: K 295
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-84 Description of the Front Panel of the 12LU2 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
Working status
ACT between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
Urgent alarm blocked.
UA
indicator ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms
Non-urgent alarm are blocked.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the line side; usually, it
is connected to the adding interface of an optical multiplexer card or an
WDM-side optical optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX / RX
ports RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the line side;
usually, it is connected to the dropping interface of an optical demultiplexer
card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.

5.2.3.3 Specifications of the 12LU2 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-85 Optical Module Specifications of the 12LU2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

12LU2 10G DWDM TXFP SFP+

For details about optical module parameters, see Specifications of the Line-Side
Optical Module.

296 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-86 Mechanical Specifications of the 12LU2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

12LU2 (2202656) 407 × 30 2.603

12LU2 (2203689) 407 × 30 1.65

Power Consumption

Table 5-87 Power Consumption of the 12LU2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

12LU2 (2202656) 177

12LU2 (2203689) 172

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-88 Subracks Applicable to the 12LU2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

12LU2 (2202656) FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U10 to U60
FONST 5000 U20E Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U20 / U30 /
12LU2 (2203689)
U40 / U60 / U10E / U20E / N32

5.2.4 xLN4

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

The xLN4 series include 1LN4 and 2LN4 cards.

Version: K 297
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.2.4.1 Functions of the xLN4 Card

Table 5-89 Functions and Features of the xLN4 Card

Functions and
Description
Features
u 1LN4
80 × ODU0/40 × ODU1/10 × ODU2/10 × ODU2e/2 × ODU3/1 × ODU4/80 ×
ODUflex↔1 × OTU4
u 2LN4
Basic function
160 × ODU0/80 × ODU1/20 × ODU2/20 × ODU2e/4 × ODU3/2 × ODU4/160 ×
ODUflex↔2 × OTU4
A single optical port supports hybrid transmissions of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e,
ODU3 and ODUflex signals.

Cross-connect Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODU3 / ODU4 / ODUflex
capability signals from / to the cross-connect card via the backplane bus.

Provides the OTU4 interface on the WDM side.

Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.
OTN function OTU4 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-
intrusive monitoring of PM and TCM.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.

Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and
monitoring optical power.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Loopback WDM-side loopback

298 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.2.4.2 Front Panel of the xLN4 Card

Figure 5-42 Front Panel of the 1LN4 Card (Single-Slot, Coherent CFP)

Figure 5-43 Front Panel of the 1LN4 Card (Single-Slot, MSA)

Figure 5-44 Front Panel of the 2LN4 Card (Single-Slot, MSA)

Figure 5-45 Front Panel of the 2LN4 Card (Single-Slot, Coherent CFP)

Table 5-90 Description of the Front Panel of the xLN4 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ONNote 1 indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is interrupted.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms

are filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-
urgent alarms are filtered.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs
on the card.

Version: K 299
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-90 Description of the Front Panel of the xLN4 Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the line side;

usually, it is connected to the adding interface of an optical
WDM-side optical multiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX / RX
interfaces RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the line
side; usually, it is connected to the dropping interface of an optical
demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.

Note 1: After the card is electrified, the ACT indicator will be ON until the card starts working. This status is normal.

5.2.4.3 Specifications of the xLN4 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-91 Optical Module Specifications of the xLN4 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

1LN4 (single-slot, coherent CFP) 100G CFP DWDM

1LN4 (single-slot, MSA) 100G MSA DWDM
2LN4 (single-slot, coherent CFP) 100G CFP DWDM
2LN4 (single-slot, MSA) 100G MSA DWDM

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Line-Side
Optical Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-92 Mechanical Specifications of the xLN4 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

1LN4 (single-slot, coherent

407 × 30 2.6
CFP)

1LN4 (single-slot, MSA) 407 × 30 3.54

2LN4 (single-slot, MSA) 407 × 30 2.8
2LN4 (single-slot, coherent
407 × 30 2.85
CFP)

300 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Power Consumption

Table 5-93 Power Consumption of the xLN4 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

1LN4 (single-slot, coherent CFP) 103

1LN4 (single-slot, MSA) 140
2LN4 (single-slot, MSA) 165
2LN4 (single-slot, coherent CFP) 110

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-94 Subracks Applicable to the xLN4 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

1LN4 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

2LN4 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U20 to U60

2LN4 (2202622) FONST 5000 U10E, FONST 5000 U20E

2LN4 (2202478) FONST 5000 U10E, FONST 5000 U20E

5.2.5 xLU4

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

The xLU4 series include the 1LU4 and 2LU4 cards.

5.2.5.1 Functions of the xLU4 Card

The xLU4 card encapsulates and maps ODUk, Packet and VC signals into OTU4
signals, achieving the hybrid transmission of multiple services on the line.

Version: K 301
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-95 Basic Functions of the xLU4 Card

Input
Basic Functions of the 1LU4 Card Basic Functions of the 2LU4 Card
Signal

Supports OTN services at a rate of 100 Gbit/s. Supports OTN services at a rate of 200 Gbit/s.
80 × ODU0↔OTU4 160 × ODU0↔2 × OTU4
40 × ODU1↔OTU4 80 × ODU1↔2 × OTU4
OTN 10 × ODU2↔OTU4 20 × ODU2↔2 × OTU4
10 × ODU2e↔OTU4 20 × ODU2e↔2 × OTU4
ODU4↔OTU4 2 × ODU4↔2 × OTU4
80 × ODUflex↔OTU4 160 × ODUflex↔2 ×OTU4
SDH Supports VC services at a rate of 20 Gbit/s. Supports VC services at a rate of 80 Gbit/s.

Supports Packet services at a rate of 100 Gbit/s. Supports Packet services at a rate of 200 Gbit/s.
Packet↔80 × ODU0↔OTU4 Packet↔160 × ODU0↔2 × OTU4
Packet Packet↔80 × ODUflex↔OTU4 Packet↔160 × ODUflex↔2 × OTU4
Packet↔40 × ODU1↔OTU4 Packet↔80 × ODU1↔2 × OTU4
Packet↔10 × ODU2↔OTU4 Packet↔20 × ODU2↔2 × OTU4

Table 5-96 Functions and Features of the xLU4 Card

Function Description

Provides the OTU4 interface on the WDM side.

Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.
OTN function OTU4 layer: Supports the SM function.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 4, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive
monitoring of PM and TCM.

WDM
Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.
specification

Tunable
Supported
wavelength

PRBS function Supported

Error correction
Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.
coding

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.

Alarm and
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and optical
performance
power.
monitoring
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Delay
Supported
measurement
Physical-layer
Supported (ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODUflex)
clock

302 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-96 Functions and Features of the xLU4 Card (Continued)

Function Description

Electrical-layer
Supported
ASON
Optical-layer
Supported
ASON
ODUk channel loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback

Table 5-97 SDH Functions and Features of the xLU4 Card

Function Description

Service Supports VC4 services. The 1LU4 card features a processing capability of 20 Gbit/s and the
processing 2LU4 card 80 Gbit/s.
The 1LU4 card processes section overheads (SOHs) of the STM-1 / STM-4 / STM-16 / STM-64
signals.
Overhead
The 2LU4 card processes section overheads (SOHs) of the STM-16 / STM-64 signals.
processing
Supports path overhead processing (termination).
Supports setting and querying the J0 (to be received) bytes.

Supports VC SNCP 1+1 protection.

Protection Supports LMSP 1+1 protection.
The switching time can be less than 50 ms as required.

Performance and
Monitors B1, B2, and B3 bytes to help locate line failures.
alarm monitoring

Physical-layer
Supported
clock

Table 5-98 Functions and Features of the xLU4 Card

Function Description

Processing 1LU4: 100 Gbit/s

capability 2LU4: 200 Gbit/s

Service bearer MPLS-TP Supported

Service mode port Supported

specifica- u Native ETH services:
tion
4 Point-to-point transparently transmitted E-Line services
E-Line
4 VLAN-based E-Line services
u ETH PWE3 services: PW-carried E-Line services (VPWS service)

Version: K 303
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-98 Functions and Features of the xLU4 Card (Continued)

Function Description

u Native ETH services:

4 E-LAN services based on the IEEE 802.1d compliant bridge.

E-LAN
4 E-LAN services based on the IEEE 802.1q compliant bridge.
u ETH PWE3 services: PW-carried E-LAN services (VPLS service)

MS-PW Supported

Ethernet data frame

IEEE 802.3 / Ethernet II / IEEE 802.1q / IEEE 802.1p
format
Jumbo frame The maximum size of the supported Jumbo frame is 9600 bytes.

Port MFL 9600 bytes

LSP Supports LSP 1:1 protection.

PW Supports PW 1:1 protection.

Protection Supports load sharing and non-load sharing.

LAG
feature Supports manual aggregation and static aggregation.

PW redundancy Supported

Packet SNCP Supported

MPLS OAM Supported

Mainte-
ETH-OAM Supported
nance
RMON Supported
feature
Port mirroring Supported

5.2.5.2 Front Panel of the xLU4 Card

Figure 5-46 Front Panel of the 1LU4 Card

Figure 5-47 Front Panel of the 2LU4 Card

304 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-99 Description of the Front Panel of the xLU4 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
Non-urgent alarm alarms are filtered.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the line side;
usually, it is connected to the adding interface of an optical multiplexer
WDM-side optical card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX / RX
interface RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the line side;
usually, it is connected to the dropping interface of an optical
demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.

5.2.5.3 Specifications of the xLU4 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-100 Optical Module Specifications of the xLU4 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

1LU4 100G MSA DWDM

2LU4 100G CFP DWDM

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Line-Side
Optical Module.

Version: K 305
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-101 Mechanical Specifications of the xLU4 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

1LU4 407 × 30 2.56

2LU4 407 × 30 2.85

Power Consumption

Table 5-102 Power Consumption of the xLU4 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

1LU4 224
2LU4 270

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-103 Subracks Applicable to the xLU4 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

1LU4 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

2LU4 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U20 to U60

5.2.6 2LNC2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

306 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.2.6.1 Functions of the 2LNC2 Card

Functions and Features

Table 5-104 Functions and Features of the 2LNC2 Card

Function Description

320 × ODU0/160 × ODU1/40 × ODU2/40 × ODU2e/8 × ODU3/4 × ODU4/320 ×

ODUflex↔2 × OTUC2
Basic function
A single optical port supports hybrid transmissions of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e,
ODU3, ODU4 and ODUflex signals.

Cross-connect Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODU3 / ODU4 / ODUflex
capability signals from / to the cross-connect card via the backplane bus.

Provides the OTUC2 interface on the WDM side.

OTUC2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
OTN function ODUC2 layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and
non-intrusive monitoring of PM and TCM.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.

Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and
monitoring optical power.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

ODUk channel loopback

Loopback
WDM-side loopback

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the 2LNC2 card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the backplane side to the line side, and Rx is defined as the reverse
direction.

Version: K 307
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u In the Tx direction

1) The card receives the electrical signal groomed by the cross-connect card
via the backplane.

2) After being processed in the card, these signals are converted into OTUC2
optical signals, and output via the TX1 and TX2 ports.

u In the Rx direction

1) The RX1 and RX2 ports on the line side receive two OTUC2 optical
signals.

2) After being processed in the card, the signals are transmitted to the
backplane for grooming.

Figure 5-48 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the 2LNC2 Card

Application

Figure 5-49 OTN Application Scenario of the 2LNC2 Cards - 400G Line

5.2.6.2 Front Panel of the 2LNC2 Card

Figure 5-50 Front Panel of the 2LNC2 Card (Single-Slot, CFP2)

308 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Figure 5-51 Front Panel of the 2LNC2 Card (Dual-Slot, MSA)

Table 5-105 Description of the Front Panel of the 2LNC2 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
ACT Working status indicator the communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent

alarms are filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major
alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all

non-urgent alarms are filtered.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the line
side; usually, it is connected to the adding interface of an
optical multiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer
card.
TX1 / RX1 to TX2 / RX2 WDM-side optical ports
RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the
line side; usually, it is connected to the dropping interface of
an optical demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop
multiplexer card.

5.2.6.3 Specifications of the 2LNC2 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-106 Optical Module Specifications of the 2LNC2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

2LNC2 (single-slot, CFP2) 200G CFP2 DWDM

2LNC2 (dual-slot, MSA) 200G MSA DWDM

Version: K 309
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Line-Side
Optical Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-107 Mechanical Specifications of the 2LNC2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

2LNC2 (single-slot, CFP2) 407 × 30 3.1

2LNC2 (dual-slot, MSA) 407 × 60 2.8

Power Consumption

Table 5-108 Power Consumption of the 2LNC2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

2LNC2 (single-slot, CFP2) 182

2LNC2 (dual-slot, MSA) 234

Applicable Subracks

Table 5-109 Applicable Subracks for the 2LNC2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

2LNC2 (single-slot, CFP2) FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ

2LNC2 (dual-slot, MSA) FONST 5000 U10E U60 / U20E

5.2.7 1LNC4

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

310 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.2.7.1 Functions of the 1LNC4 Card

Functions and Features

Table 5-110 Functions and Features of the 1LNC4 Card

Function Description

320 × ODU0/160 × ODU1/40 × ODU2/40 × ODU2e/8 × ODU3/4 × ODU4/320 ×

ODUflex↔2 × OTUC2
Basic function
A single optical port supports hybrid transmissions of ODU0, ODU1, ODU2, ODU2e,
ODU3, ODU4 and ODUflex signals.

Cross-connect Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODU3 / ODU4 / ODUflex
capability signals from / to the cross-connect card via the backplane bus.

Provides the OTUC2 interface on the WDM side.

OTUC2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
OTN function ODUC2 layer: Supports PM overhead processing.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 3, 4, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and
non-intrusive monitoring of PM and TCM.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.

Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and
monitoring optical power.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

ODUk channel loopback

Loopback
WDM-side loopback

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the 1LNC4 card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the backplane side to the line side, and Rx is defined as the reverse
direction.

Version: K 311
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u In the Tx direction

1) The card receives the electrical signal groomed by the cross-connect card
via the backplane.

2) After being processed in the card, these signals are converted into OTUC2
optical signals, and output via the TX1 and TX2 ports.

u In the Rx direction

1) The RX1 and RX2 ports on the line side receive two OTUC2 optical
signals.

2) After being processed in the card, the signals are transmitted to the
backplane for grooming.

Figure 5-52 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the 1LNC4 Card

Application

Figure 5-53 OTN Application Scenario of the 1LNC4 Cards - 400G Line

312 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.2.7.2 Front Panel of the 1LNC4 Card

Figure 5-54 Front Panel of the 1LNC4 Card

Table 5-111 Description of the Front Panel of the 1LNC4 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
ACT Working status indicator the communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent

alarms are filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major
alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all

non-urgent alarms are filtered.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor
alarm) occurs on the card.

TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the

line side; usually, it is connected to the adding interface of
an optical multiplexer card or an optical add/drop
multiplexer card.
TX1 / RX1 to TX2 / RX2 WDM-side optical ports
RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the
line side; usually, it is connected to the dropping interface
of an optical demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop
multiplexer card.

Version: K 313
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.2.7.3 Specifications of the 1LNC4 Card

Optical Module

Table 5-112 Optical Module Specifications of the 1LNC4 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

1LNC4 200G MSA DWDM

1LNC4 (2201467) 200G MSA DWDM

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Line-Side
Optical Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-113 Mechanical Specifications of the 1LNC4 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

1LNC4 407 × 60 4.9

1LNC4 (2201467) 407 × 60 2.8

Power Consumption

Table 5-114 Power Consumption of the 1LNC4 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

1LNC4 310
1LNC4 (2201467) 234

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-115 Applicable Subracks for the 1LNC4 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

1LNC4 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U20 to U60

1LNC4 (2201467) FONST 5000 U10E U60 / U20E

314 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.2.8 1LUC2

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

5.2.8.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 5-116 Basic Functions of the 1LUC2 Card

Input Signal Basic Function

Supports OTN services at a rate of 200 Gbit/s.
OTN 160 × ODU0/80 × ODU1/20 × ODU2/20 × ODU2e/2 × ODU4/160 × ODUflex↔2 ×
ODU4↔1 × ODUC2↔1 × OTUC2
SDH Supports VC services at a rate of 80 Gbit/s.

Supports packet services at a rate of 200 Gbit/s.

Packet Packets↔160 × ODU0/80 × ODU1/20 × ODU2/20 × ODU2e/2×ODU4/160 × ODUflex↔2
× ODU4↔1 × ODUC2↔1 × OTUC2

Table 5-117 OTN Functions and Features of the 1LUC2 Card

Function Description

Provides the OTUC2 interface on the WDM side.

Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.
709.
OTN function
OTUC2 layer: Supports the SM function.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 2e, 4, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-
intrusive monitoring of PM and TCM.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

PRBS function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.

Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the
monitoring laser, and optical power.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported (ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODUflex)

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Version: K 315
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-117 OTN Functions and Features of the 1LUC2 Card (Continued)

Function Description

Optical-layer ASON Supported

ODUk channel loopback

Loopback
WDM-side loopback

Table 5-118 SDH Functions and Features of the 1LUC2 Card

Function Description

Service processing Supports VC4 services with a processing capability of 80 Gbit/s.

Processes section overheads (SOHs) of the STM-16 / STM-64 signals.

Overhead processing Supports path overhead processing (termination).
Sets and queries the J0 (to be received) bytes.

Supports VC SNCP 1+1 protection.

Protection Supports LMSP 1+1 protection.
The switching time can be less than 50 ms as required.

Performance and alarm

Monitors B1, B2, and B3 bytes to help locate line failures.
monitoring

Physical-layer clock Supported

Table 5-119 Packet Functions and Features of the 1LUC2 Card

Function Description

Processing
200 Gbit/s
capability

Service bearer MPLS-TP Supported

mode port Supported

u Native ETH services:

4 Point-to-point transparently transmitted E-Line services

E-Line
Service 4 VLAN-based E-Line services
specifica- u ETH PWE3 services: PW-carried E-Line services (VPWS service)
tion u Native ETH services:

4 E-LAN services based on the IEEE 802.1d compliant bridge.

E-LAN
4 E-LAN services based on the IEEE 802.1q compliant bridge.
u ETH PWE3 services: PW-carried E-LAN services (VPLS service)

MS-PW Supported

Ethernet data frame

IEEE 802.3 / Ethernet II / IEEE 802.1q / IEEE 802.1p
format

316 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-119 Packet Functions and Features of the 1LUC2 Card (Continued)

Function Description

Jumbo frame Supports a Jumbo frame of up to 9600 bytes.

Port MFL 9600 bytes

LSP Supports LSP 1:1 protection.

PW Supports PW 1:1 protection.

Protection Supports load sharing and non-load sharing.

LAG
feature Supports manual aggregation and static aggregation.

PW redundancy Supported

Packet SNCP Supported

MPLS OAM Supported

Mainte-
ETH-OAM Supported
nance
RMON Supported
feature
Port mirroring Supported

Application

The 1LUC2 card encapsulates and maps ODUk, Packet and VC signals into
OTUC2 signals, achieving hybrid transmission of multiple services.

Figure 5-55 OTN Application Scenario of the 1LUC2 Cards - 200G Line

5.2.8.2 Front Panel

Figure 5-56 Front Panel of the 1LUC2 Card

Version: K 317
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-120 Description of the Front Panel of the 1LUC2 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
Non-urgent alarm alarms are blocked.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the line side;
usually, it is connected to the adding port of an optical multiplexer card
or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX / RX WDM-side optical ports
RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the line side;
usually, it is connected to the dropping port of an optical demultiplexer
card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.

5.2.8.3 Specifications

Optical Module

Table 5-121 Optical Module Specifications of the 1LUC2 Card

Card Optical Module Specification

1LUC2 200G CFP2-DCO

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-122 Mechanical Specifications of the 1LUC2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

1LUC2 407 × 30 2.8

318 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Power Consumption

Table 5-123 Power Consumption of the 1LUC2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

1LUC2 243

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-124 Applicable Subracks for the 1LUC2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

FONST 5000 U60 II, FONST 5000 U20 / U30 / U40 / U60 / U10E
1LUC2
/ U20E / N32

5.2.9 10IL2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

5.2.9.1 Functions of the 10IL2 Card

Table 5-125 Functions and Features of the 10IL2 Card

Function and Feature Description

u 80 × ODU0/40 × ODU1/80 × ODUflex/10 × ODU2↔10 × OTU2

u 10 × ODU2e↔10 × OTU2e
A single optical port supports hybrid transmissions of ODU0, ODU1 and ODUflex signals.
Basic function
10 × OTU2 / OTU2e signals undergo multiplexing / demultuplexing inside the optical
module and are formed into 1 × optical signal (including 10-wavelength colored signals),
which is then output from the interface.

Cross-connect Supports cross-connections of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU2e / ODUflex signals from / to
capability the cross-connect card via the backplane bus.

Provides the OTU2 / OTU2e interface on the WDM side.

Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.
OTN function OTU2 layer: Supports SM overhead processing.
ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, flex) layer: Supports PM and TCM overhead processing and non-
intrusive monitoring of PM and TCM.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Version: K 319
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-125 Functions and Features of the 10IL2 Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

Supports wavelength groups based on two bands: Band2 and Band3.

Wavelength Group Band2 Band3

L0 195.00 193.90
L1 194.90 193.80
L2 194.80 193.70
Tunable wavelength L3 194.70 193.60
function L4 194.60 193.50
L5 194.50 193.40
L6 194.40 193.30
L7 194.30 193.20
L8 194.20 193.10
L9 194.10 193.00

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.

Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and
monitoring optical power.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

ODUk channel loopback

Loopback
WDM-side loopback

5.2.9.2 Front Panel of the 10IL2 Card

Figure 5-57 Front Panel of the 10IL2 Card

320 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-126 Description of the Front Panel of the 10IL2 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
Non-urgent alarm alarms are filtered.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
TX: Transmits the multiplexed optical signal to the line side; usually
WDM-side optical connected to the line-side fiber or the PIC optical-layer card.
TX / RX
interfaces RX: Receives the multiplexed optical signal from the line side; usually
connected to the line-side fiber or the PIC optical-layer card.

5.2.9.3 Specifications of the 10IL2 Card

Interface Specifications

Table 5-127 Optical Interface Specifications of the 10IL2 Card

Item Unit PIN Module Specification APD Module Specification

Rate Gb/s 9.953 to 11.3 9.953 to 11.3

Maximum -20 dB
nm 0.3 0.4
spectral width

Minimum side mode

dB 35 30
suppression ratio

Transmit power dBm -5 to 1 -1 to 2

Optical power of the
dBm 5 to 11 8 to 11
multiplexer

Maximum output power

dBm 0.5 0.5
of a single wavelength

Maximum output power

dB 1.5 2
error

Version: K 321
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-127 Optical Interface Specifications of the 10IL2 Card (Continued)

Item Unit PIN Module Specification APD Module Specification

Transmit signal eye

- Fit G.959.1 mode Fit G.959.1 mode
pattern

Band1: 1528.77 to 1535.82 Band1: 1528.77 to 1535.82

Band2: 1537.40 to 1544.53 Band2: 1537.40 to 1544.53
Receiving range nm
Band3: 1546.12 to 1553.33 Band3: 1546.12 to 1553.33
Band4: 1554.94 to 1562.23 Band4: 1554.94 to 1562.23
Channel spacing GHz 100 100
Maximum central
nm -0.05 to +0.05 -0.05 to +0.05
frequency deviation

Minimum sensitivity of
the single-channel dBm -13 -24
receiver
Minimum sensitivity of
dBm -3 -11
the all-channel receiver
Minimum overload of
the single-channel dBm 2 -9
receiver
Minimum overload of
dBm 12 1
the all-channel receiver
Maximum reflectance
dB -27 -27
of the receiver
Maximum transmission
dB 3 3
loss
Minimum optical signal-
dB 12 12
to-noise ratio
Receiver type - PIN APD

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-128 Mechanical Specifications of the 10IL2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

10IL2 407 × 30 2.3

322 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Power Consumption

Table 5-129 Power Consumption of the 10IL2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

10IL2 117

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-130 Subracks Applicable to the 10IL2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

10IL2 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5.2.10 BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP

The BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP card can be used together with the 10IL2 card to
multiplex / demultiplex and amplify waveband optical signals.

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

5.2.10.1 Functions

Table 5-131 Functions of the BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP Card

Function Description

u Multiplexes / demultiplexes two waveband optical signals.

Basic function u Multiplexes / demultiplexes the main optical channel (1550 nm) and optical
supervisory channel (1510 nm) signals.

u BMD2: Does not support amplification.

Amplification u BMD2P: Includes a built-in PA amplification module.
u BMD2PP: Includes two built-in PA amplification modules.

5.2.10.2 Front Panel of the BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP Card

Figure 5-58 Front Panel of the BMD2 Card

Version: K 323
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 5-59 Front Panel of the BMD2P Card

Figure 5-60 Front Panel of the BMD2PP Card

Table 5-132 Description of the Front Panel of the BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card
is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms

are filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent
Non-urgent alarm alarms are filtered.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs
on the card.
The CUT button is used to turn on or shut down the laser. Pressing
CUT Laser shutdown button down the button will turn off the card’s laser; releasing the button will
turn on the laser.
Input optical interface for
IN1 to IN2 Inputs the optical signal from the PIC electrical-layer cards.
the multiplexed signal

Output optical interface

OUT1 to OUT2 for the demultiplexed Outputs the optical signal to the PIC electrical-layer cards.
signal

Output optical interface

TX Outputs the optical signal to the optical fiber line.
for the multiplexed signal

Input optical interface for

RX Inputs the optical signal from the optical fiber lines.
the demultiplexed signal

Input interface for OSC Receives the OSC signal from the OSC card and is generally
OSCM
signals connected to the WTX or ETX interface of the OSC card.

324 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Table 5-132 Description of the Front Panel of the BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP Card
(Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Output interface for OSC Outputs the OSC signal and is generally connected to the WRX or
OSCD
signals ERX interface of the OSC card.
Output interface for the
The interface can be connected to an external spectrum analyzer or
PAMON PA's monitoring optical
an OPM card to monitor the spectrum of the output signal.
signal

Output interface for the

The interface can be connected to an external spectrum analyzer or
OAMON OA's monitoring optical
an OPM card to monitor the spectrum of the output signal.
signal

DOUT DCM output end Outputs the optical signals from the DCM.

DIN DCM input end Inputs the optical signals to the DCM.

5.2.10.3 Specifications of the BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP Card

Optical Interface

Table 5-133 Specifications of the BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP Card

Item Unit Specification

OSC 1510 wavelength range nm 1510 to 1520

DWDM channel spacing GHz 100
DWDM channel bandwidth nm λ ± 0.11
Band 2: 1537.4 to 1544.53
Bandwidth range nm
Band 3: 1546.12 to 1553.33
OSC 1550 channel: ≤ 0.8
Insertion loss dB OSC 1510 channel: ≤ 1.2
Multiplexed and demultiplexed signal: ≤ 1.4

Adjacent channel isolation of the multiplexed and

demultiplexed signal: ≥ 15
Isolation dB
OSC 1550 channel: ≥ 15
OSC 1510 channel: ≥ 30
Temperature dependent loss dB ≤ 0.005
Return loss dB ≥ 45
Directivity dB ≥ 50
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.15
Polarization mode dispersion Ps ≤ 0.15

Version: K 325
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Amplifier Specification

Table 5-134 Specifications of the BMD2P / BMD2PP Card's Amplifier

Item Unit Specification

Gain flatness dB ≤ 1.5

Output power (APR) dB -1
Output power with no signal input dB -16 to -12
Nominal gain error range dB ±0.5
Error range of saturated output optical power dB ±0.5
Split ratio at the output power monitoring interface % 1
VOA attenuation range dB 0 to 25

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-135 Mechanical Specifications of the BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

BMD2 407 × 30 1.105

BMD2P 407 × 30 1.105
BMD2PP 407 × 30 1.105

Power Consumption

Table 5-136 Power Consumption of the BMD2 / BMD2P / BMD2PP Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

BMD2 18
BMD2P 25
BMD2PP 32

5.3 Cross-Connect Cards

This section introduces the functions, applications in the system, working principles,
front panels, and specifications of the cross-connect cards.

326 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.3.1 UXU2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

5.3.1.1 Functions of the UXU2 Card

Functions and Features

Table 5-137 Functions and Features of the UXU2 Card

Function Description

u Achieves cross-connections of 128 × 128 high-speed service signals; supports cross-

connections of ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, flex) signals and switching of the Ethernet packets.
u Performs signal cross-connections between aggregates, between aggregates and tributaries,
and between tributaries.
Basic function
u Features high reliability and stability; detects work status of the card and ensures automatic
switching in case of a failure.
u Works together with the cross-connect cards to achieve the 1+1, 1:1, and 1:N protections at
the ODUk, TMS and TMP layers; supports the shared channel protection.

Switching
Supports automatic switching, manual switching and forcible switching.
mode
Electrical-layer
Supported
ASON
u Monitors the card temperature, and reports the result to the EMS through the
electromechanical management bus and the BMU of the card.
u Monitors the power voltage, and reports the result to the EMS through the electromechanical
management bus and the BMU of the card.
Maintenance u Detects the card's current and power, and reports the result to the EMS through the
management electromechanical management bus and the card's BMU.
u Supports power-on / off and power-on reset of the card.
u The card communicates with the central control card over the Ethernet interface on the
backplane.
u Remotely upgrades card software.

Version: K 327
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 5-138 Backup Schemes of the UXU2 Card

Minimum Number of
Minimum Number of Cross-
Maximum Number of Cross-Connect Cards
Connect Cards for the
Backup Scheme Cross-Connect Cards in for the Subrack with
Subrack with 200G Services
the Subrack (M+N) 100G Services Fully
Fully Configured (N)
Configured (N)

2
FONST 5000 U10 2 1 In this case, M = 0, which
means no protection.

4
FONST 5000 U20 4 2 In this case, M = 0, which
means no protection.

FONST 5000 U30 6 3 5

FONST 5000 U40 8 4 7
FONST 5000 U60 9 4 7
FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ 16 7 14
u The cross-connect cards support the M+N protection wherein M is the number of protection cards and N is the
number of working cards.
u The minimum value of N for a fully configured subrack can be determined based on the service type, so that the
M value for protection cards is obtained.
u For example, the FONST 5000 U60 subrack is fully configured with 100G services: M+N = 9, wherein N=4 and
M=5, that is, the 5+4 protection is provided.

Principle

Figure 5-61 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the UXU2 Card

328 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

The functions of each module in the UXU2 card are described as follows:

u Cross-connect module

Supports cross-connections of ODUk (k = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and flex) signals and

switching of the Ethernet packets.

u Control module

4 Provides management and monitoring functions.

4 Implements the protection switchover between the active and standby

cross-connect cards.

4 Connects to the backplane through an Ethernet interface and exchanges

management signals such as overhead bus and clock signals.

u Power module

4 Leads in DC power supply from the backplane.

4 Supplies appropriate power to each module inside the card.

Application

Figure 5-62 Application of the UXU2 Card in the System

5.3.1.2 Front Panel of the UXU2 Card

Figure 5-63 Front Panel of the UXU2 Card (FONST 5000 U60)

Version: K 329
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 5-64 Front Panel of the UXU2 Card (FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10)

Figure 5-65 Front Panel of the UXU2 Card (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ)

Table 5-139 Description of the Front Panel of the UXU2 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is activated.

Blinking slowly: The card is deactivated.
Working status
ACT ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the communication
indicator
between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are filtered.
Urgent alarm
UA ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
indicator
card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms are
Non-urgent alarm
NUA filtered.
indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

The SWNote 1 is a spring return buttonNote 2 and is used to activate or deactivate

Card activation a cross-connect card. If a cross-connect card is not activated, you can activate
SW
button it by pressing the SW button, and then deactivate it by pressing the SW button
again.

Note 1: The SW button is recessed in a small hole on the card panel. Insert a small pointed object (such as a nib or
needle) to depress the SW button.
Note 2: The spring return button can automatically recover after being pressed down.

330 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.3.1.3 Specifications of the UXU2 Card

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-140 Mechanical Specifications of the UXU2 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

UXU2 (FONST 5000 U60) 352 × 55 1.8

UXU2 (FONST 5000 U40 /
352 × 30 1.8
U30 / U20 / U10)

UXU2 (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 465 × 30 1.8

Power Consumption

Table 5-141 Power Consumption of the UXU2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

UXU2 (FONST 5000 U60) 108

UXU2 (FONST 5000 U40 / U30 / U20 / U10) 108
UXU2 (FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ) 108

Applicable Subracks

Table 5-142 Subracks Applicable to the UXU2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

UXU2 FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5.3.2 LUXU

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 331
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.3.2.1 Functions of the LUXU Card

Functions and Features

Table 5-143 Functions and Features of the LUXU Card

Function Description

u Inter-card: Exchanges signals with the cross-connect card at a granularity of VC4.

Basic function
u Intra-card: Performs lower-order cross-connections at a granularity of VC12.

Configuration and
Implements the inter-card VC4 cross-connections and intra-card VC12 cross-connections
cross-connection
with a capacity of 80G.
capacity

Switching mode Supports automatic switching, manual switching and forcible switching.

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

u Monitors the card temperature, and reports the result to the EMS through the
electromechanical management bus and the card's BMU.
u Monitors the power voltage, and reports the result to the EMS through the
electromechanical management bus and the card's BMU.
Maintenance u Detects the card's current and power, and reports the result to the EMS through the
management electromechanical management bus and the card's BMU.
u Supports power-on / off and power-on reset of the card.
u The card communicates with the central control card over the Ethernet interface on the
backplane.
u Supports remote upgrade of the card software.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The LUXU card is composed of a lower-order cross-connect unit, a logic control unit,
a clock unit and a power supply unit.

332 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Figure 5-66 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the LUXU Card

The functions of each module in the LUXU card are described as follows:

u Lower-order cross-connect module

It implements lower-order cross-connect grooming of VC12 signals.

u Control module

4 Processes clock signals.

4 Transmits and receives VC4 signals and pointer indication signals.

u Power module

4 Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into appropriate power

required by each module of the card.

u Clock module

4 Receives system clock signals from the backplane control bus and
provides clock signals for the other units in the card.

Application

After receiving the VC4 signals from the cross-connect card, the LUXU card
implements the cross-connect grooming of VC12 signals inside the card, and sends
the VC4 signals back to the cross-connect card.

Version: K 333
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 5-67 Application of the LUXU Card

5.3.2.2 Front Panel of the LUXU Card

Figure 5-68 Front Panel of the LUXU Card

Table 5-144 Description of the Front Panel of the LUXU Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms
Non-urgent alarm are filtered.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.

334 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.3.2.3 Specifications of the LUXU Card

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-145 Mechanical Specifications of the LUXU Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

LUXU 407 × 30 2.603

Power Consumption

Table 5-146 Power Consumption of the LUXU Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

LUXU 115

Applicable Subracks

Table 5-147 Subracks Applicable to the LUXU Card

Card Applicable Subrack

LUXU FONST 5000 U60 Ⅱ, FONST 5000 U10 to U60

5.3.3 UXU3

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 335
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.3.3.1 Functions of the UXU3 Card

Functions and Features

Table 5-148 Functions and Features of the UXU3 Card

Function Description

u Supports switching of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU3 / ODU4, ODUCE, ODUFLEX and
Ethernet packets.
u Supports cross-connections of 128 × 128 high-speed service signals whose rate is 23G.
u Performs signal cross-connections between lines, between lines and the tributaries, and
Basic function
between tributaries.
u High reliability and stability: Detects the working status of the card so that a seamless
switchover occurs between the active and standby cross-connect cards in case of a card
failure.
The cross-connect cards support the "M+N" card protection mechanism. The value of "M+N"
Protection
depends on the service volume. The cross-connect cards can be switched automatically or
mechanism
via the EMS.
u Monitors the card temperature, and reports the result to the EMS through the
electromechanical management bus and the card's BMU.
u Monitors the power voltage, and reports the result to the EMS through the
electromechanical management bus and the BMU of the card.
Maintenance u Detects the card's current and power, and reports the result to the EMS through the
management electromechanical management bus and the card's BMU.
u Supports power-on / off and power-on reset of the card.
u The card communicates with the central control card over the Ethernet interface on the
backplane.
u Supports remote upgrade of the card software.

336 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 5-69 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the UXU3 Card

The functions of each module in the UXU3 card are described as follows:

u Cross-connect module

Supports switching of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU3 / ODU4, ODUCE,

ODUFLEX and Ethernet packets.

u Control and communication module

4 Provides management and monitoring functions.

4 Implements the protection switchover between the active and standby

cross-connect cards.

4 Connects to the backplane through an Ethernet interface and exchanges

management signals such as overhead bus and clock signals.

u Power module

4 Inducts DC power supply from the backplane.

4 Supplies appropriate power to each module inside the card.

Version: K 337
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Application

Figure 5-70 Application of the UXU3 Card in the System

5.3.3.2 Front Panel of the UXU3 Card

Figure 5-71 Front Panel of the UXU3 Card

Table 5-149 Description of the Front Panel of the UXU3 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is activated.

Blinking slowly: The card is deactivated.
Working status
ACT ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the communication
indicator
between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are filtered.
Urgent alarm
UA ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
indicator
card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms are
Non-urgent alarm
NUA filtered.
indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

The SWNote 1 is a spring return buttonNote 2 and is used to activate or deactivate

Card activation a cross-connect card. If a cross-connect card is not activated, you can activate
SW
button it by pressing the SW button, and then deactivate it by pressing the SW button
again.

Note 1: The SW button is recessed in a small hole on the card panel. Insert a small pointed object (such as a nib or
needle) to depress the SW button.
Note 2: The spring return button can automatically recover after being pressed down.

338 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.3.3.3 Specifications of the UXU3 Card

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-150 Mechanical Specifications of the UXU3 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

UXU3 352 × 30 1.8

Power Consumption

Table 5-151 Power Consumption of the UXU3 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

UXU3 180

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-152 Subracks Applicable to the UXU3 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

UXU3 FONST 5000 U10E / U20E / U30E

5.3.4 UXN3

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 339
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

5.3.4.1 Functions of the UXN3 Card

Functions and Features

Table 5-153 Functions and Features of the UXN3 Card

Function Description

u Supports switching of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU3 / ODU4 and Ethernet packets.
u Supports cross-connections of 128 high-speed service signals (at a rate of 25G).
u Performs signal cross-connections between lines, between lines and the tributaries, and
Basic function between tributaries.
u High reliability and stability: Detects the working status of the card so that a seamless
switchover occurs between the active and standby cross-connect cards in case of a card
failure.
The cross-connect cards support the "M+N" card protection mechanism. The value "M"
Protection means the quantity of working cards and "N" means the quantity of protection cards. Their
mechanism values depend on service volume. For example, M+N=8 (N ≤ 2). The cross-connect cards can
be switched automatically or through the EMS.

u Monitors the card temperature, and reports the result to the EMS through the
electromechanical management bus and the card's BMU.
u Monitors the power voltage, and reports the result to the EMS through the
electromechanical management bus and the card's BMU.
Maintenance u Detects the card's current and power, and reports the result to the EMS through the
management electromechanical management bus and the card's BMU.
u Supports power-on / off and power-on reset of the card.
u The card communicates with the central control card over the Ethernet interface on the
backplane.
u Supports remote upgrade of the card software.

340 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 5-72 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the UXN3 Card

The functions of each module in the UXN3 card are described as follows:

u Cross-connect module

Supports switching of ODU0 / ODU1 / ODU2 / ODU3 / ODU4 and Ethernet

packets.

u Control and communication module

4 Provides management and monitoring functions.

4 Implements the protection switchover between the active and standby

cross-connect cards.

4 Connects to the backplane through an Ethernet interface and exchanges

management signals such as overhead bus and clock signals.

u Power module

4 Inducts DC power supply from the backplane.

4 Supplies appropriate power to each module inside the card.

Version: K 341
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Application

Figure 5-73 Application of the UXN3 Card in the System

5.3.4.2 Front Panel of the UXN3 Card

Figure 5-74 Front Panel of the UXN3 Card

Table 5-154 Description of the Front Panel of the UXN3 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is activated.

Blinking slowly: The card is deactivated.
Working status
ACT ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication between the card
indicator
and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

Urgent alarm OFF: No urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.
UA
indicator ON (red): An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

Non-urgent alarm OFF: No non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms are blocked.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow): A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

The SWNote 1 is a spring return buttonNote 2 for activating or deactivating a cross-

Card activation
SW connect card. If the cross-connect card is inactivated, press the SW button once
button
to activate the card, and press it again to deactivate the card.

Note 1: The SW button is recessed in a small hole on the card panel. Insert a small pointed object (such as a nib or
needle) to depress the SW button.
Note 2: The spring return button can automatically recover after being pressed down.

342 Version: K
 5 Electrical-Layer Cards

5.3.4.3 Specifications of the UXN3 Card

Mechanical Specifications

Table 5-155 Mechanical Specifications of the UXN3 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

UXN3 352 × 30 1.6

Power Consumption

Table 5-156 Power Consumption of the UXN3 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

UXN3 180

Applicable Subrack

Table 5-157 Subracks Applicable to the UXN3 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

UXN3 FONST 5000 N32

Version: K 343
6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP
(3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163)
Subrack

This chapter introduces optical-layer cards applicable to the COTP (3030036 /

3030105 / 3030163) subrack.

Optical Transponder Cards

Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Cards

Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer Cards

Optical Amplification Cards

Optical Protection Cards

Optical Supervisory Channel Cards

Optical Performance Monitor Card

Channel Equilibrium Cards

OTDR Card

344 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.1 Optical Transponder Cards

This section introduces the functions and features, as well as the hardware structure
of the optical transponder cards.

6.1.1 Overview of Optical Transponder Cards

This section introduces the functions and features, working principles and types and
quantities of accessed services for the optical transponder cards.

6.1.1.1 Functions and Features

An optical transponder card converts client-side services into optical signals of the
WDM system standard-compliant wavelength after performing encapsulation,
mapping and convergence. The card also performs the reverse process.

The optical transponder cards can be classified into optical transponder cards and
regeneration transponder cards based on their functions.

Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2 show the positioning of different optical transponder cards
in the system, respectively.

Figure 6-1 Positioning of the Optical Transponder Card in the System

Version: K 345
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-2 Positioning of the Regeneration Transponder Card in the System

6.1.1.2 Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-3 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the Optical Transponder Card

The signal flow directions of the optical transponder card include Tx and Rx. Tx is
defined as the direction from the client side to the backplane, and Rx is defined as
the reverse direction.

u In the Tx direction

1) The card receives client-side optical signals via the IN1 to INn interfaces
and sends them to the client-side optical module for O/E conversion.

2) The converted electrical signals enter the service encapsulation and

overhead processing module to perform data performance monitoring,
packet encapsulation, FEC encoding and rate adaptation. After these
operations are completed, the card outputs m × electrical signals.

346 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

3) The m × electrical signals undergo E/O conversion in the WDM-side

optical module and are converted to m × optical signals of the standard
DWDM wavelengths. These signals are output via the TX port.

u In the Rx direction

1) The card receives m × optical signals of the standard DWDM wavelength

at the WDM-side RX optical port and performs O/E conversion in the
WDM-side optical module.

2) The electrical signals after O/E conversion are processed by the internal
module of the card and demultiplexed into n × electrical signals.

3) The n × electrical signals undergo E/O conversion via the client-side

optical module and are output via the OUT optical port.

Note:

For a regeneration transponder card, the east / west WDM-side optical

interface locates on its panel side. The working principle is the same as
that of the optical transponder card.

6.1.2 xOTU2S

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

The xOTU2S series include the OTU2S, 2OTU2S and 4OTU2S cards.

Version: K 347
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.1.2.1 Functions and Features of the xOTU2S Card

Table 6-1 Functions and Features of the xOTU2S Card

Function and Feature Description

Supports the following signal conversions:

OTU2S
u 1 × 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / STM-64 / OC-192 / OTU2↔1 × OTU2
Basic function 2OTU2S
u 2 × 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / STM-64 / OC-192 / OTU2↔2 × OTU2
4OTU2S
u 4 × 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / STM-64 / OC-192 / OTU2↔4 × OTU2
10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
10GE WAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
STM-64 / OC-192: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
Client-side service type
OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s
OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s
FC1200: SAN service at a rate of 10.51 Gbit/s
Provides the OTU2 / OTU2e interface on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.
709.
OTN function
Supports the PM and TCM functions at the ODU2 layer.
Supports non-intrusive monitoring of PM and TCM at the ODU2 layer.
Supports the SM function at the OTU2 layer.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength function Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.

Monitors B1 bytes to help locate line failures.
Alarm and performance Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
monitoring Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the
laser, and optical power.
Supports the remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Function Supported

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Ethernet test function Supported

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

348 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-1 Functions and Features of the xOTU2S Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

Ethernet service
Bit transparent mapping and MAC transparent mapping
encapsulation mode

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Client-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback

6.1.2.2 Front Panel of the xOTU2S Card

Figure 6-4 Front Panel of the OTU2S Card (Pluggable Modules Supported on the Line Side)

Figure 6-5 Front Panel of the OTU2S Card (Fixed Modules Supported on the Line Side)

Figure 6-6 Front Panel of the 2OTU2S Card

Figure 6-7 Front Panel of the 4OTU2S Card

Version: K 349
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-2 Description of the Front Panel of the xOTU2S Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the communication
ACT
indicator between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
Client-side optical OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN
interfaces IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment. Optical
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the optical interface
multiplexer card or the optical add/drop multiplexer card. connector:
WDM-side optical
TX / RX RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the LC-type
interfaces
optical demultiplexer card or the optical add/drop multiplexer connector.
card.

6.1.2.3 Specifications of the xOTU2S Card

Optical Module

Table 6-3 Optical Module Specifications of the xOTU2S Card

Card Specifications of the Line- Specifications of the Client-

Side Optical Module Side Optical Module

10G DWDM TXFP SFP+

OTU2S 10G TDM XFP SFP+
10G DWDM XFP SFP+
10G DWDM TXFP SFP+
2OTU2S 10G TDM XFP SFP+
10G DWDM XFP SFP+
10G DWDM TXFP SFP+
4OTU2S 10G TDM XFP SFP+
10G DWDM XFP SFP+

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module and Specifications of the Line-Side Optical Module.

350 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-4 Mechanical Specifications of the xOTU2S Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OTU2S 368 × 30 1.03

2OTU2S 368 × 30 1.2

4OTU2S 368 × 30 1.44

Power Consumption

Table 6-5 Power Consumption of the xOTU2S Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OTU2S 14.4
2OTU2S 33
4OTU2S 72.9

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-6 Applicable Subracks for the xOTU2S Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OTU2S COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

2OTU2S COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

4OTU2S COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.1.3 MST2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 351
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.1.3.1 Functions and Features of the MST2 Card

Table 6-7 Functions and Features of the MST2 Card

Function and Feature Description

Supports the following signal conversions:

u 8 × (125 Mbit/s to 1.25 Gbit/s signal)↔1 × OTU2
Basic function u 4 × (2.12 Gbit/s, 2.48832G, 2.67 Gbit/s signal)↔1 × OTU2
u 4 × OTU1↔1 × OTU2
u 2 × 3G-SDI / 3G-SDIRBR / FC400 / FICON4G / Infiniband 2.5G↔1 × OTU2
FE: Ethernet service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s
GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 1.25 Gbit/s, supporting GE optical signals or
electrical signals
10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
STM-1 / OC-3: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 155.52 Mbit/s
STM-4 / OC-12: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 622.08 Mbit/s
STM-16 / OC-48: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 2488.32 Mbit/s
FC100: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FC200: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
FC400: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
FICON4G: SAN service at a rate of 4.25 Gbit/s
Client-side service type
Infiniband 2.5G: SAN service at a rate of 2.5 Gbit/s
ESCON: SAN service at a rate of 200 Mbit/s
FICON: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
FICON Express: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
FDDI: SAN service at a rate of 125 Mbit/s
OTU1: OTN service at a rate of 2.67 Gbit/s
SDI: Digital TV service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
DVB-ASI: Digital TV service at a rate of 270 Mbit/s
3G-SDIRBR: High-definition digital TV service at a rate of 2.97 / 1.001 Gbit/s
ISC 1G: SAN service at a rate of 1.06 Gbit/s
ISC 2G: SAN service at a rate of 2.12 Gbit/s
Provides the OTU2 interface on the WDM side.
Supports encapsulation and mapping compliant with the ITU-T G.709.
Supports the PM and TCM functions at the ODU1 layer.
Supports non-intrusive monitoring of PM and TCM at the ODU1 layer.
Supports the PM and TCM functions at the ODU2 layer.
OTN function
Supports non-intrusive monitoring of PM and TCM at the ODU2 layer.
Supports the PM function at the ODUflex layer.
Supports non-intrusive monitoring of PM at the ODUflex layer.
Supports the SM function at the OTU1 layer.
Supports the SM function at the OTU2 layer.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

352 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-7 Functions and Features of the MST2 Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

Tunable wavelength function Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate line failures.

Monitors B1 bytes to help locate line failures.
Alarm and performance Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
monitoring Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the
laser, and optical power.
Supports the remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Function Supported

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Physical-layer clock Supported

Ethernet service
Bit transparent mapping (10.7G)
encapsulation mode

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Client-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback

6.1.3.2 Front Panel of the MST2 Card

Figure 6-8 Front Panel of the MST2 Card

Version: K 353
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-8 Description of the Front Panel of the MST2 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card
is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs
on the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms
occur on the card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client
Client-side optical equipment.
OUT / IN
interfaces IN: Receives service signals from the client
Optical
equipment.
interface
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to
connector:
the optical multiplexer card or the optical add/drop
LC-type
WDM-side optical multiplexer card.
TX / RX connector.
interfaces RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals
from the optical demultiplexer card or the optical
add/drop multiplexer card.

6.1.3.3 Specifications of the MST2 Card

Optical Module

Table 6-9 Optical Module Specifications of the MST2 Card

Specifications of the Line- Specifications of the Client-

Card
Side Optical Module Side Optical Module

1.25G SFP SFF

MST2 10G DWDM XFP SFP+
2.5G TDM SFP

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module and Specifications of the Line-Side Optical Module.

354 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-10 Mechanical Specifications of the MST2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

MST2 368 × 30 1.13

Power Consumption

Table 6-11 Power Consumption of the MST2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

MST2 40

Applicable Subrack

Table 6-12 Subracks Applicable to the MST2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

MST2 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.1.4 OTU4S

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.1.4.1 Functions and Features of the OTU4S Card

Table 6-13 Functions and Features of the OTU4S Card

Function and Feature Description

Supports the following signal conversions:

Basic function
1 × 100GE / OTU4↔1 × OTU4
100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s.
Client-side service type
OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s.

Version: K 355
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-13 Functions and Features of the OTU4S Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

Provides the OTU4 interface on the WDM side.

Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.
709.
ODU4 layer:
OTN function
u Supports PM functions when the client side accesses 100GE services.
u Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive monitoring at PM and TCM
layers when the client side accesses OTU4 services.
OTU4 layer: Supports the SM function.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength function Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes of 100GE and OTU4 services on the client side to help locate
service failures.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the
monitoring
laser, and optical power.
Supports the remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.
Supports the monitoring of CD and PMD performance.

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Ethernet test function Supported

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Ethernet service
Bit transparent mapping and MAC transparent mapping
encapsulation mode

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Client-side loopback
u Inloop
u Outloop
Loopback
WDM-side loopback
u Inloop
u Outloop

356 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.1.4.2 Front Panel of the OTU4S Card

Figure 6-9 Front Panel of the OTU4S Card (Dual-Slot, CFP, MSA)

Figure 6-10 Front Panel of the OTU4S Card (Dual-Slot, CFP2, MSA)

Figure 6-11 Front Panel of the OTU4S Card (Single-Slot, CFP2, MSA)

Table 6-14 Description of the Front Panel of the OTU4S Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the communication
ACT
indicator between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
Client-side optical OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN
interfaces IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment. Optical
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the optical interface
multiplexer card or the optical add/drop multiplexer card. connector:
WDM-side optical
TX / RX RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the LC-type
interfaces
optical demultiplexer card or the optical add/drop multiplexer connector.
card.

Version: K 357
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.1.4.3 Specifications of the OTU4S Card

Optical Module

Table 6-15 Optical Module Specifications of the OTU4S Card

Card Specifications of the Client- Specifications of the Line-

Side Optical Module Side Optical Module

OTU4S (dual-slot, CFP2,

100G LR4 100G MSA (dual-slot) DWDM
MSA)

OTU4S (single-slot, CFP2, 100G LR4

100G MSA DWDM
MSA) 100G ER4
OTU4S (dual-slot, CFP, MSA) 100G LR42 100G MSA (dual-slot) DWDM

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module and Specifications of the Line-Side Optical Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-16 Mechanical Specifications of the OTU4S Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OTU4S (dual-slot, CFP2,

368 × 60 2.5
MSA)

OTU4S (single-slot, CFP2,

368 × 30 2.5
MSA)

OTU4S (dual-slot, CFP,

368 × 60 3.02
MSA)

Power Consumption

Table 6-17 Power Consumption of the OTU4S Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OTU4S (dual-slot, CFP2, MSA) 126

OTU4S (single-slot, CFP2, MSA) 126
OTU4S (dual-slot, CFP, MSA) 120

358 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-18 Applicable Subracks for the OTU4S Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OTU4S (dual-slot, CFP2, MSA) COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

OTU4S (single-slot, CFP2,

COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)
MSA)

OTU4S (dual-slot, CFP, MSA) COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.1.5 OTU4E

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.1.5.1 Functions of the OTU4E Card

Table 6-19 Functions and Features of the OTU4E Card

Function and Feature Description

Supports conversions between the following signals:

Basic function 10 × 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / STM-64 / OC-192 / OTU2 / OTU2e / FC1200 /
FC800↔1 × OTU4
10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
10GE WAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
STM-64 / OC-192: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
Client-side service type OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s
OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s
FC1200: SAN service at a rate of 10.51 Gbit/s
FC800: SAN service at a rate of 8.5 Gbit/s
Provides the OTU4 interface on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.
709.
OTN function
ODU4 layer: Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive monitoring of PM
and TCM.
OTU4 layer: Supports the SM function.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported

Version: K 359
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-19 Functions and Features of the OTU4E Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate service failures.

Monitors B1 bytes to help locate line failures.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the
monitoring
laser, and optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.
Monitors CD and PMD performance.

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Ethernet test function Supported

Delay measurement Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Ethernet service
Bit transparent mapping and MAC transparent mapping
encapsulation mode

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Client-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback

6.1.5.2 Front Panel of the OTU4E Card

Figure 6-12 Front Panel of the OTU4E Card (Dual-Slot, SFP+, MSA)

Figure 6-13 Front Panel of the OTU4E Card (Single-Slot, SFP+, MSA)

360 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-20 Description of the Front Panel of the OTU4E Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on
the card.
Client-side optical TX: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN
interfaces RX: Receives service signals from the client equipment.
Optical
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the
interface
optical multiplexer card or the optical add/drop
connector:
WDM-side optical multiplexer card.
TX / RX LC-type
interfaces RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from
connector.
the optical demultiplexer card or the optical add/drop
multiplexer card.

6.1.5.3 Specifications of the OTU4E Card

Optical Module

Table 6-21 Optical Module Specifications of the OTU4E Card

Card Specifications of the Client- Specifications of the Line-

Side Optical Module Side Optical Module

OTU4E (dual-slot, SFP+,

10G TDM XFP SFP+ 100G MSA (dual-slot) DWDM
MSA)

OTU4E (single-slot, SFP+,

10G TDM XFP SFP+ 100G MSA DWDM
MSA)

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module and Specifications of the Line-Side Optical Module.

Version: K 361
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-22 Mechanical Specifications of the OTU4E Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OTU4E (dual-slot, SFP+, 368 × 60 4

MSA)

OTU4E (single-slot, SFP+,

368 × 30 4
MSA)

Power Consumption

Table 6-23 Power Consumption of the OTU4E Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OTU4E (dual-slot, SFP+, MSA) 139

OTU4E (single-slot, SFP+, MSA) 180

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-24 Applicable Subracks for the OTU4E Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OTU4E (dual-slot, SFP+, MSA) COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

OTU4E (single-slot, SFP+, MSA) COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.1.6 OTU4F

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.1.6.1 Functions of the OTU4F Card

Table 6-25 Functions and Features of the OTU4F Card

Function and Feature Description

Basic function Implements electrical regeneration of optical signals.

Regeneration rate OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s

362 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-25 Functions and Features of the OTU4F Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

Provides the OTU4 interface on the WDM side.

Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.
709.
OTN function
ODU4 layer: Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive monitoring at PM
and TCM layers.
OTU4 layer: Supports the SM function.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the
monitoring laser, and optical power.
Monitors CD and PMD performance.

Delay measurement Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

6.1.6.2 Front Panel of the OTU4F Card

Figure 6-14 Front Panel of the OTU4F Card (Dual-Slot, MSA)

Figure 6-15 Front Panel of the OTU4F Card (Three-Slot, MSA)

Version: K 363
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-26 Description of the Front Panel of the OTU4F Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the communication
ACT
indicator between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the
optical multiplexer card or the optical add/drop multiplexer Optical
TX_W / RX_W
WDM-side optical card. interface
to TX_E / RX_
interfaces RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the connector:
E
optical demultiplexer card or the optical add/drop multiplexer LC-type
card.

6.1.6.3 Specifications of the OTU4F Card

Optical Module

Table 6-27 Optical Module Specifications of the OTU4F Card

Specifications of the Line-Side Optical

Card
Module
OTU4F (dual-slot, MSA) 100G MSA DWDM
OTU4F (three-slot, MSA) 100G MSA (dual-slot) DWDM

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Line-Side
Optical Module.

364 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-28 Mechanical Specifications of the OTU4F Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OTU4F (dual-slot, MSA) 368 × 60 4.8

OTU4F (three-slot, MSA) 368 × 90 3.98

Power Consumption

Table 6-29 Power Consumption of the OTU4F Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OTU4F (dual-slot, MSA) 214.2

OTU4F (three-slot, MSA) 210

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-30 Applicable Subracks for the OTU4F Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OTU4F (dual-slot, MSA) COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

OTU4F (three-slot, MSA) COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.1.7 OTUC2E

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 365
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.1.7.1 Functions of the OTUC2E Card

Table 6-31 Functions and Features of the OTUC2E Card

Function and Feature Description

Supports conversions between the following signals:

2 × OTU4↔2 × ODU4↔1 × ODUC2↔1 × OTUC2
Basic function
2 × 100GE↔2 × ODU4 (Bit transparent mapping / MAC transparent mapping)
↔ODUC2↔1 × OTUC2
100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s
Client-side service type
OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s
Provides the OTUC2 interface on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.
709.
ODU4 layer:
u Supports PM functions when the client side accesses 100GE services.
OTN function
u Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive monitoring at PM and TCM
layers when the client side accesses OTU4 services.
Supports the PM function at the ODUC2 layer.
Supports the SM function at the OTU4 layer on the client side.
Supports the SM function at the OTUC2 layer on the WDM side.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate service failures.

Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the
monitoring laser, and optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.
Monitors CD and PMD performance.

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Delay measurement Supported

Ethernet service
Bit transparent mapping and MAC transparent mapping
encapsulation mode

366 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-31 Functions and Features of the OTUC2E Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Client-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback

6.1.7.2 Front Panel of the OTUC2E Card

Figure 6-16 Front Panel of the OTUC2E Card

Table 6-32 Description of the Front Panel of the OTUC2E Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the communication
ACT
indicator between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
OUT Client-side OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
IN optical interface IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the optical multiplexer

WDM-side
TX card or the optical add/drop multiplexer card.
optical
RX RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the optical
interfaces
demultiplexer card or the optical add/drop multiplexer card.

Version: K 367
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.1.7.3 Specifications of the OTUC2E Card

Optical Module

Table 6-33 Optical Module Specifications of the OTUC2E Card

Card Specifications of the Client- Specifications of the Line-Side

Side Optical Module Optical Module

OTUC2E 100G LR4 200G MSA DWDM

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module and Specifications of the Line-Side Optical Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-34 Mechanical Specifications of the OTUC2E Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OTUC2E 368 × 30 2.7

Power Consumption

Table 6-35 Power Consumption of the OTUC2E Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OTUC2E 95

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-36 Applicable Subracks for the OTUC2E Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OTUC2E COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.1.8 OTUC4E

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

368 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.1.8.1 Functions of the OTUC4E Card

Table 6-37 Functions and Features of the OTUC4E Card

Function and Feature Description

Supports conversions between the following signals:

4 × OTU4↔4 × ODU4↔2 × ODUC2↔2 × OTUC2
Basic function
4 × 100GE↔4 × ODU4 (Bit transparent mapping / MAC transparent mapping)↔2 ×
ODUC2↔2 × OTUC2
100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s
Client-side service type
OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s
Provides the OTUC2 interface on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.
709.
ODU4 layer:
u Supports PM functions when the client side accesses 100GE services.
OTN function
u Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive monitoring at PM and TCM
layers when the client side accesses OTU4 services.
Supports the PM function at the ODUC2 layer.
Supports the SM function at the OTU4 layer on the client side.
Supports the SM function at the OTUC2 layer on the WDM side.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate service failures.

Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the
monitoring laser, and optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.
Monitors CD and PMD performance.

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Delay measurement Supported

Ethernet service
Bit transparent mapping and MAC transparent mapping
encapsulation mode

Version: K 369
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-37 Functions and Features of the OTUC4E Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Client-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback

6.1.8.2 Front Panel of the OTUC4E Card

Figure 6-17 Front Panel of the OTUC4E Card

Table 6-38 Description of the Front Panel of the OTUC4E Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the communication
ACT
indicator between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
Client-side
OUT OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
optical
IN IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.
interfaces
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the optical multiplexer
WDM-side
TX card or the optical add/drop multiplexer card.
optical
RX RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from the optical
interfaces
demultiplexer card or the optical add/drop multiplexer card.

370 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.1.8.3 Specifications of the OTUC4E Card

Optical Module

Table 6-39 Optical Module Specifications of the OTUC4E Card

Card Specifications of the Client- Specifications of the Line-Side

Side Optical Module Optical Module

OTUC4E 100G LR4 400G MSA DWDM

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module and Specifications of the Line-Side Optical Module.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-40 Mechanical Specifications of the OTUC4E Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OTUC4E 368 × 60 4

Power Consumption

Table 6-41 Power Consumption of the OTUC4E Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OTUC4E 214.2

Applicable Subrack

Table 6-42 Subracks Applicable to the OTUC4E Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OTUC4E COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.1.9 O4EA

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 371
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.1.9.1 Functions and Features of the O4EA Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-43 Functions and Features of the O4EA Card

Function and Feature Description

Supports the following signal conversions:

Basic function 10 × 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / STM-64 / OC-192 / OTU2 / OTU2e / FC1200 /
FC800↔1 × OTU4
10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
10GE WAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
STM-64 / OC-192: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
Client-side service type OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s
OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s
FC1200: SAN service at a rate of 10.51 Gbit/s
FC800: SAN service at a rate of 8.5 Gbit/s
Provides the OTU4 interface on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.
709.
OTN function ODU4 layer: Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive monitoring of PM
and TCM.
OTU4 layer: Supports the SM function.
The line side can use the pluggable CFP optical module.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength function Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate service failures.

Monitors B1 bytes to help locate line failures.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the
monitoring
laser, and optical power.
Supports the remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.
Supports the monitoring of CD and PMD performance.

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Ethernet test function Supported

Delay measurement Supported

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

372 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-43 Functions and Features of the O4EA Card (Continued)

Function and Feature Description

Physical-layer clock Supported

Ethernet service
Bit transparent mapping and MAC transparent mapping
encapsulation mode

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Client-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback

Application

The O4EA card supports the gray light function. The figure below shows the
application where the OTUC4E cards work together with the O4EA cards.

Figure 6-18 Gray Light Application of the O4EA Card

6.1.9.2 Front Panel of the O4EA Card

Figure 6-19 Front Panel of the O4EA Card

Version: K 373
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-44 Description of the Front Panel of the O4EA Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on
the card.
Client-side optical OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT / IN
interfaces IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.
Optical
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to the
interface
optical multiplexer card or the optical add/drop
connector:
WDM-side optical multiplexer card.
TX / RX LC-type
interfaces RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from
connector.
the optical demultiplexer card or the optical add/drop
multiplexer card.

6.1.9.3 Specifications of the O4EA Card

Optical Module

Table 6-45 Optical Module Specifications of the O4EA Card

Card Specifications of the Client- Specifications of the Line-

Side Optical Module Side Optical Module

O4EA 10G TDM XFP SFP+ 100G LR4

For details about optical module specifications, see Specifications of the Client-Side
Optical Module and Specifications of the Line-Side Optical Module.

374 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-46 Mechanical Specifications of the O4EA Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

O4EA 368 × 30 1.9

Power Consumption

Table 6-47 Power Consumption of the O4EA Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

O4EA 61.2

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-48 Applicable Subracks for the O4EA Card

Card Applicable Subrack

O4EA COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.1.10 2OC3E

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.1.10.1 Functions of the 2OC3E Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-49 Functions and Features of the 2OC3E Card

Function Description

Supports conversions between the following signals:

6 × OTU4↔6 × OTU4↔2 × ODUC3↔2 × OTUC3
Basic function
6 × 100GE↔6 × OTU4 (Bit transparent mapping / MAC transparent mapping)↔2 ×
ODUC3↔2 × OTUC3
Client-side service 100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s
type OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s

Version: K 375
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-49 Functions and Features of the 2OC3E Card (Continued)

Function Description

Provides OTU4 / OTUC2 / OTUC3 / OTUC4 / OTUC6 interfaces on the WDM side.
OTN function
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Supports WDM-side tunable wavelength optical modules that provide 96 wavelengths

Tunable wavelength
tunable in the extended C band with 50 GHz channel spacing.

100G mode: 50 GHz

Spectral width of
200G mode: 50 GHz
WDM-side signals
300G mode: 50 GHz
ESC Supported

PRBS Supported on the WDM side

Bi-directional
interruption of Supported
Ethernet services
Supports RS-FEC encoding on the client side.
When the WDM-side port is in 100G_QPSK mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.
Error correction
When the WDM-side port is in 200G_16QAM mode, the normal and super FECs are
coding
supported.
When the WDM-side port is in 300G_32QAM mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.

Monitors BIP8 bytes (burst mode) to help locate line failures.

Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Performance and
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and
alarm monitoring
optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported

Test frame Supported

Delay measurement Supported

Optical line protection

Protection scheme
Client-side 1+1 protection

Ethernet service
100GE: GMP, GFP-F
encapsulation mode

WDM-side loopback: inloop

Client-side loopback
Loopback
u Inloop
u Outloop

Maximum capacity 600G

376 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the 2OC3E card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the client side to the WDM side, and Rx is defined as the reverse
direction.

u In the Tx direction

The IN1 to IN6 optical ports on the client-side optical module receive six optical
signals from client equipment.

After being processed in the card, the signals are converted into two optical
signals and output from the TX1 and TX2 optical ports.

u In the Rx direction

The card receives optical signals from the RX1 and RX2 optical ports.

After being processed in the card, the signals are output from the OUT1 to
OUT6 optical ports on the client-side optical module.

Figure 6-20 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the 2OC3E Card

Application

Figure 6-21 OTN Application of the 2OC3E Cards

Version: K 377
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.1.10.2 Front Panel of the 2OC3E Card

Figure 6-22 Front Panel of the 2OC3E Card

Table 6-50 Description of the Front Panel of the 2OC3E Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Blinking slowly indicates that the program is being initialized
(loaded with hardware and software), or shows the status of
configuration synchronization during a switchover between
ACT Working status indicator active and standby cards.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent

alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major
alarm) occurs on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms
occur on the card.
OUT1 / IN1 to OUT6 / The 1st to the 6th client- OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
IN6 side optical ports IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals. Generally,

it is connected to the add port of an optical
multiplexer/demultiplexer card or optical add/drop multiplexer
WDM-side east / west card.
TX1 / RX1 to TX2 / RX2
optical ports RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals. Generally,
it is connected to the drop port of an optical
multiplexer/demultiplexer card or optical add/drop multiplexer
card.

378 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.1.10.3 Specifications of the 2OC3E Card

Optical Module

Table 6-51 Optical Module Specifications of the 2OC3E Card

Card Specifications of the Client- Specifications of the Line-

Side Optical Module Side Optical Module

2OC3E 100G LR4 100G to 300G MSA DWDM

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-52 Mechanical Specifications of the 2OC3E Card

Card Panel Dimensions (W × H) Weight

(mm)

2OC3E 368 × 60 2.9

Power Consumption

Table 6-53 Power Consumption of the 2OC3E Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

2OC3E 238.5

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-54 Applicable Subracks for the 2OC3E Card

Card Applicable Subrack

2OC3E COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.1.11 2OC6E

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 379
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.1.11.1 Functions of the 2OC6E Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-55 Functions and Features of the 2OC6E Card

Function Description

Supports conversions between the following signals:

12 × OTU4↔12 × OTU4↔2 × ODUC6↔2 × OTUC6
Basic function
12 × 100GE↔12 × OTU4 (Bit transparent mapping / MAC transparent mapping)↔2 ×
ODUC6↔2 × OTUC6
Client-side service 100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s
type OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s
Provides OTU4 / OTUC2 / OTUC3 / OTUC4 / OTUC6 interfaces on the WDM side.
OTN function
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Provides 96 wavelengths tunable in the extended C band spaced at 50 GHz and 75 GHz on
Tunable wavelength
the WDM side.
100G mode: 50 GHz
Spectral width of 200G mode: 50 GHz / 75 GHz
WDM-side signals 400G mode: 75 GHz
600G mode: 75 GHz
ESC Supported

PRBS Supported on the WDM side

Bi-directional
interruption of Supported
Ethernet services

380 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-55 Functions and Features of the 2OC6E Card (Continued)

Function Description

Supports RS-FEC encoding on the client side.

When the WDM-side port is in 100G_QPSK mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.
When the WDM-side port is in 200G_QPSK mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.
When the WDM-side port is in 200G_8QAM mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.
When the WDM-side port is in 200G_16QAM mode, the normal and super FECs are
Error correction
supported.
coding
When the WDM-side port is in 400G_16QAM mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.
When the WDM-side port is in 400G_32QAM mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.
When the WDM-side port is in 400G_64QAM mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.
When the WDM-side port is in 600G_64QAM mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.

Monitors BIP8 bytes (burst mode) to help locate line failures.

Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Performance and
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and
alarm monitoring
optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported

Test frame Supported

Delay measurement Supported

Optical line protection

Protection scheme
Client-side 1+1 protection

Ethernet service
100GE: GMP, GFP-F
encapsulation mode

WDM-side loopback: inloop

Client-side loopback
Loopback
u Inloop
u Outloop

Maximum capacity 1.2 T

Version: K 381
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the 2OC6E card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the client side to the WDM side, and Rx is defined as the reverse
direction.

u In the Tx direction

The IN1 to IN12 optical ports on the client-side optical module receive twelve
optical signals from client equipment.

After being processed in the card, the signals are converted into two optical
signals and output from the TX1 and TX2 optical ports.

u In the Rx direction

The card receives optical signals from the RX1 and RX2 optical ports.

After being processed in the card, the signals are output from the OUT1 to
OUT12 optical ports on the client-side optical module.

Figure 6-23 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the 2OC6E Card

382 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Application

Figure 6-24 OTN Application of the 2OC6E Cards

6.1.11.2 Front Panel of the 2OC6E Card

Figure 6-25 Front Panel of the 2OC6E Card

Version: K 383
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-56 Description of the Front Panel of the 2OC6E Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Blinking slowly indicates that the program is being initialized
(loaded with hardware and software), or shows the status of
configuration synchronization during a switchover between
ACT Working status indicator active and standby cards.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent

alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major
alarm) occurs on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms
occur on the card.
OUT1 / IN1 to OUT12 / The 1st to 12th client- OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
IN12 side optical ports IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals. Generally,

it is connected to the add port of an optical
multiplexer/demultiplexer card or optical add/drop multiplexer
WDM-side east / west card.
TX1 / RX1 to TX2 / RX2
optical ports RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals. Generally,
it is connected to the drop port of an optical
multiplexer/demultiplexer card or optical add/drop multiplexer
card.

6.1.11.3 Specifications of the 2OC6E Card

Optical Module

Table 6-57 Optical Module Specifications of the 2OC6E Card

Card Specifications of the Client- Specifications of the Line-

Side Optical Module Side Optical Module

2OC6E 100G LR4 100G to 600G MSA DWDM

384 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-58 Mechanical Specifications of the 2OC6E Card

Panel Dimensions (W × H)
Card Net Weight (kg)
(mm)

2OC6E 368 × 60 3.8

Power Consumption

Table 6-59 Power Consumption of the 2OC6E Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

2OC6E 320

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-60 Applicable Subracks for the 2OC6E Card

Card Applicable Subrack

2OC6E COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.2 Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Cards

This section introduces the functions and features, as well as the hardware structure
of the optical multiplexer/demultiplexer cards.

6.2.1 Overview of the Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer

Cards

Optical multiplexer/demultiplexer cards are used for multiplexing or demultiplexing

optical signals of different wavelengths. They can be classified into the following
types based on their specific functions and features.

Table 6-61 Functions and Features of the Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Cards

Type Card Function and Feature

Multiplexes wavelength-specific, single-wavelength /
Multiplexing of main path
OMU series cards wavelength-group optical signals into one multi-wavelength
optical signals
signal.

Version: K 385
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-61 Functions and Features of the Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Cards (Continued)

Type Card Function and Feature

Multiplexes wavelength-specific optical signals into one
VMU series cards
multi-wavelength signal and adjusts the channel power.

Demultiplexes one multi-wavelength optical signal into

Demultiplexing of main path
ODU series cards multiple wavelength-specific optical signals of the same
optical signals
wavelength information.

Multiplexes / demultiplexes the main path optical signal and

OSCAD
the optical supervisory channel signal.

Multiplexes / demultiplexes the CO-band signal and the CE-

ITL50
band signal.

Multiplexing / demultiplexing Multiplexes / demultiplexes the main path optical signal and
EOSCAD
of the main path optical signal the optical supervisory channel signal.
and the auxiliary path optical Supports C++ band; multiplexes / demultiplexes the main
signal EOSCAD (C++
path optical signal and the optical supervisory channel
Band)
signal.

Supports C+L bands; multiplexes / demultiplexes the main

OSCAD (C+L
path optical signal and the optical supervisory channel
bands)
signal.

6.2.2 OMU

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.2.2.1 Functions of the OMU Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-62 Functions and Features of the OMU Card

Function Description

OMU48_O / OMU48_E: Multiplexes 48 wavelength-specific optical signals into one multi-

Basic function
wavelength signal.

Alarm and performance

Detects the optical power and reports the alarms and performance events of the card.
monitoring

386 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-26 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OMU Card

The optical interfaces 01 to 48 receive one single-wavelength optical signal each

and send them to the multiplexer. Then the multiplexer multiplexes the 48 single-
wavelength optical signals into one signal, and outputs the multiplexed signal via
the OUT optical interface.

Application

Figure 6-27 Application of the OMU Card

Version: K 387
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.2.2.2 Front Panel of the OMU Card

Figure 6-28 Front Panel of the OMU48 Card

Table 6-63 Description of the OMU Front Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally; generally,
ACT Working status indicator
ON indicates that the communication between the card and the EMS
is poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur
on the card.
01 Input ports for the 1st to Respectively input the 1st to the 48th single-wavelength signals and
to 48th single-wavelength are usually connected to the "TX" ports of the line interface cards or
48 signals optical transponder cards.
OMU48
Outputs the multiplexed signal and is usually connected to the "IN"
Output port for the
OUT port of the OA card or the "A1" to "A8" ports of the optical add/drop
multiplexed signal
multiplexer card.

6.2.2.3 Specifications of the OMU Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-64 Specifications of the OMU Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 100

Insertion loss dB ≤ 6.5
Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.5
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25

388 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-64 Specifications of the OMU Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 30

Total crosstalk dB ≥ 23
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.5
-1 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.4
-20 dB spectral width nm ≤ 1.2
Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-65 Mechanical Specifications of the OMU Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OMU48 368 × 60 0.73

Power Consumption

Table 6-66 Power Consumption of the OMU Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OMU48 10

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-67 Applicable Subracks for the OMU Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OMU48 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.2.3 ODU

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 389
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.2.3.1 Functions of the ODU Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-68 Functions and Features of the ODU Series

Function Description

u ODU80: Demultiplexes a multi-wavelength optical signal into 80 wavelength-specific

optical signals.
Basic function
u ODU48_O / ODU48_E: Demultiplexes a multi-wavelength optical signal into 48
wavelength-specific optical signals.

Alarm and performance

Detects the optical power and reports the alarms and performance events of the card.
monitoring

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-29 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the ODU Card

The IN optical interface receives one multiplexed optical signal and sends it to the
demultiplexer. Then the demultiplexer demultiplexes the signal into 48 single-
wavelength optical signals, and outputs the demultiplexed signals via the optical
interfaces 01 to 48.

390 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Application

Figure 6-30 Application of the ODU Card

6.2.3.2 Front Panel of the ODU Card

Figure 6-31 Front Panel of the ODU48 Card

Figure 6-32 Front Panel of the ODU80 Card

Version: K 391
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-69 Description of the ODU Front Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally;
ACT
indicator generally, ON indicates that the communication between the card
and the EMS is poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs
on the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms
occur on the card.
Output ports for
the 1st to the 48th Respectively output the 1st to the 48th / 80th signals; usually
01 to 48 / 80 / 80th single- connected to the RX interfaces of the line interface cards or optical
OD- wavelength transponder cards.
U48/80 signals

Inputs the to-be-demultiplexed signals; usually connected to the

Input port for the
IN OUT interface on the PA card, or the D1 to D8 interfaces on the
multiplexed signal
WSS8D card.

6.2.3.3 Specifications of the ODU Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-70 Specifications of the ODU48 Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 100

Insertion loss dB ≤ 6.5
Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.5
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Non-adjacent channel
dB ≥ 30
isolation
Total crosstalk dB ≥ 23
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.5
-1 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.4

392 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-70 Specifications of the ODU48 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

-20 dB spectral width nm ≤ 1.2

Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05

Table 6-71 Specifications of the ODU80 Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50

Insertion loss dB ≤ 10
Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.7
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Non-adjacent channel
dB ≥ 30
isolation
Total crosstalk dB ≥ 22
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 1.2
-1 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.2
-20 dB spectral width nm ≤ 1.2
Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-72 Mechanical Specifications of the ODU Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

ODU48 368 × 60 0.73

ODU80 368 × 90 1.5

Power Consumption

Table 6-73 Power Consumption of the ODU Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

ODU48 10
ODU80 92

Version: K 393
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-74 Applicable Subracks for the ODU Card

Card Applicable Subrack

ODU48 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

ODU80 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.2.4 VMU

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.2.4.1 Functions of the VMU Cards

Functions and Features

Table 6-75 Functions and Features of the VMU Series

Function Description

u VMU48_O / VMU48_E: Multiplexes 48 wavelength-specific optical signals into one

multi-wavelength signal.
Basic function
u VMU80: Multiplexes 80 wavelength-specific optical signals into one multi-
wavelength signal.

Optical power adjustment Adjusts the power of each single-wavelength optical signal prior to multiplexing.

Alarm and performance

Detects the optical power and reports the alarms and performance events of the card.
monitoring

394 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-33 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the VMU Card

The optical interfaces 01 to 48 receive a single-wavelength optical signal each. Next,

the VOA adjusts each signal’s optical power and sends them into the multiplexer.
Then the multiplexer multiplexes the 48 single-wavelength optical signals into one
signal, and outputs the multiplexed signal via the OUT optical interface.

Application

Figure 6-34 Application of the VMU Card

Version: K 395
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.2.4.2 Front Panel of the VMU Card

Figure 6-35 Front Panel of the VMU48 Card

Figure 6-36 Front Panel of the VMU80 Card

Table 6-76 Description of the VMU Front Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally; generally,
ACT Working status indicator
ON indicates that the communication between the card and the EMS is
poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur
on the card.
Respectively input the 1st to the 48th (or 80th)
The 1st to 48th / 80th
single-wavelength signals and are usually
01 to 48 / 80 single-wavelength signal
connected to the "TX" ports of the line interface
input interfaces Optical interface
cards or optical transponder cards.
connector: LC-
Outputs the multiplexed signal and is usually
type connector.
Output port for the connected to the "IN" port on the OA card or the
OUT
multiplexed signal "A1" to "A8" ports on the optical add/drop
multiplexer card.

396 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.2.4.3 Specifications of the VMU Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-77 Specifications of the VMU48 Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 100

Insertion loss dB ≤ 7.5Note 1
Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.2
Ripple dB ≤ 0.75
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Non-adjacent channel
dB ≥ 30
isolation
Total crosstalk dB ≥ 22
-1 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.4
-20 dB spectral width nm ≤ 1.2
Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05
VOA attenuation range dB 0 to 10
VOA response time ms ≤ 10
VOA attenuation accuracy dB ±0.8
Power-off attenuation value dB ≥ 10
Note 1: This is the test value when the attenuation value of VOA is set to 0 dB. Before delivery,
the default VOA value of each channel is set to 0 dB. It can be adjusted as needed in
actual projects.

Table 6-78 Specifications of the VMU80 Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50

Insertion loss dB ≤ 14.5Note 1
Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.7
Ripple dB ≤ 1.25
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Non-adjacent channel
dB ≥ 30
isolation
Total crosstalk dB ≥ 22
-1 dB spectral width nm 0.4Note 2
-20 dB spectral width nm ≤ 1.2Note 3
Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05

Version: K 397
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-78 Specifications of the VMU80 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

VOA attenuation range dB 0 to -15

VOA response time ms ≤ 10

VOA attenuation accuracy dB ±0.8

Power-off attenuation value dB ≥ 10

Note 1: This is the test value when the attenuation value of VOA is set to 0 dB. Before delivery,
the default VOA value of each channel is set to 0 dB. It can be adjusted as needed in
actual projects.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-79 Mechanical Specifications of the VMU Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

VMU48 368 × 60 0.73

VMU80 368 × 90 1.5

Power Consumption

Table 6-80 Power Consumption of the VMU Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

VMU48 10
VMU80 92

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-81 Applicable Subracks for the VMU Card

Card Applicable Subrack

VMU48 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

VMU80 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.2.5 ITL50

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

398 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.2.5.1 Functions of the ITL50 Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-82 Functions and Features of the ITL50 Card

Function Description

Performs multiplexing / demultiplexing of the CO-band and CE-band signals, that is,
Basic function achieves the bidirectional conversion between the 100 GHz channel spacing and 50
GHz channel spacing.

Alarm and performance

Detects the optical power and reports the alarms and performance events of the card.
monitoring

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-37 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the ITL50 Card

u In the Tx direction

Two signals with a channel spacing of 100 GHz from the CO-band and CE-
band multiplexer cards are input via the ODD_I and the EVEN_I optical
interfaces. They are first processed by a manual variable attenuator to reduce
their optical power difference, and then multiplexed into one CO + CE-band
signal with a channel spacing of 50 GHz by a comb filter and then output via the
MO_O optical interface.

Version: K 399
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Application

Figure 6-38 Application of the ITL50 Card

6.2.5.2 Front Panel of the ITL50 Card

Figure 6-39 Front Panel of the ITL50 Card

Table 6-83 Description of the Front Panel of the ITL50 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally; ON indicates
indicator
that the communication between the card and the EMS is poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur
on the card.
Adjust the knob with a small flat screwdriver to finely tune the optical
ATT knob for the power of the signal input at the EVEN_I interface.
CE
input CE-band signal Turning clockwise decreases the attenuation and turning counter-
clockwise increases the attenuation.

400 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-83 Description of the Front Panel of the ITL50 Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Adjust the knob with a small flat screwdriver to finely tune the optical
ATT knob for the
power of the signal input at the ODD_I interface.
CO input CO-band
Turning clockwise decreases the attenuation and turning counter-
signal
clockwise increases the attenuation.
The output signal is demultiplexed from the signal at the MO_I
Output interface for interface.
EVEN_O
the CE-band signal Generally, this interface is connected to the IN interface of the CE-band
optical demultiplexer card.

Input interface for Generally, this interface is connected to the OUT interface of the CE-
EVEN_I
the CE-band signal band optical multiplexer card.

The output signal is demultiplexed from the signal at the MO_I

Output interface for interface.
ODD_O
the CO-band signal Generally, this interface is connected to the IN interface of the CO-band
optical demultiplexer card.

Input interface for Generally, this interface is connected to the OUT interface of the CO-
ODD_I
the CO-band signal band optical multiplexer card.

Output interface for

The output signal is multiplexed by the signals at the EVEN_I interface
MO_O the multiplexed
and the ODD_I interface.
signal

Input interface for

MO_I the multiplexed Generally, the input signal is from the PA card or the WSS card.
signal

6.2.5.3 Specifications of the ITL50 Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-84 Specifications of the ITL50 Card

Item Unit Specification

C-band wavelength range nm 1528 to 1568

Input optical power range dBm ≤ 27
Input signal wavelength spacing GHz 50
Output signal wavelength spacing GHz 100
In multiplexing
dB ≤4
direction
Insertion loss
In demultiplexing
dB ≤3
direction

Version: K 401
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-84 Specifications of the ITL50 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Optical return loss dB 40

Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Directivity dB ≥ 55
Polarization dependent loss dB 0.5
Maximum insertion loss difference
dB ≤1
between channels
PMD Ps ≤ 0.5
-1 dB bandwidth nm ≥ 0.1
Device PMD Ps ≤ 0.5

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-85 Mechanical Specifications of the ITL50 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

ITL50 368 × 30 0.655

Power Consumption

Table 6-86 Power Consumption of the ITL50 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

ITL50 0.1

Applicable Subrack

Table 6-87 Subracks Applicable to the ITL50 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

ITL50 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.2.6 OSCAD

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

402 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.2.6.1 Functions of the OSCAD Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-88 Functions and Features of the OSCAD Card

Function Description

Multiplexes / demultiplexes the main path optical signal (1550 nm) and
Basic function
the optical supervisory channel signal (1510 nm).

Provides in-service monitoring optical ports for connecting to a spectrum

In-service analyzer or the OPM card. Therefore, the spectrum performance of the
monitoring Tx and Rx optical signals over the fiber can be monitored without service
interruption.

Alarm and
Detects optical power and reports alarms and performance events of the
performance
card.
monitoring

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-40 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OSCAD Card

u In the Tx direction

The 1550 nm main path optical signal from the OA card is received from the
MAIN_A port and the 1510 nm supervisory signal from the EOSC / OSC card is
received through the OSC_A port.

Version: K 403
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Application

Figure 6-41 Application of the OSCAD Card

6.2.6.2 Front Panel of the OSCAD Card

Figure 6-42 Front Panel of the OSCAD Card

Table 6-89 Description of the Front Panel of the OSCAD Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the communication
ACT
indicator between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent / non-urgent alarm occurs or all alarms are
filtered.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
Input interface for
LINE_I Receives line signals from the equipment at the remote end.
line optical signals

Monitoring interface Outputs the supervisory signals, which are split from the signals received via
MON_I for input line optical the LINE_I interface. The interface can be connected to an external spectrum
signals analyzer or the OPM card for monitoring input line signals.

404 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-89 Description of the Front Panel of the OSCAD Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Outputs OSC signals, which are split from the signals received via the LINE_I
Output interface for
OSC_D interface. The "OSC_D" interface is usually connected to the WRX or ERX
OSC signals
interface on the OSC card.
Output interface for Outputs main optical path signals, which are split from the signals received via
MAIN_D main optical path the LINE_I interface, and is usually connected to the IN interface on the PA
signals card.
Outputs the signals to a line. The signal is split from a signal that is generated
Output interface for by coupling one signal from the OSC_A interface and the other from the
LINE_O
line optical signals MAIN_A interface. This signal is then output to the line via the LINE_O
interface.
Outputs the supervisory signals. The signal is split from a signal that is
Monitoring interface generated by coupling one signal from the OSC_A interface and the other
MON_O for output line from the MAIN_A interface. The MON_O interface can be externally
optical signals connected to the optical spectrum analyzer or the OPM card for monitoring
output line signals.

Input interface for Receives OSC signals from the OSC card and is generally connected to the
OSC_A
OSC signals WTX or ETX interface on the OSC card.
Input interface for
Receives main optical path signals from the OA card and is usually connected
MAIN_A main optical path
to the OUT interface on the OA card.
signals

6.2.6.3 Specifications of the OSCAD Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-90 Specifications of the OSCAD Card

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength nm 1510 / 1550

Passband nm 1500 to 1520
Wavelength range
Reflection bandwidth nm 1528 to 1568
Note 1
Transmission channel dB ≤ 1.0
Insertion loss
Note 2
Reflection channel dB ≤ 0.6
Transmission channel dB ≥ 44
Isolation
Reflection channel dB ≥ 22
Flatness dB ≤ 0.5
Insertion loss thermal stability dB/℃ ≤ 0.007
Directivity dB ≥ 50

Version: K 405
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-90 Specifications of the OSCAD Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Return loss dB ≥ 45
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.10
Polarization mode dispersion ps ≤ 0.10
Bearer optical power mW ≤ 300
Note 1: Transmission channel refers to the optical supervisory channel with the wavelength of 1510 nm.
Note 2: Reflection channel refers to the main optical channel with the wavelength of 1550 nm.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-91 Mechanical Specifications of the OSCAD Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OSCAD 368 × 30 0.66

Power Consumption

Table 6-92 Power Consumption of the OSCAD Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OSCAD 0.5

Applicable Subrack

Table 6-93 Subracks Applicable to the OSCAD Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OSCAD COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.2.7 EOSCAD

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

406 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.2.7.1 Functions of the EOSCAD Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-94 Functions and Features of the EOSCAD Card

Function Description

u Multiplexes and demultiplexes the main optical channel signal (1550 nm) and the
optical supervisory channel signal. Users should use the card together with the EOSC
(BIDI) cards.
Basic function u The 1588 signal is transmitted in both directions through the same fiber. Compared
with the original OSCAD card, the OSC signal is transmitted and received through the
same optical fiber. The asymmetric problem between the Tx and Rx paths is thus
solved when the OSC signal is used for 1588 time synchronization.

Alarm and performance

Detects the optical power and reports the alarms and performance events of the card.
monitoring

Application

The EOSCAD cards are used together with the EOSC (BIDI) cards.

Figure 6-43 Application of the EOSCAD Cards

6.2.7.2 Front Panel of the EOSCAD Card

Figure 6-44 Front Panel of the EOSCAD Card

Version: K 407
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-95 Description of the Front Panel of the EOSCAD Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally and
indicator
disconnected from the EMS.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on
the card.
Input / output port Transmits 1490 nm / 1510 nm OSC signals (in
LINE1 for the 1st line single-fiber bidirectional mode) and 1550 nm service
optical signal optical signals.

Input / output port

MAIN1 for the 1st main Transmits 1550 nm service optical signals.
optical path signal

Input / output port

OSC1 for the 1st OSC Transmits 1490 nm OSC signals. Optical
signal interface
Input / output port connector: LC-
OSC2 for the 2nd OSC Transmits 1510 nm OSC signals. type
signal

Input / output port

LINE2 for the 2nd line Transmits 1550 nm service optical signals.
optical signal

Input / output port

MAIN2 for the 2nd main Transmits 1550 nm service optical signals.
optical path signal

408 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.2.7.3 Specifications of the EOSCAD Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-96 Specifications of the EOSCAD Card

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength nm 1484.5 to 1568

1550 nm optical wavelength
nm 1528 to 1568
range

OSC1 ≤ 1.8
dB
Insertion loss OSC2 ≤ 1.4
1550 ≤ 1.0
Flatness dB ≤ 0.5
Insertion loss thermal stability dB/℃ ≤ 0.006
Wavelength thermal stability nm/℃ ≤ 0.002
Return loss dB ≥ 45
Directivity dB ≥ 50
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.15
Polarization mode dispersion PS ≤ 0.15
Maximum optical power mW 300

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-97 Mechanical Specifications of the EOSCAD Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

EOSCAD 368 × 30 0.45

Power Consumption

Table 6-98 Power Consumption of the EOSCAD Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

EOSCAD 0

Version: K 409
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Applicable Subrack

Table 6-99 Subracks Applicable to the EOSCAD Card

Card Applicable Subrack

EOSCAD COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.2.8 EOSCAD (C++ Band)

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

6.2.8.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 6-100 Functions and Features of the EOSCAD Card

Function Description

u EOSCAD is an active card that supports the C++ band.

u Multiplexes / demultiplexes the main path optical signal (1550 nm)
and the optical supervisory channel signal. It is recommended to use
Basic function
this card together with the TOSC card (2201877S1A).
u The 1588 signal is transmitted asymmetrically in two directions over
one fiber.
Alarm and
Detects optical power and reports alarms and performance events of the
performance
card.
monitoring

410 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-45 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the EOSCAD Card

The signal flow for the east-receiving and west-sending scenario is symmetrical with
that for the west-receiving and east-sending scenario. The following uses the west-
receiving and east-sending scenario for example to introduce the signal flow of the
EOSCAD card.

u In the Rx direction

The card drops the 1491 nm wavelength OSC optical signals from the
“LINE_OUT” and “LINE_IN” lines. These signals then enters the 1*2 optical
switch and an optical switch path is selected according to the actual power of
two paths. The selected OSC optical signal is output from the “WOSC_O” port.

The OTDR2 port connects to the dropping WDM and sends the received OTDR
optical signals to the LINE_IN optical line.

u In the Tx direction

The service optical signals (1550 nm) are received from the “MAIN_IN” port.
The 1511 nm wavelength OSC optical signals are received from the “WOSC_I”
port. The OSC signal enters the supervisory signal splitter and is split into two
signals. One is multiplexed with the locally added main service optical signal
and then sent to the LINE_OUT line. The other is multiplexed with the service
optical signal to be dropped and sent to the LINE_IN line in the reverse
direction.

Version: K 411
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The OTDR1 port connects to the adding WDM and sends the received OTDR
optical signals to the LINE_OUT optical line.

Application

The EOSCAD card and the TOSC card (2201877S1A) should be used together.

u In the Tx direction, the main optical signal, the OSC signal from the TOSC card
and the OTDR signal are combined and then sent to the fiber line for
transmission.

u In the Rx direction, the main optical signals are separated from the OSC signals.
The OTDR signals enter the EOSCAD card.

Figure 6-46 Application of the EOSCAD Cards

6.2.8.2 Front Panel

Figure 6-47 Front Panel of the EOSCAD Card

Table 6-101 Description of the Front Panel of the EOSCAD Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status. Generally, ON
indicator
indicates poor communication between the card and the EMS.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Urgent alarm filtered.
UA
indicator Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Non-urgent alarm filtered.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.

412 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-101 Description of the Front Panel of the EOSCAD Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Bidirectionally transmits 1491 nm / 1511 nm OSC

Input port for line
LINE_I signals and 1550 nm service optical signals over
optical signals
one fiber.
Bidirectionally transmits 1491 nm / 1511 nm OSC
Output port for line
LINE_O signals and 1550 nm service optical signals over
optical signals
one fiber.
Input port for main
MAIN_I Transmits 1550 nm service optical signals.
path optical signals

Output port for main

MAIN_O Transmits 1550 nm service optical signals.
path optical signals

Input port for 1511 Type of optical

WOSC_I Transmits 1511 nm OSC signals. port connectors:
nm OSC signals
LC
Output port for 1491
WOSC_O Transmits 1491 nm OSC signals.
nm OSC signals

Input port for 1491

EOSC_I Transmits 1491 nm OSC signals.
nm OSC signals

Output port for 1511

EOSC_O Transmits 1511 nm OSC signals.
nm OSC signals

Input port for OTDR

OTDR1 Transmits 1501 nm OTDR signals.
multiplexed signals

Input port for OTDR

OTDR2 Transmits 1501 nm OTDR signals.
multiplexed signals

Note:

u The card with extension number “W” can only connect to the
“WOSC_I/O” port. The card with extension number “E” can only
connect to the “EOSC_I/O” port. The upstream and downstream
EOSCAD cards must be connected following the “east-to-west /
west-to-east” rule.

u The EOSCAD cards have two extension numbers for east and west
directions respectively. They should be selected according to the
correct direction.

Version: K 413
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.2.8.3 Parameters

Interface Specifications

Table 6-102 Specifications of the EOSCAD Card (West Module)

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength nm 1484 to 1573

1491 nm OSC optical wavelength range nm 1484.5 to 1497.5
1511 nm OSC optical wavelength range nm 1504.5 to 1517.5
1501 OTDR wavelength range nm 1500.5 to 1501.5
1550 nm optical wavelength range nm 1524 to 1573
1501 OTDR ≤ 1.8
1491 dB ≤3
Insertion loss
1511 ≤5
1550 ≤ 2.3
Flatness dB ≤ 0.5
Isolation dB ≥ 35
Return loss dB ≥ 45
Directivity dB ≥ 50
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.3
Polarization mode dispersion PS ≤ 0.2
Maximum optical power mW 300

Table 6-103 Specifications of the EOSCAD Card (East Module)

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength nm 1484 to 1573

1491 nm OSC optical wavelength range nm 1484.5 to 1497.5
1511 nm OSC optical wavelength range nm 1504.5 to 1517.5
1501 OTDR wavelength range nm 1500.5 to 1501.5
1550 nm optical wavelength range nm 1524 to 1573
1501 OTDR ≤ 1.8
1491 dB ≤3
Insertion loss
1511 ≤5
1550 ≤ 2.3
Flatness dB ≤ 0.5
Isolation dB ≥ 35
Return loss dB ≥ 45

414 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-103 Specifications of the EOSCAD Card (East Module) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Directivity dB ≥ 50
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.3
Polarization mode dispersion PS ≤ 0.2
Maximum optical power mW 300

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-104 Mechanical Specifications of the EOSCAD Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

EOSCAD 386 × 30 0.45

Power Consumption

Table 6-105 Power Consumption of the EOSCAD Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

EOSCAD 18

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-106 Subracks Applicable to the EOSCAD Card

Card Applicable Subrack

EOSCAD COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.2.9 OSCADL

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 415
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.2.9.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 6-107 Functions and Features of the OSCADL Card

Function Description

Supports C+L bands

Basic function Multiplexes / demultiplexes the main optical path (1550 nm) and
optical supervisory channel (1510 nm) signals.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-48 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OSCADL Card

u In the Tx direction

The C band and L band signals from the OA card are input from the “MAIN_CI”
and “MAIN_LI” ports, respectively. The 1510 nm supervisory signal from the
EOSC card is input from the “OSC_IN” port. The two signals are multiplexed by
a C+L multiplexer and output from the “LINE_O” port.

u In the Rx direction

416 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

The line signal is input from the “LINE_I” port. It is demultiplexed into a C band
signal, an L band signal and a supervisory signal using a C+L demultiplexer.
These signals are output via the “MAIN_CO”, “MAIN_LO” and “OSC_O” ports
respectively.

Application

Figure 6-49 Application of the OSCADL Cards

6.2.9.2 Front Panel

Figure 6-50 Front Panel of the OSCADL Card

Table 6-108 Description of the Front Panel of the OSCADL Card

Name Meaning Description

Outputs OSC signals, which are split from the signals received at
Output port for OSC
OSC_O the “LINE_IN” port; usually connected to the “WRX” or “ERX” port
signals
on an EOSC card.
Input port for OSC Receives OSC signals from an EOSC card; usually connected to
OSC_I
signals the “WTX” or “ETX” port of an EOSC card.

Input port for main Receives L-band main optical path signals from an OA card;
MAIN_LI
optical path signals usually connected to the “OUT” port on an OA card.

Outputs L-band main optical path signals, which are split from the
Output port for main
MAIN_LO signals received at the “LINE_IN” port; usually connected to the “IN”
optical path signals
port on an OA card.

Output port for line Outputs a signal coupled by one signal from the “OSC_IN” port and
LINE_O
optical signals the other from the “MAIN_IN” port and sends it to the line.

Version: K 417
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-108 Description of the Front Panel of the OSCADL Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Input port for line optical

LINE_I Receives line signals from the equipment at the remote end.
signals

Outputs C-band main optical path signals, which are split from the
Input port for main
MAIN_CI signals received at the “LINE_IN” port; usually connected to the “IN”
optical path signals
port on an OA card.

Output port for main Receives C-band main optical path signals from an OA card;
MAIN_CO
optical path signals usually connected to the “OUT” port on an OA card.

6.2.9.3 Parameters

Interface Specifications

Table 6-109 Specifications of the OSCADL Card

Item Unit Specification

1510 1510 to 1520

Wavelength
C band nm 1528 to 1568
range
L band 1570 to 1615
1510 dB ≤ 1.0
Insertion loss C band dB ≤ 1.7
L band dB ≤ 1.8
1510 dB ≥ 30
C band dB ≥ 30
Isolation
≥ 25 (DEMUX)
L band dB
≥ 13 (MUX)

Flatness dB ≤ 0.5
Directivity dB ≥ 50
Return loss dB ≥ 45
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.20
Polarization mode dispersion ps ≤ 0.10
Bearer optical power mW ≤ 300

418 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-110 Mechanical Specifications of the OSCADL Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

OSCADL 368 × 30 0.4

Power Consumption

Table 6-111 Power Consumption of the OSCADL Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OSCADL -

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-112 Subracks Applicable to the OSCADL Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OSCADL COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.3 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer Cards

This section introduces the functions and features, as well as the hardware structure
of the optical add/drop multiplexer cards.

6.3.1 OMU2 / OMU4 / OMU8

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 419
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.3.1.1 Functions of the OMU2 / OMU4 / OMU8 Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-113 Functions and Features of the OMU2 / OMU4 / OMU8 Card

Function Description

Adds wavelengths for two, four or eight single-wavelength or multiplexed optical

Basic function signals.
Used together with the WSS series cards.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-51 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OMU8 Card

The optical interfaces 01 to 08 receive one single-wavelength optical signal each

and send them to the multiplexer. Then the multiplexer multiplexes the eight single-
wavelength optical signals into one signal, and outputs the multiplexed signal via
the OUT optical interface.

Application

As an optical multiplexer card, the OMU card is used together with the WSSD series
cards to implement wavelength grooming at the DWDM network nodes. You can
use the OMU8+WSS8D or the WSS8M+WSS8D mode in the local group to achieve
the same function.

420 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Figure 6-52 Application of the OMU8 Card

6.3.1.2 Front Panel of the OMU2 / OMU4 / OMU8 Card

Figure 6-53 Front Panel of the OMU8 Card

Version: K 421
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-54 Front Panel of the OMU4 Card

Figure 6-55 Front Panel of the OMU2 Card

Table 6-114 Description of the Front Panel of the OMU2 / OMU4 / OMU8 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally;
ACT
indicator generally, ON indicates that the communication between the
card and the EMS is poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms

are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major
alarm) occurs on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms
occur on the card.
Input ports for the 1st Inputs the 1st to the 2nd / 4th / 8th signals and is usually
IN1 to IN2 / IN4
OMU2 / to the 2nd / 4th / 8th connected to the D1 to D8 ports on the WSSD card in other
/ IN8
OMU4 / signals directions.
OMU8 Output port for the Outputs the multiplexed signals and is usually connected to
OUT
multiplexed signal the IN port on the OA card.

6.3.1.3 Specifications of the OMU2 / OMU4 / OMU8 Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-115 Specifications of the OMU2 / OMU4 / OMU8 Card

Item Unit Specification

OMU2 ≤ 3.8
Insertion loss OMU4 dB ≤7
OMU8 ≤ 11

422 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-115 Specifications of the OMU2 / OMU4 / OMU8 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.5

Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 30
Total crosstalk dB ≥ 23
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.5
-1 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.4
-20 dB spectral width nm ≤ 1.2
Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-116 Mechanical Specifications of the OMU2 / OMU4 / OMU8 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OMU2 368 × 30 0.7

OMU4 368 × 30 0.7
OMU8 368 × 30 0.7

Power Consumption

Table 6-117 Power Consumption of the OMU2 / OMU4 / OMU8 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OMU2 0.9
OMU4 0.9
OMU8 2.7

Applicable Subrack

Table 6-118 Subracks Applicable to the OMU2 / OMU4 / OMU8 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OMU2 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

OMU4 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

OMU8 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

Version: K 423
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.3.2 ODU2 / ODU4 / ODU8

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.3.2.1 Functions of the ODU2 / ODU4 / ODU8 Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-119 Functions and Features of the ODU2 / ODU4 / ODU8 Card

Function Description

Implements the broadcast function in two, four or eight directions for

Basic function main optical channel signals.
Works together with the WSS series cards.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-56 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the ODU8 Card

The IN optical interface receives a multiplexed signal and sends it to the

demultiplexer. The demultiplexer then demultiplexes the signal into eight single-
wavelength optical signals, and outputs the demultiplexed signals via the optical
interfaces 01 to 08.

424 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Application

As an optical demultiplexer card, the ODU card is used together with the WSSM
series cards to implement wavelength grooming at the DWDM network nodes. You
can use the WSS8M+ODU8 or the WSS8M+WSS8D mode in the local group to
achieve the same function.

Figure 6-57 Application of the ODU8 Card

Version: K 425
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.3.2.2 Front Panel of the ODU2 / ODU4 / ODU8 Card

Figure 6-58 Front Panel of the ODU8 Card

Figure 6-59 Front Panel of the ODU4 Card

Figure 6-60 Front Panel of the ODU2 Card

Table 6-120 Description of the Front Panel of the ODU2 / ODU4 / ODU8 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally;
ACT
indicator generally, ON indicates that the communication between the card
and the EMS is poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs
on the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms
occur on the card.
Output ports for Respectively output the 1st to the 2nd / 4th / 8th signals and are
OUT1 to OUT2
ODU2 / the 1st to the 2nd usually connected to the A1 to A8 ports on the WSSM cards in
/ OUT4 / OUT8
ODU4 / / 4th / 8th signals other directions.
ODU8 Input port for the Inputs the signal to be demultiplexed and is usually connected to
IN
multiplexed signal the OUT port on the PA card.

426 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.3.2.3 Specifications of the ODU2 / ODU4 / ODU8 Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-121 Specifications of the ODU2 / ODU4 / ODU8 Card

Item Unit Specification

ODU2 ≤ 3.8
Insertion loss ODU4 dB ≤7
ODU8 ≤ 11
Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.5
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 30
Total crosstalk dB ≥ 23
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.5
-1 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.4
-20 dB spectral width nm ≤ 1.2
Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-122 Mechanical Specifications of the ODU2 / ODU4 / ODU8 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

ODU2 368 × 30 0.7

ODU4 368 × 30 0.7
ODU8 368 × 30 0.7

Power Consumption

Table 6-123 Power Consumption of the ODU2 / ODU4 / ODU8 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

ODU2 0.9
ODU4 0.9
ODU8 2.7

Version: K 427
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-124 Subracks Applicable to the ODU2 / ODU4 / ODU8 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

ODU2 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

ODU4 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

ODU8 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.3.3 WSS4M / WSS4D

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.3.3.1 Functions of the WSS4M / WSS4D Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-125 Functions and Features of the WSS4M / WSS4D Card

Function Description (WSS4M) Description (WSS4D)

Implements the dynamic and configurable Implements dynamic and configurable

multiplexing function for any wavelength to any demultiplexing for any wavelength to any port.
Basic function port. Thus, the wavelength added locally can be Thus, the wavelength combination on the line
input from any port and the dynamic can be output to any port and the dynamic
wavelength allocation can be achieved. wavelength allocation can be achieved.

WDM
Supports the DWDM technical specifications.
specification

Wavelength
191.5 THz to 196.25 THz
Range

Wavelength
quantity 96
supported

Spectrum
Supports wavelength signals with a fixed channel spacing of 50 GHz.
application

Alarm and
performance Reports alarms and performance events.
monitoring

428 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-125 Functions and Features of the WSS4M / WSS4D Card (Continued)

Function Description (WSS4M) Description (WSS4D)

Optical power
Adjusts the optical power of each wavelength in the range of 0 dBm to 15 dBm.
adjustment

Optical-layer
Supported
ASON

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-61 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the WSS4M Card

u In the Rx direction

The card receives the multiplexed signal of the main optical path via the LI port,
sends the signal to two splitters for processing and then outputs the split
signals through the MO, EO, and DROP interfaces, respectively. The output
signals have the same wavelength as that of the signal input from the LI
interface, only different in power allocation.

u In the Tx direction

The signals from the A1 to An and MI ports are coupled by the WSS module
and output via the LO port. These signals can be those added locally or
transmitted from other line directions.

Version: K 429
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-62 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the WSS4D Card

u In the Rx direction

The card receives the main optical path signals via the LI interface. If the single-
wavelength or wavelength-group signals need to be terminated locally, the card
outputs the signals via the D1 to Dn interfaces. For other wavelengths, the card
outputs the signals from the MO interface, without adding or dropping them
locally.

u In the Tx direction

The signals from the MI and EI interfaces are coupled into one signal using a
coupler. It is then further coupled using a coupler with the single-wavelength or
wavelength-group signal which is input from the ADD interface and added
locally. Then the coupled signal is output to the line via the LO interface.

Application

When there are several local groups, the contentionless function can be achieved.

The relationships between the multiplexing/demultiplexing group and the

wavelength contention are as follows:

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes WSS series cards, the

colorless function can be achieved.

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes OMU / ODU series cards,

the colored function can be achieved.

430 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Figure 6-63 Application of the WSS4M and WSS4D Cards

Version: K 431
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.3.3.2 Front Panel of the WSS4M / WSS4D Card

Figure 6-64 Front Panel of the WSS4M Card

Figure 6-65 Front Panel of the WSS4D Card

Table 6-126 Description of the Front Panel of the WSS4M / WSS4D Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur
on the card.
Output port for line Outputs main optical path signals.
LO
signals Generally, connects to the "IN" port on the OA card.

Input port for line Inputs main optical path signals.

LI
signals Generally, connects to the "OUT" port on the PA card.

Works together with the OMU series cards for local adding.
ADD Local adding port
Generally, connects to the "OUT" port on the OMU series cards.

EI External adding port Extends and inputs the signal from other line directions.

Works together with the ODU series cards for local dropping.
DROP Local dropping port
Generally, connects to the "IN" port on the ODU series cards.

External dropping
EO Extends and outputs signals to other line directions.
port

432 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-126 Description of the Front Panel of the WSS4M / WSS4D Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

D1 to D4 4 dropping ports Output the single-wavelength or wavelength-group signals to be

locally terminated or passed through.
Generally, connect to the "RX" ports on the line interface cards or the
D1 to D8 8 dropping ports
optical transponder cards, or connect to the "IN" ports on the ODU
series cards.
A1 to A4 4 adding ports Input single-wavelength or wavelength-group signals to be multiplexed
into the main optical path.
Generally, connect to the "TX" ports on the line interface cards or the
A1 to A8 8 adding ports
optical transponder cards, or connect to the "OUT" ports on the OMU
series cards.
Generally, cascades with other cards.
Input interface for
MI Usually, connects to the "MO" port on another optical add/drop
multiplexed signals
multiplexer card.

Output port for

Generally, cascades with other cards.
multiplexed signals
MO Usually, connects to the "MI" port on another optical add/drop
(also used as the 9th
multiplexer card.
dropping port)

6.3.3.3 Specifications of the WSS4M / WSS4D Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-127 Specifications of the WSS4M / WSS4D Card

Specification Specification
Item Unit
(WSS4M) (WSS4D)

Channel spacing GHz 50 / 100

Operating wavelength range nm 1528 to 1568
Degrees - 1×5 1×5
Isolation dB > 35 > 35
An/MI→LO dB < 6.5 -
Insertion loss
LI→LONote 1 dB < 13 -
(WSS4M)
LI→DROP dB < 3.5 -
LI→MO/EO dB < 7.5 -
LI→Dn/MO dB - < 6.5
Insertion loss Note 1
LI→LO dB - < 13
(WSS4D)
MI/EI→LO dB - < 7.5
ADD→LO dB - < 3.5

Version: K 433
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-127 Specifications of the WSS4M / WSS4D Card (Continued)

Specification Specification
Item Unit
(WSS4M) (WSS4D)

Optical return loss dB > 40 > 40

Attenuation range dB 0 to 28 0 to 28
Note 1: To measure the insertion loss (LI→LO), connect the MI and MO ports of the card using an optical fiber.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-128 Mechanical Specifications of the WSS4M / WSS4D Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

WSS4M 368 × 60 2.35

WSS4D 368 × 60 2.35

Power Consumption

Table 6-129 Power Consumption of the WSS4M / WSS4D Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

WSS4M 11
WSS4D 11

Applicable Subrack

Table 6-130 Applicable Subracks for the WSS4M / WSS4D Card

Card Applicable Subrack

WSS4M COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

WSS4D COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.3.4 WSS8M / WSS8D

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

434 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.3.4.1 Functions of the WSS8M / WSS8D Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-131 Functions and Features of the WSS8M / WSS8D Card

Function Description (WSS8M) Description (WSS8D)

Implements the dynamic and configurable Implements dynamic and configurable

multiplexing function for any wavelength to any demultiplexing for any wavelength to any port.
Basic function port. Thus, the wavelength added locally can be Thus, the wavelength combination on the line
input from any port and the dynamic can be output to any port and the dynamic
wavelength allocation can be achieved. wavelength allocation can be achieved.

WDM
Supports the DWDM technical specifications.
specification

Wavelength
191.275 THz to 196.075 THz
range

Wavelength
quantity 96
supported

Spectrum
Supports wavelength signals with a fixed channel spacing of 50 GHz.
application

Alarm and
performance Reports alarms and performance events.
monitoring

Optical power
Adjusts the optical power of each wavelength in the range of 0 dBm to 15 dBm.
adjustment

Optical-layer
Supported
ASON

Version: K 435
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-66 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the WSS8M Card

u In the Rx direction

The card receives the multiplexed signal of the main optical path via the LI port,
sends the signal to two splitters for processing and then outputs the split
signals through the MO, EO, and DROP interfaces, respectively. The output
signals have the same wavelength as that of the signal input from the LI
interface, only different in power allocation.

u In the Tx direction

The signals from the A1 to An and MI ports are coupled by the WSS module
and output via the LO port. These signals can be those added locally or
transmitted from other line directions.

Figure 6-67 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the WSS8D Card

436 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

u In the Rx direction

The card receives the main optical path signals via the LI interface. If the single-
wavelength or wavelength-group signals need to be terminated locally, the card
outputs the signals via the D1 to Dn interfaces. For other wavelengths, the card
outputs the signals from the MO interface, without adding or dropping them
locally.

u In the Tx direction

The signals from the MI and EI interfaces are coupled into one signal using a
coupler. It is then further coupled using a coupler with the single-wavelength or
wavelength-group signal which is input from the ADD interface and added
locally. Then the coupled signal is output to the line via the LO interface.

Application

When there are several local groups, the contentionless function can be achieved.

The relationships between the multiplexing/demultiplexing group and the

wavelength contention are as follows:

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes WSS series cards, the

colorless function can be achieved.

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes OMU / ODU series cards,

the colored function can be achieved.

Version: K 437
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-68 Application of the WSS8M and WSS8D Cards

438 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.3.4.2 Front Panel of the WSS8M / WSS8D Card

Figure 6-69 Front Panel of the WSS8M Card

Figure 6-70 Front Panel of the WSS8D Card

Table 6-132 Description of the WSS8M / WSS8D Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur
on the card.
Output port for line Outputs main optical path signals.
LO
signals Generally, connects to the "IN" interface on the OA card.

Input port for line Inputs main optical path signals.

LI
signals Generally, connects to the "OUT" interface on the PA card.

Works together with the OMU series cards for local adding.
ADD Local adding port
Generally, connects to the "OUT" interface on the OMU series cards.

External adding
EI Extends and inputs the signal from other line directions.
interface
Local dropping Works together with the ODU series cards for local dropping.
DROP
interface Generally, connects to the "IN" interface on the ODU series cards.

Version: K 439
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-132 Description of the WSS8M / WSS8D Card Panel (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

External dropping
EO Extends and outputs signals to other line directions.
interface
Four dropping Output the single-wavelength or wavelength-group signals to be
D1 to D4
interfaces locally terminated or passed through.
Generally, connect to the "RX" interfaces on the line interface cards or
D1 to D8 8 dropping ports the optical transponder cards, or connect to the "IN" interfaces on the
ODU series cards.
Four adding Input single-wavelength or wavelength-group signals to be multiplexed
A1 to A4
interfaces into the main optical path.
Generally, connect to the "TX" interfaces on the line interface cards or
A1 to A8 8 adding ports the optical transponder cards, or connect to the "OUT" interfaces on
the OMU series cards.
Generally, cascades with other cards.
Input interface for
MI Usually, connects to the "MO" interface on another optical add/drop
multiplexed signals
multiplexer card.

Output interface for

Generally, cascades with other cards.
multiplexed signals
MO Usually, connects to the "MI" interface on another optical add/drop
(also used as the 9th
multiplexer card.
dropping interface)

6.3.4.3 Specifications of the WSS8M / WSS8D Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-133 Specifications of the WSS8M / WSS8D Card

Specification Specification
Item Unit
(WSS8M) (WSS8D)

Channel spacing GHz 50 / 100

Operating wavelength range nm 1528 to 1568
Degrees - 1×9 1×9
Isolation dB > 35 > 35
An/MI→LO dB < 6.5 -
Insertion
LI→LONote 1 dB < 13 -
loss
LI→DROP dB < 3.5 -
(WSS8M)
LI→MO/EO dB < 7.5 -

440 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-133 Specifications of the WSS8M / WSS8D Card (Continued)

Specification Specification
Item Unit
(WSS8M) (WSS8D)

Insertion LI→Dn/MO dB - < 6.5

Note 1 -
loss LI→LO dB < 13
(WSS8D) MI/EI→LO dB - < 7.5
ADD→LO dB - < 3.5
Optical return loss dB > 40 > 40
Attenuation range dB 0 to 28 0 to 28
Note 1: To measure the insertion loss (LI→LO), connect the MI and MO ports of the card using
an optical fiber.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-134 Mechanical Specifications of the WSS8M / WSS8D Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

WSS8M 368 × 60 2.35

WSS8D 368 × 60 2.35

Power Consumption

Table 6-135 Power Consumption of the WSS8M / WSS8D Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

WSS8M 11
WSS8D 11

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-136 Applicable Subracks for the WSS8M / WSS8D Card

Card Applicable Subrack

WSS8M COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

WSS8D COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

Version: K 441
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.3.5 WSS8T / WSS20T

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.3.5.1 Functions of the WSS8T / WSS20T Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-137 Functions and Features of the WSS8T / WSS20T Card

Function Description

Implements dynamic and configurable multiplexing and demultiplexing function for

any wavelength to any port.
Basic function
u Multiplexing: Inputs any wavelength locally added from any port.
u Demultiplexing: Outputs any wavelength combination of the line to any port.

WDM specification Supports the DWDM technical specifications.

Wavelength Range 191.275 THz to 196.075 THz

Wavelength quantity
127
supported

Supports Flexible Grid wavelength signals.

The wavelength signal spectrum can be 37.5 + n × 12.5 (n is an integer) GHz, which
Spectrum application
meets the high-speed service bandwidth requirements. This allows flexible allocation
of bandwidths and improves the utilization of the bandwidth.

Alarm and performance

Reports alarms and performance events.
monitoring

Optical power adjustment Adjusts the optical power of each wavelength in the range of 0 dBm to 15 dBm.

Optical-layer ASON Supported

442 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-71 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the WSS8T / WSS20T Card

u In the Rx direction

The signal received from the LI interface is demultiplexed by the WSS module
and output via the D1 to Dn interfaces. The MONI interface is used to monitor
the optical power of the signal input from the LI interface.

u In the Tx direction

The signals received from the A1 to An interfaces are coupled by the WSS
module and output via the LO interface. The MONO interface is used to monitor
the optical power of the signal output from the LO interface.

Application

The WSS8T / WSS20T card provides dynamic and configurable wavelength adding
and dropping functions simultaneously.

When there are several local groups, the contentionless function can be achieved.

The relationships between the multiplexing/demultiplexing group and the

wavelength contention are as follows:

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes WSS series cards, the

colorless function can be achieved.

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes OMU / ODU series cards,

the colored function can be achieved.

Version: K 443
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Supports a fixed channel spacing of 50 GHz or 100 GHz and a dynamic and flexible
grid of 37.5 + n × 6.25 (n is an integer) GHz to achieve hybrid multi-rate
transmissions.

Figure 6-72 Application of the WSS8T / WSS20T Cards

444 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.3.5.2 Front Panel of the WSS8T / WSS20T Card

Figure 6-73 Front Panel of the WSS8T Card

Figure 6-74 Front Panel of the WSS8T Card (Added with the MON Monitoring Function)

Figure 6-75 Front Panel of the WSS20T Card

Table 6-138 Description of the Front Panel of the WSS8T / WSS20T Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
Working status
ACT between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
Output port for line Outputs main optical path signals.
LO
signals Generally, connects to the "IN" interface on the OA card.

Input port for line Inputs main optical path signals.

LI
signals Generally, connects to the "OUT" interface on the PA card.

Version: K 445
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-138 Description of the Front Panel of the WSS8T / WSS20T Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

MONO Monitor port for

Monitors optical power output from the LO port.
(WSS8T) output optical power

MONI Monitor port for input

Monitors optical power input from the LI port.
(WSS8T) optical power

Input single-wavelength or wavelength-group signals to be multiplexed into

the main optical path.
A1 to A9 9 adding ports
Generally, connect to the "TX" interfaces on the line interface cards or the
A1 to A20 20 adding ports
optical transponder cards, or connect to the "OUT" interfaces on the OMU
series cards.
Output a single-wavelength or wavelength-group signal to the line interface
card.
D1 to D9 9 dropping ports
Generally, connect to the "RX" ports on the line interface cards or the
D1 to D20 20 dropping ports
optical transponder cards, or connect to the "IN" ports on the OMU series
cards.

6.3.5.3 Specifications of the WSS8T / WSS20T Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-139 Specifications of the WSS8T / WSS20T Card

Specification Specification
Item Unit
(WSS8T) (WSS20T)

37.5 + n × 6.25 37.5 + n × 6.25

Channel spacing GHz
(flex) (flex)

Degrees - 1×9 1 × 20
Port isolation dB ≥ 25 > 25
Insertion LI→Dn dB ≤8 ≤8
loss
An→LO dB ≤8 ≤8

Attenuation range dB 0 to 15 0 to 15

446 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-140 Mechanical Specifications of the WSS8T / WSS20T Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

WSS8T 368 × 60 2.93

WSS20T 368 × 60 2.93

Power Consumption

Table 6-141 Power Consumption of the WSS8T / WSS20T Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

WSS8T 65
WSS20T 65

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-142 Subracks Applicable to the WSS8T / WSS20T Card

Card Applicable Subrack

WSS8T COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

WSS20T COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.3.6 WSS8MR / WSS8DT / ODU8T

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 447
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.3.6.1 Functions of the WSS8MR / WSS8DT / ODU8T Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-143 Functions and Features of the WSS8MR / WSS8DT Card

Function WSS8MR WSS8DT

Implements dynamic and configurable Implements dynamic and configurable
multiplexing for any wavelength to any port. demultiplexing for any wavelength to any port.
Basic function Thus, the wavelength added locally can be Thus, the wavelength combination on the line
input from any port and the dynamic can be output to any port and the dynamic
wavelength allocation can be achieved. wavelength allocation can be achieved.

Fiber cut
The card has a built-in 1310 nm Rx / Tx optical module to detect the fiber cut inside the rack.
detection
WDM
Supports the DWDM technical specifications.
specification

Wavelength
191.275 THz to 196.075 THz
range

Wavelength
quantity 96
supported

Spectrum
Supports wavelength signals with a fixed channel spacing of 50 GHz.
application

Alarm and
performance Reports the alarms and performance events.
monitoring

Optical power
Adjusts the optical power of each wavelength in the range of 0 dBm to 15 dBm.
adjustment

Optical-layer
Supported
ASON

Table 6-144 Functions and Features of the ODU8T Card

Function Description

Implements the broadcast function in eight directions simultaneously for main optical
Basic function channel signals.
Used together with the WSS8MR card.

The card has a built-in 1310 nm Tx optical module to detect the fiber cut inside the
Fiber cut detection
rack.

448 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-76 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the WSS8MR Card

The 1550 nm and 1310 nm hybrid signals from the A1 to A8 interfaces are split into
eight 1550 nm signals and eight 1310 nm signals by the splitter.

u The extracted eight 1550 nm signals and the signals input from the MI interface
are coupled via the WSS module and output from the LO interface. The signals
input from the A1 to A8 interfaces and the MI interface can be those either
added locally or transmitted from other line directions.

u The 1310 nm Rx module can monitor the power of the extracted eight 1310 nm
signals for fiber cut monitoring inside the subrack.

Version: K 449
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The interfaces on the ODU8T card panel include IN, and OUT1 to OUT8 (MO excluded).

Figure 6-77 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the WSS8DT / ODU8T Card

u In the Rx direction

The signal received from the LI interface is demultiplexed by the WSS module
and output via the D1 to Dn interfaces. The MONI interface is used to monitor
the optical power of the signal input from the LI interface.

u In the Tx direction

The signals received from the A1 to An interfaces are coupled by the WSS
module and output via the LO interface. The MONO interface is used to monitor
the optical power of the signal output from the LO interface.

Application

The WSS8MR / WSS8DT card can monitor the fiber cut inside the rack using a built-
in 1310 nm Tx / Rx optical module.

In the local group, the ODU8T card can substitute for the WSS8DT card to monitor
the fiber cut inside the rack.

When there are several local groups, the contentionless function can be achieved.

450 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

The relationships between the multiplexing/demultiplexing group and the

wavelength contention are as follows:

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes WSS series cards, the

colorless function can be achieved.

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes OMU / ODU series cards,

the colored function can be achieved.

Figure 6-78 Application of the WSS8MR + WSS8DT / WSS8MR + ODU8T Cards

Version: K 451
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.3.6.2 Front Panel of the WSS8MR / WSS8DT / ODU8T Card

Figure 6-79 Front Panel of the WSS8MR Card

Figure 6-80 Front Panel of the WSS8DT Card

Figure 6-81 Front Panel of the ODU8T Card

Table 6-145 Description of the Front Panel of the WSS8MR / WSS8DT / ODU8T Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the communication
ACT
indicator between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
Output interface for Outputs main optical path signals.
LO
line signals Generally, connects to the "IN" interface on the OA card.

Input interface for Inputs main optical path signals.

LI
line signals Generally, connects to the "OUT" interface on the PA card.

452 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-145 Description of the Front Panel of the WSS8MR / WSS8DT / ODU8T Card
(Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Input the single-wavelength or wavelength-group signal to be multiplexed

into the main path.
Eight adding
A1 to A8 Generally, connect to the "TX" interfaces on the line interface cards or the
interfaces
optical transponder cards, or connect to the "OUT" interfaces on the OMU
series cards.
Output the single-wavelength or wavelength-group signals to be locally
terminated or passed through.
Eight dropping
D1 to D8 Generally, connect to the "RX" interfaces on the line interface cards or the
interfaces
optical transponder cards, or connect to the "IN" interfaces on the ODU
series cards.
Generally, cascades with other cards.
Input interface for
MI Usually, connects to the "MO" interface on another optical add/drop
multiplexed signals
multiplexer card.

Generally, cascades with other cards.

Output interface for
MO Usually, connects to the "MI" interface on another optical add/drop
multiplexed signals
multiplexer card.

OUT1 to Output interfaces for Respectively output the 1st to 8th signals and are usually connected to the
OUT8 the 1st to 8th signals "A1" to "A8" interfaces on the WSSM card in other directions.
Input interface for
Inputs the signal to be demultiplexed and is usually connected to the "OUT"
IN the multiplexed
interface on the PA card.
signal

6.3.6.3 Specifications of the WSS8MR / WSS8DT / ODU8T Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-146 Specifications of the WSS8MR Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50 / 100

1270 to 1350 and 1528
Operating wavelength range nm
to 1568
Degrees - 1×9
Isolation dB > 35
Insertion loss MI→LO dB < 6.5
Optical return loss dB > 40

Version: K 453
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-146 Specifications of the WSS8MR Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Optical power detection accuracy (1310

dB ±1.0
nm Rx module)

Attenuation range dB 0 to 28

Table 6-147 Specifications of the WSS8DT Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50 / 100

1270 to 1350 and 1528
Operating wavelength range nm
to 1568
Degrees - 1×9
Isolation dB > 35
Insertion loss
LI→MO dB < 6.5

Optical return loss dB > 40

Optical power -10℃ to +40℃ dB ±1.0
detection +40℃ to +50℃ dB ±2.0
accuracy (1310
+50℃ to +60℃ dB ±3.0
nm Tx module)

Attenuation range dB 0 to 28

Table 6-148 Specifications of the ODU8T Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50 / 100

1270 to 1350 and 1528
Operating wavelength nm
to 1568
Insertion loss dB ≤ 11
Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.5
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 30
Total crosstalk dB ≥ 23
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.5
-1 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.4
-20 dB spectral width nm ≤ 1.2
Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05

454 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-148 Specifications of the ODU8T Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Optical power -10℃ to +40℃ dB ±1.0

detection +40℃ to +50℃ dB ±2.0
accuracy (1310
+50℃ to +60℃ dB ±3.0
nm Tx module)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-149 Mechanical Specifications of the WSS8MR / WSS8DT / ODU8T Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

WSS8MR 368 × 60 1.585

WSS8DT 368 × 60 1.585
ODU8T 368 × 30 0.6

Power Consumption

Table 6-150 Power Consumption of the WSS8MR / WSS8DT / ODU8T Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

WSS8MR 16.29
WSS8DT 16.29

ODU8T 2.7

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-151 Subrack Applicable to the WSS8MR / WSS8DT / ODU8T Card

Card Applicable Subrack

WSS8MR COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

WSS8DT COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

ODU8T COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.3.7 FWSS8M / FWSS8D

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 455
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.3.7.1 Functions of the FWSS8M / FWSS8D Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-152 Functions and Features of the FWSS8M / FWSS8D Card

Function FWSS8M FWSS8D

Implements dynamic configurable multiplexing Implements dynamic configurable
Basic function for any wavelength to any port and allows demultiplexing for any wavelength to any port
dynamic allocation of wavelengths. and allows dynamic allocation of wavelengths.

WDM
Supports the DWDM technical specifications.
specification

Wavelength
191.275 THz to 196.075 THz
range

Wavelength
quantity 127
supported

Supports Flexible Grid wavelength signals.

Spectrum The wavelength signal spectrum can be 37.5 + n × 12.5 (n is an integer) GHz, which meets the
application high-speed service bandwidth requirements. This allows flexible allocation of bandwidths and
improves the utilization of the bandwidth.

Alarm and
performance Reports alarms and performance events.
monitoring

Optical power
Adjusts the optical power of each wavelength in the range of 0 dBm to 15 dBm.
adjustment

Optical-layer
Supported
ASON

456 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-82 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the FWSS8M Card

u In the Rx direction

The card receives the multiplexed signal of the main optical path via the LI port,
sends the signal to two splitters for processing and then outputs the split
signals through the MO, EO, and DROP interfaces, respectively. The output
signals have the same wavelength as that of the signal input from the LI
interface, only different in power allocation.

u In the Tx direction

The signals from the A1 to An and MI ports are coupled by the WSS module
and output via the LO port. These signals can be those added locally or
transmitted from other line directions.

Figure 6-83 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the FWSS8D Card

Version: K 457
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u In the Rx direction

The card receives the main optical path signals via the LI interface. If the single-
wavelength or wavelength-group signals need to be terminated locally, the card
outputs the signals via the D1 to Dn interfaces. For other wavelengths, the card
outputs the signals from the MO interface, without adding or dropping them
locally.

u In the Tx direction

The signals from the MI and EI interfaces are coupled into one signal using a
coupler. It is then further coupled using a coupler with the single-wavelength or
wavelength-group signal which is input from the ADD interface and added
locally. Then the coupled signal is output to the line via the LO interface.

Application

When there are several local groups, the contentionless function can be achieved.

The relationships between the multiplexing/demultiplexing group and the

wavelength contention are as follows:

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes WSS series cards, the

colorless function can be achieved.

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes OMU / ODU series cards,

the colored function can be achieved.

The FWSS series cards support a fixed channel spacing of 50 GHz or 100 GHz and
a dynamic and flexible grid of 37.5 + n × 12.5 (n is an integer) GHz to achieve hybrid
multi-rate transmissions.

458 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Figure 6-84 Application of the FWSS8M and FWSS8D Cards

Version: K 459
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.3.7.2 Front Panel of the FWSS8M / FWSS8D Card

Figure 6-85 Front Panel of the FWSS8M Card

Figure 6-86 Front Panel of the FWSS8D Card

Table 6-153 Description of the Front Panel of the FWSS8M / FWSS8D Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur
on the card.
Output port for line Outputs main optical path signals.
LO
signals Generally, connects to the "IN" interface on the OA card.

Input port for line Inputs main optical path signals.

LI
signals Generally, connects to the "OUT" interface on the PA card.

Works together with the OMU series cards for local adding.
ADD Local adding port
Generally, connects to the "OUT" interface on the OMU series cards.

Local dropping Works together with the ODU series cards for local dropping.
DROP
interface Generally, connects to the "IN" interface on the ODU series cards.

External adding
EI Extends and inputs the signal from other line directions.
interface

460 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-153 Description of the Front Panel of the FWSS8M / FWSS8D Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

External dropping
EO Extends and outputs signals to other line directions.
interface
A1 to A8 8 adding ports Input single-wavelength or wavelength-group signals to be multiplexed
into the main optical path.
Generally, connect to the "TX" interfaces on the line interface cards or
A1 to A20 20 adding ports
the optical transponder cards, or connect to the "OUT" interfaces on
the OMU series cards.
D1 to D8 8 dropping ports Output the single-wavelength or wavelength-group signals to be
locally terminated or passed through.
Generally, connect to the "RX" interfaces on the line interface cards or
D1 to D20 20 dropping ports
the optical transponder cards, or connect to the "IN" interfaces on the
ODU series cards.
Generally, cascades with other cards.
Input interface for
MI Usually, connects to the "MO" interface on another optical add/drop
multiplexed signals
multiplexer card.

Generally, cascades with other cards.

Output interface for
MO Usually, connects to the "MI" interface on another optical add/drop
multiplexed signals
multiplexer card.

6.3.7.3 Specifications of the FWSS8M / FWSS8D Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-154 Specifications of the FWSS8M / FWSS8D Card

Specification Specification
Item Unit
(FWSS8M) (FWSS8D)

Channel spacing GHz 37.5 + n × 12.5 (flex) 37.5 + n × 12.5 (flex)

Operating wavelength range nm 1528 to 1568 1528 to 1568

Degrees - 1×9 1×9
Isolation dB > 25 > 25
An/MI→LO dB < 6.5 -
Insertion loss LI→LONote 1 dB < 13 -
FWSS8M LI→DROP dB < 3.5 -
LI→MO/EO dB < 7.5 -

Insertion loss LI→Dn/MO dB - < 6.5

Note 1 -
FWSS8D LI→LO dB < 13
MI/EI→LO dB - < 7.5

Version: K 461
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-154 Specifications of the FWSS8M / FWSS8D Card (Continued)

Specification Specification
Item Unit
(FWSS8M) (FWSS8D)

ADD→LO dB - < 3.5

Optical return loss dB > 40 > 40
Attenuation range dB 0 to 15 0 to 15
Note 1: To measure the insertion loss (LI→LO), connect the MI and MO ports of the card using an optical fiber.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-155 Mechanical Specifications of the FWSS8M / FWSS8D Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

FWSS8M 368 × 60 1.585

FWSS8D 368 × 60 1.585

Power Consumption

Table 6-156 Power Consumption of the FWSS8M / FWSS8D Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

FWSS8M 16.29
FWSS8D 16.29

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-157 Applicable Subracks for the FWSS8M / FWSS8D Card

Card Applicable Subrack

FWSS8M COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

FWSS8D COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.3.8 FWSS20M / FWSS20D

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

462 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.3.8.1 Functions of the FWSS20M / FWSS20D Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-158 Functions and Features of the FWSS20M / FWSS20D Card

Function FWSS20M FWSS20D

Implements dynamic and configurable Implements dynamic and configurable
multiplexing of any wavelength to any port. demultiplexing for any wavelength to any port.
Basic function Thus, the wavelength added locally can be Thus, the wavelength combination on the line
input from any port and the dynamic can be output to any port and the dynamic
wavelength allocation can be achieved. wavelength allocation can be achieved.

WDM
Supports the DWDM technical specifications.
specification

Wavelength
191.275 THz to 196.075 THz
Range

Wavelength
quantity 127
supported

Supports Flexible Grid wavelength signals.

Spectrum The wavelength signal spectrum can be 37.5 + n × 12.5 (n is an integer) GHz, which meets the
application high-speed service bandwidth requirements. This allows flexible allocation of bandwidths and
improves the utilization of the bandwidth.

Alarm and
performance Reports the alarms and performance events.
monitoring

Optical power
Adjusts the optical power of each wavelength, ranging from 0 to 15 dBm.
adjustment

Optical-layer
Supported
ASON

Version: K 463
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-87 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the FWSS20M Card

u In the Rx direction

The card receives the multiplexed signal of the main optical path via the LI port,
sends the signal to two splitters for processing and then outputs the split
signals through the MO, EO, and DROP interfaces, respectively. The output
signals have the same wavelength as that of the signal input from the LI
interface, only different in power allocation.

u In the Tx direction

The signals from the A1 to An and MI ports are coupled by the WSS module
and output via the LO port. These signals can be those added locally or
transmitted from other line directions.

Figure 6-88 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the FWSS20D Card

464 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

u In the Rx direction

The card receives the main optical path signals via the LI interface. If the single-
wavelength or wavelength-group signals need to be terminated locally, the card
outputs the signals via the D1 to Dn interfaces. For other wavelengths, the card
outputs the signals from the MO interface, without adding or dropping them
locally.

u In the Tx direction

The signals from the MI and EI interfaces are coupled into one signal using a
coupler. It is then further coupled using a coupler with the single-wavelength or
wavelength-group signal which is input from the ADD interface and added
locally. Then the coupled signal is output to the line via the LO interface.

Application

When there are several local groups, the contentionless function can be achieved.

The relationships between the multiplexing/demultiplexing group and the

wavelength contention are as follows:

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes WSS series cards, the

colorless function can be achieved.

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes OMU / ODU series cards,

the colored function can be achieved.

The FWSS series cards support a fixed channel spacing of 50 GHz or 100 GHz and
a dynamic and flexible grid of 37.5 + n × 12.5 (n is an integer) GHz to achieve hybrid
multi-rate transmissions.

Version: K 465
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-89 Application of the FWSS20M and FWSS20D Cards

466 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.3.8.2 Front Panel of the FWSS20M / FWSS20D Card

Figure 6-90 Front Panel of the FWSS20M Card

Figure 6-91 Front Panel of the FWSS20D Card

Table 6-159 Description of the Front Panel of the FWSS20M / FWSS20D Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur
on the card.
Output port for line Outputs main optical path signals.
LO
signals Generally, connects to the "IN" interface on the OA card.

Input port for line Inputs main optical path signals.

LI
signals Generally, connects to the "OUT" interface on the PA card.

Works together with the OMU series cards for local adding.
ADD Local adding port
Generally, connects to the "OUT" interface on the OMU series cards.

Local dropping Works together with the ODU series cards for local dropping.
DROP
interface Generally, connects to the "IN" interface on the ODU series cards.

External adding
EI Extends and inputs the signal from other line directions.
interface

Version: K 467
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-159 Description of the Front Panel of the FWSS20M / FWSS20D Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

External dropping
EO Extends and outputs signals to other line directions.
interface
A1 to A8 8 adding interfaces Input single-wavelength or wavelength-group signals to be multiplexed
into the main optical path.
Generally, connect to the "TX" interfaces on the line interface cards or
A1 to A20 20 adding interfaces
the optical transponder cards, or connect to the "OUT" interfaces on
the OMU series cards.
D1 to D8 8 dropping ports Output the single-wavelength or wavelength-group signals to be
locally terminated or passed through.
Generally, connect to the "RX" interfaces on the line interface cards or
D1 to D20 20 dropping ports
the optical transponder cards, or connect to the "IN" interfaces on the
ODU series cards.
Generally, cascades with other cards.
Input interface for
MI Usually, connects to the "MO" interface on another optical add/drop
multiplexed signals
multiplexer card.

Generally, cascades with other cards.

Output interface for
MO Usually, connects to the "MI" interface on another optical add/drop
multiplexed signals
multiplexer card.

6.3.8.3 Specifications of the FWSS20M / FWSS20D Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-160 Specifications of the FWSS20M / FWSS20D Card

Specification Specification
Item Unit
(FWSS20M) (FWSS20D)

Channel spacing GHz 37.5 + n × 12.5 (flex) 37.5 + n × 12.5 (flex)

Operating wavelength range nm 1528 to 1568 1528 to 1568

Degrees - 1 × 20 1 × 20
Isolation dB > 25 > 25
Insertion loss
A1 to A20→LO dB 2 to 6.5 -
(FWSS20M)

Insertion loss
LI→D1 to D20 dB - 2 to 6.5
(FWSS20D)

Optical return loss dB > 40 > 40

Attenuation range dB 0 to 15 0 to 15
Note 1: To measure the insertion loss (LI→LO), connect the MI and MO ports of the card using an optical fiber.

468 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-161 Mechanical Specifications of the FWSS20M / FWSS20D Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

FWSS20M 368 × 60 1.585

FWSS20D 368 × 60 1.585

Power Consumption

Table 6-162 Power Consumption of the FWSS20M / FWSS20D Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

FWSS20M 16.29
FWSS20D 16.29

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-163 Applicable Subracks for the FWSS20M / FWSS20D Card

Card Applicable Subrack

FWSS20M COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

FWSS20D COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.3.9 MCS8_16 / EA8

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 469
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.3.9.1 Functions of the MCS8_16 / EA8 Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-164 Functions and Features of the MCS8_16 Card

Function Description

Provides contentionless optical grooming of any wavelength; cross-connects sixteen wavelengths

Basic function into eight dimensions; supports broadcast from eight-directional dimensions to sixteen downlink
interfaces; supports selecting eight directions at the sixteen downlink interfaces.

Optical power
Adjusts the optical power for each wavelength via the EMS.
adjustment

Achieves the CDC (colorless, directionless, contentionless) function, which can be used to
CDC function
construct a CDC ROADM node.
Alarm and
performance Detects the optical power and reports the alarms and performance events of the card.
monitoring

Table 6-165 Functions and Features of the EA8 Card

Function Description

Compensates for the insertion loss of the MCS8_16 card; amplifies the optical power of eight
Basic function wavelengths. Each EA8 card compensates for insertion loss in four directions at most. The four-
dimensional node requires an EA8 card, while the eight-dimensional node requires two EA8 cards.

470 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-92 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the MCS8_16 Card

u In the Rx direction

The signals received from the LI1 to LI4 interfaces on the EA8 card are sent to
the EDFA Array optical module for amplification and then output to the
MCS8_16 card. The signals in directions 1 to 4 are input from the Line 1
interface and those in directions 5 to 8 are input from the Line 2 interface.
These signals pass the optical switch and are then output from any interface
ranging from D1 to D16.

u In the Tx Direction

The signals received from the A1 to A16 interfaces are groomed to any of the
eight directions through the optical switch. The optical signals in directions 1 to
4 are output from the Line1 interface and those in directions 5 to 8 are output
from the Line2 interface. The signal output from the EA8 card can be a single-
wavelength signal or a combination one which corresponds to the type of the
signal received from the An interface.

Application

The MCS8_16 card is mainly used to send optical signals of any wavelength to any
direction supported without contentions. The MCS8_16 card must be used together
with the EA8 cards to achieve the colorless function.

Version: K 471
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-93 Application of the MCS8_16 Card

6.3.9.2 Front Panel of the MCS8_16 / EA8 Card

Figure 6-94 Front Panel of the MCS8_16 Card

472 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-166 Description of the Front Panel of the MCS8_16 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
ACT Working status indicator between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on
the card.
Inputs four (directions 1 to 4) dropping line
Optical interface connector:
signals; outputs four (directions 1 to 4)
Input / output interface MPO-MPO connector.
adding line signals.
Line1 for line signals of For details about wires and
An MPO interface; usually, connected to
directions 1 to 4 cables, see MPO Optical
the Line interface on the EA8 card, using
Fiber.
MPO-MPO fibers.
Inputs four (directions 5 to 8) dropping line
Optical interface connector:
signals; outputs four (directions 5 to 8)
Input / output interface MPO-MPO connector.
adding line signals.
Line2 for line signals of For details about wires and
An MPO interface; usually, connected to
directions 5 to 8 cables, see MPO Optical
the Line interface on the EA8 card, using
Fiber.
MPO-MPO fibers.
Input single-wavelength or wavelength-group signals to be multiplexed
into the main optical path.
A1 to A16 16 adding interfaces
LC interfaces; usually, connected to the "TX" interfaces on the optical
transponder cards.

Output the single-wavelength or wavelength-group signal to the optical

transponder card.
D1 to D16 16 dropping interfaces
LC interfaces; usually, connected to the "RX" interfaces on the optical
transponder cards.

Figure 6-95 Front Panel of the EA8 Card

Version: K 473
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-167 Description of the Front Panel of the EA8 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
ACT Working status indicator between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on
the card.
Pressing down the button will turn off the card's laser; releasing the button
CUT Laser shutdown button
will turn on the laser.
The port can be connected with an
external spectrum analyzer or an OPM
Monitoring port for card to monitor the spectrum of the main Optical interface connector:
MON
output signals path output signals. LC/UPC-type
The power ratio of the monitoring interface
is 0.5%.
Optical interface connector:
Input / output interface Generally, connects to the Line1 or Line2 MPO-MPO connector.
Line for line signals of interface on the MCS8_16 card, using For details about wires and
directions 1 to 4 MPO-MPO fibers. cables, see MPO Optical
Fiber.
Input main optical path signals.
Input interfaces for main Optical interface connector:
LI1 to LI4 Generally, connects to the OUT port on a
optical path signals LC/UPC-type
PA card.
Output main optical path signals.
Output interfaces for Optical interface connector:
LO1 to LO4 Generally, connects to the IN port on an
main optical path signals LC/UPC-type
OA card.

474 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.3.9.3 Specifications of the MCS8_16 / EA8 Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-168 Specifications of the MCS8_16 Card

Item Unit Specification

Optical wavelength range (C-band

nm 1528 to 1568
48-wavelength)

Insertion loss dB ≤ 17
Port isolation dB ≥ 40
Wavelength dependent loss (WDL) dB ≤ 0.8
Polarization dependent loss (PDL) dB ≤ 0.5
Polarization mode dispersion (PMD) ps ≤ 0.5
Return loss dB ≥ 50
Switching time between MEMS and
ms ≤ 50
PLS technologies

Table 6-169 Specifications of the EA8 Card

Item Unit Specification

Optical wavelength range (C-band

nm 1528 to 1568
48-wavelength)

Maximum channel number 8

Nominal output signal optical power
dBm 21
(POUT)

Input power range for the multiplexed

dBm -28 to 6
signal

Gain adjustment range dB 16 to 20

Noise figure (NF) dB 5.8 + (20-G)

Gain flatness dB ≤ 1.5

Gain tilt dB ±0.5
Gain adjustment accuracy dB ±0.5
Optical power monitoring accuracy dB ±0.5
Output power at pump OFF report dBm -45
Mode 1 dBm 6±0.5
LOSS mode
Mode 2 dBm Laser off
Dynamic gain tilt (DGT) dB/dB 3
Polarization dependent gain (PDG)
dB 0.5
variation

Version: K 475
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-169 Specifications of the EA8 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Polarization dependent loss (PDL) dB 0.5

Polarization mode dispersion (PMD) ps 0.5
Pump leakage at output dBm -30
Pump leakage at input dBm -30
Optical input return loss at EDFA
dB ≥ 40
shutdown
Optical output return loss at EDFA
dB ≥ 40
shutdown
Gain lock set-up
15 dB add/drop us 1000
time
Transient gain
overshoot and 15 dB add/drop dB 1.5
undershoot
Transient gain error dB 1

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-170 Mechanical Specifications of the MCS8_16 / EA8 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

EA8 368 × 30 1.5

MCS8_16 368 × 30 1.8

Power Consumption

Table 6-171 Power Consumption of the MCS8_16 / EA8 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

EA8 80
MCS8_16 20

476 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-172 Applicable Subracks for the MCS8_16 / EA8 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

EA8 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

MCS8_16 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.3.10 SOAD4 / SOAD8

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.3.10.1 Functions of the SOAD4 / SOAD8 Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-173 Functions and Features of the SOAD4 / SOAD8 Card

Function Description

Provides the fixed wavelength adding and dropping functions of four or eight
Basic function
wavelength signals; the card is usually used at the FOADM station.

Supports querying the wavelength allocation at the adding / dropping port by checking
Wavelength query
the card-specific status.

Supports adjusting the optical power for each wavelength signal using a manual
Optical power adjustment
variable attenuator.
Channel spacing 50 GHz, 100 GHz

Alarm and performance

Detects the optical power and reports the alarms and performance events of the card.
monitoring

Version: K 477
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-96 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the SOAD4 / SOAD8 Card

u In the Rx direction

The LI interface receives one multiplexed signal from the opposite station. The
OADM module demultiplexes the multiplexed signal into N × wavelength
signals and outputs them from the DROP1 to DROPn interfaces. The signals
which are not extracted from the DROP interfaces are output from the MO
interface.

u In the Tx direction

The MI interface receives the signal from the MO interface on the opposite card.
The wavelength signals received from the ADD1 to ADDn interfaces and the
signal received from the MI interface are multiplexed by the OADM optical
module and then output from the LO interface.

Application

The SOAD4 / SOAD8 card adds or drops four / eight wavelength signals
unidirectionally, and is used in the nodes where services are added / dropped and
are not likely to change frequently.

478 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Figure 6-97 Application of the SOAD4 / SOAD8 Cards

6.3.10.2 Front Panel of the SOAD4 / SOAD8 Card

Figure 6-98 Front Panel of the SOAD4 Card

Figure 6-99 Front Panel of the SOAD8 Card

Version: K 479
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-174 Description of the Front Panel of the SOAD4 / SOAD8 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on
the card.
Used to adjust the power of the adding signals.
Note 1
Manual variable
ATT1 to 8 Clockwise rotation increases attenuation; counterclockwise rotation
attenuator
decreases attenuation.
Input interface for Inputs main optical path signals.
LI
line signals Generally, connects to the "OUT" interface on the PA card.

Output interface for Outputs main optical path signals.

LO
line signals Generally, connects to the "IN" interface on the OA card.

Cascade input Generally, connects to the "MO" interface on another optical add/drop
MI
interface multiplexer card.

Cascade output Generally, connects to the "MI" interface on another optical add/drop
MO
interface multiplexer card.

ADD1 to 8Note 2 Adding interface Inputs wavelength signals to be added.

DROP1 to 8 Note 3 Dropping interface Outputs wavelength signals to be dropped.

Note 1: The SOAD4 card has four manual variable attenuators ATT1 to ATT4.
Note 2: The SOAD4 card has four adding interfaces ADD1 to ADD4.
Note 3: The SOAD4 card has four dropping interfaces DROP1 to DROP4.

480 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.3.10.3 Specifications of the SOAD4 / SOAD8 Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-175 Specifications of the SOAD4 / SOAD8 Card

Specification Specification
Item Unit
(SOAD4) (SOAD8)

Channel spacing GHz 50 / 100

Operating wavelength range nm 1528 to 1568
Isolation dB > 28 > 28
An→LO (n ≤ 8) dB <4 <4

Insertion loss MI→LO dB <4 <4

LI→Dn (n ≤ 8) dB <4 <4
LI→MO dB <4 <4
Attenuation range dB 0 to 30 0 to 30
Return loss dB ≥ 45 ≥ 45

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-176 Mechanical Specifications of the SOAD4 / SOAD8 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

SOAD4 368 × 60 0.8

SOAD8 368 × 60 0.8

Power Consumption

Table 6-177 Power Consumption of the SOAD4 / SOAD8 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

SOAD4 1.8
SOAD8 1.8

Version: K 481
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-178 Subracks Applicable to the SOAD4 / SOAD8 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

SOAD4 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

SOAD8 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.3.11 WSS20T (L Band)

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

6.3.11.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 6-179 Functions and Features of the WSS20T Card

Function Description

Implements dynamic and configurable multiplexing and

demultiplexing for any wavelength in L band to any port.
Basic function u Multiplexing: Inputs any wavelength locally added from any port.
u Demultiplexing: Outputs any wavelength combination of the line
to any port.

WDM specification Supports the DWDM technical specifications.

Wavelength range 1570 nm to 1610 nm

Supports 50 GHz and flexible grid wavelength signals.
The wavelength signal spectrum can be n × slice (n is an integer
Spectrum application from 6 to 64, 1 slice = 6.25 GHz) GHz, meeting the high-speed
service bandwidth requirements. This allows flexible allocation of
bandwidths and improves the utilization of the bandwidth.

Alarm and performance

Reports alarms and performance events.
monitoring

Optical power Adjusts optical power of each wavelength in the range of 0 dBm to
adjustment 15 dBm.
Optical-layer ASON Supported

482 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-100 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the WSS20T Card

u In the Rx direction

The signal received from the IN port is demultiplexed by the WSS module and
output through the D1 to D20 ports. The MONI port is used to monitor optical
power of the signals input from the IN port.

u In the Tx direction

The signals received from the A1 to A20 ports are coupled by the WSS module
and output through the OUT port. The MONO port is used to monitor the optical
power of the signals output from the OUT port.

Application

The WSS20T card provides dynamic and configurable wavelength adding and
dropping simultaneously.

When there are several local groups, the contentionless function can be achieved.

The relationships between the multiplexing/demultiplexing group and the

wavelength contention are as follows:

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes WSS series cards, the

colorless function can be achieved.

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes OMU / ODU series cards,

the colored function can be achieved.

Version: K 483
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-101 Application of the WSS20T Cards

6.3.11.2 Front Panel

Figure 6-102 Front Panel of the WSS20T Card

484 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-180 Description of the Front Panel of the WSS20T Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
Working status
ACT between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
UA / NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
Output port for line Outputs main optical path signals.
LO
signals Generally, connects to the IN port on an OA card.

Input port for line Inputs main optical path signals.

LI
signals Generally, connects to the OUT port on a PA card.

Monitoring port for

MONO Monitors optical power output from the OUT port.
output optical power

Monitoring port for

MONI Monitors optical power input from the IN port.
input optical power

Input single-wavelength or wavelength-group signals to be multiplexed into

the main optical path.
A1 to A20 20 adding ports
Generally, connect to the TX ports on the line interface cards or the optical
transponder cards, or connect to the OUT ports on the OMU series cards.

Output single-wavelength or wavelength-group signals to line interface

cards.
D1 to D20 20 dropping ports
Generally, connect to the RX ports on the line interface cards or the optical
transponder cards, or connect to the IN ports on the OMU series cards.

6.3.11.3 Parameters

Interface Specifications

Table 6-181 Specifications of the WSS20T Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50 GHz or n × 6.25 (flex)

Degrees - 1 × 20

Version: K 485
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-181 Specifications of the WSS20T Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Port isolation dB > 20

Insertion loss dB 2.5 to 8.5
Insertion loss uniformity dB ≤ 3.5
Attenuation range dB 0 to 15

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-182 Mechanical Specifications of the WSS20T Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

WSS20T 368 × 60 2.93

Power Consumption

Table 6-183 Power Consumption of the WSS20T Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

WSS20T 12.72

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-184 Subracks Applicable to the WSS20T Card

Card Applicable Subrack

WSS20T COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.4 Optical Amplification Cards

This section introduces the functions and features, as well as the hardware structure
of the optical amplification cards.

6.4.1 Overview of the Amplification Cards

Optical amplification cards are used for amplifying the power of optical signals to
extend their transmission distance.

486 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-185 Overview of the Optical Amplification Cards

Card Function
OA Optical amplifier card. It amplifies the power of C-band signals.

PA Pre-amplifier card. It pre-amplifies the power of C-band signals.

HOA High power optical amplifier card. It amplifies the high power of C-band signals.

Variable gain amplifier. It amplifies the power of C-band signals and supports
VGA
gain adjustment.

Two-stage amplifier with mid-stage access. It uses two amplifiers to provide two-
MSA stage amplification. A DCM module can be connected in between for dispersion
compensation.

Backward Raman amplifier unit card. It achieves Raman amplification of the

RAU_B
optical power. Usually, it is used at the Rx end.

Forward Raman amplifier unit card. It achieves Raman amplification of the

RAU_F
optical power. Usually, it is used at the Tx end.

High power backward Raman amplifier unit card. It achieves Raman

HRAU
amplification of the optical power. Usually, it is used at the Rx end.

Remote optical amplifier card. It sends pump light to the RGU over a fiber. The
ROA
RGU amplifies optical signals.

X-stage Raman optical amplifier card. It uses two-stage amplification to provide

XROA
the two-stage Raman or pump function.

Works together with the MSC8_16 card to compensate for the loss caused by
EA8
the line or the MCS device.
Works together with the ROA card to extend the single-span transmission
RGU
distance without electrical regeneration.

OA (L
Optical amplifier card. It amplifies the power of L-band signals.
band)

PA (L band) Pre-amplifier card. It pre-amplifies the power of L-band signals.

X-stage Raman optical amplifier card. It achieves the second-order Raman and
XROA (L
second-order pump function for the C band or Raman amplification for the C+L
band)
bands according to the module selected.

6.4.2 OA / PA / HOA

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 487
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4.2.1 Functions of the OA / PA / HOA Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-186 Functions and Features of the OA / PA / HOA Card

Function Description

Amplifies the power of optical signals for each channel in the C band, so as to compensate for
the attenuation caused by devices or the line, extend the optical signal’s transmission distance
and improve the receiver’s sensitivity.
u OA: optical amplifier card. It amplifies the power of C-band signals.
Basic function
u PA: Pre-amplifier card. It pre-amplifies the power of C-band signals.
u HOA: High power optical amplifier card. It amplifies the high power of C-band signals.
Cards with different gains and saturated output can be provided according to different project
requirements.

The card has a built-in EVOA module to automatically adjust the input optical power of the
EDFA module.
You can set the working mode of the EVOA to locked or traced.
Input optical power
u Being locked means that the EVOA module keeps the attenuation locked and the
adjustment
attenuation value will not be changed under any circumstances.
u Being traced means that the EVOA module is in traced status. The output optical power of
the card can be automatically adjusted based on its preset value.

The OA / HOA, PA and OSC / EOSC cards are used together to achieve this function. When the
remote PA card and the OSC / EOSC card both detect an LOS alarm, they return an APR
command to the local end. Upon receiving the command, the local OA / HOA card immediately
Eye protection
activates the eye protection function and reduces the output power to a safe range so as to
prevent the strong light from hurting eyes of operators.
The OA and PA cards shut down the local laser upon detecting a local LOS alarm.

In-service optical Provides an in-service monitoring interface for outputting a small amount of light to the
performance spectrum analyzer or the OPM card, so as to monitor the multiplexed optical signals' spectrum
monitoring performance without service interruption.

Supports turning on or off the laser via the EMS flexibly, or turning off the laser by simply
Laser shutdown
pressing down the CUT button on the card panel for easy testing, operation and maintenance.

Performance and u Detects and reports the optical power.

alarm monitoring u Controls the temperature of the pump laser.

488 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-103 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OA / PA Card

Figure 6-104 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the HOA Card

u EVOA module

Version: K 489
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The control module calculates the optical power value that needs to be
attenuated by the EVOA module according to the current optical power of the
input optical signal and the expected output power preset on the EMS and then
delivers the value to the EVOA module.

u EDFA module

4 After the signal light and pump light are multiplexed, the multiplexed signal
enters the erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) for amplification. The EDFA
amplifies the optical signal with the help of the pump laser, as as to amplify
the optical power.

4 The splitter splits the optical signal from the main optical path, and sends it
to the MON optical interface for power detection.

4 The pump splits the optical signal from the pump light, and sends it to the
PMON optical interface for power detection.

u Control module

The control module monitors the working status of each module and acts as an
agent to execute the laser shutdown command.

u Power module

Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into appropriate power

required by each module of the card.

Application

u The OA or HOA card is located after a multiplexer to compensate for the

attenuation caused by the multiplexer and extend the transmission distance of
signals.

u The PA card is used before the demultiplexer to compensate for the attenuation
caused by the line.

Figure 6-105 Application of the OA / PA Cards

490 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Figure 6-106 Application of the HOA Cards

6.4.2.2 Front Panel of the OA / PA / HOA Card

Figure 6-107 Front Panel of the OA Card (Single-Slot)

Figure 6-108 Front Panel of the OA Card (Dual-Slot)

Figure 6-109 Front Panel of the PA Card

Figure 6-110 Front Panel of the HOA Card

Version: K 491
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-187 Description of the Front Panel of the OA / PA / HOA Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally, ON indicates the
indicator
poor communication between the card and the EMS.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the card.

Laser shutdown Pressing down the button will turn off the card's laser; releasing the button will turn
CUT
button on the laser.
The interface can be connected to an external spectrum analyzer or
an OPM card to monitor the spectrum of the output signal.
u When the saturated output of the OA card is 21 dBm, the power
Optical
ratio of the monitoring interface is 1%.
Monitoring interface
u When the saturated output of the OA card is 24 dBm, the power
MON interface for connector:
ratio of the monitoring interface is 0.5%.
output signals LC/UPC-
u The power ratio of the monitoring interface on the PA card is 1%.
type
u The power ratio of the monitoring interface on the HOA card is
1%.

Optical
Monitoring
The interface can be connected to an external spectrum analyzer or interface
interface for
PMON an OPM card to monitor the spectrum of pump output optical signals. connector:
pump output
The power ratio of the monitoring interface on the HOA card is 2.5%. LC/APC-
optical signals
type

Inputs optical signals to be amplified. Optical

Input interface for For the OA or HOA card, the interface is usually connected to the interface
IN the main optical OUT interface on the OMU or VMU series cards. connector:
path For the PA card, the interface is usually connected to the MAIN-D LC/UPC-
interface on the OSCAD card. type

Outputs amplified optical signals. Optical

Output interface For the OA or HOA card, the interface is usually connected to the interface
OUT for the main MAIN_A interface on the OSCAD card. connector:
optical path For the PA card, the interface is usually connected to the IN interface LC/UPC-
on the ODU series cards. type

Input interface for Optical

VIN Inputs the optical signal to enter the EVOA.
EVOA interface
connector:
Output interface
VOUT Outputs the optical signal adjusted by the EVOA. LC/UPC-
for EVOA
type

492 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.4.2.3 Specifications of the OA / PA / HOA Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-188 Specifications of the OA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Optical wavelength range nm 1528 to 1568 -

Saturated output optical power dBm 21 24 -

18, 20, 23, 25, 27, 30,
Target gain dB 18, 20, 23, 25, 27, 30, 33 -
33
Gain flatness dB ≤ 1.5 25°C
Noise figure (NF) dB ≤ 5.5
-
Dynamic gain variation (DGV) dB/dB ≤3
Output power (APR) dBm -1±0.5 -

Output power with no power

dBm 6±0.5 -
input

Input power monitoring range dBm -25 to 3

Output power monitoring range dBm -10 to 22
Power monitoring accuracy dB ±0.5
Optical power overshoot (at
least two channels with output dB ≤3
-
power no less than 7 dBm)

Nominal gain error range dB ±0.5

Error range of saturated output
dB 0.5
optical power

EVOA attenuation range dBm 1 to 25

Table 6-189 Specifications of the PA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Optical wavelength range nm 1528 to 1568 -

Saturated output optical power dBm 14 13 -

Target gain dB 10, 14, 17, 20 25 -
Gain flatness dB ≤1 25°C
Valid noise figure dB ≤ 5.5
-
Dynamic gain variation (DGV) dB/dB ≤3
Output power (APR) dBm -1±0.5 -

Output power with no power input dBm -16 to -12 -

Version: K 493
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-189 Specifications of the PA Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification Remark

Input power monitoring range dBm -33 to 0
Output power monitoring range dBm -15 to 15
Power monitoring accuracy dB ±0.5
Optical power overshoot (at least two
channels with output power no less than 7 dB ≤3
-
dBm)

Nominal gain error range dB ±0.5

Error range of saturated output optical
dB 0.5
power

EVOA attenuation range dBm 1 to 25

Table 6-190 Specifications of the HOA Card

Item Unit Specification

Optical wavelength range nm 1528 to 1562

Input optical power range dBm -20 to 2
Saturated output optical power dBm 27
Target gain dB 24
Maximum noise figure (NF) dB ≤6
Dynamic gain tilt (DGT) dB/dB ≤3
Gain tilt dB 0
Polarization dependent gain (DG) variation dB ≤ 0.3
Polarization mode dispersion (PMD) ps ≤ 0.5
Pump leakage at output dBm ≤ -30
Pump leakage at input dBm ≤ -30
Output power at pump OFF report dBm ≤ -45
Optical input return loss at EDFA shutdown dB ≥ 40
Optical output return loss at EDFA shutdown dB ≥ 40
Output power (APR) dB 8
Output power with no signal input dBm 6
Nominal gain error range dB ±0.5
Error range of saturated output optical power dB 0.5
3 dB add/drop us 300
Gain lock set-up time 9 dB add/drop us 500
15 dB add/drop us 1000

494 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-190 Specifications of the HOA Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

3 dB add/drop dB 0.7
Transient gain overshoot
9 dB add/drop dB 0.9
and undershoot
15 dB add/drop dB 1.5
Transient gain error dB 1

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-191 Mechanical Specifications of the OA / PA / HOA Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OA (single-slot) 368 × 30 1.105

OA (dual-slot) 368 × 60 1.105
PA 368 × 30 1.105
HOA 368 × 60 2.105

Power Consumption

Table 6-192 Power Consumption of the OA / PA / HOA Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OA (single-slot) 18
OA (dual-slot) 18
PA 18
HOA 65

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-193 Applicable Subracks for the OA / PA / HOA Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OA (single-slot) COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

OA (dual-slot) COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

PA COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

HOA COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

Version: K 495
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4.3 VGA

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.4.3.1 Functions of the VGA Card

Table 6-194 Functions and Features of the VGA Card

Function Description

Amplifies the power of optical signals for each channel in the C band, so as to
compensate for the attenuation caused by devices or the line, extend the optical signal’s
Basic function
transmission distance and improve the receiver’s sensitivity.
Supports gain adjustment.

The card has a built-in EVOA module to automatically adjust the input optical power of the
EDFA module.
You can set the working mode of the EVOA to locked or traced.
Input optical power
u Being locked means that the EVOA module keeps the attenuation locked and the
adjustment
attenuation value will not be changed under any circumstances.
u Being traced means that the EVOA module is in traced status. The output optical
power of the card can be automatically adjusted based on its preset value.

Upon detecting an LOS alarm, the remote card returns an APR command to the local end.
Upon receiving the command, the local amplification card immediately activates the eye
Eye protection protection function and reduces the output power to a safe range so as to prevent the
strong light from hurting eyes of operators.
The card shuts down the local laser upon detecting a local LOS alarm.

Provides an in-service monitoring interface for outputting a small amount of light to the
In-service optical
spectrum analyzer or the OPM card, so as to monitor the multiplexed optical signals'
performance monitoring
spectrum performance without service interruption.

Supports turning on or off the laser via the EMS flexibly, or turning off the laser by simply
Laser shutdown pressing down the CUT button on the card panel for easy testing, operation and
maintenance.
Operating mode Supports the gain setting mode and power setting mode.

Performance and alarm u Detects and reports the optical power.

monitoring u Controls the temperature of the pump laser.

496 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-111 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the VGA Card

u EVOA module

The control module calculates the optical power value that needs to be
attenuated by the EVOA module according to the current optical power of the
input optical signal and the expected output power preset on the EMS and then
delivers the value to the EVOA module.

u VGA module

4 After the signal light and pump light are multiplexed, the multiplexed signal
enters the erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) for amplification. The EDFA
amplifies the optical signal with the help of the pump laser, as as to amplify
the optical power.

4 The splitter splits the optical signal from the main optical path, and sends it
to the MON optical interface for power detection.

u Control module

The control module monitors the working status of each module and acts as an
agent to execute the laser shutdown command.

u Power module

Version: K 497
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into appropriate power

required by each module of the card.

Application

u The VGA card is located after a multiplexer to compensate for the attenuation
caused by the multiplexer and extend the transmission distance of the signal.

u The VGA card is used before a demultiplexer to compensate for the attenuation
caused by the line.

Figure 6-112 Application of the VGA Cards

6.4.3.2 Front Panel of the VGA Card

Figure 6-113 Front Panel of the VGA Card

Table 6-195 Description of the Front Panel of the VGA Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally, ON indicates the
indicator
poor communication between the card and the EMS.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
ALM Alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
Laser shutdown Pressing down the button will turn off the card's laser; releasing the button will
CUT
button turn on the laser.

498 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-195 Description of the Front Panel of the VGA Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Connects to an external spectrum analyzer or an OPM card to

monitor the spectrum of output signals.
Monitoring port for u When the saturated output of the VGA card is 21 dBm, the
MON
output signals power ratio of the monitoring port is 1%.
u When the saturated output of the VGA card is 24 dBm, the
power ratio of the monitoring port is 0.5%.
Optical
Input port for main port
IN Inputs optical signals to be amplified.
optical path signals connec-
Output port for tor:
OUT main optical path Outputs amplified optical signals. LC/UPC
signals

Input port for

VIN Inputs optical signals to enter the EVOA.
EVOA
Output port for
VOUT Outputs optical signals adjusted by the EVOA.
EVOA

6.4.3.3 Specifications of the VGA Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-196 Common Specifications of the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Optical wavelength range (C-band 48-
nm 1528 to 1568 -
wavelength)

Nominal output signal optical power

dBm 21, 24 -
(POUT)

Nominal gain error range dB ±0.5 -

Saturated output signal optical power dB POUT + 0.5 -
Gain flatness dB 1.0 to 1.5 Note 1
Gain tilt dB -2 to 0 Note 2
Gain adjustment accuracy - ±0.5 Note 3
Optical power monitoring accuracy dB ±0.5 Note 4
VOA inherent insertion loss dB 0.8 -
VOA power-off state - Bright -
Split ratio at the output power monitoring
- 1% -
interface

Version: K 499
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-196 Common Specifications of the VGA Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification Remark

Output power at pump OFF report dBm -45 Note 5
Output power (APR) dBm -1±0.5 / 8±0.5 Note 6
Mode 1 dBm 6±0.5 Note 7
LOSS mode
Mode 2 dBm Laser off -
Dynamic gain tilt (DGT) dB/dB 3 -

Polarization dependent gain (PDG)

dB 0.3 -
variation
Polarization dependent loss (PDL) - 0.3 -
Pump leakage at input dBm -30 -
Optical input return loss at EDFA
dB 40 -
shutdown
Optical output return loss at EDFA
dB 40 -
shutdown
3 dB add/drop us 300 Note 8
Gain lock set-up
9 dB add/drop us 600 -
time
15 dB add/drop us 1000 -

Transient gain 3 dB add/drop dB 0.8 Note 8

overshoot and 9 dB add/drop dB 1.2 -

undershoot 15 dB add/drop dB 1.5 -
Transient gain error dB 1 -
Saturated output
W 20 -
Total power power = 21 dBm
consumption Saturated output
W 40 -
power = 24 dBm

Gain lock function - Supported Note 9

Note 1: At total air temperature, GF ≤ 1.5; when tilt = 0, GF≤1.
Note 2: The gain tilt can be adjusted in the range of -2 to 0. The default value is -1.
Note 3: It is the gain adjustment accuracy at total air temperature within a full range of input optical power.
Note 4: It is the power monitoring accuracy at total air temperature within a full range of input optical power.
Note 5: The report pump-off power. The actual output power is not required when the input optical power is large.
Note 6: The APR power is tunable.
Note 7: There are two modes available.
Note 8: Under mean gain of all channels, with VOA being locked and input wave form rising (falling) time being 100
us, gain lock set-up time is the time required when the gain is ±5% deviated from a nominal value.
Note 9: Use the default value.

500 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-197 Specifications of the VGFA-15/25-21 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -30 to +6 -
Total output power range dBm -5 to 21 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -33 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 15 to 25 -

G = 15 dB 9.2
G = 16 dB 8.0
G = 17 dB 7.2
G = 18 dB 6.5
NF -
G = 19 - 6.2
G = 20 - 5.8
21 ≤ G ≤ 23 dB 5.5
24 ≤ G ≤ 25 dB 5.2
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 6-198 Specifications of the VGFA-22/32-21 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -37 to -1 -
Total output power range dBm -5 to 21 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -40 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 22 to 32 -
G = 22 dB 6.3
G = 23 dB 5.9
G = 24 dB 5.6
G = 25 dB 5.4
NF -
G = 26 - 5.3
G = 27 - 5.2
G = 28 - 5.1
29 ≤ G ≤ 32 dB 5.0
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 6-199 Specifications of the VGFA-28/38-21 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -37 to -7 -
Total output power range dBm 1 to 21 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -40 Note 1

Version: K 501
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-199 Specifications of the VGFA-28/38-21 Module in the VGA Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification Remark

Gain adjustment range dB 28 to 38 -

G = 28 dB 5.5
G = 29 dB 5.4
NF G = 30 dB 5.3 -
G = 31 dB 5.2
32 ≤ G ≤ 38 dB 5.0
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 6-200 Specifications of the VGFA-15/25-24 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -27 to 9 -
Total output power range dBm -2 to 24 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -30 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 15 to 25 -
G = 15 dB 9.8
G = 16 dB 8.8
G = 17 dB 8.0
NF G = 18 dB 7.0 -
G = 19 dB 6.5
20 ≤ G ≤ 22 dB 6.2
23 ≤ G ≤ 25 dB 5.3
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 6-201 Specifications of the VGFA-22/32-24 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -34 to 2 -
Total output power range dBm -2 to 24 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -37 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 22 to 32 -

502 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-201 Specifications of the VGFA-22/32-24 Module in the VGA Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification Remark

G = 22 dB 7.5
G = 23 dB 6.2
G = 24 dB 5.8
NF -
G = 25 dB 5.5
26 ≤ G ≤ 29 dB 5.2
30 ≤ G ≤ 32 dB 5.0
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 6-202 Specifications of the VGFA-28/38-24 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -34 to -4 -
Total output power range dBm 1 to 24 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -37 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 28 to 38 -

G = 28 dB 5.8
29 ≤ G ≤ 32 dB 5.6
NF -
33 ≤ G ≤ 35 dB 5.2
36 ≤ G ≤ 38 dB 5.0
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-203 Mechanical Specifications of the VGA Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

VGA 368 × 30 1.5

Power Consumption

Table 6-204 Power Consumption of the VGA Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

VGA 36

Version: K 503
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-205 Applicable Subracks for the VGA Card

Card Applicable Subrack

VGA COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.4.4 MSA

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.4.4.1 Functions of the MSA Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-206 Functions and Features of the MSA Card

Function Description

Performs power amplification and dispersion compensation for the optical signals in each
channel within the C band so that the amplified and compensated optical signals have
better power and better dispersion performance suitable for long-haul transmission.
u The MSA card uses the VGA (Variable Gain Amplifier) module, which can amplify the
optical power of the line signals and compensate for the loss of the line and
Basic function components. The VGA is a two-stage amplifier with intermediate input, similar to the
PA plus OA mode.
u A DCM can be connected between the two-stage amplifiers of the VGA module to
perform the dispersion compensation for line optical signals.
u The module can compensate for intermediate stage insertion loss automatically
according to the gains.

The card has a built-in EVOA module to automatically adjust the input optical power of the
EDFA module.
You can set the working mode of the EVOA to locked or traced.
Input optical power
u Being locked means that the EVOA module keeps the attenuation locked and the
adjustment
attenuation value will not be changed under any circumstances.
u Being traced means that the EVOA module is in traced status. The output optical
power of the card can be automatically adjusted based on its preset value.

Upon detecting an LOS alarm, the remote card returns an APR command to the local end.
Upon receiving the command, the local amplification card immediately activates the eye
Eye protection
protection function and reduces the output power to a safe range so as to prevent the
strong light from hurting eyes of operators.

504 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-206 Functions and Features of the MSA Card (Continued)

Function Description

Provides an in-service monitoring interface for outputting a small amount of light to the
In-service optical
spectrum analyzer or the OPM card, so as to monitor the multiplexed optical signals'
performance monitoring
spectrum performance without service interruption.

Supports turning on or off the laser via the EMS flexibly, or turning off the laser by simply
Laser shutdown pressing down the CUT button on the card panel for easy testing, operation and
maintenance.
Performance and alarm u Detects and reports the optical power.
monitoring u Controls the temperature of the pump laser.

Table 6-207 VGA Module Types of the MSA Card

Saturated Output Intermediate Stage

Card Module Type Typical Gain (dB)
(dBm) Insertion Loss (dBm)

VGA-16/21-8-21 21 8 16 dB to 21 dB
VGA-20/25-9-21 Applicable to the 9 20 dB to 25 dB
VGA-24/29-10-21 scenario where the 10 24 dB to 29 dB
number of wavelengths
VGA-28/33-11-21 11 28 dB to 33 dB
is less than 48.
MSA
VGA-16/21-8-24 24 8 16 dB to 21 dB
VGA-20/25-9-24 Applicable to the 9 20 dB to 25 dB
VGA-24/29-10-24 scenario where the 10 24 dB to 29 dB
number of wavelengths
VGA-28/33-11-24 11 28 dB to 33 dB
is between 48 and 96.

Version: K 505
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Principle

Figure 6-114 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the MSA Card

u EVOA module

The control module calculates the optical power value that needs to be
attenuated by the EVOA module according to the current optical power of the
input optical signal and the expected output power preset on the EMS and then
delivers the value to the EVOA module.

u VGA module

4 After the signal light and pump light are multiplexed, the multiplexed signal
enters the Erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) for amplification. The
EDFA amplifies the optical signal with the help of the pump laser, as as to
amplify the optical power.

506 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

4 The splitter splits the optical signals from the main optical path, and sends
them to the MMON and OMON optical interfaces for power detection.

u Control module

The control module monitors the working status of each module and acts as an
agent to execute the laser shutdown command.

u Power supply module

Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into appropriate power

required by each module of the card.

Application

The MSA card is located after a multiplexer to compensate for the attenuation
caused by the multiplexer and extend the transmission distance of signals.

A DCM module can be added between the two-stage amplifiers of the MSA card to
achieve the dispersion compensation of the line signal.

Figure 6-115 Application of the MSA Cards

Version: K 507
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4.4.2 Front Panel of the MSA Card

Table 6-208 Description of the Front Panel of the MSA Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally, ON indicates
indicator
the poor communication between the card and the EMS.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
Pressing down the button will turn off the card's laser; releasing the button
CUT Laser shutdown button
will turn on the laser.
Input interface for the
IN Inputs the optical signals for amplification.
stage-1 amplifier

Output interface for the Outputs the optical signals after stage-1 amplification.
MOUT
stage-1 amplifier Usually, connects to the IN port of the DCM.

The interface can be connected to an external spectrum analyzer

or an OPM card to monitor the spectrum of the output signal.
Monitoring interface for
u When the saturated output of the MSA card is 21 dBm, the
MMON the output signal of the
power ratio of the monitoring interface is 1%. Optical
stage-1 amplifier
u When the saturated output of the MSA card is 24 dBm, the interface
power ratio of the monitoring interface is 0.5%. connec-
Input interface for the Inputs the optical signals for stage-2 amplification. tor:
MIN
stage-2 amplifier Usually, connects to the OUT port of the DCM. LC/UP-
C-type
Output interface for the
OUT Outputs the optical signals after stage-2 amplification.
stage-2 amplifier

The interface can be connected to an external spectrum analyzer

or an OPM card to monitor the spectrum of the output signal.
Monitoring interface for
u When the saturated output of the MSA card is 21 dBm, the
OMON the output signal of the
power ratio of the monitoring interface is 1%.
stage-2 amplifier
u When the saturated output of the MSA card is 24 dBm, the
power ratio of the monitoring interface is 0.5%.

508 Version: K
Figure 6-116 Front Panel of the MSA Card
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.4.4.3 Specifications of the MSA Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-209 Specifications of the MSA Card (with Saturated Output Being 21 dBm)

VGA-16/21-8-21 VGA-20/25-9-21 VGA-24/29-10-21 VGA-28/33-11-21

Item Unit
Specification Specification Specification Specification

Optical
wavelength
nm 1528 to 1568 1528 to 1568 1528 to 1568 1528 to 1568
range (C-band
48-wavelength)

Gain flatness dB <1 <1 <1 <1

Noise figure (NF) dB ≤ 9.1 ≤ 7.2 ≤6 ≤ 5.4
Dynamic gain
dB/dB ≤ 2.5 ≤ 2.5 ≤ 2.5 ≤ 2.5
variation (DGV)

Output power
dBm -1±0.5 -1±0.5 -1±0.5 -1±0.5
(APR)

Output power
with no power dBm 6±0.5 6±0.5 6±0.5 6±0.5
input

Input power
dBm -32 to 5 -32 to 1 -32 to -3 -32 to -7
monitoring range

Output power
dBm -16 to 21 -12 to 21 -8 to 21 -4 to 21
monitoring range

Power
monitoring dB ±0.5 ±0.5 ±0.5 ±0.5
accuracy

Optical power
overshoot (at
least two
dB ≤3 ≤3 ≤3 ≤3
channels with
output power no
less than 7 dBm)

Nominal gain
dB ±0.5 ±0.5 ±0.5 ±0.5
error range

Error range of
saturated output dB ±0.5 ±0.5 ±0.5 ±0.5
optical power

Version: K 509
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-210 Specifications of the MSA Card (with Saturated Output Being 24 dBm)

VGA-16/21-8-24 VGA-20/25-9-24 VGA-24/29-10-24 VGA-28/33-11-24

Item Unit
Specification Specification Specification Specification

Optical
wavelength
nm 1528 to 1568 1528 to 1568 1528 to 1568 1528 to 1568
range (C-band
48-wavelength)

Gain flatness dB <1 <1 <1 <1

Noise figure (NF) dB ≤ 9.1 ≤ 7.2 ≤6 ≤ 5.4
Dynamic gain
dB/dB ≤ 2.5 ≤ 2.5 ≤ 2.5 ≤ 2.5
variation (DGV)

Output power
dBm -1±0.5 -1±0.5 -1±0.5 -1±0.5
(APR)

Output power
with no power dBm +6±0.5 +6±0.5 +6±0.5 +6±0.5
input

Input power
dBm -32 to 8 -32 to 4 -32 to 0 -32 to -4
monitoring range

Output power
dBm -16 to 24 -12 to 24 -8 to 24 -4 to 24
monitoring range

Power
monitoring dB ±0.5 ±0.5 ±0.5 ±0.5
accuracy

Optical power
overshoot (at
least two
dB ≤3 ≤3 ≤3 ≤3
channels with
output power no
less than 7 dBm)

Nominal gain
dB ±0.5 ±0.5 ±0.5 ±0.5
error range

Error range of
saturated output dB ±0.5 ±0.5 ±0.5 ±0.5
optical power

510 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-211 Mechanical Specifications of the MSA Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

MSA 368 × 60 1.5

Power Consumption

Table 6-212 Power Consumption of the MSA Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

MSA 40

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-213 Applicable Subracks for the MSA Card

Card Applicable Subrack

MSA COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.4.5 VHLA

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 511
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4.5.1 Functions of the VHLA Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-214 Functions and Features of the VHLA Card

Function Description

u The C-band variable hybrid line amplification card amplifies the optical signal in
the line, and compensates for the line and component loss, making sure that the
amplified optical signal has enough optical power to support long haul
transmission. The VHLA card used at a regeneration station compensates for
Basic function
the line attenuation and DCM insertion loss.
u The VHLA card is equivalent to a combination of the RAU_B and VGA cards.
u A DCM module can be connected between the two-stage amplifiers of the VHLA
card to perform the dispersion compensation for line optical signals.

You can set the working mode of the EDFA to locked or traced.
u In the locked mode, the EDFA module keeps the gain locked and the gain value
EDFA gain control will remain unchanged under any circumstances.
u In the traced mode, the EDFA module automatically adjusts the gain based on
the preset output optical power value.

Provides an in-service monitoring interface for outputting a small amount of light to

In-service optical
the spectrum analyzer or the OPM card, so as to monitor the multiplexed optical
performance monitoring
signals' spectrum performance without service interruption.

Upon detecting an LOS alarm, the remote card returns an APR command to the local
end. Upon receiving the command, the local amplification card immediately activates
Eye protection the eye protection function and reduces the output power to a safe range so as to
prevent the strong light from hurting eyes of operators.
The card shuts down the local laser upon detecting a local LOS alarm.

Supports turning on or off the laser via the EMS flexibly, or turning off the laser by
Laser shutdown simply pressing down the CUT button on the card panel for easy testing, operation
and maintenance.
Performance and alarm u Detects and reports the optical power.
monitoring u Controls the temperature of the pump laser.

512 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-117 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the VHLA Card

u RAU module

4 The signal light and pump light signals are multiplexed and then amplified,
achieving the amplification of the optical power.

4 The built-in WDM module demultiplexes the signal light into OSC optical
signals and line optical signals and outputs them separately.

u VGA module

4 After the signal light and pump light are multiplexed, the multiplexed signal
enters the erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) for amplification. The EDFA
amplifies the optical signal with the help of the pump laser, as as to amplify
the optical power.

4 The splitter splits the optical signal from the main optical path, and sends it
to the MON optical interface for power detection.

u You can short the RAU and VGA modules directly, or connect a DCM module
between the RAU and VGA modules for dispersion compensation.

u Control module

Version: K 513
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The control module monitors the working status of each module and acts as an
agent to execute the laser shutdown command.

u Power module

Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into appropriate power

required by each module of the card.

Application

The VHLA card is used before a demultiplexer to extend the transmission distance
of signals. It cannot be placed after a multiplexer to compensate for the attenuation
caused by the multiplexer.

A DCM module can be added between the two-stage amplifiers of the VHLA card to
compensate for the dispersion of the line signal.

Figure 6-118 Application of the VHLA Cards

6.4.5.2 Front Panel of the VHLA Card

Figure 6-119 Front Panel of the VHLA Card

514 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-215 Description of the Front Panel of the VHLA Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally, ON indicates
indicator
the poor communication between the card and the EMS.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
Pressing down the button will turn off the card's laser; releasing the button
CUT Laser shutdown button
will turn on the laser.
Output interface for
OSC_D Outputs OSC signals.
OSC signals

The interface can be connected to an external spectrum analyzer

Output interface for
MON or an OPM card to monitor the spectrum of the output signal. Optical
monitoring signals
The power ratio of the monitoring interface is 1%. interface
connec-
Intermediate-stage Outputs optical signals after Raman amplification.
MID_O tor:
output interface Usually, connects to the IN port of the DCM.
LC/UP-
Intermediate-stage Inputs optical signals for EDFA amplification.
MID_I C-type
input interface Usually, connects to the OUT port of the DCM.

OUT Optical output interface Outputs optical signals.

IN Optical input interface Inputs the optical signals for amplification.

6.4.5.3 Specifications of the VHLA Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-216 Interface Specifications of the VHLA Card (Common)

Item Unit Specification Remark

Optical wavelength range
nm 1528.76 to 1567.54 -
(C-band 48-wavelength)

OSC wavelength nm 1500 to 1520 -

Input optical power range dBm -39 to 0 -
Gain range dB 15 to 34 -

Version: K 515
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-216 Interface Specifications of the VHLA Card (Common) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification Remark

G >= 22 dB, Raman gain = 12
dB ≤ 4.7
dB
G >= 23 dB, Raman gain = 12
dB ≤ 3.5
dB
G >= 24 dB, Raman gain = 12
dB ≤ 2.7
dB
G >= 25 dB, Raman gain = 12
dB ≤ 2.1
dB
G >= 26 dB, Raman gain = 12
dB ≤ 1.8
dB
G >= 27 dB, Raman gain = 12
dB ≤ 1.2
dB
Noise figure (NF) @ tilt = 0 G >= 28 dB, Raman gain = 12
dB ≤ 1.0
dB dB
G >= 29 dB, Raman gain = 12
dB ≤ 0.7
dB
G >= 30 dB, Raman gain = 12
dB ≤ 0.6
dB
G >= 31 dB, Raman gain = 12
dB ≤ 0.4
dB
G >= 32 dB, Raman gain = 12
dB ≤ 0.4
dB
G >= 33 dB, Raman gain = 12
dB ≤ 0.4
dB
G >= 34 dB, Raman gain = 12
dB ≤ 0.3
dB
Polarization mode
ps ≤ 0.5 -
dispersion

Input-end return loss at

dB ≥ 40 -
pump OFF

Output-end return loss at

dB ≥ 40 -
pump OFF

Split ratio at the output

% ≤1 -
power monitoring interface

Output power at pump OFF

dBm ≤ -45 -
report

-1
Output power (APR) dBm -
+8

516 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-217 Interface Specifications of the VHLA Card (Raman)

Item Unit Specification Remark

Input optical power range @
dBm -39 to 0 -
Raman pump OFF

5 to 12 Transmission fiber G652

dB
Typical value: 10 (length ≥ 75 km)
Raman gain range
5 to 14 Transmission fiber LEAF
dB
Typical value: 10 (length ≥ 75 km)

Central wavelength of 1425

nm Two pumps
Raman pumps 1455

Maximum pump power @ mW 380 BOL

Line In interface mW 360 EOL
OSC insertion loss @ pump
dB ≤ 2.5 -
OFF
Polarization mode
ps ≤ 0.2 -
dispersion

Input-end return loss at

dB ≥ 40 -
pump OFF

Output-end return loss at

dB ≥ 40 -
pump OFF

Table 6-218 Interface Specifications of the VHLA Card (EDFA)

Item Unit Specification Remark

Input optical power dBm -27 to 12 -
10 to 22
Gain range dB -
Typical value: 22

Saturated output optical ≤ 21.5

dBm -
power Typical value: 21

Gain flatness dB 1.5 Tilt = 0

Gain flatness dB 2 Tilt ≠ 0
Polarization dependent gain
dB 0.3 -
(PDG) variation

Polarization mode
ps 0.5 -
dispersion

Input-end return loss at

dB ≥ 40 -
pump OFF

Version: K 517
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-218 Interface Specifications of the VHLA Card (EDFA) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification Remark

Output-end return loss at
dB ≥ 40 -
pump OFF

Split ratio at the output

% 1 -
power monitoring interface

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-219 Mechanical Specifications of the VHLA Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

VHLA 368 × 60 2

Power Consumption

Table 6-220 Power Consumption of the VHLA Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

VHLA 45

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-221 Applicable Subracks for the VHLA Card

Card Applicable Subrack

VHLA COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.4.6 RAU_B / RAU_F / HRAU

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

518 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.4.6.1 Functions of the RAU_B / RAU_F / HRAU Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-222 Functions and Features of the RAU_B / RAU_F / HRAU Card

Function Description

The C-band Raman amplifier amplifies the C-band signal light by a maximum of 12 dB in a
distributed manner, and amplifies the C+L-band signal light by a maximum of 10 dB in a
distributed manner.
Using the hybrid amplification of the Raman-EDFA, the card achieves the long-haul fiber
Basic function transmission of thousands or even ten thousands of kilometers without electrical
regeneration.
u RAU_B: Backward Raman Amplifier Unit Card
u RAU_F: Forward Raman Amplifier Unit Card
u HRAU: High Power Backward Raman Amplifier Unit Card

In-service optical Provides an in-service monitoring interface for outputting a small amount of light to the
performance spectrum analyzer or the OPM card, so as to monitor the multiplexed optical signals'
monitoring spectrum performance without service interruption.

u When the signal transmission fiber or pump transmission fiber breaks, the opposite-end
card will generate an LOS alarm, which instructs the backward receiving RAU_B or
HRAU card at this station to enable the soft shutdown function to shut down the output
signal light of the laser.
Intelligent shutdown u The OSC card at this station sends messages to the OSC card at the upstream station.
protection The OSC card at the upstream station enables the RAU_F card at the upstream station
to perform the soft shutdown operation simultaneously.
u In this case, you need to disable the outputs of the forward and backward bidirectional
Raman lasers, ensuring the security of the line to the maximum extent.
The card shuts down the local laser upon detecting a local LOS alarm.

Supports turning on or off the laser via the EMS flexibly, or turning off the laser by simply
Laser shutdown pressing down the CUT button on the card panel for easy testing, operation and
maintenance.
u Continuous amplification mode (recommended). It is required that the pump power
should stay constant. In this manner, customers can set different pump power values for
different pumps based on the actual situation of the line, avoiding problems such as light
Operating mode surge caused by the pump power variation.
u Gain amplification mode (not recommended). The same on-off gain must be achieved by
the module under different conditions. The minor change on the line may cause the
pump power change, which makes it difficult for maintenance.

Performance and u Detects and reports the optical power.

alarm monitoring u Controls the temperature of the pump laser.

Version: K 519
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-120 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the RAU_B / HRAU Card

Figure 6-121 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the RAU_F Card

u RAU module

4 The signal light and pump light signals are multiplexed and then amplified,
achieving the amplification of the optical power.

520 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

4 The splitter splits the optical signal from the main optical path, and sends it
to the MON optical interface for power detection.

4 The pump splits the optical signal from the pump light, and sends it to the
PMON optical interface for power detection.

u Control and communication unit

4 The control and communication unit monitors the RAU module’s working
status, including the pump source’s drive current, the refrigerator’s cooling
current, the pump source’s tube core temperature, the input optical power,
and the output optical power.

4 The control and communication unit acts as an agent to execute the laser
shutdown and eye protection commands committed by the EMS.

u Power supply unit

Application

u The RAU_F is a forward Raman amplification card, which is located after the
OSCAD card at the Tx end of the line.

u The RAU_B / HRAU card is a backward Raman amplification card, which is

located before the OSCAD card at the Rx end of the line.

Figure 6-122 Application of the RAU_F and RAU_B Cards

Figure 6-123 Application of the HRAU Cards

Version: K 521
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4.6.2 Front Panel of the RAU_B / RAU_F / HRAU Card

Figure 6-124 Front Panel of the RAU_B Card

Figure 6-125 Front Panel of the RAU_F Card

Figure 6-126 Front Panel of the HRAU Card

Table 6-223 Description of the RAU_B / RAU_F / HRAU Card Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally, ON indicates
indicator
the poor communication between the card and the EMS.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
Pressing down the button will turn off the card's laser; releasing the button
CUT Laser shutdown button
will turn on the laser.
The interface can be connected to an external
Optical interface
Monitoring interface for spectrum analyzer or an OPM card to monitor the
MON connector: LC/UPC-
output signals spectrum of the output signal.
type
The power ratio of the monitoring interface is 2.5%.

522 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-223 Description of the RAU_B / RAU_F / HRAU Card Panel (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

The interface can be connected to an external

Monitoring interface for Optical interface
spectrum analyzer or an OPM card to monitor the
PMON pump output optical connector: LC/APC-
spectrum of pump output optical signals.
signals type
The power ratio of the monitoring interface is 2.5%.

Optical interface
connector: LC/UPC-
Inputs optical signals to be amplified.
Input interface for the type
IN For the RAU_B / HRAU card, this interface also
main optical path IN interface of the
outputs the backward pump light.
HRAU card:
E2000/APC-type

Outputs amplified optical signals. Optical interface

Output interface for the
OUT For the RAU_F card, this interface also outputs the connector: LC/UPC-
main optical path
forward pump light. type

6.4.6.3 Specifications of the RAU_B / RAU_F / HRAU Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-224 Specifications of the RAU_B Card

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength range nm 1529 to 1568

Quantity of pump wavelengths - 1 to 4
Pump quantity per wavelength - 1 to 2
Maximum output pump power mw 600
Insertion loss @ pump off dB ≤ -1
Switch gain @ G.652 fiber; optical fiber loss
dB 6 to 12
coefficient ＜ 0.21 dB/km
Gain flatness @ G.652 fiber dB ≤ -1
≤0
Efficient noise figure (NFeff) dB
Typical value: -1

PDG dB ≤ 0.2
Degree of polarization (DOP) of the pump light % ≤ 10
PMD ps ≤ 0.2
Pump leakage at output dBm ≤ -30
Return loss at input dB ≥ 40
Return loss at output dB ≥ 40

Version: K 523
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-225 Specifications of the RAU_F Card

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength range nm 1529 to 1568

Input power range dBm -20 to 20
Quantity of pump wavelengths - 1 to 4
Pump quantity per wavelength - 1 to 2
Maximum output pump power mw 650
Insertion loss @ pump off dB ≤ -1
Switch gain @ G.652 fiber; optical fiber loss
dB 2 to 10
coefficient ＜ 0.21 dB/km
Gain flatness @ G.652 fiber dB ≤ -2
PDG dB ≤ 0.2
Degree of polarization (DOP) of the pump light % ≤ -10
PMD ps ≤ 0.2
Return loss at input dB ≥ 40
Return loss at output dB ≥ 40

Table 6-226 Specifications of the HRAU Card

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength range nm 1529 to 1568

Quantity of pump wavelengths - 1 to 4
Pump quantity per wavelength - 1 to 2
Maximum output pump power mw 600
Insertion loss @ pump off dB ≤ -1
Switch gain @ G.652 fiber; optical fiber loss
dB 6 to 20
coefficient ＜ 0.21 dB/km
Gain flatness @ G.652 fiber dB ≤ -1
≤0
Efficient noise figure (NFeff) dB
Typical value: -1

PDG dB ≤ 0.2
Degree of polarization (DOP) of the pump light % ≤ 10
PMD ps ≤ 0.2
Pump leakage at output dBm ≤ -30
Return loss at input dB ≥ 40
Return loss at output dB ≥ 40

524 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-227 Mechanical Specifications of the RAU_B / RAU_F / HRAU Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

RAU_B 368 × 60 2.645

RAU_F 368 × 60 2.645
HRAU 368 × 60 2.25

Power Consumption

Table 6-228 Power Consumption of the RAU_B / RAU_F / HRAU Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

RAU_B 67.5
RAU_F 67.5
HRAU 67.5

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-229 Applicable Subracks for the RAU_B / RAU_F / HRAU Card

Card Applicable Subrack

RAU_B COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

RAU_F COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

HRAU COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.4.7 ROA

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 525
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4.7.1 Functions of the ROA Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-230 Functions and Features of the ROA Card

Function Description

Generates pump light with multiple wavelengths and high power to provide the energy for
amplifying optical signals transmitted over fibers, and amplifies in-service optical signals in
a distributed manner for long-haul transmission, with wide bandwidth and low noise.
u Provides pump optical source, and can interoperate with the remote gain module (RGU)
to extend the span between two amplifiers.
Basic function u Increases the transmission distance without electrical regeneration. The card
achieves the long-haul fiber transmission up to thousands or even ten thousands of
kilometers without electrical regeneration by using the hybrid amplification of the
RPOA-Raman-EDFA.
u Decreases the incident optical power, which efficiently avoids the non-linear effect of
the optical fiber.

Eye protection The card shuts down the local laser upon detecting a local LOS alarm.

Provides an in-service monitoring interface for outputting a small amount of light to the
In-service optical
spectrum analyzer or the OPM card, so as to monitor the multiplexed optical signals'
performance monitoring
spectrum performance without service interruption.

Supports turning on or off the laser via the EMS flexibly, or turning off the laser by simply
Laser shutdown pressing down the CUT button on the card panel for easy testing, operation and
maintenance.
Performance and alarm u Detects and reports the optical power.
monitoring u Controls the temperature of the pump laser.

526 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-127 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the ROA Card

u RPU module

4 The signal light and pump light signals are multiplexed and then amplified,
achieving the amplification of the optical power.

4 The splitter splits the optical signal from the main optical path, and sends it
to the MON optical interface for power detection.

4 The pump splits the optical signal from the pump light, and sends it to the
PMON optical interface for power detection.

u Control module

4 The control module monitors the RPU module’s working status, including
the pump source’s drive current, the refrigerator’s cooling current, the
pump source’s tube core temperature, the input optical power, and the
output optical power.

4 The control module acts as an agent that executes the laser shutdown and
eye protection commands.

u Power module

Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into appropriate power

required by each module of the card.

Version: K 527
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Application

u Located at the terminal OTM station, the ROA card provides pump energy for
the RGU module in the middle of the line using the same line fiber.

Figure 6-128 Application of the ROA Cards - Channel-Associated Same-Fiber Mode

u Located at the terminal OTM station, the ROA card (pump light) provides pump
energy for the RGU module in the middle of the line using a dedicated optical
fiber.

Figure 6-129 Application of the ROA Cards - Bypass Different-Fiber Mode

6.4.7.2 Front Panel of the ROA Card

Figure 6-130 Front Panel of the ROA Card

528 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-231 Description of the Front Panel of the ROA Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally, ON indicates
indicator
the poor communication between the card and the EMS.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
Pressing down the button will turn off the card's laser; releasing the button
CUT Laser shutdown button
will turn on the laser.
The interface can be connected to an external
Optical interface
Monitoring interface for spectrum analyzer or an OPM card to monitor the
MON connector: LC/UPC-
output signals spectrum of the output signal.
type
The power ratio of the monitoring interface is 2.5%.

The interface can be connected to an external

Monitoring interface for Optical interface
spectrum analyzer or an OPM card to monitor the
PMON pump output optical connector: LC/APC-
spectrum of pump output optical signals.
signals type
The power ratio of the monitoring interface is 1%.

Input interface for the

Optical interface
main path / output Inputs line optical signals from the RGU.
LINE connector:
interface for the pump Outputs the backward pump light.
E2000/APC-type
light

Optical interface
Output interface for the
SOUT Outputs amplified optical signals. connector: LC/UPC-
main optical path
type

6.4.7.3 Specifications of the ROA Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-232 Specifications of the ROA Card

Item Unit Specification

Optical wavelength range (C-band

nm 1528 to 1562
48-wavelength)

Pump light range nm 1468 to 1495

Version: K 529
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-232 Specifications of the ROA Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Return loss dB ≥ 45
Insertion loss at pump OFF dB ≤1
Pump light isolation at pump OFF dB ≤ 0.3
Polarization mode dispersion ps ≤ 0.3
Total output optical power of pump
mW ≥ 1000
light

Quantity of pump wavelengths - ≥2

Pump quantity per wavelength - 1 or 2

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-233 Mechanical Specifications of the ROA Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

ROA 368 × 60 2.645

Power Consumption

Table 6-234 Power Consumption of the ROA Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

ROA 75

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-235 Subracks Applicable to the ROA Card

Card Applicable Subrack

ROA COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.4.8 XROA

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

530 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.4.8.1 Functions of the XROA Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-236 Functions and Features of the XROA Card

Function Description

Generates pump light with multiple wavelengths and high power to provide the energy for
amplifying optical signals transmitted over fibers, and amplifies in-service optical signals in
Basic function a distributed manner for long-haul transmission, with wide bandwidth and low noise.
The card achieves the second-order Raman function or second-order pump function
according to the module selected.

Provides an in-service monitoring interface for outputting a small amount of light to the
In-service optical
spectrum analyzer or the OPM card, so as to monitor the multiplexed optical signals'
performance monitoring
spectrum performance without service interruption.

Supports turning on or off the laser via the EMS flexibly, or turning off the laser by simply
Laser shutdown pressing down the CUT button on the card panel for easy testing, operation and
maintenance.
Operating mode Successive amplification mode

Performance and alarm u Detects and reports the optical power.

monitoring u Controls the temperature of the pump laser.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-131 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the XROA Card

Version: K 531
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u RPU / RPM module: The RPU module is used for second-order pump
amplification and the RPM module is used for second-order Raman
amplification.

4 The signal light and pump light signals are multiplexed and then amplified,
achieving the amplification of the optical power.

4 The splitter splits the optical signal from the main optical path, and sends it
to the MON optical interface for power detection.

4 The pump splits the optical signal from the pump light, and sends it to the
PMON optical interface for power detection.

u Control and communication unit

4 The control and communication unit monitors the RPU module’s working
status, including the pump source’s drive current, the refrigerator’s cooling
current, the pump source’s tube core temperature, the input optical power,
and the output optical power.

4 The control and communication unit acts as an agent to execute the laser
shutdown and eye protection commands.

u Power supply unit

Application

The XROA card can be provided with a second-order Raman module or a second-
order pump module.

u Second-order Raman module

The XROA card is located at the Rx end of the line.

Figure 6-132 Application of the XROA Cards - Second-Order Raman Module

u Second-order pump module

532 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

4 Channel-associated same-fiber mode

Located at the terminal OTM station, the XROA card provides pump
energy for the RGU module in the middle of the line using the same line
fiber.

Figure 6-133 Application of the XROA Cards - Second-Order Raman Module (Channel-
Associated Same-Fiber Mode)

4 Bypass different-fiber mode

Located at the terminal OTM station, the XROA card (pump light) provides
pump energy for the RGU module in the middle of the line using a
dedicated optical fiber.

Figure 6-134 Application of the XROA Cards - Second-Order Raman Module (Bypass
Different-Fiber Mode)

6.4.8.2 Front Panel of the XROA Card

Figure 6-135 Front Panel of the XROA Card

Version: K 533
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-237 Description of the Front Panel of the XROA Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally, ON indicates
indicator
the poor communication between the card and the EMS.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
ALM Alarm indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
Pressing down the button will turn off the card's laser; releasing the button
CUT Laser shutdown button
will turn on the laser.
The interface can be connected to an external
Optical interface
Monitoring interface for spectrum analyzer or an OPM card to monitor the
MON connector: LC/UPC-
output signals spectrum of the output signal.
type
The power ratio of the monitoring interface is 5%.

The interface can be connected to an external

Monitoring interface for Optical interface
spectrum analyzer or an OPM card to monitor the
PMON pump output optical connector: LC/APC-
spectrum of pump output optical signals.
signals type
The power ratio of the monitoring interface is 0.5%.

Input interface for the

Optical interface
main path / output Inputs line optical signals from the RGU module.
LINE connector:
interface for the pump Outputs the backward pump light.
E2000/APC-type
light

Optical interface
Output interface for the
OUT Outputs amplified optical signals. connector: LC/UPC-
main optical path
type

6.4.8.3 Specifications of the XROA Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-238 Specifications of the XROA Card (Second-Order Pump)

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength nm 1529 to 1568

Pump wavelength - 1300 to 1500
Pump quantity per wavelength - 1 or 2

534 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-238 Specifications of the XROA Card (Second-Order Pump) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

14xx pump effective power mW ≥ 1200

13xx pump effective power mW ≥ 1200
Insertion loss (C-band) dB ≤ 1.7
Insertion loss (1510±10 nm band) dB ≤2
Degree of polarization (DOP) of the pump light % < 10
Pump leakage at output dBm ≤ -20
Optical input return loss dB ≥ 40
Optical output return loss dB ≥ 40
Loss at a single point dB ≤ 0.3

Table 6-239 Specifications of the XROA Card (Second-Order Raman)

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength nm 1529 to 1568

Quantity of pump wavelengths - 2 to 8
Pump quantity per wavelength - 1 or 2
14xx pump effective power mW ≥ 1000
13xx pump effective power mW ≥ 1200
Insertion loss (C-band) dB ≤ 1.5
Raman gain (G.652 fiber; optical fiber loss
dB 25
coefficient ＜ 0.21 dB/km)

Gain flatness (G.652 fiber) dB ≤ 2.5

Effective noise figure (NF)eff (25dB) dB ≤ -2
Polarization dependent gain (PDG) variation dB ≤ 0.2
Degree of polarization (DOP) of the pump light % < 10
Polarization mode dispersion (PMD) ps ≤ 0.2
Pump leakage at output dBm ≤ -20
Optical input return loss dB ≥ 40
Optical output return loss dB ≥ 40
Loss at a single point dB ≤ 0.3

Version: K 535
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-240 Mechanical Specifications of the XROA Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

XROA 368 × 60 1.9

Power Consumption

Table 6-241 Power Consumption of the XROA Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

XROA 130

Applicable Subrack

Table 6-242 Subracks Applicable to the XROA Card

Card Applicable Subrack

XROA COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.4.9 RGU

The section introduces functions and features, and the panel of the unit.

6.4.9.1 Functions of the RGU

Functions and Features

Table 6-243 Functions and Features of the RGU

Function Description

Working together with the ROA card, the RGU can extend the single-span transmission
distance without electrical regeneration. It can be used in places such as desert and
Basic function
seabed where regeneration stations are not available, or in the equipment rooms where
regeneration stations are available.

u Channel-associated same-fiber mode

Operating mode
u Bypass different-fiber mode

536 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

u Channel-associated same-fiber mode

Figure 6-136 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the RGU - Channel-Associated Same-Fiber
Mode

u Bypass different-fiber mode

Figure 6-137 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the RGU - Bypass Different-Fiber Mode

u WDM: a multiplexer/demultiplexer device

u EDF: the erbium-doped fiber used as a gain medium

u Isolator: an isolator

u GFF: a gain flattening filter (optional)

Application

u Located at the terminal OTM station, the ROA card provides pump energy for
the RGU in the middle of the line using the same line fiber.

Version: K 537
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-138 Application of the RGUs - Channel-Associated Same-Fiber Mode

u Located at the terminal OTM station, the ROA card (pump light) provides pump
energy for the RGU in the middle of the line using a dedicated optical fiber.

Figure 6-139 Application of the RGUs - Bypass Different-Fiber Mode

6.4.9.2 Front Panel of the RGU

Figure 6-140 Front Panel of the RGU Card

538 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-244 Description of the RGU Front Panel

Name Meaning Description

The 1st to Nth optical SI1: The optical input interface for the 1st signal.
SI1 to SIN
interfaces SIN: The optical input interface for the Nth signal.

The 1st to Nth optical The optical input interface for pump light; invalid in the same
PI1 to PIN
interfaces fiber mode.
The 1st to Nth optical SO1: The output optical interface for the 1st signal.
SO1 to SON
interfaces SON: The output optical interface for the Nth signal.

6.4.10 OA / PA (L Band)

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

6.4.10.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 6-245 Functions and Features of the OA / PA Card

Function Description

Amplifies power of optical signals for each channel in the L band, so as to compensate for the
attenuation caused by devices or the line, extend the optical signal’s transmission distance and
improve the receiver’s sensitivity.
Basic function u OA: optical amplifier card. It amplifies the power of L-band signals.
u PA: pre-amplifier card. It pre-amplifies the power of L-band signals.
Cards with different gains and saturated output can be provided according to different project
requirements.

The card has a built-in EVOA module to automatically adjust the input optical power of the EDFA
module.
Input optical You can set the working mode of the EVOA to locked or traced.
power u Being locked means that the EVOA module keeps the attenuation locked and the attenuation
adjustment value will not be changed under any circumstances.
u Being traced means that the EVOA module is in traced status. The output optical power of the
card can be automatically adjusted based on its preset value.

Version: K 539
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-245 Functions and Features of the OA / PA Card (Continued)

Function Description

The OA / PA and OSC / EOSC cards are used together to achieve this function. When the remote
PA card and the OSC / EOSC card both detect an LOS alarm, they return an APR command to the
local end. Upon receiving the command, the local OA card immediately activates the eye protection
Eye protection
function and reduces the output power to a safe range so as to prevent the strong light from hurting
eyes of operators.
The OA and PA cards shut down the local laser upon detecting a local LOS alarm.

In-service
Provides an in-service monitoring port for outputting a few optical signals to a spectrum analyzer or
optical
the OPM card. Therefore, the spectrum performance of the multiplexed optical signals can be
performance
monitored without traffic interruption.
monitoring

Laser Turns on or off the laser by using the EMS. Alternatively, you can simply press the CUT button on
shutdown the card panel to turn off the laser for easy testing, operation and maintenance.

Performance
u Detects and reports optical power.
and alarm
u Controls temperature of the pump laser.
monitoring

540 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-141 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OA / PA Card

u EVOA module

The control module calculates the optical power value that needs to be
attenuated by the EVOA module according to the current optical power of the
input optical signal and the expected output power preset on the EMS and then
delivers this value to the EVOA module.

u EDFA module

4 After the signal light and pump light are multiplexed, the multiplexed signal
enters the erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) for amplification. The EDFA
amplifies the optical signal with the help of the pump laser, so as to amplify
the optical power.

4 The splitter splits the optical signal from the main optical path, and sends it
to the MON optical port for power detection.

u Control module

Version: K 541
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The control module monitors the working status of each module and acts as an
agent to execute the laser shutdown command.

u Power module

Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into appropriate power

required by each module of the card.

Application

u The OA card is located after the multiplexer to compensate for the attenuation
caused by the multiplexer and extend the transmission distance of the signal.

u The PA card is used before the demultiplexer to compensate for the attenuation
caused by the line.

Figure 6-142 Application of the OA / PA Cards

6.4.10.2 Front Panel

Figure 6-143 Front Panel of the OA Card

Figure 6-144 Front Panel of the PA Card

542 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-246 Description of the Front Panel of the OA / PA Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status. Generally, ON indicates the
indicator
poor communication between the card and the EMS.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.
ALM Alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the card.

Laser shutdown Pressing down the button will turn off the card's laser; releasing the button will turn
CUT
button on the laser.
Connects to an external spectrum analyzer or an OPM card to
monitor the spectrum of output signals. Type of
u When the saturated output of the OA card is 21 dBm, the power optical
Monitoring port ratio of the monitoring port is 1%. port
MON
for output signals u When the saturated output of the OA card is 24 dBm, the power connec-
ratio of the monitoring port is 0.5%. tors:
u The power ratio of the monitoring port on the PA card is 1%. LC/UPC

Type of
Inputs optical signals to be amplified.
optical
Input port for For the OA card, this port is usually connected to the OUT port on the
port
IN main optical path OMU or VMU series cards.
connec-
signals For the PA card, this port is usually connected to the MAIN-D port on
tors:
the OSCAD card.
LC/UPC
Type of
Outputs amplified optical signals.
optical
Output port for For the OA card, this port is usually connected to the MAIN-A port on
port
OUT main optical path the OSCAD card.
connec-
signals For the PA card, this port is usually connected to the IN port on the
tors:
ODU series cards.
LC/UPC
Input port for Type of
VIN Inputs optical signals to enter the EVOA.
EVOA optical
port
Output port for connec-
VOUT Outputs optical signals adjusted by the EVOA.
EVOA tors:
LC/UPC

Version: K 543
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4.10.3 Specifications

Interface Specifications

Table 6-247 Specifications of the OA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Optical wavelength range nm 1569 to 1611 -

Saturated output optical power dBm 21 24 -

Target gain dB 18, 20, 23 18, 20, 23 -
Gain flatness dB ≤ 1.5 25°C
Noise figure (NF) dB ≤ 6.8
-
Dynamic gain variation (DGV) dB/dB ≤3
Output power (APR) dBm -1±0.5 -

Output power with no power

dBm 6±0.5 -
input

Input power monitoring range dBm -25 to 3

Output power monitoring range dBm -10 to 22
Power monitoring accuracy dB ±0.5
Optical power overshoot (at
least two channels with output dB ≤3
-
power no less than 7 dBm)

Nominal gain error range dB ±0.5

Error range of saturated output
dB 0.5
optical power

EVOA attenuation range dBm 1 to 25

Table 6-248 Specifications of the PA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Optical wavelength range nm 1569 to 1611 -

Saturated output optical power dBm 14 -

Target gain dB 10, 14 -
Gain flatness dB ≤1 25°C
Valid noise figure dB ≤ 6.3
-
Dynamic gain variation (DGV) dB/dB ≤3
Output power (APR) dBm -1±0.5 -

Output power with no power input dBm -16 to -12 -

Input power monitoring range dBm -33 to 0 -

544 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-248 Specifications of the PA Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification Remark

Output power monitoring range dBm -15 to 15
Power monitoring accuracy dB ±0.5
Optical power overshoot (at least two channels with
dB ≤3
output power no less than 7 dBm)

Nominal gain error range dB ±0.5

Error range of saturated output optical power dB 0.5
EVOA attenuation range dBm 1 to 25

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-249 Mechanical Specifications of the OA / PA Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

OA 368 × 30 1.105
PA 368 × 30 1.105

Power Consumption

Table 6-250 Power Consumption of the OA / PA Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OA 18
PA 18

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-251 Subracks Applicable to the OA / PA Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OA COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

PA COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.4.11 XROA (L Band)

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

Version: K 545
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4.11.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 6-252 Functions and Features of the XROA Card

Function Description

Supports the C+L bands.

Generates pump light with multiple wavelengths and high power to provide energy for
amplifying optical signals transmitted over fibers, and amplifies in-service optical signals in
Basic function
a distributed manner for long-haul transmission, with wide bandwidth and low noise.
Achieves the second-order Raman and second-order pump function for the C band or
Raman amplification for the C+L bands according to the module selected.

Provides an in-service monitoring port for outputting a few optical signals to a spectrum
In-service optical
analyzer or the OPM card. Therefore, the spectrum performance of the multiplexed optical
performance monitoring
signals can be monitored without traffic interruption.

Turns on or off the laser by using the EMS. Alternatively, you can simply press the CUT
Laser shutdown
button on the card panel to turn off the laser for easy testing, operation and maintenance.

Working mode Successive amplification mode

Performance and alarm u Detects and reports optical power.

monitoring u Controls temperature of the pump laser.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-145 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the XROA Card

546 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

u RPU / RPM / C+_L RAU module: The RPU module is used for second-order
remote pump amplification, the RPM module is used for second-order Raman
amplification, and the C+_L RAU module is used for C+L band Raman
amplification.

4 The signal light and pump light signals are multiplexed and then amplified
to amplify optical power.

4 The splitter splits the optical signal from the main optical path, and sends it
to the MON optical port for power detection.

4 The splitter splits the optical signal from the pump light, and sends it to the
PMON optical port for power detection.

u Control and communication unit

4 Monitors the RPU module’s working status, including the pump source’s
drive current, the refrigerator’s cooling current, the pump source’s tube
core temperature, the input optical power, and the output optical power.

4 Acts as an agent to execute the laser shutdown and eye protection

commands.

u Power supply unit

Application

The XROA card is located at the Rx end of the line.

Figure 6-146 Application of the XROA Cards - C+L Raman Module

Version: K 547
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.4.11.2 Front Panel

Figure 6-147 Front Panel of the XROA Card

Table 6-253 Description of the Front Panel of the XROA Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally, ON indicates
indicator
the poor communication between the card and the EMS.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are filtered.
Non-urgent alarm
NUA Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
indicator
card.
Pressing down the button will turn off the card's laser; releasing the button
CUT Laser shutdown button
will turn on the laser.
Connects to an external spectrum analyzer
or an OPM card to monitor the spectrum of
Monitoring port for Type of optical port
MON output signals.
output signals connectors: LC/UPC
The ratio of the optical power output from
this port to total optical power is 5%.

Connects to an external spectrum analyzer

Monitoring port for or an OPM card to monitor spectrum of
Type of optical port
PMON pump output optical optical signals output from a pump.
connectors: LC/APC
signals The ratio of the optical power output from
this port to total optical power is 0.5%.

Input port for main

Inputs line optical signals from the RGU
optical path signals / Type of optical port
LINE module.
output port for pump connectors: E2000/APC
Outputs backward pump light.
light

Output port for main Type of optical port

OUT Outputs amplified optical signals.
optical path signals connectors: LC/UPC

548 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.4.11.3 Parameters

Interface Specifications

Table 6-254 Specifications of the XROA Card (Second-Order Pump)

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength nm 1530 to 1625

Pump wavelength - 1300 to 1500
Pump quantity per wavelength - 1 or 2
14xx pump effective power mW ≥ 1200
13xx pump effective power mW ≥ 1200
Insertion loss (C+L bands) dB ≤ 1.7
Insertion loss (1510±10 nm band) dB ≤2
Degree of polarization (DOP) of the
% < 10
pump light

Pump leakage at output dBm ≤ -20

Optical input return loss dB ≥ 40
Optical output return loss dB ≥ 40
Loss at a single point dB ≤ 0.3

Table 6-255 Specifications of the XROA Card (Second-Order Raman)

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength nm 1530 to 1625

Quantity of pump wavelengths - 2 to 8
Pump quantity per wavelength - 1 or 2
14xx pump effective power mW ≥ 1000
13xx pump effective power mW ≥ 1200
Insertion loss (C+L bands) dB ≤ 1.5
Raman gain (G.652 fiber; optical fiber loss
dB 25
coefficient ＜ 0.21 dB/km)

Gain flatness (G.652 fiber) dB ≤ 2.5

Effective noise figure (NF)eff (25 dB) dB ≤ -2
Polarization dependent gain (PDG) variation dB ≤ 0.2
Degree of polarization (DOP) of the pump light % < 10
Polarization mode dispersion (PMD) ps ≤ 0.2
Pump leakage at output dBm ≤ -20

Version: K 549
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-255 Specifications of the XROA Card (Second-Order Raman) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Optical input return loss dB ≥ 40

Optical output return loss dB ≥ 40
Loss at a single point dB ≤ 0.3

Table 6-256 Specifications of the XROA Card (C+L Raman)

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength nm 1528 to 1611

Input optical power dB -34 to -10
Insertion loss (C+L bands) dB ≤ 1.5
Raman gain (G.652 fiber; optical fiber loss
dB 18.5
coefficient ＜ 0.21 dB/km)

Polarization dependent gain (PDG) variation dB ≤ 0.3

Degree of polarization (DOP) of the pump light % < 10
Polarization mode dispersion (PMD) ps ≤ 0.5
Pump leakage at output dBm ≤ -20
Optical input return loss dB ≥ 40
Optical output return loss dB ≥ 40

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-257 Mechanical Specifications of the XROA Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

XROA 368 × 60 1.9

Power Consumption

Table 6-258 Power Consumption of the XROA Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

XROA 90

550 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-259 Subracks Applicable to the XROA Card

Card Applicable Subrack

XROA COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.5 Optical Protection Cards

This section describes the functions, applications in the system, panels, and
specifications of the optical protection cards.

6.5.1 Overview of Optical Protection Cards

Optical protection cards are used for protecting optical signals.

Table 6-260 Functions of Optical Protection Cards

Card Function
Optical channel protection card. It implements 1+1 route protection for tributary-
OCP
side optical signals and 1+1 wavelength protection for line-side optical signals.

Optical line protection card. It implements optical line 1+1 protection, ensuring
VOLP
normal service transmission in case of an optical line failure.

Optical line protection card. It implements the optical line 1:1 protection,
OLP
ensuring normal service transmission in case of an optical line failure.

Optical multiplex section protection card. It is used in optical communication

lines requiring high reliability. The card implements the 1+1 protection for the
OMSP
optical multiplex section layer between the multiplexer/demultiplexer card and
the line.

6.5.2 VOLP

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 551
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.5.2.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 6-261 Functions and Features of the VOLP Card

Function Description

u Performs the optical line 1+1 protection, so as to guarantee normal service

transmission in case of an optical line failure.
Basic function u Multiplexes / extracts the OSC signal into / from the main path signals; uses the OSC
to transfer APS messages, that is, the OSCAD card is not required in the optical line 1
+1 protection.

Spectrum application Supports C band.

Protection mechanism Supports the dual fed and selective receiving function.

Protection switching
≤ 50 ms
time
u Sets protection switching conditions and protection switching commands.
u Sets VOA parameters for signals input from the working and protection lines, so as to
Maintenance
ensure the consistency in power of the optical supervisory signals from the working
management
and protection lines.
u Remotely upgrades card software.

552 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow of the VOLP Card

Figure 6-148 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the VOLP Card

u In the Rx direction

4 The working and protection line signals from the MAIN_I port and the
PROT_I port pass a VOA and enter 1510 multiplexer. The 1501 nm
signals of the OTDR card are input from the MON1 and MON2 ports for
performing an OTDR test on the working and protection lines in real time.

4 After being selected by the optical switch, the working signal is

demultiplexed into one supervisory signal (1510 nm) and one main optical
signal (1550 nm) in 1510/1550 demultiplexer. 95% of the main optical
signal is transmitted to the amplification card via the LINE_O port and the
rest 5% is split for power detection. The supervisory signal is sent to the
EOSC card via the OSC_O port and also split for power detection.

4 The protection signal, after being selected by the optical switch, is

demultiplexed to extract one supervisory signal using 1510/1550
demultiplexer. The supervisory signal is further split for power detection.

Version: K 553
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u In the Tx direction

Signals from the OSC / EOSC card and the amplification card are received by
the OSC_I and LINE_I ports respectively. The two signals are multiplexed in
1510/1550 multiplexer, concurrently transmitted to the MAIN_O and PROT_O
ports via Coupler, and finally sent to the working and protection lines,
respectively.

Application

The VOLP card performs optical line protection between any two adjacent nodes.

Figure 6-149 Application of the VOLP Cards in the System

6.5.2.2 Front Panel

Figure 6-150 Front Panel of the VOLP Card

554 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-262 Description of the Front Panel of the VOLP Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
UA / NUA Alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms
occur on the card.
Output port for optical
OSC_O Connects to the "ERX" or "WRX" port on the OSC card.
supervisory signals

Input port for optical

OSC_I Connects to the "ETX "or "WTX " port on the OSC card.
supervisory signals

Output port for main optical

LINE_O Generally, connects to the "IN" port on the PA card.
signals

Input port for main optical

LINE_I Connects to the "OUT" port on the OA card.
signals

Output port for working line

MAIN_O Outputs working line signals to the ODF.
signals

Input port for working line

MAIN_I Receives working line signals from the ODF.
signals

Output port for protection

PROT_O Outputs protection line signals to the ODF.
line signals

Input port for protection line

PROT_I Receives protection line signals from the ODF.
signals

Input port for working line

MON1 backward OTDR monitoring Inputs 1501 nm signals.
light

Input port for protection line

MON2 backward OTDR monitoring Inputs 1501 nm signals.
light

Version: K 555
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-262 Description of the Front Panel of the VOLP Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Input port for working line

MON3 forward OTDR monitoring Inputs 1501 nm signals.
light

Input port for protection line

MON4 forward OTDR monitoring Inputs 1501 nm signals.
light

6.5.2.3 Parameters

Interface Specifications

Table 6-263 Specifications of the VOLP Card

Item Unit Specification

IN 1528 to 1568
Operating
OSCIN nm 1504 to 1518
wavelength
MON 1500 to 1502
IN→TXA dB
4.5
IN→TXB dB
Insertion loss
RXA→OUT dB
6
RXB→OUT dB
Polarization dependent loss (PDL) dB 0.3
Polarization mode dispersion (PMD) dB 0.2
Switching time ms ≤ 50
Return loss dB ≥ 40

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-264 Mechanical Specifications of the VOLP Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

VOLP 368 × 30 2.3

Table 6-265 Power Consumption of the VOLP Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

VOLP 6.5

556 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-266 Subracks Applicable to the VOLP Card

Card Applicable Subrack

VOLP COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.5.3 OLP

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.5.3.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 6-267 Functions and Features of the OLP Card

Function Description

u Performs the optical line 1:1 protection, so as to guarantee normal service transmission in
case of an optical line failure.
Basic function u Multiplexes / extracts the OSC signal into / from the main path signals; uses the OSC to
transfer APS messages, that is, the OSCAD card is not required in the optical line 11
protection.

Spectrum
Supports C band.
application

Protection
Selective feeding and selective receiving, and dual-ended switching.
mechanism
Protection switching
≤ 50 ms
time
u Sets protection switching conditions and protection switching commands.
u Sets VOA parameters for signals input from the working and protection lines, so as to
Maintenance
ensure the consistency in power of the optical supervisory signals from the working and
management
protection lines.
u Remotely upgrades card software.

Version: K 557
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OLP Card

Figure 6-151 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OLP Card

u In the Rx direction

4 The working and protection line signals from the MAIN_I port and the
PROT_I port pass a VOA and enter 1510 multiplexer. The 1501 nm
signals of the OTDR card are input from the MON1 and MON2 ports for
performing an OTDR test on the working and protection lines in real time.

4 After being selected by the optical switch, the working signal is

demultiplexed into one supervisory signal (1510 nm) and one main optical
signal (1550 nm) in 1510/1550 demultiplexer. 95% of the main optical
signal is transmitted to the amplification card via the LINE_O port and the
rest 5% is split for power detection. The supervisory signal is sent to the
EOSC card via the OSC_O port and also split for power detection.

4 The protection signal, after being selected by the optical switch, is

demultiplexed to extract one supervisory signal using 1510/1550
demultiplexer. The supervisory signal is further split for power detection.

u In the Tx direction

558 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

4 The optical signals that enter the "OSC_O" port and the "LINE_I" port are
from the OSC card and the optical amplification card, respectively.

4 The signal entering the “OSC_I” port is split by 50:50 coupler into two
signals. One signal is multiplexed with the signal from the “IN” port via
1510 / 1550 multiplexer and then output to the optical switch. The other
signal is transmitted to the optical switch directly.

4 This card controls the status of the optical switch according to the
information carried by the K1 byte from the remote end.

¡ If the K1 byte at the Rx end of this card is defined as "working", the

optical switch will send the signal from 1510/1550 multiplexer to the
“MAIN_O” port and send the signal from 50:50 coupler to the
“PROT_O” port.

¡ If the K1 byte at the Rx end of this card is defined as "protection", the

optical switch will send the signal from 1510/1550 multiplexer to the
“PROT_O” port and send the signal from 50:50 coupler to the
“MAIN_O” port.

Application

The OLP card performs optical line protection between any two adjacent nodes.

Figure 6-152 Application of the OLP Cards in the System

Version: K 559
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.5.3.2 Front Panel

Figure 6-153 Front Panel of the OLP Card

Table 6-268 Description of the Front Panel of the OLP Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
UA / NUA Alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms
occur on the card.
Output port for optical
OSC_O Connects to the "ERX" or "WRX" port on the OSC card.
supervisory signals

Input port for optical

OSC_I Connects to the "ETX "or "WTX " port on the OSC card.
supervisory signals

Output port for main optical

LINE_O Generally, connects to the "IN" port on the PA card.
signals

Input port for main optical

LINE_I Connects to the "OUT" port on the OA card.
signals

Output port for working line

MAIN_O Transmits working line signals to the ODF.
signals

Input port for working line

MAIN_I Receives working line signals from the ODF.
signals

Output port for protection

PROT_O Outputs protection line signals to the ODF.
line signals

Input port for protection line

PROT_I Receives protection line signals from the ODF.
signals

560 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-268 Description of the Front Panel of the OLP Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Input port for working line

MON1 backward OTDR monitoring Inputs 1501 nm signals.
light

Input port for protection line

MON2 backward OTDR monitoring Inputs 1501 nm signals.
light

Input port for working line

MON3 forward OTDR monitoring Inputs 1501 nm signals.
light

Input port for protection line

MON4 forward OTDR monitoring Inputs 1501 nm signals.
light

6.5.3.3 Parameters

Interface Specifications

Table 6-269 Specifications of the OLP Card

Item Unit Specification

IN 1528 to 1568
Operating
OSCIN nm 1504 to 1518
wavelength
MON 1500 to 1502
IN→TXA dB
≤ 2.0
IN→TXB dB
OSCIN→TXA dB
≤ 5.6
OSCIN→TXB dB
RXA→OUT dB
≤ 6.3
RXB→OUT dB
Insertion loss
RXA→OSC_OUT dB
≤ 7.1
RXB→OSC_OUT dB
MON1→RXA dB
≤ 1.4
MON2→RXB dB
MON3→TXA dB
≤ 0.8
MON4→TXB dB
RXA (1550, 1510)→MON1 dB ≥ 80
Isolation
RXA (1501)→OSCOUT dB ≥ 50

Version: K 561
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-269 Specifications of the OLP Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

RXB (1501)→OSCOUT dB ≥ 50
RXA (1550)→OSCOUT dB ≥ 35
RXA (1510)→OUT dB ≥ 15
RXB (1510)→MON2 dB ≥ 50
RXB (1550)→PIN2 dB ≥ 35
MON3→OSCIN dB ≥ 50
MON4→OSCIN dB ≥ 50
IN→MON3 dB ≥ 85
RXA→MON1 dB ≥ 80
IN→MON4 dB ≥ 85
RXB→MON2 dB ≥ 80
Polarization dependent loss (PDL) dB 0.3
Polarization mode dispersion (PMD) dB 0.2
Switching time ms ≤ 50
Return loss dB ≥ 45

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-270 Mechanical Specifications of the OLP Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

OLP 368 × 30 2.4

Table 6-271 Power Consumption of the OLP Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OLP 6.5

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-272 Subracks Applicable to the OLP Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OLP COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

562 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.5.4 OMSP

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.5.4.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 6-273 Functions and Features of the OMSP Card

Function Description

Performs 1+1 protection at the optical multiplex section layer and

Basic function
applies to optical communication lines requiring high reliability.

Spectrum application Supports C band.

Protection mechanism Supports the dual fed and selective receiving function.

Protection switching
≤ 50 ms
time
u Sets protection switching conditions and protection switching
Maintenance
commands.
management
u Remotely upgrades card software.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-154 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OMSP Card

u In the Tx direction

Version: K 563
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The signal to be protected is input via the IN port, and split by the splitter into
two signals; then the two signals are output via the WTX and PTX ports to the
OA cards on the working and protection lines, respectively.

u In the Rx direction

The signals from the PA cards on the working and protection lines are input to
the optical power detection module via the WRX and PRX ports. The optical
power detection module detects the signals' degradation status and feeds back
the result to the BMU. According to the result, the BMU selectively receives the
better signal by controlling the optical switch. The selected signal is output via
the OUT port.

Application

Figure 6-155 Application of the OMSP Cards in the System

6.5.4.2 Front Panel

Figure 6-156 Front Panel of the OMSP Card

564 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-274 Description of the Front Panel of the OMSP Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
UA / NUA Alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on
the card.
Outputs one of the two signals split from the signal at the IN port of this
Tx port for
PTX card. Generally it is connected to the IN port of the OA card on the
protection signals
protection line.

Rx port for Generally it is connected to the OUT port of the PA card on the
PRX
protection signals protection line.

Outputs one of the two signals split from the signal at the IN port of this
Tx port for working card.
WTX
signals Generally, it is connected to the IN port of the OA card on the working
line.
Rx port for working Generally, it is connected to the OUT port of the PA card on the working
WRX
signals line.
Output port for main Outputs the signal from either the PRX port or the WRX port.
OUT
optical path signals It is connected to, for example, the OUT port on the ODU48_E card.

Input port for main Inputs the to-be-protected signals.

IN
optical path signals It is connected to, for example, the OUT port on the OMU48_E card.

6.5.4.3 Parameters

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-275 Mechanical Specifications of the OMSP Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OMSP 368 × 30 2.9

Version: K 565
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-276 Power Consumption of the OMSP Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OMSP 6

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-277 Subracks Applicable to the OMSP Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OMSP COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.5.5 OCP

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.5.5.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 6-278 Functions and Features of the OCP Card

Function Description

u Provides two independent 1+1 protection groups of optical signals.

u Provides the 1+1 route protection to protect client-side services by
using two OTUs (one is the working OTU and the other protection
Basic function
OTU).
u Provides the 1+1 wavelength protection to protect services for the
OTU cards without the dual fed and selective receiving function.

Spectrum
Supports C++ and C+L bands.
application

Protection
Supports the dual fed and selective receiving function.
mechanism

566 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-278 Functions and Features of the OCP Card (Continued)

Function Description

Protection
≤ 50 ms
switching time

u Sets the monitoring mode of the optical channel protection.

u Sets protection switching conditions and protection switching
Maintenance commands.
management u Sets the protection switching restoration mode and wait-to-restore
(WTR) time.
u Remotely upgrades card software.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-157 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OCP Card

An OCP card supports the dual fed and selective receiving function of two optical
signals. It processes these two signals in the same way. The following takes the first
protection group for example to describe the working principle.

u In the Tx direction

The signal to be protected is input from the IN1 port, and split by the splitter into
two signals. Then the two signals are output to the optical transponder card or
the optical multiplexing card via the TX1A (working) and the TX1B (protection)
ports, respectively.

Version: K 567
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u In the Rx direction

The signals from the working and protection channels (optical fibers) are
transmitted to the optical power detection module via the RX1A and the RX1B
ports.

The optical power detection module detects the degradation degree of the
working and protection signals and feeds back the result to the BMU. According
to the result, the BMU selectively receives the better one by controlling the
optical switch. The selected signal is output via the OUT1 port.

Application

The OCP card provides the 1+1 route protection and 1+1 wavelength protection
between stations. In these two protection modes, the OCP cards are located in
different positions.

u 1+1 route protection of the OCP card: The OCP card resides between the
client-side equipment and the tributary interface card.

Figure 6-158 Application of the OCP Cards in the System (1+1 Route Protection)

u 1+1 wavelength protection of the OCP card: The OCP card resides between
the line interface card and the ODU / OMU.

568 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Figure 6-159 Application of the OCP Cards in the System (1+1 Wavelength Protection)

6.5.5.2 Front Panel

Figure 6-160 Front Panel of the OCP Card

Table 6-279 Description of the Front Panel of the OCP Card

Name Meaning Description Remark

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor. -
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
UA / NUA Alarm indicator -
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms
occur on the card.
Outputs signals to the client-side equipment (1+1 route
Alternative signal protection).
OUT1 The 1st
output port Connects to the "RX" port on the line interface card or the optical
group
transponder card (1+1 wavelength protection).
protection
Inputs client signals (1+1 route protection)
Input port for to-be- ports
IN1 Connects to the "TX" port on the line interface card or the optical
protected signals
transponder card (1+1 wavelength protection).

Version: K 569
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-279 Description of the Front Panel of the OCP Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description Remark

Rx port for working
RX1A
signals
Inputs working / protection signals.
Rx port for
RX1B
protection signals

Tx port for working

TX1A
signals
Outputs working / protection signals.
Tx port for
TX1B
protection signals

OUT2
IN2 The 2nd
RX2A group
Same as definitions of the corresponding ports in the 1st group protection.
RX2B protection

TX2A ports

TX2B

6.5.5.3 Parameters

Interface Specifications

Table 6-280 Specifications of the OCP Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

IN→TXA, IN→TXB dB ≤ 3.5 Line 1, line 2
Insertion loss
RXA→OUT, RXB→OUT dB ≤ 1.5 Line 1, line 2
Optical power
RXA / RXB dBm -30 to 20 Line 1, line 2
monitoring range

Protection switching time ms ≤ 50 -

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-281 Mechanical Specifications of the OCP Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OCP 368 × 30 2.9

570 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Power Consumption

Table 6-282 Power Consumption of the OCP Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OCP 6

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-283 Subracks Applicable to the OCP Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OCP COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.5.6 BOLP_W / BOLP_E

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

6.5.6.1 Functions of the BOLP_W / BOLP_E Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-284 Functions and Features of the BOLP_W / BOLP_E Card

Function Description

u Provides optical line 1:1 protection. This guarantees normal service transmission
Basic function in case of an optical line failure.
u Allows single-fiber bidirectional transmission of OSC signals.

Protection mechanism Selective feeding and selective receiving, dual-ended switching.

Protection switching time ≤ 50 ms

u Sets protection switching conditions and protection switching commands.
u Sets VOA parameters for signals input from the working and protection lines, so
Maintenance management as to ensure the consistency in power of the optical supervisory signals from the
working and protection lines.
u Remotely upgrades card software.

Version: K 571
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Working Principle, Signal Flow and Application

The BOLP_W / BOLP_E card performs optical line protection between any two
adjacent nodes. Two cards can only work in bidirectional protection mode. Normally,
services are sent and received via the working line. Monitoring signals are used to
perform the single-fiber bidirectional transmission via the optical fiber line in working
and protection Tx directions of the BOLP_W card and monitor the channel status.

u Optical switch

Performs the switching between the working optical channel and the protection
optical channel.

u Optical splitter

Divides one signal into two signals proportionally.

u WDM Device

Multiplexes / demultiplexes service channel signals and optical supervisory

channel signals.

Figure 6-161 Working Principle, Signal Flow and Application of the BOLP_W / BOLP_E Card

6.5.6.2 Front Panel of the BOLP_W / BOLP_E Card

Figure 6-162 Front Panel of the BOLP_W Card

572 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Figure 6-163 Front Panel of the BOLP_E Card

Table 6-285 Description of the Front Panel of the BOLP_W / BOLP_E Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
blocked.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms
occur on the card.
For a BOLP_W card, this port connects to the WRX port on a
Output port for optical BEOSC card.
OSC_O
supervisory signals For a BOLP_E card, this port connects to the ERX port on a
BEOSC card.
For a BOLP_W card, this port connects to the WTX port on a
Input port for optical BEOSC card.
OSC_I
supervisory signals For a BOLP_E card, this port connects to the ETX port on a
BEOSC card.
Output port for main optical
OUT Generally, connects to the IN port on a PA card.
signals

Input port for main optical

IN Connects to the OUT port on an OA card.
signals

Output port for working line

TXA Outputs working line signals to the ODF.
signals

Input port for working line

RXA Receives working line signals from the ODF.
signals

Version: K 573
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-285 Description of the Front Panel of the BOLP_W / BOLP_E Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Output port for protection

TXB Transmits protection line signals to the ODF.
line signals

Input port for protection line

RXB Receives protection line signals from the ODF.
signals

6.5.6.3 Specifications of the BOLP_W / BOLP_E Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-286 Specifications of the BOLP_W Card

Item Unit Specification

Working wavelength 1484 to 1568

1519 OSC 1518.4 to 1519.6
Operating
1491 OSC nm 1484.5 to 1497.5
wavelength range
1511 OSC 1504.5 to 1517.5
1550 OA 1524 to 1568
OTDR1→TXA dB ≤ 1.8
OSC_I→TXA dB ≤5
TXA→OSC_O dB ≤ 3.3
IN→TXA dB ≤ 3.1
OTDR2→TXB dB ≤ 1.8
OSC_I→TXB dB ≤5
Insertion loss
TXB→OSC_O dB ≤ 3.3
IN→TXB dB ≤ 3.1
OTDR3→RXA dB ≤ 1.8
OTDR4→RXB dB ≤ 1.8
RXA→OUT dB ≤ 2.6
RXB→OUT dB ≤ 2.6
1550@1519/1511/1491 dB ≥ 35
1519@1491/1550/1511 dB ≥ 40

Isolation 1491@1519/1511/1550 dB ≥ 35
1511@1490/1550 dB ≥ 35
1511@1519 dB ≥ 13
Polarization dependent loss (PDL) dB ≤ 0.3
Polarization mode dispersion (PMD) ps ≤ 0.2

574 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-286 Specifications of the BOLP_W Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Switching time ms ≤4
Return loss dB ≥ 45

Table 6-287 Specifications of the BOLP_E Card

Item Unit Specification

Working wavelength 1484 to 1568

1519 OSC 1518.4 to 1519.6
Operating
1491 OSC nm 1484.5 to 1497.5
wavelength range
1511 OSC 1504.5 to 1517.5
1550 OA 1524 to 1568
OTDR1→RXA dB ≤ 1.8
RXA→OSC_O dB ≤3
OSC_I→RXA dB ≤ 5.3
RXA→OUT dB ≤ 3.1
OTDR2→RXB dB ≤ 1.8
RXB→OSC_O dB ≤3
OSC_I→RXB dB ≤ 5.3
Insertion loss
RXB→OUT dB ≤ 3.1
OTDR3→TXA dB ≤ 1.8
OTDR4→TXB dB ≤ 1.8
IN→TXA dB ≤ 2.8
IN→TXB dB ≤ 21.5
IN→TXB dB ≤ 2.8
IN→TXA dB ≤ 21.5
1550@1519/1511/1491 dB ≥ 35
1519@1491/1550/1511 dB ≥ 40

Isolation 1491@1519/1511/1550 dB ≥ 35
1511@1490/1550 dB ≥ 35
1511@1519 dB ≥ 13
Polarization dependent loss (PDL) dB ≤ 0.3
Polarization mode dispersion (PMD) ps ≤ 0.2
Switching time ms ≤5
Return loss dB ≥ 45

Version: K 575
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-288 Mechanical Specifications of the BOLP_W / BOLP_E Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

BOLP_W / BOLP_E 368 × 30 0.6

Table 6-289 Power Consumption of the BOLP_W / BOLP_E Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

BOLP_W / BOLP_E 19.8

Applicable Subrack

Table 6-290 Subracks Applicable to the BOLP_W / BOLP_E Card

Card Applicable Subrack

BOLP_W / BOLP_E COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.6 Optical Supervisory Channel Cards

This section introduces the functions and features, as well as the hardware structure
of the optical supervisory channel cards.

6.6.1 Overview of the Optical Supervisory Channel Cards

Optical supervisory channel cards are used for transmitting and receiving optical
supervisory signals.

Table 6-291 Functions of the Optical Supervisory Channel Cards

Card Function
OSC (optical Optical supervisory channel card, used for transmitting / receiving, and
layer) processing optical supervisory channel (OSC) signals.

Enhanced optical supervisory channel card, used for transmitting /

EOSC
receiving, and processing OSC signals, as well as providing the 1588 clock.

OTDR_optical supervisory channel card, used for transmitting / receiving,

TOSC and processing OSC signals, as well as providing in-service monitoring of a
line.

576 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-291 Functions of the Optical Supervisory Channel Cards (Continued)

Card Function
TOSC (single-
OTDR_optical supervisory channel card, used for transmitting / receiving,
fiber
and processing two bidirectional optical supervisory signals over one fiber.
bidirectional)

Fast optical supervisory channel card, used for transmitting / receiving, and
FOSC
processing OSC signals, as well as transmitting control plane signals.

6.6.2 OSC (Optical Layer)

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.6.2.1 Functions of the OSC Card (Optical Layer)

Functions and Features

Table 6-292 Functions and Features of the OSC Card (Optical Layer)

Function Description

Transmits / receives and processes two OSC signals.

Basic function
Supports ordinary and ultra-long spans.

The optical supervisory channel has no limit on the distance between two optical line
Technical feature
amplifiers (OLAs), and will not be influenced in performance by any OLA failure.

Supports segment-by-segment signal transmission and the 3R function. The signals

Regeneration can be accurately received at each OA regeneration station and added with new
supervisory signals.

Operating wavelength 1510 nm

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Line rate 25.344 Mbit/s

Supports loopbacks at electrical interfaces.
Loopback
Supports loopbacks at optical interfaces.

Version: K 577
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-164 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OSC Card

u In the Tx direction

The OSC card (optical layer) receives electrical signals from the NE
management card, order wire card and OPM card on the backplane side,
together with the E1 signals from interfaces on the card panel. Then the signal
processing module implements framing and timing, and sends the signals to
the multiplexer and reassembly module for reassembling.

Then the reassembled electrical signal is sent to the Tx optical module,

converted into the 1510 nm optical signal via the E/O conversion, and output to
the OA or OSCAD card and multiplexed with the main channel signals.

u In the Rx direction

The OSC card (optical layer) receives the 1510 nm optical signal demultiplexed
by the OSCAD card, converts them into electrical signals via the O/E
conversion, extracts the timing signal, and sends the electrical signals to the
overhead processing module.

The overhead processing module terminates and demultiplexes the electrical

signal. It outputs the re-generated overhead bytes to the NE management card,
order wire card, and OPM card via the backplane bus. Meanwhile, the module
outputs the extracted E1 signals to interfaces on the card panel so that other
equipment can use these signals.

578 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.6.2.2 Front Panel of the OSC Card (Optical Layer)

Figure 6-165 Front Panel of the OSC Card (Optical Layer)

Table 6-293 Description of the OSC Card (Optical Layer) Panel

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are filtered.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical alarm or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on
the card.
W2M West E1 interface Each interface can input and output two E1 signals.

E2M East E1 interface

The impedance settings of the E1 interfaces are described in "E1

Interface’s Impedance Settings" hereinafter.

WTX / WRX West optical interface TX: Transmits the optical signal to the "OSC_A" interface on the OSCAD
card or the "OSC_I" interface on the OLP card.
ETX / ERX East optical interface RX: Receives the optical signal from the "OSC_D" interface on the
OSCAD card or the "OSC_O" interface on the OLP card.

Version: K 579
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.6.2.3 Specifications of the OSC Card (Optical Layer)

Interface Specifications

Table 6-294 Optical Interface Specifications of the OSC Card (Optical Layer)

Item Unit Specification Remark

Line rate Mbit/s 25.344
-
Code format - 2B1H
Transmitting
dBm 0 to 5 -
optical power

Provides a long-span optical

Receiver
dBm -36 module with a sensitivity of
sensitivity
-43 dBm.
Input overload
dBm -10 -
point

-20 dB spectral
nm <1
width
Side mode -
dB > 30
suppression ratio

Extinction ratio dB > 8.2

Operating 1511±6.5 (room
nm -
wavelength temperature)

Table 6-295 E1 Electrical Interface Specifications of the OSC Optical-Layer Card (2048 kbit/s)

Item Specification

Nominal bit rate 2048 kbit/s

Bit rate accuracy ±50 ppm (±102.4 bit/s)

Code format HDB3

Rectangular, conforming to the relevant mask of
Pulse shape
output waveforms in ITU-T G.703

Pair(s) in each direction One coaxial pair One symmetrical pair

Test load impedance 75Ω 120Ω

Nominal peak voltage of a mark
2.37 V 3V
(pulse)

Nominal peak voltage of a space (no

0±0.237 V 0±0.3 V
pulse)

Nominal pulse width 244 ns

580 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-295 E1 Electrical Interface Specifications of the OSC Optical-Layer Card (2048 kbit/s)
(Continued)

Item Specification

Ratio of the amplitudes of positive and

negative pulses at the center of the 0.95 to 1.05
pulse interval

Ratio of the widths of positive and

negative pulses at the nominal half 0.95 to 1.05
amplitude

Maximum peak-to-peak jitter at an

Compliant with ITU-T G.823
output port

Return loss in the following frequency ranges:

Return loss at the output port (51 kHz to 102 kHz) ≥ 6 dB
(102kHz to 3072kHz) ≥ 8 dB

Return loss in the following frequency ranges:

(51 kHz to 102 kHz) ≥ 12 dB
Return loss at the input port
(102kHz to 2048kHz) ≥ 18 dB
(2048kHz to 3072kHz) ≥ 14 dB

Attenuation at the input port 0 dB to 6 dB (at the frequency of 1024 kHz)

Jitter tolerance of the input port Compliant with ITU-T G.823

Table 6-296 Optical Interface Specifications of the OSC Card (Optical Layer)

Clock Type Description

External clock synchronization source

Inputs one 120Ω 2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz signal.
(W2M)

Synchronization output clock (W2M) Outputs one 120Ω 2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz signal.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-297 Mechanical Specifications of the OSC Card (Optical Layer)

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) Weight (kg)

(mm)

OSC (optical layer) 368 × 30 1

Version: K 581
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Power Consumption

Table 6-298 Power Consumption of the OSC Card (Optical Layer)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OSC (optical layer) 10

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-299 Subracks Applicable to the OSC Card (Optical Layer)

Card Applicable Subrack

OSC (optical layer) COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.6.3 EOSC

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.6.3.1 Functions of the EOSC Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-300 Functions and Features of the EOSC Card

Function Description

Transmits / receives and processes two OSC signals.

Basic function
Supports ordinary and ultra-long spans.

The optical supervisory channel has no limit on the distance between two optical line
Technical feature
amplifiers (OLAs), and will not be influenced in performance by any OLA failure.

Supports segment-by-segment signal transmission and the 3R function. The signals

Regeneration can be accurately received at each OA regeneration station and added with new
supervisory signals.

1510 nm (ordinary)
Operating wavelength 1511 nm (single-fiber bidirectional)
1491 nm (single-fiber bidirectional)

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Line rate 25.344 Mbit/s

582 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-300 Functions and Features of the EOSC Card (Continued)

Function Description

Supported
IEEE 1588v2 Supports two FE electrical signals.
Supports two GE optical signals.

Supports electrical interface loopback.

Loopback
Supports optical interface loopback.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-166 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the EOSC Card

u In the Tx direction

The signals in the Tx direction consist of three parts: the overhead signals sent
from the NE management card, OPM and OLP cards to the OSC card
(electrical layer) / EOSC card via the backplane, the PTP clock signals received
at the local station, and the E1 service or E1 physical clock signals received by
the local station. The three parts are processed as follows:

4 The EOSC card sends the overhead signals received from the NE
management card, OPM and the OLP cards via the backplane to the
signal processing module. After framing and timing in the signal
processing module, the signals are sent to the multiplexer and reassembly
module.

Version: K 583
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4 The E1 services or E1 physical clock signals received via the E1 interface

on the card panel are sent to the signal processing module. After framing
and timing in the signal processing module, the signals are sent to the
multiplexer and reassembly module.

4 The received PTP clock signals are sent to the clock processing module.
After routing and synchronous regeneration, the signals are sent to the
multiplexer and reassembly module.

The reassembled electrical signals are then transmitted to the west optical
module. After E/O conversion, the signals are converted into 1510 nm optical
signals, transmitted to the OSCAD card or the OLP card and finally multiplexed
into the line signals.

u In the Rx direction

The EOSC card receives 1510 nm optical signals extracted by the OSCAD or
OLP card. After undergoing the O/E conversion via the west optical module, the
signals enter the multiplexer and reassembly module for demultiplexing. The
signals are finally demultiplexed into overhead signals, E1 service signals and
PTP clock signals needed by relevant cards.

4 The overhead signals are transmitted to the signal processing module.

After frame check, timing and overhead processing, the signals are then
sent to the NE management card, OPM card and OLP card via the
backplane.

4 The E1 signals are sent to the port on the panel for the use of other
devices.

4 The PTP clock signals, together with the physical clock signals extracted
from the line signals, enter the clock processing module. After
synchronous regeneration and routing, the signals are output via the FE,
OUT and TOD ports.

6.6.3.2 Front Panel of the EOSC Card

Figure 6-167 Front Panel of the EOSC Card

584 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-301 Description of the Front Panel of the EOSC Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent / non-urgent alarm occurs or all alarms are
filtered.
ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
ON (orange) indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
1PPS&TOD Clock interface Used to input / output one 1PPS+TOD time signal.

W2M West E1 interface The W2M can be used as the input / output interface for external clocks,
E2M East E1 interface providing one E1 signal input / output.

100M electrical
FE1
interface 1
100M electrical
FE2
interface 2 Outputs PTP clock signals to the corresponding equipment, or receives
GE1 port Tx and PTP clock signals from the equipment.
OUT1 / IN1
Rx
GE2 port Tx and
OUT2 / IN2
Rx
West optical
WTX / WRX
interface TX: Transmits OSC optical signals.
East optical RX: Receives OSC optical signals.
ETX / ERX
interface

Introduction to the DIP Switch

The EOSC card has two DIP switches: K1 and K2. By setting the two switches, you
can configure this card as a unidirectional or bidirectional EOSC card.

If the EOSC card communicates with another EOSC card of the same type or with
the OSC card in version R2B or later on the FONST W1600, users should follow
these rules to set the switches:

Version: K 585
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u Unidirectional: Set K1-2 (the 2nd bit of K1), K1-3 and K2-2 to "OFF", and the
other bits to "ON". In this case, the "WTX" / "WRX" optical interface on the card
panel is valid.

u Bidirectional: Set all bits of K1 and K2 to "ON".

If the card communicates with the OSC card in version R2A or earlier (where the
optical interface’s rate is 25 Mbit/s) on the FONST W1600, follow these rules to set
the switches:

u Unidirectional: Set K1-2, K1-3, K1-5, K2-2 and K2-3 to "OFF", and the other bits
to "ON".

u Bidirectional: When the card connects with the earlier version card in the west,
set K1-5 and K2-3 to "OFF" and the other bits to "ON"; when it connects with
the earlier version card in the east, set K1-3 and K2-5 to "OFF" and the other
bits to "ON".

E1 Interface’s Impedance Settings

Four jumpers (JP18, JP16, JP13 and JP12) in the card set the impedance for the
east E1 interface 1, the east E1 interface 2, the west E1 interface 1, and the west E1
interface 2 respectively.

When the 1st and the 2nd pins of each jumper are shorted, the corresponding E1
interface’s impedance is 75Ω. When the two pins are not shorted, the corresponding
E1 interface’s impedance is 120Ω.

6.6.3.3 Specifications of the EOSC Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-302 Optical Interface Specifications of the EOSC Card

Item Unit Specification

Line rate Mbit/s 25.344

Code format - 2B1H
Transmitting optical power dBm 0 to 4
Receiver sensitivity dBm -45
Input overload point dBm -8
-20 dB spectral width nm <1

586 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-302 Optical Interface Specifications of the EOSC Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Side mode suppression ratio dB > 30

Extinction ratio dB > 8.2
Operating wavelength of EOSC nm 1511±6.5 (room temperature)

Operating wavelength of EOSC 1511±6.5 (room temperature)

nm
(BIDI) 1491±6.5 (room temperature)

Table 6-303 E1 Electrical Interface Specifications of the EOSC Card (2048 kbit/s)

Item Specification

Nominal bit rate 2048 kbit/s

Bit rate accuracy ±50 ppm (±102.4 bit/s)

Code format HDB3

Rectangular, conforming to the relevant mask of output waveforms
Pulse shape
in ITU-T G.703
Pair(s) in each direction One coaxial pair One symmetrical pair

Test load impedance 75Ω 120Ω

Nominal peak voltage of a mark (pulse) 2.37 V 3V
Nominal peak voltage of a space (no pulse) 0±0.237 V 0±0.3 V
Nominal pulse width 244 ns
Ratio of the amplitudes of positive and negative
0.95 to 1.05
pulses at the center of the pulse interval

Ratio of the widths of positive and negative

0.95 to 1.05
pulses at the nominal half amplitude

Maximum peak-to-peak jitter at an output port Compliant with ITU-T G.823

Return loss in the following frequency ranges:

Return loss at the output port (51 kHz to 102 kHz) ≥ 6 dB
(102kHz to 3072kHz) ≥ 8 dB

Return loss in the following frequency ranges:

(51 kHz to 102 kHz) ≥ 12 dB
Return loss at the input port
(102kHz to 2048kHz) ≥ 18 dB
(2048kHz to 3072kHz) ≥ 14 dB

Attenuation at the input port 0 dB to 6 dB (at the frequency of 1024 kHz)

Jitter tolerance of the input port Compliant with ITU-T G.823

Version: K 587
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-304 E1 Electrical Interface Specifications of the EOSC Card (2048 kHz)

Item Specification

Rectangular, conforming to the relevant mask of output waveforms

Pulse shape
in ITU-T G.703
Pair type Coaxial pair Symmetrical pair

Test load impedance 75Ω 12Ω

Maximum peak voltage (Vop) 1.5 1.9
Minimum peak voltage (Vop) 0.75 1.0
≤ 0.05 UIp-p (the measuring frequency range is f1 = 20 Hz to f4 =
Output jitter
100 kHz) (ITU-T G.813)

Attenuation of the input port

0 dB to 6 dB attenuation at 2048kHz according to

Return loss ≥ 15 dB (at the frequency of 2048 kHz)

Table 6-305 Clock Interface Specifications of the EOSC Card

Clock Type Description

External clock synchronization source (W2M) Inputs one 120Ω 2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz signal.

Synchronization output clock (W2M) Outputs one 120Ω 2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz signal.

External time synchronization source (1PPS

Inputs one 1PPS+TOD time signal.
+TOD)

Synchronization output time (1PPS+TOD) Outputs one 1PPS+TOD time signal.

Table 6-306 GE Optical Interface Specifications of the EOSC Card

Item Unit Specification

Optical Module Type - 1000BASE-LX 1000BASE-EX 1000BASE-ZX

Line code format - NRZ NRZ NRZ
Target transmission distance km 10 40 80
Operating wavelength
nm 1270 to 1355 1275 to 1350 1500 to 1580
range

Transmit- Maximum mean

dBm -3 0 5
ter at launched power
reference Minimum mean
dBm -8 -5 0
point S launched power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 9 9 9

Eye pattern mask - Compliant with the IEEE802.3 mask

588 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-306 GE Optical Interface Specifications of the EOSC Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Receiver Minimum sensitivity

dBm -20 -23 -23
at (BER ≤ 10-12)
reference Minimum overload (BER
dBm -3 -3 -3
point R ≤ 10-12)

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-307 Mechanical Specifications of the EOSC Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

EOSC 368 × 30 0.7

Power Consumption

Table 6-308 Power Consumption of the EOSC Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

EOSC 25

Applicable Subrack

Table 6-309 Subracks Applicable to the EOSC Card

Card Applicable Subrack

EOSC COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.6.4 TOSC

TOSC: OTDR Optical Supervisory Channel Card

Version: K 589
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.6.4.1 Functions of the TOSC Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-310 Functions and Features of the TOSC Card (2201877)

Function Description

Transmits / receives and processes two OSC signals.

Basic function
Supports ordinary and ultra-long spans.

The optical supervisory channel has no limit on the distance between two optical line
Technical feature
amplifiers (OLAs), and will not be influenced in performance by any OLA failure.

Supports the segment-by-segment signal transmission and the 3R function. The

Regeneration signals can be accurately received at each OA regeneration station and added with
new supervisory signals.

Operating wavelength 1510 nm

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

In-service optical line

Supported
diagnosis of the OTDR

OTDR operating
1519 nm
wavelength

Line Rate 25.344 Mbit/s

Supported
IEEE 1588v2 Supports two FE electrical signals.
Supports two GE optical signals.

Supports electrical interface loopback.

Loopback
Supports optical interface loopback.

590 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-168 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the TOSC Card

The west Tx and Rx signal flow is the same as the east Tx and Rx signal flow in the
TOSC card, only differing in the Tx and Rx optical modules. The paragraphs below
take the Tx and Rx of signals in the west for example to describe the signal flow of
the TOSC card.

u In the Tx direction

The signals in the Tx direction consist of three parts: the overhead signals
transmitted from the EMU, OPM and OLP cards to the TOSC card via the
backplane, the PTP clock signals received at the local station, and the E1
service or E1 physical clock signals received by the local station. The three
parts are processed as follows:

4 The TOSC card sends the overhead signals from the EMU, OPM and OLP
cards transmitted via the backplane and E1 signals input from the card
panel interfaces to the signal processing module. After framing and timing
in the signal processing module, these signals are sent to the multiplexer
and reassembly module.

4 The received PTP clock signal is transmitted into the clock processing
module and the BMU module. After being routed, synchronized and
regenerated, the signal is sent to the multiplexer and reassembly module.

Version: K 591
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4 The reassembled electrical signals are then transmitted to the west optical
module. After E/O conversion, the signals are converted into 1510 nm
optical signals, transmitted to the OSCAD card and multiplexed into the
line signals.

u In the Rx direction

The TOSC card receives the 1510 nm optical signals extracted by the OSCAD
card. After O/E conversion via the west optical module, the optical signals are
converted into electrical signals and then enter the multiplexer and reassembly
module for demultiplexing. The electrical signals are then demultiplexed into
overhead signals, E1 service signals and PTP clock signals that are required
by relevant cards.

4 The overhead signals are transmitted to the signal processing module.

After frame check, timing and overhead processing, the signals are sent to
the EMU, OPM and OLP cards via the backplane.

4 The E1 signals are sent to the port on the panel for the use of other
devices.

4 The PTP clock signals, together with the physical clock signals recovered
using the line signals, enter the clock processing module. After being
synchronously regenerated and routed in this module, the signals are
output via the FE1, FE2, FE3, FE4, GE1 and GE2 interfaces.

u OTDR module

The OTDR testing light is transmitted from the Rx interface of the OSC, passes
the OSCAD multiplexer/demultiplexer, and enters the line. You can perform
attenuation and transmission distance tests on the line optical fiber.

Application

u The card is applicable to ring and chain networks.

u The OSC supervisory signal and OTDR test signal can be used concurrently.

u The OTDR function is implemented via the optical fiber in the Rx direction.

592 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Figure 6-169 Application of the TOSC Card (2201877)

6.6.4.2 Front Panel of the TOSC Card

Figure 6-170 Front Panel of the TOSC Card (2201877-SX)

Table 6-311 Description of the Front Panel of the TOSC Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally; generally, ON
indicator
indicates that the communication between the card and the EMS is poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on
the card.
West clock
1PPS&TOD Inputs / outputs one 1PPS+TOD time signal.
interface
W2M West E1 interface Each W2M / E2M interface can input or output one E1 signal.
E2M East E1 interface W2M can be used as an input / output interface for external clocks.

100M electrical
FE1
interface 1
100M electrical Transmits PTP clock signals to the corresponding PTN equipment, or
FE2
interface 2 receives PTP clock signals from the PTN equipment.
100M electrical
FE3
interface 3

Version: K 593
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-311 Description of the Front Panel of the TOSC Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

100M electrical
FE4
interface 4
OUT1 / IN1 GE1 port Tx and Rx

OUT2 / IN2 GE2 port Tx and Rx

West optical TX: Transmits the optical signal to the "OSC_A" port on the OSCAD card
WTX / WRX
interface or the "OSC_I" port on the OLP card.
East optical RX: Receives the optical signal from the "OSC_D" port on the OSCAD
ETX / ERX
interface card or the "OSC_O" port on the OLP card.

6.6.4.3 Specifications of the TOSC Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-312 Clock Interface Specifications of the TOSC Card

Clock Type Description

External clock synchronization source (W2M) Inputs one 120Ω 2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz signal.

Synchronization output clock (W2M) Outputs one 120Ω 2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz signal.

External time synchronization source (1PPS

Inputs one 1PPS+TOD time signal.
+TOD)

Synchronization output time (1PPS+TOD) Outputs one 1PPS+TOD time signal.

Table 6-313 GE Optical Interface Specifications of the TOSC Card

Item Unit Specification

Optical module type - 1000BASE-LX 1000BASE-EX 1000BASE-ZX

Line code format - NRZ NRZ NRZ
Target transmission distance km 10 40 80
Operating wavelength range nm 1270 to 1355 1275 to 1350 1500 to 1580
Maximum mean launched
dBm -3 0 5
Transmitter power
at reference Minimum mean launched
dBm -8 -5 0
point S power

Minimum extinction ratio dB 9 9 9

Eye pattern mask - Compliant with the IEEE802.3 mask

594 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-313 GE Optical Interface Specifications of the TOSC Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum sensitivity (BER ≤ 10-

Receiver at 12 dBm -20 -23 -23
)
reference
Minimum overload (BER ≤ 10-
point R 12 dBm -3 -3 -3
)

Table 6-314 Optical Interface Specifications of the TOSC Card

Item Unit Specification

Line rate Mbit/s 25.344

Code format - 2B1H
Transmitting optical power dBm >0
Receiver sensitivity dBm -45
Input overload point dBm -8
-20 dB spectral width nm 0.5
Side mode suppression ratio dB > 30
Operating wavelength nm 1511±6.5

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-315 Mechanical Specifications of the TOSC Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

TOSC 368 × 30 1.1

Power Consumption

Table 6-316 Power Consumption of the TOSC Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

TOSC 40

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-317 Applicable Subracks for the TOSC Card

Card Applicable Subrack

TOSC COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

Version: K 595
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.6.5 FOSC

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.6.5.1 Functions of the FOSC Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-318 Functions and Features of the FOSC Card

Function Description

Transmits / receives and processes two OSC signals.

Basic function
Supports ordinary and ultra-long spans.

The optical supervisory channel has no limit on the distance between two optical line
Technical feature
amplifiers (OLAs), and will not be influenced in performance by any OLA failure.

Supports segment-by-segment signal transmission and the 3R function. The signals

Regeneration can be accurately received at each OA regeneration station and added with new
supervisory signals.

1510 nm
Operating wavelength
1490 nm
Optical-layer ASON Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

25.344 Mbit/s
Line rate
100 Mbit/s
Supported
IEEE 1588v2 Supports two FE electrical signals.
Supports two GE optical signals.

Supports loopbacks at electrical interfaces.

Loopback
Supports loopbacks at optical interfaces.

596 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-171 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the FOSC Card

The west Tx and Rx signal flow is the same as the east Tx and Rx signal flow in the
FOSC card, only differing in the Tx and Rx optical modules. The paragraphs below
take the Tx and Rx of signals in the west for example to describe the signal flow of
the FOSC card.

u In the Tx direction

The signals in the Tx direction consist of three parts: the overhead signals
transmitted from the EMU, OPM and OLP cards to the TOSC card via the
backplane, the PTP clock signals received at the local station, and the E1
service or E1 physical clock signals received by the local station. The three
parts are processed as follows:

4 The FOSC card sends the overhead signals received from the EMU, OPM
and OLP cards via the backplane together with the E1 signals input via the
interfaces on the panel to the signal processing module. After framing and
timing in the signal processing module, the signals are sent to the
multiplexer and reassembly module.

4 The received PTP clock signal is transmitted into the clock processing
module. After being routed and synchronously regenerated, the signal is
sent to the multiplexer and reassembly module.

4 The reassembled electrical signals are then transmitted to the west optical
module. After E/O conversion, the signals are converted into 1510 nm
optical signals, transmitted to the OSCAD card and multiplexed into the
line signals.

Version: K 597
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u In the Rx direction

The FOSC card receives the 1510 nm optical signals extracted by the OSCAD
card. After the O/E conversion via the west optical module, the signals enter the
multiplexer and reassembly module for demultiplexing. The signals are finally
demultiplexed into overhead signals, E1 service signals and PTP clock signals
that are needed by relevant cards.

4 The overhead signals are transmitted to the signal processing module.

After frame check, timing and overhead processing, the signals are sent to
the EMU, OPM and OLP cards via the backplane.

4 The E1 signals are sent to the port on the panel for the use of other
devices.

4 The PTP clock signals, together with the physical clock signals recovered
using the line signals, enter the clock processing module. After being
synchronously regenerated and routed in this module, the signals are
output via the FE1, FE2, OUT1, OUT2 and 1PPS&TOD ports.

Application

u When an FOSC card with the 100M optical module works with an AIF card, the
AIF card is connected to an EMU / SCU / ASCU card, and the corresponding
signals are transmitted to the AIF card via the backplane.

u The MCC port of the FOSC card is connected to the F2 port of the AIF card
using the network cable to transmit EMS signals.

u The SCC port of the FOSC card is connected to the ETH2 port of the AIF card
using the network cable to transmit control plane signals.

598 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Figure 6-172 Application of the FOSC Card

6.6.5.2 Front Panel of the FOSC Card

Figure 6-173 Front Panel of the FOSC Card

Table 6-319 Description of the Front Panel of the FOSC Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally; generally, ON
indicator
indicates that the communication between the card and the EMS is poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on the
card.
West clock
W1PPS
interface
Inputs / outputs one 1PPS time signal.
East clock
E1PPS
interface

Version: K 599
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-319 Description of the Front Panel of the FOSC Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

2M_W West E1 interface The 2M_W / 2M_E interface can input or output one E1 signal.
2M_E East E1 interface 2M_W can be used as an input / output interface for external clocks.

100M electrical
FE1
interface 1
100M electrical
FE2
interface 2 Transmits PTP clock signals to the corresponding PTN equipment, or
GE1 port Tx and receives PTP clock signals from the PTN equipment.
GE1
Rx
GE2 port Tx and
GE2
Rx
Ethernet electrical
ETH1 Extends the rate of the OSC channel from 25.344M to FE (The specific rate
interface 1
depends on the EMU and ASCU cards) and extends the bandwidth of
Ethernet electrical
ETH2 DCCR and DCCM to 20M.
interface 2
West optical TX: Transmits the optical signal to the "OSC_A" interface on the OSCAD
OSCW
interface card or the "OSC_I" interface on the OLP card.
East optical RX: Receives the optical signal from the "OSC_D" interface on the OSCAD
OSCE
interface card or the "OSC_O" interface on the OLP card.

6.6.5.3 Specifications of the FOSC Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-320 Interface Specifications of the FOSC Card

Item Specification Description

-45 dBm (ordinary 100M span)

Receiver sensitivity -
-38 dBm (25.344M short haul)

-10 dBm (25.344M optical module)

Input overload point -
-8 dBm (100M optical module)

-20 dB spectral width 0.5 nm -

Side mode suppression ratio 30 dB -

Optical source wavelength range of 1510±10 nm at a high temperature

1510±5 nm (room temperature)
the transmitter (50℃)

Same requirements for optical

Transmitting optical power 0 dBm
modules at both rates
Output jitter of an E1 electrical
＜ 50 ppm -
interface

600 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-320 Interface Specifications of the FOSC Card (Continued)

Item Specification Description

1588 cascade jitter ＜ 100 ns For the entire system

1588 port switch jitter ＜ 100 ns For the entire system

1588 clock switch jitter ＜ 100 ns For the entire system

1588 power-off route switch ＜ 100 ns For the entire system

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-321 Mechanical Specifications of the FOSC Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

FOSC 368 × 30 0.8

Power Consumption

Table 6-322 Power Consumption of the FOSC Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

FOSC 30

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-323 Subracks Applicable to the FOSC Card

Card Applicable Subrack

FOSC COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.6.6 TOSC (Single-Fiber Bidirectional)

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

Version: K 601
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.6.6.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 6-324 Functions and Features of the TOSC (2201877S1A) Card

Function Description

Transmits / receives and processes two bidirectional optical supervisory

Basic function signals over one fiber.
Supports ordinary spans.

An OLA failure does not affect performance of the optical supervisory

Technical feature
channel.
Supports segment-by-segment signal transmission and the 3R function.
The signals can be accurately received at each OA regeneration station
Regeneration and added with new supervisory signals.
For optical supervisory channels, the distance between two OLAs
should be no more than 120 km.
Working wavelength 1511 nm, 1491 nm
Optical-layer ASON Supported

Physical-layer clock Supported

Optical line in-

service diagnosis Supported
(OTDR)

OTDR operating
1501 nm
wavelength

Line rate 25.344 Mbit/s

Supported
IEEE 1588v2 Supports FE electrical signals.
Supports two GE optical signals.

Supports loopbacks at electrical ports.

Loopback
Supports loopbacks at optical ports.

602 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-174 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the TOSC Card

u In the Tx direction

The TOSC card receives signals from cards such as network management
cards through the backplane and sends them to the FPGA for processing. Then,
the signals are sent to the 25.344M OSC signal processing module. After being
selected by the electrical analog switch, the signals are sent to the optical
module of the corresponding rate and converted to optical signals. Finally, the
signals are output from the “WTX” / “ETX” port to an EOSCAD or OLP card and
multiplexed into line signals.

u In the Rx direction

The TOSC card receives optical signals extracted by an EOSCAD or OLP card
and sends them to the optical module for O/E conversion through the “WRX” /
“ERX” port. After being selected by the electrical analog switch, the electrical
signals enter the 25.344M OSC signal processing module. The module extracts
and sends clock data signals to the FPGA for processing and then sends the
signals to network management cards and other cards via the backplane.

u OTDR module

The OTDR module performs the OTDR in-service detection.

Version: K 603
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The OTDR test light is sent from the “OTDR1” to “OTDR4” ports, passes the
EOSCAD (E / W) card, and enters the line for fiber attenuation and
transmission distance tests.

Application of the TOSC Cards

u The card is applicable to ring and chain networks.

u OTDR signals are independent of OSC signals.

Figure 6-175 Application of the TOSC Cards

6.6.6.2 Front Panel

Figure 6-176 Front Panel of the TOSC Card

604 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-325 Description of the Front Panel of the TOSC Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Generally, ON
indicator
indicates that communication between the card and the EMS is poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
UA / NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on
the card.
PPS&TOD West clock port Inputs / outputs one 1PPS+TOD time signal.

W2M West E1 port Either W2M or E2M port can input or output one E1 signal.
The impedance settings of the E1 ports are described in E1 Port’s
E2M East E1 port Impedance Settings hereinafter.
W2M can be used as an input / output port for external clock signals.

100M electrical port

FE1
1
100M electrical port
FE2
2
100M electrical port Transmits PTP clock signals to the corresponding PTN equipment, or
FE3
3 receives PTP clock signals from the PTN equipment.
100M electrical port
FE4
4
OUT1 / IN1 GE1 port Tx and Rx

OUT2 / IN2 GE2 port Tx and Rx

Should connect to the west EOSCAD / BOLP card.

TX: Transmits optical signals to the “WOSC_I” port on the EOSCAD card.
WTX / WRX West optical port
RX: Receives optical signals from the “WOSC_O” port on the EOSCAD
card or the “WOSC_O” port on the BOLP card.

Should connect to the east EOSCAD / BOLP card.

TX: Transmits optical signals to the “EOSC_I” port on the EOSCAD card.
ETX / ERX East optical port
RX: Receives optical signals from the “EOSC_O” port on the EOSCAD
card or the “EOSC_O” port on the BOLP card.

Input port for OTDR

OTDR1 Transmits 1501 nm OTDR signals.
multiplexed signals

Input port for OTDR

OTDR2 Transmits 1501 nm OTDR signals.
multiplexed signals

Version: K 605
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-325 Description of the Front Panel of the TOSC Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Input port for OTDR

OTDR3 Transmits 1501 nm OTDR signals.
multiplexed signals

Input port for OTDR

OTDR4 Transmits 1501 nm OTDR signals.
multiplexed signals

6.6.6.3 Parameters

Interface Specifications

Table 6-326 Clock Interface Specifications of the TOSC Card

Clock Type Description

External clock synchronization source (W2M) Inputs one 120Ω 2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz signal.

Synchronization output clock (W2M) Outputs one 120Ω 2048 kbit/s or 2048 kHz signal.

Table 6-327 GE Optical Interface Specifications of the TOSC Card

Item Unit Specification

Optical module type - 1000BASE-SX 1000BASE-LX 1000BASE-ZX

Line code format - NRZ NRZ NRZ
Target transmission distance km 15 40 80
Operating
nm 1270 to 1355 1270 to 1355 1500 to 1580
wavelength range

Transmitter Maximum mean

dBm -3 0 5
at launched power
reference Minimum mean
point S dBm -11.5 -4.5 -2
launched power

Minimum
dB 9 9 9
extinction ratio
Minimum
sensitivity (BER ≤ dBm -19 -20 -22
Receiver at 10-12)

reference Minimum
point R overload (BER ≤ dBm -3 -3 -3
10-12)

Eye pattern mask - IEEE802.3z-compliant

606 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-328 Optical Interface Specifications of the TOSC Card

Item Unit Specification

Line rate Mbit/s 25.344

Code format - 2B1H
Transmitting optical power dBm -4 to 2
Receiver sensitivity dBm -43
Input overload point dBm -8
-20 dB spectral width nm 1
Side mode suppression ratio dB > 30
Operating wavelength nm 1511±6.5, 1491±6.5

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-329 Mechanical Specifications of the TOSC Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

TOSC 368 × 30 1.1

Power Consumption

Table 6-330 Power Consumption of the TOSC Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

TOSC 36

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-331 Subracks Applicable to the TOSC Card

Card Applicable Subrack

TOSC COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.7 Optical Performance Monitor Card

This section introduces the functions and features, as well as the hardware structure
of the optical performance monitor cards.

Version: K 607
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.7.1 EOPM4 / EOPM8

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.7.1.1 Functions of the EOPM Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-332 Functions and Features of the EOPM4 / EOPM8 Card

Function Description

u The EOPM4 / EOPM8 card is used to detect the OSNR values of 10G, 100G and
beyond 100G signals.
Basic function u The EOPM4 / EOPM8 card can perform spectrum analysis for four / eight optical
signals respectively. For each signal, 96 ITU-T standard-compliant wavelengths
can be detected.
The card receives the to-be-monitored signals and monitors the wavelength quantity,
Optical spectrum analysis
central wavelength, optical power, and optical signal-to-noise ratio of each signal over
function
the EMS.
Working together with the VMU series cards and EMU cards, the card performs
automatic adjustment of the channel optical power in the system. The EOPM4 /
Automatic adjustment of EOPM8 card detects the optical power of optical signals of different wavelengths
channel optical power periodically. When the power deviation exceeds the preset threshold, the system will
report the optical power unbalance alarm to trigger the automatic adjustment of the
channel optical power, which is performed by the VMU series cards.

Table 6-333 Function Comparison Between the EOPM4 and EOPM8 Cards

Item EOPM4 (S2A) EOPM8 (S2A)

Quantity of monitoring optical

4 8
interfaces
Monitoring channel rate 10G, 100G, beyond 100G 10G, 100G, beyond 100G

Monitoring channel quantity 96 96

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The working principles are the same for the EOPM4 card and the EOPM8 card. This
section describes the working principles using the EOPM4 card for example.

608 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Figure 6-177 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the EOPM4 Card

Four optical signals to be monitored are input via "IN1" to "IN4" interfaces. When
receiving a command delivered by the EMS, the BMU controls the optical switch to
select one signal and send it to the spectrum analysis module.

The spectrum analysis module analyzes the spectrum of the optical signal and
sends the result, including the optical power, OSNR, wavelength quantity and
central wavelength, to the BMU. Then, the BMU sends these data to the EMU card
and the EMS.

The BMU also collects the alarm, performance, working status, and voltage
detection data from each functional module and reports them to the EMU card.

Application

The EOPM4 and EOPM8 cards are applied to in-service spectrum monitoring and
can output the spectrum curve data, wavelength, power, and signal-to-noise ratio of
each optical channel.

Version: K 609
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-178 Application of the EOPM Card in the System

6.7.1.2 Front Panel of the EOPM4 / EOPM8 Card

Figure 6-179 Front Panel of the EOPM4 Card

Figure 6-180 Front Panel of the EOPM8 Card

610 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-334 Description of the Front Panel of the EOPM4 / EOPM8 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally; generally, ON
indicator
indicates that the communication between the card and the EMS is poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on
the card.
Optical channel
signal input
IN1 to IN4 interfaces 1 to 4 Inputs the optical channel signals to be monitored; usually connected to
IN1 to IN8 Optical channel the MON interface on the OA or PA cards.
signal input
interfaces 1 to 8

6.7.1.3 Specifications of the EOPM4 / EOPM8 Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-335 Specifications of the EOPM4 / EOPM8 Card

Item EOPM4 EOPM8

Quantity of monitoring optical interfaces 4 8
Monitoring channel rate 10G, 100G, beyond 100G 10G, 100G, beyond 100G

Monitoring channel quantity 96 96

Monitoring channel spacing (GHz) 50 / 100 50 / 100
Operating wavelength range (nm) 1528 to 1568 1528 to 1568
Central wavelength detection accuracy
±0.05 ±0.05
(nm)

Power detection accuracy (dB) ±0.8 ±0.8

±1.5 (10 dB to 20 dB) ±1.5 (10 dB to 20 dB)
OSNR detection accuracy (dB)
±2 (20 dB to 25 dB) ±2 (20 dB to 25 dB)

OSNR dynamic range (dB) 10 to 25 10 to 25

Version: K 611
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-336 Mechanical Specifications of the EOPM4 / EOPM8 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

EOPM4 368 × 30 1.105

EOPM8 368 × 30 1.105

Power Consumption

Table 6-337 Power Consumption of the EOPM4 / EOPM8 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

EOPM4 20
EOPM8 20

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-338 Applicable Subracks for the EOPM4 / EOPM8 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

EOPM4 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

EOPM8 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.7.2 OPM4 / OPM8

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

612 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.7.2.1 Functions of the OPM Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-339 Functions and Features of the OPM4 / OPM8 Card

Function Description

u The OPM4 / OPM8 card is used to detect the OSNR values of 10G, 100G and beyond
100G signals.
Basic function u The OPM4 / OPM8 card can perform spectrum analysis for four / eight optical signals
respectively. For each signal, 96 ITU-T standard-compliant wavelengths can be
detected.
The card receives the to-be-monitored signals and monitors the wavelength quantity,
Optical spectrum
central wavelength, optical power, and optical signal-to-noise ratio of each signal over the
analysis function
EMS.
Working together with the VMU series cards and EMU cards, the card performs automatic
adjustment of the channel optical power in the system. The OPM4 / OPM8 card detects the
Automatic adjustment
optical power of optical signals of different wavelengths periodically. When the power
of channel optical
deviation exceeds the preset threshold, the system will report the optical power unbalance
power
alarm to trigger automatic adjustment of the channel optical power, which is performed by
the VMU series cards.

Table 6-340 Function Comparison Among OPM4 / OPM8 Cards of Different Types

OPM4 / OPM8 OPM4 / OPM8

Item OPM4 / OPM8 (R2A) OPM4 / OPM8 (S2A)
(OSNRR2A) (FLEXR2A)

Quantity of
monitoring optical 4/8 4/8 4/8 4/8
interfaces
Monitoring channel 10G, 100G, beyond 10G, 100G, beyond 10G, 100G, beyond 10G, 100G, beyond
rate 100G 100G 100G 100G
Quantity of
96 96 96 96
monitoring channels

Flex (compatible with

Flex function Not supported Not supported 50 GHz and flexible Not supported
grid)

Version: K 613
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Note:

For beyond 100G signals to be monitored, the supported channel

spacing is 50 GHz. An OPM card of FLEX type can detect the optical
power and central wavelength of each FLEX channel, but does not
support reporting the calculated OSNR.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The working principles are the same for the OPM4 card and the OPM8 card. The
following presents the working principles using the OPM4 card for example.

Figure 6-181 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OPM4 Card

Four optical signals to be monitored are input via "IN1" to "IN4" interfaces. When
receiving a command delivered by the EMS, the BMU controls the optical switch to
select one signal and send it to the spectrum analysis module.

The spectrum analysis module analyzes the spectrum of the optical signal and
sends the result, including the optical power, OSNR, wavelength quantity and
central wavelength, to the BMU. Then, the BMU sends these data to the EMU card
and the EMS.

The BMU also collects the alarm, performance, working status, and voltage
detection data from each functional module and reports them to the EMU card.

614 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Application

The OPM4 / OPM8 card is applied to in-service spectrum monitoring and outputs
the spectrum curve data, wavelength, power, and signal-to-noise ratio of each
optical channel.

Figure 6-182 Application of the OPM Card in the System

6.7.2.2 Front Panel of the OPM4 / OPM8 Card

Figure 6-183 Front Panel of the OPM4 Card

Figure 6-184 Front Panel of the OPM8 Card

Version: K 615
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-341 Description of the Front Panel of the OPM Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally; generally, ON
indicator
indicates that the communication between the card and the EMS is poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on
the card.
Optical channel
signal input
IN1 to IN4 interfaces 1 to 4 Input the optical channel signals to be monitored; usually connect to the
IN1 to IN8 Optical channel "MON" interface on the OA / PA card.
signal input
interfaces 1 to 8

6.7.2.3 Specifications of the OPM4 / OPM8 Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-342 Specifications of the OPM4 / OPM8 Card

Item Unit Specification

Flex (compatible with 50 GHz and flex

Channel spacing GHz
grid)

Operating wavelength range nm 1528 to 1568

Central wavelength detection
nm ±0.05
accuracy

Power detection accuracy dB ±0.5

SNR dynamic range dB 25
SNR detection accuracy (10G
dB ±1.5
system)

Quantity of monitoring optical

- 4/8
interfaces

616 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-343 Mechanical Specifications of the OPM4 / OPM8 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OPM4 368 × 30 1.105

OPM8 368 × 30 1.105

Power Consumption

Table 6-344 Power Consumption of the OPM4 / OPM8 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OPM4 20
OPM8 20

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-345 Subracks Applicable to the OPM4 / OPM8 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OPM4 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

OPM8 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.8 Channel Equilibrium Cards

In the ultra-long-haul transmission, the amplifier gain flatness results in different

attenuation values for the wavelengths over the line. The power value of each
wavelength at the receive end may vary greatly. The channel equilibrium card can
be used to reduce the power difference between the wavelengths at the receive end.

This section introduces functions, panels, specifications, and applications of the

channel equilibrium cards.

6.8.1 DGE

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 617
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.8.1.1 Functions and Features of the DGE Card

Function and Feature

Table 6-346 Functions and Features of the DGE Card

Function Description

Manually or automatically equalizes the power difference between different wavelengths at the
Basic function receive end, or performs pre-emphasis on received signals, so that the output signals meet the
flatness requirements of the optical receiver.

u Supports setting the equalization or pre-emphasis for each channel separately via the
EMS.
EMS control u Supports configuring the upper and lower limits for the input signal power and the upper
limit for the input signal flatness via the EMS. The EMS will generate corresponding alarms
when the actual input signal parameters cross the set thresholds.

Remote upgrade
of the card Supports remote upgrade of the card software.
software

Application

As a type of dynamic gain equalization cards, the DGE card is used to process the
C-band optical signal in the WDM system. It can be used at various types of stations
such as the OTM, OADM, and OLA stations in the long-haul WDM system. Usually,
the DGE card is placed in the Rx direction and applied to the 100G or 100G above
system.

Configuration rules of the DGE card:

u It is recommended that one DGE card be configured after every 15 optical

amplifiers when more than 15 optical amplifiers are used.

u After 15 sections, one DGE card should be configured after every 10 optical
amplifiers.

Taking the application in the Rx direction of the OTM station for example, since the
insertion loss of the DGE card is relatively high and the system may include other
cards with high insertion loss such as the DCM and ITL50 cards, the PA + OA
amplification mode is usually applied in the Rx direction.

618 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Figure 6-185 Application of the DGE Cards

6.8.1.2 Front Panel of the DGE Card

Figure 6-186 Front Panel of the DGE Card

Table 6-347 Description of the Front Panel of the DGE Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ACT Working status indicator ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally; ON indicates
that the communication between the card and the EMS is poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on
the card.
Input interface for main
IN1 Receives optical signals that require gain flattening.
optical path signals

Input interface for main

IN2 Reserved interface, temporarily unavailable.
optical path signals

Version: K 619
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 6-347 Description of the Front Panel of the DGE Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Output interface for

OUT main optical path Transmits optical signals after gain flattening.
signals

Commissioning
COM Reserved interface, temporarily unavailable.
interface

6.8.1.3 Specifications of the DGE Card

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-348 Mechanical Specifications of the DGE Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

DGE 368 × 30 0.52

Power Consumption

Table 6-349 Power Consumption of the DGE Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

DGE 18

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-350 Subracks Applicable to the DGE Card

Card Applicable Subrack

DGE COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.8.2 DGE (L Band)

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

620 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

6.8.2.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 6-351 Functions and Features of the DGE Card

Function Description

Supports L band.
Manually or automatically equalizes the power difference between different
Basic function wavelengths at the receive end, or performs pre-emphasis on received
signals, so that the output signals meet the flatness requirements of the
optical receiver.

u Sets equalization or pre-emphasis for each channel separately via the

EMS.
u Sets the upper and lower limits for input signal power and the upper limit
EMS control
for the input signal flatness via the EMS. The EMS will generate
corresponding alarms when the actual input signal parameters cross the
set thresholds.
Remote
upgrade of the Supports remote upgrade of card software.
card software

Application

As a type of dynamic gain equalization cards, the DGE card is used to process the
L-band optical signals in the WDM system. It can be used at various types of
stations such as the OTM, OADM, and OLA stations in the long-haul WDM system.
Usually, the DGE card is placed in the Rx direction and applied to the 100G or 100G
beyond system.

Configuration rules of the DGE card:

u It is recommended that one DGE card be configured after every 15 optical

amplifiers when more than 15 optical amplifiers are used.

u After 15 sections, one DGE card should be configured after ten optical
amplifiers.

Taking the application in the Rx direction of the OTM station for example, since the
insertion loss of the DGE card is relatively high and the system may include other
cards with high insertion loss such as the DCM and ITL50 cards, the OA + OA
amplification mode (two stages) is usually applied in the Rx direction.

Version: K 621
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 6-187 Application of the DGE Card

6.8.2.2 Front Panel

Figure 6-188 Front Panel of the DGE Card

Table 6-352 Description of the Front Panel of the DGE Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly means that the card is working normally.

ACT Working status indicator ON or OFF means that the card is working abnormally. ON means that
communication between the card and the EMS is poor.

OFF means that no alarms are reported or all alarms are filtered.
Solid red means that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
UA / NUA Alarm indicator Solid yellow means that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
Solid orange means that both urgent and non-urgent alarms occur on
the card.
Inputs single-wavelength or wavelength-combination signals to be
A1 Adding port
multiplexed into the main optical path.

Outputs single-wavelength or wavelength-combination signals to a line

D1 Dropping port
interface card.
Output port for line
LO Outputs main optical path signals.
signals

Input port for line

LI Inputs main optical path signals.
signals

622 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-352 Description of the Front Panel of the DGE Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Monitoring port for

MONO Monitors optical power output from the OUT port.
output optical power

Monitoring port for input

MONI Monitors optical power input from the IN port.
optical power

6.8.2.3 Parameters

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-353 Mechanical Specifications of the DGE Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

DGE 368 × 60 2.9

Power Consumption

Table 6-354 Power Consumption of the DGE Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

DGE 12.72

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-355 Subracks Applicable to the DGE Card

Card Applicable Subrack

DGE COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

6.9 OTDR Card

The optical time domain reflection (OTDR) cards are used for in-service
performance monitoring on the DWDM system optical fiber lines. The network
management system GUI displays the attenuation curve of the tested line and lists
the event points on the line, such as the optical fiber splicing point, connector and
attenuator

Version: K 623
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.9.1 OTDR8 / WDM2

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

6.9.1.1 Functions of the OTDR8 / WDM2 Card

Functions and Features

Table 6-356 Functions of the OTDR8 Card

Function Description

u The OTDR8 card performs the in-service monitoring of the transmission quality of the
optical fiber line according to the OTDR test principle. The card injects a series of optical
pulses into the fiber under test regularly. It then samples, quantifies, and encodes the
backscattered light signals from the same fiber at a certain rate, and saves and displays
Basic function the result. Up to eight optical fiber lines can be monitored.
u The OTDR8 card works based on the Fresnel reflection and Rayleigh scattering effect.
The EMS GUI can display the attenuation curve of the tested line and the event points in
the line, such as optical fiber splice point, connector, breakpoint and attenuator. This
helps in daily maintenance and troubleshooting of optical fiber lines.

Table 6-357 Functions of the WDM2 Card

Function Description

The WDM2 card is used together with the OTDR8 card to implement the multiplexing /
demultiplexing of the 1625 nm test optical signal and the main optical signals.
u In the Tx direction, the card multiplexes the main optical signals (including 1550 nm and
Basic function 1510 nm signals) from the OSCAD card and the 1625 nm signal from the OTDR8 card,
and sends the multiplexed signal to the optical line.
u In the Rx direction, the card splits the 1625 nm OTDR test optical signal from the main
optical signals.

Alarm and
performance Detects the optical power and reports the alarms and performance events of the card.
monitoring

624 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 6-189 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OTDR8 Card

u Eight optical interfaces (L1 to L8) of the optical switch are connected with the
to-be-tested external fiber lines via the connectors on the panel. Thus the
OTDR test signal is sent to a fiber line, and the backscattering light reflected is
received.

u The OTDR module works based on the Fresnel reflection and Rayleigh
scattering effect. It analyzes and calculates the following parameters of the
tested fiber line, such as the connector loss and position, line length, fault point,
loss between two points, major attenuation point and optical fiber loss
coefficient. After being analyzed, the test data are sent to the EMS via the BMU
and displayed on the GUI.

u The BMU controls the optical switch to select the line to be tested from eight
lines via the EMS.

Figure 6-190 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the WDM2 Card

Version: K 625
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u In the Tx direction, the card multiplexes the main optical signals (including 1550
nm and 1510 nm signals) and the 1625 nm signal which is sent from the
OTDR8 card, and sends the multiplexed signal to the optical line.

u In the Rx direction, the card splits the 1625 nm OTDR test optical signal from
the main optical signals.

Application

Figure 6-191 Application of the OTDR8 and WDM2 Cards

6.9.1.2 Front Panel of the OTDR8 / WDM2 Card

Figure 6-192 Front Panel of the OTDR8 Card

626 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Table 6-358 Description of the Front Panel of the OTDR8 / WDM2 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally;
ACT Working status indicator
generally, ON indicates that the communication between the
card and the EMS is poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms are reported or all alarms are

filtered.
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
UA/NUA Alarm indicator
Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
Solid orange indicates that both urgent and non-urgent alarms
occur on the card.
Output / input the 1625 nm test optical signals and generally
Test optical interfaces 1 to
L1 to L8 are connected to OTDR_I and OTDR_O interfaces on the
8
WDM2 card.

Figure 6-193 Front Panel of the WDM2 Card

Table 6-359 Description of the Front Panel of the WDM2 Card

Name Meaning Description

Input interface for line

LINE_I Receives line signals from the equipment at the remote end.
optical signals

Output interface for line Outputs the signal to the line; the signal is the multiplexed
LINE_O
optical signals signal of 1550 nm, 1510 nm, and 1625 nm signals.
Optical
Input interface for the Receives the main optical signals (including the 1550 nm and
MAIN_I interface
main optical signal 1510 nm signals) from the OSCAD card.
connec-
Output interface for the Outputs the main optical signals (including the 1550 nm and
MAIN_O tor: LC-
main optical signal 1510 nm signals) to the OSCAD card.
type
Input interface for the
OTDR_I Receives the 1625 nm signal from the OTDR8 card.
OTDR signal

Output interface for the

OTDR_O Outputs the 1625 nm signal to the OTDR8 card.
OTDR signal

Version: K 627
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

6.9.1.3 Specifications of the OTDR8 / WDM2 Card

Interface Specifications

Table 6-360 Specifications of the OTDR8 Card

Item Unit Specification

Test optical wavelength nm 1625±25

Dynamic range dB 37
Test distance km 5 / 10 / 25 / 50 / 100 / 200 / 250 / 400
10 / 30 / 100 / 300 / 1000 / 3000 / 10000 /
Test pulse width ns
20000
Back scattering dead zone m < 20
Fresnel reflection dead
m <5
zone
Test distance accuracy m ±1±3 × test distance × 10-5 ± resolution
Test loss accuracy dB ±0.1
Resolution m 0.05 to 80

Table 6-361 Specifications of the WDM2 Card

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength nm 1550 / 1625

Passband nm 1625±28
Wavelength range
Reflection bandwidth nm 1500 to 1568
Transmission
dB ≤1
Insertion loss channel
Reflection channel dB ≤ 0.8
Transmission
dB ≥ 40
Isolation channel
Reflection channel dB ≥ 22
Flatness dB 0.35
Insertion loss thermal stability dB/℃ ≤ 0.007
Directivity dB ≥ 50
Return loss dB ≥ 45
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.10
Polarization mode dispersion ps ≤ 0.10
Bearer optical power mW ≤ 300

628 Version: K
 6 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030036 / 3030105 / 3030163) Subrack

Mechanical Specifications

Table 6-362 Mechanical Specifications of the OTDR8 / WDM2 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OTDR8 368 × 60 1.5

WDM2 368 × 30 0.5

Power Consumption

Table 6-363 Power Consumption of the OTDR8 / WDM2 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OTDR8 12
WDM2 0

Applicable Subracks

Table 6-364 Subrack Applicable to the OTDR8 / WDM2 Card

Card Applicable Subrack

OTDR8 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

WDM2 COTP (3030036), COTP (3030105), COTP (3030163)

Version: K 629
7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP
(3030220) Subrack

This chapter introduces optical-layer cards applicable to the COTP (3030220)

subrack.

Optical Transponder Cards

Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Cards

Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer Cards

Optical Amplification Cards

Optical Protection Cards

Optical Supervisory Channel Cards

Optical Performance Monitor Cards

Optical Time Domain Reflection Card

630 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.1 Optical Transponder Cards

This section introduces the functions and features, as well as the hardware structure
of the optical transponder cards.

7.1.1 2O4S

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

7.1.1.1 Functions of the 2O4S Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-1 Functions and Features of the 2O4S Card

Function Description

Conversions between the following signals:

Basic function
2 × 100GE / OTU4↔2 × OTU4
100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s
Client-side service type
OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s
Provides the OTU4 interface on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing defined by the ITU-T G.709.
ODU4 layer:
OTN function u Supports PM functions when the client side processes 100GE services.
u Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive monitoring at PM and TCM
layers when the client side processes OTU4 services.
OTU4 layer: Supports the SM function.

WDM specification ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test Supported on the WDM side

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Version: K 631
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-1 Functions and Features of the 2O4S Card (Continued)

Function Description

Monitors BIP8 bytes of 100GE and OTU4 services on the client side to help locate
service failures.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the
monitoring
laser, and optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.
Monitors CD and PMD performance.

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Ethernet test Supported

Delay measurement Supported

Ethernet service
Bit transparent mapping and MAC transparent mapping
encapsulation mode

Electrical-layer ASON Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Client-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the 2O4S card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the client side to the line side, and Rx is defined as the reverse
direction.

u In the Tx direction

1) The IN1 and IN2 optical ports on the client-side optical module receive two
optical signals from client equipment.

2) After being processed in the card, these signals are converted into optical
signals of standard DWDM wavelengths, and then output via the TX1 and
TX2 optical ports.

u In the Rx direction

632 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

1) The RX1 and RX2 optical ports on the line-side optical module receive two
optical signals of standard DWDM wavelengths.

2) After being processed in the card, the signals are output from the OUT1
and OUT2 optical ports on the client-side optical module.

Figure 7-1 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the 2O4S Card

Application

The 2O4S card acts as an optical transponder card in the system. Each 2O4S card
receives two 100GE / OTU4 client services from the client side and converts them
into two OTU4 signals. These signals are then output from the line side.

Figure 7-2 Application of the 2O4S Cards

7.1.1.2 Front Panel of the 2O4S Card

Figure 7-3 Front Panel of the 2O4S Card

Version: K 633
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-2 Description of the Front Panel of the 2O4S Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is working normally.

ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
ACT Working status indicator between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.

UA Urgent alarm indicator Solid red: An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
Non-urgent alarm
NUA Solid yellow: A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
indicator
card.
OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
OUT1/IN1 to OUT2/IN2 Client-side optical ports
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to an optical

multiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX1 / RX1 to TX2 / RX2 WDM-side optical ports RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from an
optical demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer
card.

7.1.1.3 Specifications of the 2O4S Card

Optical Module

Table 7-3 Optical Module Specifications of the 2O4S Card

Specifications of the
Specifications of the Line-Side
Card Client-Side Optical
Optical Module
Module
2O4S (2204060R1A /
2204061R1A / 100G LR4 100G CFP2 DWDM
2203691S1A)

2O4S (2203691R1B) 100G LR4 200G CFP2-DCO

634 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-4 Mechanical Specifications of the 2O4S Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

2O4S (2204060R1A / 2204061R1A /

188 × 30 1.05
2203691S1A)

2O4S (2203691R1B) 188 × 30 1.19

Power Consumption

Table 7-5 Power Consumption of the 2O4S Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

2O4S (2204060R1A / 2204061R1A /

72
2203691S1A)

2O4S (2203691R1B) 117

Applicable Slots

Table 7-6 Slots Applicable to the 2O4S Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 28 (half-height)

7.1.2 2OC2EA

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 635
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.1.2.1 Functions of the 2OC2EA Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-7 Functions and Features of the 2OC2EA Card

Function Description

Supports conversions between the following signals:

Basic function 40 × 10GE LAN / 40 × 10GE WAN / 40 × OTU2 / 40 × OTU2e / 40 × STM-64 / 40 ×
FC1200 / 40 × FC800↔40 × ODU2↔2 × ODUC2↔2 × OTUC2
10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
10GE WAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s
Client-side service type OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s
STM-64: SDH/SONET service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
FC800: SAN service at a rate of 8.5 Gbit/s
FC1200: SAN service at a rate of 10.51 Gbit/s
Provides the OTUC2 interface on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.
OTN function Supports the PM function at the ODU2 layer on the client side.
Supports the PM function at the ODUC2 layer.
Supports the SM function at the OTUC2 layer on the WDM side.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported on the WDM side

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate service failures.

Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser,
monitoring and optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.
Monitors CD and PMD performance.

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Delay measurement Supported

636 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-7 Functions and Features of the 2OC2EA Card (Continued)

Function Description

Ethernet service Encapsulates 10GE LAN services in Bit transparent mapping (11.1G) and MAC
encapsulation mode transparent mapping (10.7G) modes.

Client-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the 2OC2EA card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as
the direction from the client side to the WDM side, and Rx is defined as the reverse
direction.

u In the Tx direction

The IN1 to IN40 optical ports on the client-side optical module receive forty
optical signals from the client equipment.

After being processed in the card, the signals are converted into two signals
and output from the TX1 and TX2 optical ports.

u In the Rx direction

The card receives optical signals from the RX1 and RX2 optical ports.

After being processed in the card, the signals are output from the OUT1 to
OUT40 optical ports on the client-side optical module.

Version: K 637
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 7-4 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the 2OC2EA Card

Application

The 2OC2EA card acts as an optical transponder card in the system. Each
2OC2EA card connects 40 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / OTU2 / OTU2e / STM64 /
10GFC / 8GFC client services from the client side and converts these signals into
two OTUC2 signals. Then the OTUC2 signals are output from the line side.

Figure 7-5 Application of the 2OC2EA Cards

7.1.2.2 Front Panel of the 2OC2EA Card

Figure 7-6 Front Panel of the 2OC2EA Card

638 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-8 Description of the Front Panel of the 2OC2EA Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
ACT
indicator between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
Urgent alarm
UA Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
indicator
card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
Non-urgent
NUA Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
alarm indicator
card.
OUT Client-side OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
IN optical ports IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to an optical multiplexer

TX WDM-side card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.
RX optical ports RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from an optical
demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.

7.1.2.3 Specifications of the 2OC2EA Card

Optical Module

Table 7-9 Optical Module Specifications of the 2OC2EA Card

Specifications of the Client- Specifications of the Line-Side

Card
Side Optical Module Optical Module

2OC2EA 10G TDM XFP SFP+ 200G MSA DWDM

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-10 Mechanical Specifications of the 2OC2EA Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

2OC2EA 400 × 60 3.5

Version: K 639
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Power Consumption

Table 7-11 Power Consumption of the 2OC2EA Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

2OC2EA 270

Applicable Slots

Table 7-12 Applicable Slots for the 2OC2EA Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 13 (full height)

7.1.3 2OC2E

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

7.1.3.1 Functions of the 2OC2E Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-13 Functions and Features of the 2OC2E Card

Function Description

Supports conversions between the following signals:

4 × OTU4↔4 × ODU4↔2 × ODUC2↔2 × OTUC2
Basic function
4 × 100GE↔4 × ODU4 (Bit transparent mapping / MAC transparent mapping)↔2 ×
ODUC2↔2 × OTUC2
100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s
Client-side service type
OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s
Provides the OTUC2 interface on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.
ODU4 layer:
u Supports PM functions when the client side accesses 100GE services.
OTN function u Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive monitoring at PM and TCM
layers when the client side accesses OTU4 services.
Supports the PM function at the ODUC2 layer.
Supports the SM function at the OTU4 layer on the client side.
Supports the SM function at the OTUC2 layer on the WDM side.

640 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-13 Functions and Features of the 2OC2E Card (Continued)

Function Description

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test function Supported on the WDM side

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate service failures.

Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser,
monitoring and optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.
Monitors CD and PMD performance.

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Delay measurement Supported

Ethernet service
100GE: GMP, GFP-F
encapsulation mode

Client-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the 2OC2E card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the client side to the WDM side, and Rx is defined as the reverse
direction.

u In the Tx direction

The IN1 to IN4 optical ports on the client-side optical module receive four
optical signals from client equipment.

After being processed in the card, the signals are converted into two optical
signals and output from the TX1 and TX2 optical ports.

u In the Rx direction

Version: K 641
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The card receives optical signals from the “RX1” and “RX2” optical ports.

After being processed in the card, the signals are output from the “OUT1” to
“OUT4” optical ports on the client-side optical module.

Figure 7-7 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the 2OC2E Card

Application

The 2OC2E card acts as an optical transponder card in the system. Each 2OC2E
card connects 4 100GE client services from the client side and converts these
signals into two OTUC2 signals. Then the OTUC2 signals are output from the line
side.

Figure 7-8 OTN Application of the 2OC2E Cards

7.1.3.2 Front Panel of the 2OC2E Card

Figure 7-9 Front Panel of the 2OC2E Card

642 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-14 Description of the Front Panel of the 2OC2E Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
ACT
indicator between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
Urgent alarm
UA Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
indicator
card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
Non-urgent
NUA Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
alarm indicator
card.
OUT Client-side OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
IN optical ports IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to an optical multiplexer

TX WDM-side card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.
RX optical ports RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from an optical
demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.

7.1.3.3 Specifications of the 2OC2E Card

Optical Module

Table 7-15 Optical Module Specifications of the 2OC2E Card

Specifications of the Client- Specifications of the Line-Side

Card
Side Optical Module Optical Module

2OC2E 100G LR4 200G MSA DWDM

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-16 Mechanical Specifications of the 2OC2E Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

2OC2E 400 × 60 2.8

Version: K 643
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Power Consumption

Table 7-17 Power Consumption of the 2OC2E Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

2OC2E 220

Applicable Slots

Table 7-18 Applicable Slots for the 2OC2E Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 13 (full height)

7.1.4 2OC6E

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

7.1.4.1 Functions of the 2OC6E Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-19 Functions and Features of the 2OC6E Card

Function Description

Supports conversions between the following signals:

12 × OTU4↔12 × ODU4↔2 × ODUC6↔2 × OTUC6
Basic function
12 × 100GE↔12 × ODU4 (Bit transparent mapping / MAC transparent mapping)↔2 ×
ODUC6↔2 × OTUC6
Client-side service 100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s
type OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s
Provides OTU4 / OTUC2 / OTUC3 / OTUC4 / OTUC6 interfaces on the WDM side.
OTN function
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Provides 96 wavelengths tunable in the extended C band spaced at 50 GHz and 75 GHz on
Tunable wavelength
the WDM side.
100G mode: 50 GHz
Spectral width of 200G mode: 50 GHz
WDM-side signals 400G mode: 75 GHz
600G mode: 75 GHz

644 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-19 Functions and Features of the 2OC6E Card (Continued)

Function Description

ESC Supported

PRBS Supported on the WDM side

Supports RS-FEC encoding on the client side.

When the WDM-side port is in 100G_QPSK mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.
When the WDM-side port is in 200G_QPSK mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.
When the WDM-side port is in 200G_8QAM mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.
When the WDM-side port is in 200G_16QAM mode, the normal and super FECs are
Error correction
supported.
coding
When the WDM-side port is in 400G_16QAM mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.
When the WDM-side port is in 400G_32QAM mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.
When the WDM-side port is in 400G_64QAM mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.
When the WDM-side port is in 600G_64QAM mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.

Monitors BIP8 bytes (burst mode) to help locate line failures.

Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Performance and
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser, and
alarm monitoring
optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.

ALS Supported

Delay measurement Supported

Optical line protection

Protection scheme
Client-side 1+1 protection

Ethernet service
100GE: GMP, GFP-F
encapsulation mode

Client-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback

Version: K 645
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the 2OC6E card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the client side to the WDM side, and Rx is defined as the reverse
direction.

u In the Tx direction

The “IN1” to “IN12” optical ports on the client-side optical module receive twelve
optical signals from client equipment.

After being processed in the card, the signals are converted into two optical
signals and output from the “TX1” and “TX2” optical ports.

u In the Rx direction

The card receives optical signals from the “RX1” and “RX2” optical ports.

After being processed in the card, the signals are output from the “OUT1” to
“OUT12” optical ports on the client-side optical module.

Figure 7-10 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the 2OC6E Card

Application

The 2OC6E card acts as an optical transponder card in the system. Each 2OC6E
card connects 12 100GE client services from the client side and converts these
signals into two OTUC6 signals. Then the OTUC6 signals are output from the line
side.

646 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Figure 7-11 OTN Application of the 2OC6E Cards

7.1.4.2 Front Panel of the 2OC6E Card

Figure 7-12 Front Panel of the 2OC6E Card

Table 7-20 Description of the Front Panel of the 2OC6E Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Blinking slowly indicates that the program is being initialized
(loaded with hardware and software), or indicates the status
of configuration synchronization during a switchover between
ACT Working status indicator active and standby cards.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms

are blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major
alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms

Non-urgent alarm are blocked.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.

Version: K 647
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-20 Description of the Front Panel of the 2OC6E Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

OUT1 / IN1 to OUT12 / The 1st to 12th client- OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.
IN12 side optical ports IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals. Generally,

it is connected to the add port of an optical
multiplexer/demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop
WDM-side east / west multiplexer card.
TX1 / RX1 to TX2 / RX2
optical ports RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals. Generally,
it is connected to the drop port of an optical
multiplexer/demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop
multiplexer card.

7.1.4.3 Specifications of the 2OC6E Card

Optical Module

Table 7-21 Optical Module Specifications of the 2OC6E Card

Specifications of the Client-Side Specifications of the Line-Side

Card
Optical Module Optical Module

2OC6E 100G LR4 100G to 600G MSA DWDM

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-22 Mechanical Specifications of the 2OC6E Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Net Weight (kg)

2OC6E 400 × 60 3.203

Power Consumption

Table 7-23 Power Consumption of the 2OC6E Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

2OC6E 320

648 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Applicable Slots

Table 7-24 Applicable Slots for the 2OC6E Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 13 (full height)

7.1.5 OC2F (Full-Height, Dual-Slot)

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

7.1.5.1 Functions of the OC2F Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-25 Functions and Features of the OC2F Card

Function and Feature Description

Basic function Implements electrical regeneration of optical signals.

Regeneration rate OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s

Provides the OTUC2 interface on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.
709.
OTN function
ODU4 layer: Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive monitoring at PM
and TCM layers.
OTU4 layer: Supports the SM function.

WDM specification Supports ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the
monitoring laser, and optical power.
Monitors CD and PMD performance.

Delay measurement Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Version: K 649
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Working Principle and Signal Flow

u From west to east

The card receives OTUC2 optical signals from the west line side and converts
these signals into two OTU4 signals after implementing optical/electrical
conversion.

The optical module in the card detects performance of the OTU4 signals. After
extracting overheads, the optical module decapsulates them into ODU4 signals.

The OTU4 overheads are re-inserted into ODU4 signals in the optical module
for signal reassembling. Two OTU4 signals are mapped and framed into
OTUC2 signals.The optical module on the east line side then implements the
electrical/optical conversion and outputs OTUC2 optical signals.

u From east to west

Signals are transmitted from east to west in the same way as those from west
to east.

Figure 7-13 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OC2F Card

Application

The OC2F card acts as a regeneration card in the system. It bidirectionally

implements regeneration for two OTUC2 colored light signals.

Figure 7-14 OTN Application of the OC2F Cards

650 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.1.5.2 Front Panel of the OC2F Card

Figure 7-15 Front Panel of the OC2F Card

Table 7-26 Description of the Front Panel of the OC2F Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Blinking slowly indicates that the program is being initialized
(loaded with hardware and software), or indicates the status
of configuration synchronization during a switchover between
ACT Working status indicator active and standby cards.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms

are blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major
alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms

Non-urgent alarm are blocked.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to an optical
multiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX_W / RX_W to TX_E
WDM-side optical ports RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from an
/ RX_E
optical demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer
card.

7.1.5.3 Specifications of the OC2F Card

Optical Module

Table 7-27 Optical Module Specifications of the OC2F Card

Card Specifications of the Line-Side Optical Module

OC2F 200G MSA DWDM

Version: K 651
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-28 Mechanical Specifications of the OC2F Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OC2F 400 × 60 1.7

Power Consumption

Table 7-29 Power Consumption of the OC2F Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OC2F 171

Applicable Slots

Table 7-30 Applicable Slots for the OC2F Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 13 (full height)

7.1.6 OC2F (Half-Height, Single-Slot)

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

7.1.6.1 Functions of the OC2F Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-31 Functions and Features of the OC2F Card

Function Description

2204045R1A: 16QAM
Card type
2204147R1A: QPSK
Basic function Implements electrical regeneration for optical signals.

Regeneration rate OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s

652 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-31 Functions and Features of the OC2F Card (Continued)

Function Description

Provides the OTUC2 port on the WDM side.

Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with
the ITU-T G.709.
OTN function
ODU4 layer: Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive
monitoring at PM and TCM layers.
OTU4 layer: Supports the SM function.

WDM specification ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications.

Tunable wavelength Supported

ESC function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating
monitoring temperature of the laser, and optical power.
Monitors CD and PMD performance.

Delay measurement Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Working Principle and Signal Flow

u From west to east

The card receives OTUC2 optical signals from the west line side and converts
these signals into two OTU4 signals after optical/electrical conversion.

The optical module in the card detects performance of the OTU4 signals. After
extracting overheads, the optical module decapsulates them into ODU4 signals.

The OTU4 overheads are re-inserted into ODU4 signals in the optical module
for signal reassembling. Two OTU4 signals are mapped and framed into
OTUC2 signals.The optical module on the east line side then implements the
electrical/optical conversion and outputs OTUC2 optical signals.

u From east to west

Signals are transmitted from east to west in the same way as those from west
to east.

Version: K 653
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 7-16 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OC2F Card

Application

The OC2F card acts as a regeneration card in the system. It can bidirectionally
regenerate two OTUC2 colored light signals.

Figure 7-17 OTN Application of the OC2F Cards

7.1.6.2 Front Panel of the OC2F Card

Figure 7-18 Front Panel of the OC2F Card

654 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-32 Description of the Front Panel of the OC2F Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is working normally.

Blinking slowly: The program is being initialized (loaded with
hardware and software), or the indicator means the
configuration synchronization status during a switchover
ACT Working status indicator between active and standby cards.
ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.

UA Urgent alarm indicator Solid red: An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
Non-urgent alarm
NUA Solid yellow: A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
indicator
card.
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to an optical
multiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX_W / RX_W to TX_E
WDM-side optical ports RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from an
/ RX_E
optical demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer
card.

7.1.6.3 Specifications of the OC2F Card

Optical Module

Table 7-33 Optical Module Specifications of the OC2F Card

Card Specifications of the Line-Side Optical Module

OC2F 200G CFP2-DCO

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-34 Mechanical Specifications of the OC2F Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OC2F 188 × 30 1.05

Version: K 655
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Power Consumption

Table 7-35 Power Consumption of the OC2F Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OC2F 72

Applicable Slot

Table 7-36 Slots Applicable to the OC2F Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 28 (half-height)

7.1.7 OC2E

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

7.1.7.1 Functions of the OC2E Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-37 Functions and Features of the OC2E Card

Function Description

Conversions between the following signals:

Basic function 2 × OTU4↔2 × ODU4↔1 × ODUC2↔1 × OTUC2
2 × 100GE↔2 × ODU4↔1 × ODUC2↔1 × OTUC2
100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s
Client-side service type
OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s
Provides the OTUC2 port on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.709.
ODU4 layer:
u Supports PM functions when the client side processes 100GE services.
OTN function u Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive monitoring at PM and TCM
layers when the client side processes OTU4 services.
Supports the PM function at the ODUC2 layer.
Supports the SM function at the OTU4 layer on the client side.
Supports the SM function at the OTUC2 layer on the WDM side.

WDM specification ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications

656 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-37 Functions and Features of the OC2E Card (Continued)

Function Description

u C++ band supported

u Channel spacing

4 When the WDM-side port is in 200G_QPSK mode, the channel spacing is

Tunable wavelength 75 GHz.

4 When the WDM-side port is in 200G_16QAM mode, the channel spacing is

50 GHz.

u Tunable range: 190.7 THz to 196.65 THz

ESC function Supported

PRBS test Supported

Supports RS-FEC encoding on the client side.

When the WDM-side port is in 200G_QPSK mode, the normal and super FECs are
Error correction coding supported.
When the WDM-side port is in 200G_16QAM mode, the normal and super FECs are
supported.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate service failures.

Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser,
monitoring and optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.
Monitors CD and PMD performance.

Delay measurement Supported

Client-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the OC2E card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the client side to the WDM side, and Rx is defined as the reverse
direction.

u In the Tx direction

Version: K 657
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

1) The IN1 and IN2 optical ports on the client-side optical module receive two
optical signals from the client equipment.

2) After being processed in the card, the signals are converted into one ITU-T
G.694.1-compliant DWDM signal, and output through the TX optical port.

u In the Rx direction

1) The RX optical port on the line-side optical module receives one ITU-T
G.694.1-compliant DWDM signal.

2) After being processed in the card, the signals are output from the OUT1
and OUT2 optical ports on the client-side optical module.

Figure 7-19 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OC2E Card

Application

The OC2E card acts as an optical convergence transponder card in the system.
Each OC2E card receives two 100G client services from the client side and
converts these signals into one OTUC2 signal. Then this signal is output from the
line side.

Figure 7-20 OTN Application of the OC2E Cards

658 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.1.7.2 Front Panel of the OC2E Card

Figure 7-21 Front Panel of the OC2E Card

Table 7-38 Description of the Front Panel of the OC2E Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is working normally.

ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
ACT Working status indicator
between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.

UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red: An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

Non-urgent alarm OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow: A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.

OUT / IN Client-side optical ports
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

TX: Transmits wavelength-specific signals to an optical multiplexer

card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX / RX WDM-side optical ports
RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from an optical
demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.

7.1.7.3 Specifications of the OC2E Card

Optical Module

Table 7-39 Optical Module Specifications of the OC2E Card

Specifications of the Client- Specifications of the Line-Side

Card
Side Optical Module Optical Module

OC2E 100G LR4 200G CFP2-DCO

Version: K 659
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-40 Mechanical Specifications of the OC2E Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OC2E 188 × 30 1.08

Power Consumption

Table 7-41 Power Consumption of the OC2E Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OC2E 71.1

Applicable Slot

Table 7-42 Slots Applicable to the OC2E Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 28 (half-height)

7.1.8 O4F

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

7.1.8.1 Functions of the O4F Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-43 Functions and Features of the O4F Card

Function Description

2204067R1A: hard decision

Card type 2204066R1A: soft decision
2204046R1A: ultra long haul

Basic function Implements electrical regeneration for optical signals.

Regeneration rate OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s

660 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-43 Functions and Features of the O4F Card (Continued)

Function Description

Provides the OTU4 interface on the WDM side.

Supports the frame format and overhead processing compliant with the ITU-T G.
709.
OTN function
ODU4 layer: Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive monitoring at PM
and TCM layers.
OTU4 layer: Supports the SM function.

WDM specification ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications

Tunable wavelength Supports C band.

ESC function Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.

Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the
monitoring laser, and optical power.
Monitors CD and PMD performance.

Delay measurement Supported

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Working Principle and Signal Flow

u From west to east

1) The RX_W port on the west line-side optical module receives one OTU4
optical signal.

2) After being processed in the card, the OTU4 optical signal is output from
the TX_E port on the east line-side optical module.

u From east to west

Signals are transmitted from east to west in the same way as those from west
to east.

Figure 7-22 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the O4F Card

Version: K 661
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Application

The O4F card acts as a regeneration card in the system. It can bidirectionally
regenerate one OTU4 colored light signal.

Figure 7-23 OTN Application of the O4F Card

7.1.8.2 Front Panel of the O4F Card

Figure 7-24 Front Panel of the O4F Card

Table 7-44 Description of the Front Panel of the O4F Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is working normally.

Blinking slowly: The program is being initialized (loaded with
hardware and software), or the indicator means the
configuration synchronization status during a switchover
ACT Working status indicator between active and standby cards.
ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.

UA Urgent alarm indicator Solid red: An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.

662 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-44 Description of the Front Panel of the O4F Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.

Non-urgent alarm
NUA Solid yellow: A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
indicator
card.
TX: Transmits wavelength-specific optical signals to an optical
multiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX_W / RX_W to TX_E
WDM-side optical ports RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from an
/ RX_E
optical demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer
card.

7.1.8.3 Specifications of the O4F Card

Optical Module

Table 7-45 Optical Module Specifications of the O4F Card

Card Specifications of the Line-Side Optical Module

O4F 100G CFP2 DWDM

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-46 Mechanical Specifications of the O4F Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

O4F 188 × 30 1.05

Power Consumption

Table 7-47 Power Consumption of the O4F Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

O4F 72

Applicable Slot

Table 7-48 Slots Applicable to the O4F Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 28 (half-height)

Version: K 663
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.1.9 O4S

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

7.1.9.1 Functions of the O4S Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-49 Functions and Features of the O4S Card

Function Description

2203724R1B: ultra long haul

Card type 2204063R1A: soft decision
2204064R1A: hard decision
Conversions between the following signals:
Basic function
1 × 100GE / OTU4↔1 × OTU4
100GE: Ethernet service at a rate of 103.125 Gbit/s
Client-side service type
OTU4: OTN service at a rate of 111.81 Gbit/s
Provides the OTU4 interface on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing defined by the ITU-T G.709.
ODU4 layer:
OTN function u Supports PM functions when the client side processes 100GE services.
u Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive monitoring at PM and TCM
layers when the client side processes OTU4 services.
OTU4 layer: Supports the SM function.

WDM specification ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications

Tunable wavelength C band supported

ESC function Supported

PRBS test Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes of 100GE and OTU4 services on the client side to help locate
service failures.
Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance
Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the
monitoring
laser, and optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.
Monitors CD and PMD performance.

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Ethernet test Supported

664 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-49 Functions and Features of the O4S Card (Continued)

Function Description

Delay measurement Supported

Ethernet service
Bit transparent mapping and MAC transparent mapping
encapsulation mode

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Client-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the O4S card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the client side to the WDM side, and Rx is defined as the reverse
direction.

u In the Tx direction

1) The IN optical port on the client-side optical module receives one optical
signal from client equipment.

2) After being processed in the card, the signal is converted into one ITU-T
G.694.1-compliant DWDM signal, and output through the TX optical port.

u In the Rx direction

1) The RX optical port on the line-side optical module receives one ITU-T
G.694.1-compliant DWDM signal.

2) After being processed in the card, the signal is output from the OUT optical
port on the client-side optical module.

Figure 7-25 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the O4S Card

Version: K 665
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Application

The O4S card acts as an optical transponder card in the system. Each O4S card
receives one 100G client service from the client side and converts it into one OTU4
signal. The signal is then output from the line side.

Figure 7-26 OTN Application of the O4S Cards

7.1.9.2 Front Panel of the O4S Card

Figure 7-27 Front Panel of the O4S Card

Table 7-50 Description of the Front Panel of the O4S Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is working normally.

ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
ACT Working status indicator
between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.

UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red: An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

Non-urgent alarm OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow: A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.

OUT / IN Client-side optical ports
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

TX: Transmits wavelength-specific signals to an optical multiplexer

card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX / RX WDM-side optical ports
RX: Receives wavelength-specific optical signals from an optical
demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.

666 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.1.9.3 Specifications of the O4S Card

Optical Module

Table 7-51 Optical Module Specifications of the O4S Card

Specifications of the Client- Specifications of the Line-Side

Card
Side Optical Module Optical Module

O4S 100G LR4 100G CFP2 DWDM

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-52 Mechanical Specifications of the O4S Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

O4S 188 × 30 1.05

Power Consumption

Table 7-53 Power Consumption of the O4S Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

O4S 68.4

Applicable Slot

Table 7-54 Slots Applicable to the O4S Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 28 (half-height)

7.1.10 O4EA

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

Version: K 667
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.1.10.1 Functions of the O4EA Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-55 Functions and Features of the O4EA Card

Function Description

2204072R1A: hard decision

Card type 2204071R1A: soft decision
2204070R1A: ultra long haul

Conversions between the following signals:

Basic function 10 × 10GE LAN / 10 × 10GE WAN / 10 × OTU2 / 10 × OTU2e / 10 × STM-64 / 10 ×
FC1200 / 10 × FC800↔10 × ODU2↔1 × ODU4↔1 × OTU4
10GE LAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 10.31 Gbit/s
10GE WAN: Ethernet service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
OTU2: OTN service at a rate of 10.71 Gbit/s
Client-side service type OTU2e: OTN service at a rate of 11.1 Gbit/s
STM-64: SDH / SONET service at a rate of 9.95 Gbit/s
FC800: SAN service at a rate of 8.5 Gbit/s
FC1200: SAN service at a rate of 10.51 Gbit/s
Provides the OTU4 interface on the WDM side.
Supports the frame format and overhead processing defined by the ITU-T G.709.
OTN function ODU2 / ODU4 layer: Supports PM and TCM functions, and non-intrusive monitoring
of PM and TCM.
OTU4 layer: Supports the SM function.

WDM specification ITU-T G.694.1 compliant DWDM technical specifications

Tunable wavelength Supports C band.

ESC function Supported

PRBS test Supported

Error correction coding Supports FEC encoding, compliant with ITU-T G.709.

Monitors BIP8 bytes to help locate service failures.

Monitors OTN alarms and performance events.
Alarm and performance Monitors parameters such as the bias current and operating temperature of the laser,
monitoring and optical power.
Supports remote monitoring (RMON) of Ethernet services.
Monitors CD and PMD performance.

Bi-directional interruption of
Supported
Ethernet services
Delay measurement Supported

668 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-55 Functions and Features of the O4EA Card (Continued)

Function Description

Ethernet service
Bit transparent mapping and MAC transparent mapping
encapsulation mode

Client-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback
Loopback
WDM-side loopback
u Near-end loopback
u Remote-end loopback

Working Principle and Signal Flow

The signal flow directions of the O4EA card include Tx and Rx. Tx is defined as the
direction from the client side to the WDM side, and Rx is defined as the reverse
direction.

u In the Tx direction

1) The IN1 to IN10 optical ports on the client-side optical module receive ten
optical signals from the client equipment.

2) After being processed in the card, the signal is converted into one ITU-T
G.694.1-compliant DWDM signal, and output through the TX optical port.

u In the Rx direction

1) The RX optical port on the line-side optical module receives one ITU-T
G.694.1-compliant DWDM signal.

2) After being processed in the card, these signals are output from the OUT1
to OUT10 optical ports on the client-side optical module.

Figure 7-28 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the O4EA Card

Version: K 669
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Application

The O4EA card acts as an optical convergence transponder card in the system.
Each O4EA card receives ten 10GE LAN / 10GE WAN / OTU2 / OTU2e / STM64 /
FC800 / FC1200 client services from the client side and converts them into one
OTU4 signal. The OTU4 signal is then output from the line side.

Figure 7-29 OTN Application of the O4EA Cards

7.1.10.2 Front Panel of the O4EA Card

Figure 7-30 Front Panel of the O4EA Card

Table 7-56 Description of the Front Panel of the O4EA Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is working normally.

Working status ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication between
ACT
indicator the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.

UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red: An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

Non-urgent alarm OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow: A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

OUT: Transmits service signals to the client equipment.

OUT / IN Client-side optical ports
IN: Receives service signals from the client equipment.

TX1: Transmits wavelength-specific signals to an optical multiplexer

card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.
TX1 / RX1 WDM-side optical ports
RX1: Receives wavelength-specific signals from an optical
demultiplexer card or an optical add/drop multiplexer card.

670 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.1.10.3 Specifications of the O4EA Card

Optical Module

Table 7-57 Optical Module Specifications of the O4EA Card

Specifications of the Client- Specifications of the Line-Side

Card
Side Optical Module Optical Module

O4EA 10G TDM XFP SFP+ 100G CFP2 DWDM

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-58 Mechanical Specifications of the O4EA Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

O4EA 400 × 30 3.2

Power Consumption

Table 7-59 Power Consumption of the O4EA Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

O4EA 86.4

Applicable Slot

Table 7-60 Slots Applicable to the O4EA Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

7.2 Optical Multiplexer/Demultiplexer Cards

This section introduces functions / features and the hardware structure of the optical
multiplexer/demultiplexer cards.

Version: K 671
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.2.1 M96_OE / D96_OE

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

7.2.1.1 Functions of the M96_OE / D96_OE Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-61 Functions and Features of the M96_OE Card

Function Description

Multiplexes CO band and CE band optical signals; multiplexes 96 wavelength-specific

Basic function optical signals of odd wavelengths and even wavelengths into one multi-wavelength
signal.

Optical power adjustment Adjusts the power of each single-wavelength optical signal prior to multiplexing.

Alarm and performance

Detects the optical power and reports the alarms and performance events of the card.
monitoring

Table 7-62 Functions and Features of the D96_OE Card

Function Description

Demultiplexes CO band and CE band optical signals; demultiplexes one multi-

Basic function
wavelength optical signals into 96 wavelength-specific optical signals.

Alarm and performance

Detects the optical power and reports the alarms and performance events of the card.
monitoring

672 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-31 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the M96_OE Card

The CE1 to CE48, and CO1 to CO48 optical interfaces receive one single-
wavelength optical signal respectively. After power adjustment through the VOA, the
signals enter the CE band and CO band multiplexer. The ITL module multiplexes
two signals output from the multiplexer into one CE+CO band signal spaced at 50
GHz and then outputs it form the OUT optical interface.

Figure 7-32 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the D96_OE Card

Version: K 673
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The IN optical interface receives a CE+CO band signal spaced at 50 GHz and
outputs the signal to the ITL module and demultiplexer. The demultiplexer
demultiplexes the input multiplexed signal into 96 single-wavelength optical signals,
and outputs these signals through the optical interfaces CE1 to CE48, and CO1 to
CO48.

Application

Figure 7-33 Application of the M96_OE / D96_OE Card

7.2.1.2 Front Panel of the M96_OE / D96_OE Card

Figure 7-34 Front Panel of the M96_OE Card

Figure 7-35 Front Panel of the D96_OE Card

674 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-63 Description of the Front Panel of the M96_OE Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally; generally,
ACT Working status indicator
ON indicates that the communication between the card and the EMS is
poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Non-urgent alarm filtered.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Respectively input the 1st to 96th single-
Input ports for the 1st to
CE1-CE48 wavelength signals; usually, connected to the TX
96th single-wavelength
CO1-CO48 ports on the line interface cards or the optical Optical interface
signals
transponder cards. connector: LC-
Outputs multiplexed signals; usually connected to type
Output port for the
OUT the IN port on the OA card, or the A1 to A20 ports
multiplexed signal
on the WSS20T card.

Table 7-64 Description of the Front Panel of the D96_OE Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally; generally,
ACT Working status indicator
ON indicates that the communication between the card and the EMS is
poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Non-urgent alarm filtered.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Respectively output the 1st to 96th single-
Output ports for the 1st Optical interface
CE1-CE48 wavelength signals; usually, connected to the RX
to 96th single- connector: LC-
CO1-CO48 port of a line interface card or an optical
wavelength signals type
transponder card.

Version: K 675
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-64 Description of the Front Panel of the D96_OE Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Inputs the to-be-demultiplexed signals; usually

Input port for the
IN connected to the OUT port on the PA card, or the
multiplexed signals
D1 to D20 ports on the WSS20T card.

7.2.1.3 Specifications of the M96_OE / D96_OE Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-65 Performance Specifications of the VMUX (Multiplexer)

Item Unit Specification

Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05

Insertion loss dB ≤ 7.5Note 1
Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.2
Ripple dB ≤ 0.75
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 30
Total crosstalk dB ≥ 22
-0.5 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.2
-1 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.4
-3 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.6
-20 dB spectral width nm ≤ 1.2
PDL (10-15 dB attenuation) dB ≤ 1.0
PDL (5-10 dB attenuation) dB ≤ 0.8
PDL (0-5 dB attenuation) dB ≤ 0.6
Polarization mode delay (PMD) ps ≤ 0.5
Return loss dB ≥ 40
Directivity dB ≥ 45
Chromatic dispersion ps/nm -20 to 20
Accuracy (0-10 dB attenuation) dB ≤ 0.8
Accuracy (10-15 dB attenuation) dB ≤ 1.2
Attenuation range dB 0 to 15

676 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-65 Performance Specifications of the VMUX (Multiplexer) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Power-off attenuation value dB ≥ 10

Note 1: This is the test value when the attenuation value of VOA is set to 0 dB. Before delivery,
the default VOA value of each channel is set to 0 dB. It can be adjusted as needed in
actual projects.

Table 7-66 Performance Specifications of the AWG (Demultiplexer)

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 100

Insertion loss dB ≤ 6.5
Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.2
Ripple dB ≤ 0.5
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 30
Total crosstalk dB ≥ 22
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.5
ITU spectral width nm -0.5 to 0.5
-1 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.4
-3 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.6
-20 dB spectral width nm ≤ 1.2
Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05
Return loss dB ≥ 40
Directivity dB ≥ 50
Polarization mode delay (PMD) ps ≤ 0.5
Chromatic dispersion ps/nm -20 to 20

Table 7-67 Performance Specifications of the ITL

Item Unit Specification

C-band wavelength range nm 1529.16 to 1567.13

Wavelength accuracy pm -40 to 40
Clear passband GHz -10 to 10
-0.5 dB bandwidth GHz ±17
-1 dB bandwidth GHz ±19
-3 dB bandwidth GHz ±22
-20 dB bandwidth GHz ±36

Version: K 677
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-67 Performance Specifications of the ITL (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Ripple dB ≤ 0.5
TDL dB ≤ 0.5
Chromatic dispersion ps/nm -75 to 75
Insertion loss dB ≤2
Optical return loss dB ≥ 40
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 22
Directivity dB ≥ 40
Polarization dependent loss dB 0.5
Insertion loss difference dB ≤1
PMD ps ≤ 0.5

Table 7-68 Central Frequency and Wavelength of 96 Channels with a 50 GHz Spacing

C Even C Odd
Channel Central Frequency Central Wavelength Central Frequency Central Wavelength
(THz) (nm) (THz) (nm)

1 196 1529.55 196.05 1529.16

2 195.9 1530.33 195.95 1529.94
3 195.8 1531.12 195.85 1530.72
4 195.7 1531.9 195.75 1531.51
5 195.6 1532.66 195.65 1532.29
6 195.5 1533.47 195.55 1533.07
7 195.4 1534.25 195.45 1533.86
8 195.3 1535.04 195.35 1534.64
9 195.2 1535.82 195.25 1535.43
10 195.1 1536.61 195.15 1536.22
11 195 1537.4 195.05 1537
12 194.9 1538.19 194.95 1537.79
13 194.8 1538.96 194.85 1538.58
14 194.7 1539.77 194.75 1539.37
15 194.6 1540.56 194.65 1540.16
16 194.5 1541.35 194.55 1540.95
17 194.4 1542.14 194.45 1541.75
18 194.3 1542.94 194.35 1542.54
19 194.2 1543.73 194.25 1543.33
20 194.1 1544.53 194.15 1544.13

678 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-68 Central Frequency and Wavelength of 96 Channels with a 50 GHz Spacing
(Continued)

C Even C Odd
Channel Central Frequency Central Wavelength Central Frequency Central Wavelength
(THz) (nm) (THz) (nm)

21 194 1545.32 194.05 1544.92

22 193.9 1546.12 193.95 1545.72
23 193.8 1546.92 193.85 1546.52
24 193.7 1547.72 193.75 1547.32
25 193.6 1548.51 193.65 1548.11
26 193.5 1549.32 193.55 1548.91
27 193.4 1550.12 193.45 1549.72
28 193.3 1550.92 193.35 1550.52
29 193.2 1551.72 193.25 1551.32
30 193.1 1552.52 193.15 1552.12
31 193 1553.33 193.05 1552.93
32 192.9 1554.13 192.95 1553.73
33 192.8 1554.94 192.85 1554.54
34 192.7 1555.75 192.75 1555.34
35 192.6 1556.55 192.65 1556.15
36 192.5 1557.36 192.55 1556.96
37 192.4 1558.17 192.45 1557.77
38 192.3 1558.98 192.35 1558.58
39 192.2 1559.79 192.25 1559.39
40 192.1 1560.61 192.15 1560.2
41 192 1561.42 192.05 1561.01
42 191.9 1562.23 191.95 1561.83
43 191.8 1563.05 191.85 1562.64
44 191.7 1563.86 191.75 1563.45
45 191.6 1564.68 191.65 1564.27
46 191.5 1565.5 191.55 1565.09
47 191.4 1566.31 191.45 1565.9
48 191.3 1567.31 191.35 1566.72

Version: K 679
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-69 Mechanical Specifications of the M96_OE / D96_OE Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

M96_OE / D96_OE 400 × 60 4

Power Consumption

Table 7-70 Power Consumption of the M96_OE / D96_OE Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

M96_OE / D96_OE 100.4

Applicable Slots

Table 7-71 Applicable Slots for the M96_OE / D96_OE Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 13 (full height)

7.2.2 OMDU4

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

7.2.2.1 Functions of the OMDU4 Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-72 Functions and Features of the OMDU4 Card

Function Description

Adds four single-wavelength or multiplexed optical signals;

broadcasts main optical channel signals in four directions
Basic function
simultaneously.
Works together with the WSS series cards.

680 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-36 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OMDU4 Card

u In the Rx direction

The optical interfaces A1 to A4 receive one single-wavelength or wavelength-

group optical signal each and send them to the multiplexer. Then the
multiplexer multiplexes the four single-wavelength wavelength-group optical
signals into one multi-wavelength signal, and outputs the multiplexed signal
through the OUT optical interface.

u In the Tx direction

The IN optical interface receives a multi-wavelength signal and sends it to a

splitter. The splitter broadcasts the signal into four identical optical signals and
outputs these signals from D1 to D4 optical interfaces.

Application

Figure 7-37 Application of the OMDU4 Card

Version: K 681
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.2.2.2 Front Panel of the OMDU4 Card

Figure 7-38 Front Panel of the OMDU4 Card

Table 7-73 Description of the Front Panel of the OMDU4 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally; generally,
ACT Working status indicator
ON indicates that the communication between the card and the EMS
is poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Non-urgent alarm filtered.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs
on the card.
Input ports for the 1st to Respectively input the 1st to 4th signals; usually connected to the D1
A1 to A4
4th signals to D4 ports on the WSSD cards in other directions.

Output ports for the 1st to Respectively output the 1st to 4th signals; usually connected to the
D1 to D4
4th signals A1 to A4 ports on the WSSM cards in other directions.

Input port for the Inputs the signal to be demultiplexed and is usually connected to the
IN
multiplexed signals OUT port on the PA card.

Output port for the Outputs the multiplexed signals and is usually connected to the IN
OUT
multiplexed signal port on the OA card.

7.2.2.3 Specifications of the OMDU4 Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-74 Specifications of the OMDU4 Card

Item Unit Specification

Insertion loss dB ≤ 7.5

Insertion loss uniformity dB ≤ 0.8

682 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-74 Specifications of the OMDU4 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25

Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 30
Total crosstalk dB ≥ 23
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.3
-1 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.4
-20 dB spectral width nm ≤ 1.2
Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-75 Mechanical Specifications of the OMDU4 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OMDU4 188 × 30 0.6

Power Consumption

Table 7-76 Power Consumption of the OMDU4 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OMDU4 7.2

Applicable Slots

Table 7-77 Applicable Slots for the OMDU4 Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 28 (half-height)

7.2.3 M80

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 683
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.2.3.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 7-78 Functions and Features of the M80_OE Card

Function Description

Multiplexes CO band and CE band optical signals in the C++ band;

multiplexes 80 wavelength-specific optical signals of odd and even
Basic function
wavelengths into one multi-wavelength signal with a channel spacing of
75 GHz.
Optical power Adjusts optical power of each single-wavelength signal before
adjustment multiplexing.

Alarm and
Detects optical power and reports alarms and performance events of the
performance
card.
monitoring

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-39 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the M80_OE Card

684 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

The “CE1” to “CE40”, and “CO1” to “CO40” optical ports receive one single-
wavelength optical signal respectively. After power adjustment through the VOA, the
signals enter the CE band and CO band multiplexer. The ITL module multiplexes
two signals output from the multiplexer into one CE+CO band signal spaced at 75
GHz and then outputs it from the “OUT” optical port.

Application

Figure 7-40 Application of the M80_OE Cards

7.2.3.2 Front Panel

Figure 7-41 Front Panel of the M80_OE Card

Table 7-79 Front Panel of the M80_OE Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly means the card is working normally.

ACT Working status indicator ON or OFF means that the card is working abnormally; generally, ON
means that communication between the card and the EMS is poor.

OFF means that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red means that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF means that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Non-urgent alarm blocked.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow means that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.

Version: K 685
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-79 Front Panel of the M80_OE Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Respectively input the 1st to 80th single-

Input ports for the 1st to
CE1 to CE40 wavelength signals; usually, connected to the TX
80th single-wavelength Type of optical
CO1 to CO40 ports on the line interface cards or the optical
signals port connectors:
transponder cards.
LC
Output port for the
OUT Outputs the multiplexed signals.
multiplexed signals

7.2.3.3 Parameters

Interface Specifications

Table 7-80 Performance Specifications of the VMUX (Multiplexer)

Item Unit Specification

Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05

Insertion loss dB ≤ 7.2Note 1
Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.5
Ripple dB ≤ 0.5
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 30
Total crosstalk dB ≥ 22
-0.5 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.44
-1 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.6
-3 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.75
-20 dB spectral width nm ≤ 1.8
PDL (10-15 dB attenuation) dB ≤ 1.0
PDL (5-10 dB attenuation) dB ≤ 0.8
PDL (0-5 dB attenuation) dB ≤ 0.6
Polarization mode delay (PMD) ps ≤ 0.5
Return loss dB ≥ 40
Directivity dB ≥ 45
Chromatic dispersion ps/nm ≤ 30
Accuracy (0-10 dB attenuation) dB ≤ 0.8
Accuracy (10-15 dB attenuation) dB ≤ 1.2

686 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-80 Performance Specifications of the VMUX (Multiplexer) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Attenuation range dB 0 to 15
Note 1: This is the test value when the attenuation value of VOA is set to 0 dB. Before delivery, the VOA value of
each channel is set to 0 dB by default and it can be adjusted as needed in actual projects.

Table 7-81 ITL Performance Specifications

Item Unit Specification

Wavelength range nm 1524.59 to 1571.96

Wavelength accuracy pm -50 to 50
Clear passband GHz -13 to 13
-0.5 dB bandwidth GHz ±20
-1 dB bandwidth GHz ±27
-3 dB bandwidth GHz ±32
-20 dB bandwidth GHz ±55
Ripple dB ≤ 0.5
TDL dB ≤ 0.5
Chromatic dispersion ps/nm -75 to 75
Insertion loss dB ≤2
Optical return loss dB ≥ 40
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 24
Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 22
Polarization dependent loss dB 0.5
Maximum insertion loss difference dB ≤1
PMD ps ≤ 0.5

Table 7-82 Central Frequency and Wavelength of 80 Channels with a 75 GHz Spacing

C Even C Odd
Channel Central Frequency Central Wavelength Central Frequency Central Wavelength
(THz) (nm) (THz) (nm)

1 196.56 1525.18 196.6 1524.59

2 196.41 1526.34 196.48 1525.76
3 196.26 1527.51 195.33 1526.92
4 196.11 1528.68 196.18 1528.09
5 195.96 1529.85 196.03 1529.26
6 195.81 1531.02 195.88 1530.43
7 195.66 1532.19 195.73 1531.60

Version: K 687
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-82 Central Frequency and Wavelength of 80 Channels with a 75 GHz Spacing
(Continued)

C Even C Odd
Channel Central Frequency Central Wavelength Central Frequency Central Wavelength
(THz) (nm) (THz) (nm)

8 195.51 1533.37 195.58 1532.78

9 195.36 1534.54 195.43 1533.96
10 195.21 1535.72 195.28 1535.13
11 195.06 1536.90 195.13 1536.31
12 194.91 1538.09 194.98 1537.50
13 194.76 1539.27 194.83 1538.68
14 194.61 1540.46 194.68 1539.86
15 194.46 1541.65 194.53 1541.05
16 194.31 1542.84 194.38 1542.24
17 194.16 1544.03 194.23 1543.43
18 193.86 1545.22 194.08 1544.63
19 194.1 1546.42 193.93 1545.82
20 193.71 1547.62 193.78 1547.02
21 193.56 1548.81 193.63 1548.21
22 193.41 1550.02 193.48 1549.42
23 193.26 1551.22 193.33 1550.62
24 193.11 1552.42 193.18 1551.82
25 192.96 1553.63 193.03 1553.03
26 192.81 1554.84 192.88 1554.23
27 192.66 1556.05 192.73 1555.44
28 192.51 1557.26 192.58 1556.66
29 192.36 1558.48 192.43 1557.87
30 192.21 1559.69 192.28 1559.08
31 192.06 1560.91 192.13 1560.30
32 191.91 1562.13 191.98 1561.52
33 191.76 1563.35 191.83 1562.74
34 191.61 1564.58 191.68 1563.96
35 191.46 1565.80 191.53 1565.19
36 191.31 1567.03 191.38 1566.42
37 191.16 1568.26 191.23 1567.64
38 191.01 1569.49 191.08 1568.88
39 190.86 1570.72 190.93 1570.11
40 190.71 1571.96 190.78 1571.34

688 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-83 Mechanical Specifications of the M80_OE Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

M80_OE 400 × 60 4

Power Consumption

Table 7-84 Power Consumption of the M80_OE Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

M80_OE 82

Applicable Subracks

Table 7-85 Subracks Applicable to the M80_OE Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

7.2.4 D80

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

7.2.4.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 7-86 Functions and Features of the D80_OE Card

Function Description

Demultiplexes CO band and CE band optical signals in the C++ band;

Basic function demultiplexes one multi-wavelength optical signal spaced at 75 GHz into
80 wavelength-specific optical signals.

Alarm and
Detects optical power and reports alarms and performance events of the
performance
card.
monitoring

Version: K 689
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-42 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the D80_OE Card

The “IN” optical port receives a CE+CO band optical signal spaced at 75 GHz and
outputs it to the ITL module and demultiplexer. The demultiplexer demultiplexes this
multiplexed signal into 80 single-wavelength optical signals, and outputs these
signals through the optical ports CE1 to CE40, and CO1 to CO40.

Application

Figure 7-43 Application of the D80_OE Cards

690 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.2.4.2 Front Panel

Figure 7-44 Front Panel of the D80_OE Card

Table 7-87 Description of the Front Panel of the D80_OE Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly means the card is working normally.

ACT Working status indicator ON or OFF means that the card is working abnormally. Generally, ON
means that communication between the card and the EMS is poor.

OFF means that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red means that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF means that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Non-urgent alarm blocked.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow means that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Respectively output the 1st to 80th single-
The 1st to 80th single-
CE1 to CE40 wavelength signals; usually, connected to the RX
wavelength signal output Type of optical
CO1 to CO40 ports on the line interface cards or optical
ports port connectors:
transponder cards.
LC
Input port for the
IN Inputs signals to be demultiplexed.
multiplexed signals

7.2.4.3 Parameters

Interface Specifications

Table 7-88 Performance Specifications of the AWG (Demultiplexer)

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 75 / 150

Insertion loss dB ≤ 5.5
Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.5
Ripple dB ≤ 0.5
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25

Version: K 691
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-88 Performance Specifications of the AWG (Demultiplexer) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 30

Total crosstalk dB ≥ 22
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.5
-1 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.6
-3 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.75
-20 dB spectral width nm ≤ 1.8
Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05
Return loss dB ≥ 40
Polarization mode delay (PMD) ps ≤ 0.5
Chromatic dispersion ps/nm -30 to 30

Table 7-89 ITL Performance Specifications

Item Unit Specification

Wavelength range nm 1524.59 to 1571.96

Wavelength accuracy pm -50 to 50
Clear passband GHz -13 to 13
-0.5 dB bandwidth GHz ±20
-1 dB bandwidth GHz ±27
-3 dB bandwidth GHz ±32
-20 dB bandwidth GHz ±55
Ripple dB ≤ 0.5
TDL dB ≤ 0.5
Chromatic dispersion ps/nm -75 to 75
Insertion loss dB ≤2
Optical return loss dB ≥ 40
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 24
Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 22
Polarization dependent loss dB 0.5
Maximum insertion loss difference dB ≤1
PMD ps ≤ 0.5

692 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-90 Central Frequency and Wavelength of 80 Channels with a 75 GHz Spacing

C Even C Odd
Channel Central Frequency Central Wavelength Central Frequency Central Wavelength
(THz) (nm) (THz) (nm)

1 196.56 1525.18 196.6 1524.59

2 196.41 1526.34 196.48 1525.76
3 196.26 1527.51 195.33 1526.92
4 196.11 1528.68 196.18 1528.09
5 195.96 1529.85 196.03 1529.26
6 195.81 1531.02 195.88 1530.43
7 195.66 1532.19 195.73 1531.60
8 195.51 1533.37 195.58 1532.78
9 195.36 1534.54 195.43 1533.96
10 195.21 1535.72 195.28 1535.13
11 195.06 1536.90 195.13 1536.31
12 194.91 1538.09 194.98 1537.50
13 194.76 1539.27 194.83 1538.68
14 194.61 1540.46 194.68 1539.86
15 194.46 1541.65 194.53 1541.05
16 194.31 1542.84 194.38 1542.24
17 194.16 1544.03 194.23 1543.43
18 193.86 1545.22 194.08 1544.63
19 194.1 1546.42 193.93 1545.82
20 193.71 1547.62 193.78 1547.02
21 193.56 1548.81 193.63 1548.21
22 193.41 1550.02 193.48 1549.42
23 193.26 1551.22 193.33 1550.62
24 193.11 1552.42 193.18 1551.82
25 192.96 1553.63 193.03 1553.03
26 192.81 1554.84 192.88 1554.23
27 192.66 1556.05 192.73 1555.44
28 192.51 1557.26 192.58 1556.66
29 192.36 1558.48 192.43 1557.87
30 192.21 1559.69 192.28 1559.08
31 192.06 1560.91 192.13 1560.30
32 191.91 1562.13 191.98 1561.52
33 191.76 1563.35 191.83 1562.74
34 191.61 1564.58 191.68 1563.96
35 191.46 1565.80 191.53 1565.19

Version: K 693
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-90 Central Frequency and Wavelength of 80 Channels with a 75 GHz Spacing
(Continued)

C Even C Odd
Channel Central Frequency Central Wavelength Central Frequency Central Wavelength
(THz) (nm) (THz) (nm)

36 191.31 1567.03 191.38 1566.42

37 191.16 1568.26 191.23 1567.64
38 191.01 1569.49 191.08 1568.88
39 190.86 1570.72 190.93 1570.11
40 190.71 1571.96 190.78 1571.34

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-91 Mechanical Specifications of the D80_OE Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

D80_OE 400 × 60 4

Power Consumption

Table 7-92 Power Consumption of the D80_OE Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

D80_OE 82

Applicable Subracks

Table 7-93 Applicable Subracks for the D80_OE Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

7.2.5 D60_E / D60_O

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

694 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.2.5.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 7-94 Functions and Features of the D60_E Card

Function Description

Demultiplexes CE band optical signals in the C++ band; demultiplexes

one multi-wavelength optical signal spaced at 100 GHz into 60
Basic function
wavelength-specific optical signals.
Used together with the D60_O card.

Alarm and
Detects optical power and reports alarms and performance events of the
performance
card.
monitoring

Table 7-95 Functions and Features of the D60_O Card

Function Description

Demultiplexes CO band optical signals in the C++ band; demultiplexes

one multi-wavelength optical signal spaced at 100 GHz into 60
Basic function
wavelength-specific optical signals.
Used together with the D60_E card.

Alarm and
Detects optical power and reports alarms and performance events of the
performance
card.
monitoring

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-45 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the D60_E / D60_O Card

Version: K 695
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The “IN” optical port of the D60_O card receives a CO+CE band optical signal
spaced at 50 GHz and outputs it to the ITL module and demultiplexer. The
demultiplexer demultiplexes one CO band multiplexed optical signal into 60 single-
wavelength optical signals and outputs them through the “CO1” to “CO60” optical
ports. The card outputs one CE band multiplexed signal through the “EOUT” port.

The “EIN” optical port of the D60_E card receives an optical signal output from the
“EOUT” port on the D60_O card and outputs it to a demultiplexer. The demultiplexer
demultiplexes this multiplexed CE band signal into 60 single-wavelength optical
signals and outputs them through the “CE1” to “CE60” optical ports.

Application

Figure 7-46 Application of the D60_O / D60_E Cards

7.2.5.2 Front Panel

Figure 7-47 Front Panel of the D60_E Card

Figure 7-48 Front Panel of the D60_O Card

696 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-96 Description of the Front Panel of the D60_E Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Generally,
ACT Working status indicator
ON indicates that communication between the card and the EMS is
poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Non-urgent alarm filtered.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Respectively output the 1st to 60th single-
The 1st to 60th single-
wavelength signals; usually, connected to the RX
CE1 to CE60 wavelength signal output
ports on line interface cards or optical transponder Type of optical
ports
cards. port connectors:
Input port for the LC
Inputs signals to be demultiplexed; connected to
EIN multiplexed even
the EOUT port on the D60_O card.
wavelength signals

Table 7-97 Description of the Front Panel of the D60_O Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Generally,
ACT Working status indicator
ON indicates that communication between the card and the EMS is
poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Non-urgent alarm filtered.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Respectively output the 1st to 60th single-
The 1st to 60th single- Type of optical
wavelength signals; usually, connected to the RX
CO1 to CO60 wavelength signal output port connectors:
ports on line interface cards or optical transponder
ports LC
cards.

Version: K 697
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-97 Description of the Front Panel of the D60_O Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Inputs signals to be demultiplexed; usually

Input port for the
IN connected to the OUT port on an amplification card,
multiplexed signals
or the D1 to D20 ports on the WSSX20T card.

Output port for the Outputs the multiplexed even wavelength signals;
EOUT multiplexed even generally, connected to the EIN port on the D60_E
wavelength signals card.

7.2.5.3 Parameters

Interface Specifications

Table 7-98 Performance Specifications of the AWG (Demultiplexer)

Item Unit Specifications

Channel spacing GHz 100

Insertion loss dB ≤6
Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.5
Ripple dB ≤ 0.5
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 30
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.5
-1 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.4
-3 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.6
-20 dB spectral width nm ≤ 1.2
Central wavelength shift nm ±0.05 / ±0.06
Return loss dB ≥ 40
Chromatic dispersion ps/nm -30 to 30

Table 7-99 ITL Performance Specifications

Item Unit Specification

C band wavelength range (including

nm 1524.50 to 1572.06
the C++ band)

Wavelength accuracy pm -40 to 40

Clear passband GHz -10 to 10
-0.5 dB bandwidth GHz ≥ 17
-1 dB bandwidth GHz ≥ 19

698 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-99 ITL Performance Specifications (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

-3 dB bandwidth GHz ≥ 22
-20 dB bandwidth GHz ≤ 36
Ripple dB ≤ 0.5
TDL dB ≤ 0.5
Chromatic dispersion ps/nm -75 to 75
Insertion loss dB ≤2
Optical return loss dB ≥ 40
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 24
Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 22
Directivity dB ≥ 40
Polarization dependent loss dB 0.5
Maximum insertion loss difference dB ≤1
PMD ps ≤ 0.5

Table 7-100 Central Frequency and Wavelength of 120 Channels with a 50 GHz Spacing

C++ Even C++ Odd

Central Central Central Central
Channel
Frequency Wavelength Frequency Wavelength
(THz) (nm) (THz) (nm)

1 196.6 1524.89 196.65 1524.50

2 196.5 1525.66 196.55 1525.27
3 196.4 1526.44 196.45 1526.05
4 196.3 1527.22 196.35 1526.83
5 196.2 1527.99 196.25 1527.60
6 196.1 1528.77 196.15 1528.38
7 196 1529.55 196.05 1529.16
8 195.9 1530.33 195.95 1529.94
9 195.8 1531.12 195.85 1530.72
10 195.7 1531.9 195.75 1531.51
11 195.6 1532.66 195.65 1532.29
12 195.5 1533.47 195.55 1533.07
13 195.4 1534.25 195.45 1533.86
14 195.3 1535.04 195.35 1534.64
15 195.2 1535.82 195.25 1535.43
16 195.1 1536.61 195.15 1536.22
17 195 1537.4 195.05 1537

Version: K 699
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-100 Central Frequency and Wavelength of 120 Channels with a 50 GHz Spacing
(Continued)

C++ Even C++ Odd

Central Central Central Central
Channel
Frequency Wavelength Frequency Wavelength
(THz) (nm) (THz) (nm)

18 194.9 1538.19 194.95 1537.79

19 194.8 1538.96 194.85 1538.58
20 194.7 1539.77 194.75 1539.37
21 194.6 1540.56 194.65 1540.16
22 194.5 1541.35 194.55 1540.95
23 194.4 1542.14 194.45 1541.75
24 194.3 1542.94 194.35 1542.54
25 194.2 1543.73 194.25 1543.33
26 194.1 1544.53 194.15 1544.13
27 194 1545.32 194.05 1544.92
28 193.9 1546.12 193.95 1545.72
29 193.8 1546.92 193.85 1546.52
30 193.7 1547.72 193.75 1547.32
31 193.6 1548.51 193.65 1548.11
32 193.5 1549.32 193.55 1548.91
33 193.4 1550.12 193.45 1549.72
34 193.3 1550.92 193.35 1550.52
35 193.2 1551.72 193.25 1551.32
36 193.1 1552.52 193.15 1552.12
37 193 1553.33 193.05 1552.93
38 192.9 1554.13 192.95 1553.73
39 192.8 1554.94 192.85 1554.54
40 192.7 1555.75 192.75 1555.34
41 192.6 1556.55 192.65 1556.15
42 192.5 1557.36 192.55 1556.96
43 192.4 1558.17 192.45 1557.77
44 192.3 1558.98 192.35 1558.58
45 192.2 1559.79 192.25 1559.39
46 192.1 1560.61 192.15 1560.2
47 192 1561.42 192.05 1561.01
48 191.9 1562.23 191.95 1561.83
49 191.8 1563.05 191.85 1562.64
50 191.7 1563.86 191.75 1563.45

700 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-100 Central Frequency and Wavelength of 120 Channels with a 50 GHz Spacing
(Continued)

C++ Even C++ Odd

Central Central Central Central
Channel
Frequency Wavelength Frequency Wavelength
(THz) (nm) (THz) (nm)

51 191.6 1564.68 191.65 1564.27

52 191.5 1565.5 191.55 1565.09
53 191.4 1566.31 191.45 1565.9
54 191.3 1567.13 191.35 1566.72
55 191.2 1567.95 191.25 1567.54
56 191.1 1568.77 191.15 1568.36
57 191 1569.59 191.05 1569.18
58 190.90 1570.42 190.95 1570.01
59 190.8 1571.24 190.85 1570.83
60 190.7 1572.06 190.75 1571.65

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-101 Mechanical Specifications of the D60_E / D60_O Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

D60_O 400 × 30 4
D60_E 400 × 30 4

Power Consumption

Table 7-102 Power Consumption of the D60_E / D60_O Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

D60_O 42
D60_E 42

Applicable Subrack

Table 7-103 Subrack Applicable to the D60_E / D60_O Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

Version: K 701
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.2.6 M60_E / M60_O

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

7.2.6.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 7-104 Functions and Features of the M60_E Card

Function Description

Multiplexes CE band optical signals in the C++ band; multiplexes 60

Basic function wavelength-specific optical signals of even wavelengths into one multi-
wavelength signal with a channel spacing of 100 GHz.

Optical power Adjusts optical power of each single-wavelength signal before

adjustment multiplexing.

Alarm and
Detects optical power and reports alarms and performance events of
performance
the card.
monitoring

Table 7-105 Functions and Features of the M60_O Card

Function Description

Multiplexes CO band optical signals in the C++ band; multiplexes 60

Basic function wavelength-specific optical signals of odd wavelengths into one multi-
wavelength signal with a channel spacing of 100 GHz.

Optical power Adjusts optical power of each single-wavelength signal before

adjustment multiplexing.

Alarm and
Detects optical power and reports alarms and performance events of
performance
the card.
monitoring

702 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-49 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the M60_E / M60_O Card

The “CE1” to “CE60” optical ports on the M60_E card receive one single-
wavelength optical signal respectively. After power adjustment through the VOA, the
signals enter the CE band multiplexer. The multiplexer multiplexes these signals
into one CE band signal spaced at 100 GHz and then outputs it from the “EOUT”
optical port.

The “EIN” optical port on the M60_O card receives optical signals output from the
“EOUT” port on the M60_E card. And the “CO1” to “CO60” optical ports on the
M60_O card receive one single-wavelength optical signal respectively. After power
adjustment through the VOA, the signals enter the CO band multiplexer. The ITL
module multiplexes signals output from the multiplexer and received at the “EIN”
port into one CO+CE band signal spaced at 50 GHz and then outputs it from the
“OUT” optical port.

Application

Figure 7-50 Application of the M60_E / M60_O Cards

Version: K 703
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.2.6.2 Front Panel

Figure 7-51 Front Panel of the M60_E Card

Figure 7-52 Front Panel of the M60_O Card

Table 7-106 Description of the Front Panel of the M60_E Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Generally,
ACT Working status indicator
ON indicates that communication between the card and the EMS is
poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Non-urgent alarm filtered.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Respectively input the 1st to 60th single-
Input ports for the 1st to
wavelength signals; usually, connected to the TX
CE1 to CE60 60th single-wavelength
ports on the line interface cards or the optical Type of optical
signals
transponder cards. port connectors:
Output port for the Outputs the multiplexed even wavelength signals; LC
EOUT multiplexed even generally, connected to the EIN port on the M60_O
wavelength signals card.

704 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-107 Description of the Front Panel of the M60_O Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Generally,
ACT Working status indicator
ON indicates that communication between the card and the EMS is
poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Non-urgent alarm filtered.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Respectively input the 1st to 60th single-
Input ports for the 1st to
wavelength signals; usually, connected to the TX
CO1 to CO60 60th single-wavelength
ports on the line interface cards or the optical
signals
transponder cards. Type of optical
Input port for the port connectors:
EIN multiplexed even Connects to the EOUT port on the M60_E card. LC
wavelength signals

Output port for the

OUT Outputs the multiplexed signals.
multiplexed signals

7.2.6.3 Parameters

Interface Specifications

Table 7-108 Performance Specifications of the VMUX (Multiplexer)

Item Unit Specification

Central wavelength shift nm ±0.06

Insertion loss dB ≤ 7.5Note 1
Insertion loss difference dB ≤ 1.2
Ripple dB ≤ 0.5
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 25
Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 30
Total crosstalk dB ≥ 22
-0.5 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.2

Version: K 705
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-108 Performance Specifications of the VMUX (Multiplexer) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

-1 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.4

-3 dB spectral width nm ≥ 0.6
-20 dB spectral width nm ≤ 1.2
PDL (10-15 dB attenuation) dB ≤ 1.2
PDL (0-10 dB attenuation) dB ≤ 0.8
Polarization mode delay (PMD) ps ≤ 0.5
Return loss dB ≥ 40
Directivity dB ≥ 45
Chromatic dispersion ps/nm -20 to 20
Accuracy (0-10 dB attenuation) dB ≤ 0.8
Accuracy (10-15 dB attenuation) dB ≤ 1.2
Power-off attenuation value dB ≥ 10
Note 1: This is the test value when the attenuation value of VOA is set to 0 dB. Before delivery,
the VOA value of each channel is set to 0 dB by default and it can be adjusted as
needed in actual projects.

Table 7-109 ITL Performance Specifications

Item Unit Specification

C band wavelength range (including C++

nm 1524.5 to 1572.06
band)

Wavelength accuracy pm -40 to 40

Clear passband GHz -10 to 10
-0.5 dB bandwidth GHz ≥ 16
-1 dB bandwidth GHz ≥ 19
-3 dB bandwidth GHz ≥ 22
-20 dB bandwidth GHz ≤ 36
Ripple dB ≤ 0.5
TDL dB ≤ 0.5
Chromatic dispersion ps/nm -75 to 75
Insertion loss dB ≤2
Optical return loss dB ≥ 40
Adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 24
Non-adjacent channel isolation dB ≥ 22
Directivity dB ≥ 40

706 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-109 ITL Performance Specifications (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Maximum insertion loss difference dB ≤1

PMD ps ≤ 0.5

Table 7-110 Central Frequency and Wavelength of 120 Channels with a 50 GHz Spacing

C++ Even C++ Odd

Central Central Central Central
Channel
Frequency Wavelength Frequency Wavelength
(THz) (nm) (THz) (nm)

1 196.6 1524.89 196.65 1524.50

2 196.5 1525.66 196.55 1525.27
3 196.4 1526.44 196.45 1526.05
4 196.3 1527.22 196.35 1526.83
5 196.2 1527.99 196.25 1527.60
6 196.1 1528.77 196.15 1528.38
7 196 1529.55 196.05 1529.16
8 195.9 1530.33 195.95 1529.94
9 195.8 1531.12 195.85 1530.72
10 195.7 1531.9 195.75 1531.51
11 195.6 1532.66 195.65 1532.29
12 195.5 1533.47 195.55 1533.07
13 195.4 1534.25 195.45 1533.86
14 195.3 1535.04 195.35 1534.64
15 195.2 1535.82 195.25 1535.43
16 195.1 1536.61 195.15 1536.22
17 195 1537.4 195.05 1537
18 194.9 1538.19 194.95 1537.79
19 194.8 1538.96 194.85 1538.58
20 194.7 1539.77 194.75 1539.37
21 194.6 1540.56 194.65 1540.16
22 194.5 1541.35 194.55 1540.95
23 194.4 1542.14 194.45 1541.75
24 194.3 1542.94 194.35 1542.54
25 194.2 1543.73 194.25 1543.33
26 194.1 1544.53 194.15 1544.13
27 194 1545.32 194.05 1544.92
28 193.9 1546.12 193.95 1545.72
29 193.8 1546.92 193.85 1546.52

Version: K 707
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-110 Central Frequency and Wavelength of 120 Channels with a 50 GHz Spacing
(Continued)

C++ Even C++ Odd

Central Central Central Central
Channel
Frequency Wavelength Frequency Wavelength
(THz) (nm) (THz) (nm)

30 193.7 1547.72 193.75 1547.32

31 193.6 1548.51 193.65 1548.11
32 193.5 1549.32 193.55 1548.91
33 193.4 1550.12 193.45 1549.72
34 193.3 1550.92 193.35 1550.52
35 193.2 1551.72 193.25 1551.32
36 193.1 1552.52 193.15 1552.12
37 193 1553.33 193.05 1552.93
38 192.9 1554.13 192.95 1553.73
39 192.8 1554.94 192.85 1554.54
40 192.7 1555.75 192.75 1555.34
41 192.6 1556.55 192.65 1556.15
42 192.5 1557.36 192.55 1556.96
43 192.4 1558.17 192.45 1557.77
44 192.3 1558.98 192.35 1558.58
45 192.2 1559.79 192.25 1559.39
46 192.1 1560.61 192.15 1560.2
47 192 1561.42 192.05 1561.01
48 191.9 1562.23 191.95 1561.83
49 191.8 1563.05 191.85 1562.64
50 191.7 1563.86 191.75 1563.45
51 191.6 1564.68 191.65 1564.27
52 191.5 1565.5 191.55 1565.09
53 191.4 1566.31 191.45 1565.9
54 191.3 1567.13 191.35 1566.72
55 191.2 1567.95 191.25 1567.54
56 191.1 1568.77 191.15 1568.36
57 191 1569.59 191.05 1569.18
58 190.90 1570.42 190.95 1570.01
59 190.8 1571.24 190.85 1570.83
60 190.7 1572.06 190.75 1571.65

708 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-111 Mechanical Specifications of the M60_E / M60_O Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

M60_O 400 × 30 4
M60_E 400 × 30 4

Power Consumption

Table 7-112 Power Consumption of the M60_E / M60_O Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

M60_O 54
M60_E 54

Applicable Subracks

Table 7-113 Subracks Applicable to the M60_E / M60_O Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

7.2.7 OSCAD

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

7.2.7.1 Functions of the OSCAD Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-114 Functions and Features of the OSCAD Card

Function Description

Supports C band and C++ band; multiplexes / demultiplexes the

Basic function main path optical signal (1550 nm) and the optical supervisory
channel signal (1510 nm).

Version: K 709
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-53 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OSCAD Card

u In the Tx direction

A 1550 nm main path optical signal from the OA card is input via the MAIN_IN
port. A 1510 nm supervisory signal from the EOSC / OSC card is input via the
OSC_IN port. The two signals are multiplexed by the 1510/1550 multiplexer
and output from the LINE_OUT port.

u In the Rx direction

A line signal is input from the LINE_IN port and demultiplexed into a main path
optical signal and a supervisory signal via the 1510/1550 demultiplexer. These
two signals are output from the MAIN_OUT and OSC_OUT ports respectively.

Application

Figure 7-54 Application of the OSCAD Card

710 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.2.7.2 Front Panel of the OSCAD Card

Figure 7-55 Front Panel of the OSCAD Card

Table 7-115 Description of the Front Panel of the OSCAD Card

Name Meaning Description

Outputs OSC signals, which are split from the signals received via
Output interface for OSC
OSC_OUT the LINE_IN interface; usually connected to the WRX or ERX
signals
interface on an EOSC card.
Input interface for OSC Receives OSC signals from an EOSC card; usually connected to
OSC_IN
signals the WTX or ETX interface of an EOSC card.
Outputs main channel signals, which are split from the signals
Output interface for main
MAIN_OUT received via the LINE_IN interface; usually connected to the IN
optical channel signals
interface of a PA card.
Input interface for main Receives main channel signals from an OA card; usually
MAIN_IN
optical channel signals connected to the OUT interface of an OA card.
Output interface for line Outputs the signals coupled by one signal from the OSC_IN port
LINE_OUT
optical signals and another from the MAIN_IN port and send them to the line.

Input interface for line

LINE_IN Receives line signals from the equipment at the remote end.
optical signals

7.2.7.3 Specifications of the OSCAD Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-116 Specifications of the OSCAD Card

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength nm 1510 / 1550

Passband nm 1500 to 1520
Wavelength range
Reflection bandwidth nm 1528 to 1568
Note 1
Transmission channel dB ≤ 1.0
Insertion loss
Note 2
Reflection channel dB ≤ 0.6
Transmission channel dB ≥ 35
Isolation
Reflection channel dB ≥ 15

Version: K 711
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-116 Specifications of the OSCAD Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Flatness dB ≤ 0.5
Insertion loss thermal stability dB/℃ ≤ 0.007
Directivity dB ≥ 50
Return loss dB ≥ 45
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.10
Polarization mode dispersion ps ≤ 0.10
Bearer optical power mW ≤ 300
Note 1: Transmission channel refers to the optical supervisory channel with the wavelength of 1510 nm.
Note 2: Reflection channel refers to the main optical channel with the wavelength of 1550 nm.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-117 Mechanical Specifications of the OSCAD Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OSCAD 188 × 30 0.4

Power Consumption

Table 7-118 Power Consumption of the OSCAD Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OSCAD -

Applicable Slots

Table 7-119 Applicable Slots for the OSCAD Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 28 (half-height)

7.2.8 EOSCAD

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

712 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.2.8.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 7-120 Functions and Features of the EOSCAD Card

Function Description

u EOSCAD is a passive card. It multiplexes / demultiplexes the main optical path signal
(1550 nm) and the optical supervisory channel signal. You are advised to use this
Basic function
card together with the EOSC card.
u The 1588 signal is transmitted asymmetrically in two directions over one fiber.

Application

The EOSCAD card and EOSC card should be used together.

u In the Tx direction, the main optical signal from the OA card, the OSC signal
from the EOSC card and the OTDR signal are combined and then sent to the
fiber line for transmission.

u In the Rx direction, the line signal is input from the LINE_IN port and
demultiplexed into a main path optical signal and a supervisory signal via the
EOSCAD card. These two signals are output from the MAIN_OUT and
OSC_OUT ports respectively.

u The Tx port on the EOSC card distinguishes wavelengths and sends optical
signals according to the specified wavelength, while the Rx port does not
distinguish wavelengths and can receive optical signals of different
wavelengths.

u OTDR signals are independent of OSC signals.

Version: K 713
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 7-56 Application of the EOSCAD Cards

7.2.8.2 Front Panel

Figure 7-57 Front Panel of the EOSCAD Card

Table 7-121 Description of the Front Panel of the EOSCAD Card

Name Meaning Description

Input port for line Bidirectionally receives or transmits 1491 nm / 1511 nm OSC signals and
LINE_IN
optical signals 1550 nm service optical signals over one fiber.

Output port for line Bidirectionally transmits or receives 1491 nm / 1511 nm OSC signals and
LINE_OUT
optical signals 1550 nm service optical signals over one fiber.

Input port for main

MAIN_IN Receives 1550 nm service optical signals.
path optical signals

Output port for main

MAIN_OUT Transmits 1550 nm service optical signals.
path optical signals

Input port for 1511 Receives 1511 nm OSC signals and connects to the ETX port on an EOSC
OSC_IN1
nm OSC signals card.

714 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-121 Description of the Front Panel of the EOSCAD Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Output port for 1491 Transmits 1491 nm OSC signals and connects to the ERX port on an
OSC_OUT1
nm OSC signals EOSC card.
Input port for 1491 Receives 1491 nm OSC signals and connects to the WTX port on an
OSC_IN2
nm OSC signals EOSC card.
Output port for 1511 Transmits 1511 nm OSC signals and connects to the WRX port on an
OSC_OUT2
nm OSC signals EOSC card.
Input port for OTDR
OTDR1 Receives 1501 nm OTDR signals.
signals

Input port for OTDR

OTDR2 Receives 1501 nm OTDR signals.
signals

7.2.8.3 Specifications

Interface Specifications

Table 7-122 Specifications of the EOSCAD Card

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength nm 1484 to 1573

1491 nm OSC optical wavelength range nm 1484.5 to 1497.5
1511 nm OSC optical wavelength range nm 1504.5 to 1517.5
1501 OTDR wavelength range nm 1500 to 1502
1550 nm optical wavelength range nm 1524 to 1573
1501 OTDR ≤ 1.7
1491 dB ≤ 1.7
Insertion loss
1511 ≤ 1.8
1550 ≤ 1.4
1501 OTDR ≥ 40@1491&1511&1550

1491 ≥ 35@1491&1501&1511
Isolation dB
1511 ≥ 40@1491&1501&1550

1550 ≥ 35@1550&1501&1511

Return loss dB ≥ 45
Directivity dB ≥ 50
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.15
Polarization mode dispersion PS ≤ 0.25
Maximum optical power mW 300

Version: K 715
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-123 Mechanical Specifications of the EOSCAD Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

EOSCAD 188 × 30 0.5

Power Consumption

Table 7-124 Power Consumption of the EOSCAD Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

EOSCAD 0

Applicable Slots

Table 7-125 Applicable Slots for the EOSCAD Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 28 (half-height)

7.2.9 OMDU8

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

7.2.9.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 7-126 Functions and Features of the OMDU8 Card

Function Description

Adds eight single-wavelength or multiplexed optical signals; broadcasts main optical

channel signals in eight directions simultaneously.
Basic function
Works together with the WSS series cards.
Supports C band.

716 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-58 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OMDU8 Card

u In the Rx direction

The optical ports A1 to A8 receive one single-wavelength or wavelength-

combination optical signal each and send them to the multiplexer. Then the
multiplexer multiplexes the eight single-wavelength or wavelength-combination
optical signals into one multi-wavelength signal, and outputs the multiplexed
signal through the OUT optical interface.

u In the Tx direction

The IN optical port receives a multi-wavelength signal and sends it to a splitter.

The splitter broadcasts the signal into eight identical optical signals and outputs
these signals from D1 to D8 optical ports.

Version: K 717
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Application

Figure 7-59 Application of the OMDU8 Card

7.2.9.2 Front Panel

Figure 7-60 Front Panel of the OMDU8 Card

Table 7-127 Description of the Front Panel of the OMDU8 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is working normally.

ACT Working status indicator ON or OFF: The card is working abnormally. Generally, ON means
that communication between the card and the EMS is poor.

OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.

UA Urgent alarm indicator Solid red: An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.
Non-urgent alarm OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow: A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

Input ports for the 1st to Respectively input the 1st to 8th signals; usually connected to the D1
A1 to A8
8th signals to D8 ports on the WSSD cards in other directions.

Output ports for the 1st to Respectively output the 1st to 8th signals; usually connected to the
D1 to D8
8th signals A1 to A8 ports on the WSSM cards in other directions.

Input ports for the Inputs the signal to be demultiplexed and is usually connected to the
IN
multiplexed signals OUT port on the PA card.

Output port for the Outputs the multiplexed signals and is usually connected to the IN
OUT
multiplexed signals port on the OA card.

718 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.2.9.3 Specifications

Interface Specifications

Table 7-128 Specifications of the OMDU8 Card

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength nm 1260 to 1650

Insertion loss dB ≤ 11.4
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.3
Insertion loss uniformity dB ≤ 1.0
Return loss dB ≥ 50
Directivity dB ≥ 50

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-129 Mechanical Specifications of the OMDU8 Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

OMDU8 188 × 30 0.6

Power Consumption

Table 7-130 Power Consumption of the OMDU8 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OMDU8 7.2

Applicable Slot

Table 7-131 Slots Applicable to the OMDU8 Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 28 (half-height)

7.3 Optical Add/Drop Multiplexer Cards

This section introduces functions / features and the hardware structure of the optical
add/drop multiplexer cards.

Version: K 719
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.3.1 WSSX20T

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

7.3.1.1 Functions of the WSSX20T Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-132 Functions and Features of the WSSX20T Card

Function Description

Implements dynamic and configurable multiplexing and demultiplexing for any

wavelength in C++ band to any port.
Basic function
u Multiplexing: Receives any locally added wavelength from any port.
u Demultiplexing: Transmits any wavelength combination of the line to any port.

WDM specification Supports the DWDM technical specifications.

Wavelength range 1524 nm to 1573 nm

Supports Flexible Grid wavelength signals.
The wavelength signal spectrum can be 37.5 + n × 6.25 (n is an integer) GHz,
Spectrum application
meeting the high-speed service bandwidth requirements. This allows flexible
allocation of bandwidths and improves the utilization of the bandwidth.

Alarm and performance

Reports alarms and performance events.
monitoring

Optical power adjustment Adjusts optical power of each wavelength in the range of 0 dBm to 15 dBm.

Optical-layer ASON Supported

720 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-61 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the WSSX20T Card

u In the Rx direction

The signal received from the IN port is demultiplexed by the WSS module and
output through the D1 to D20 ports. The MI port is used for monitoring optical
power of the signals input from the IN port.

u In the Tx direction

The signals received from the A1 to A20 ports are coupled by the WSS module
and output through the OUT port. The MO port is used for monitoring optical
power of the signals output from the OUT port.

Application

The WSSX20T card supports dynamic and configurable wavelength adding and
dropping simultaneously.

When there are several local groups, the contentionless applications can be
supported.

Version: K 721
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The relationships between the multiplexing/demultiplexing group and the

wavelength contention are as follows:

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes WSS series cards, the

colorless applications can be supported.

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes OMU / ODU series cards,

the colored applications can be supported.

The card supports a fixed channel spacing of 50 GHz and a dynamic and flexible
grid of 37.5 + n × 6.25 (n is an integer) GHz to achieve hybrid multi-rate
transmissions.

Figure 7-62 Application of the WSSX20T Cards

722 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.3.1.2 Front Panel of the WSSX20T Card

Figure 7-63 Front Panel of the WSSX20T Card

Table 7-133 Description of the Front Panel of the WSSX20T Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is working normally.

Working status ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication between the
ACT
indicator card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

Urgent alarm OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
UA
indicator Solid red: An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

Non-urgent alarm OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow: A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

Output port for line Outputs main optical path signals.

OUT
signals Generally, connects to the IN port on an OA card.

Input port for line Inputs main optical path signals.

IN
signals Generally, connects to the OUT port on a PA card.

Monitoring port for

MO Monitors optical power output from the OUT port.
output optical power

Monitoring port for

MI Monitors optical power input from the IN port.
input optical power

Input single-wavelength or wavelength-combination signals to be

multiplexed into the main optical path.
A1 to A20 20 adding ports
Usually, connect to the TX ports on line interface cards or optical
transponder cards.

Output single-wavelength or wavelength-combination signals to the line

interface cards.
D1 to D20 20 dropping ports
Usually, connect to the RX ports on line interface cards or optical
transponder cards.

Version: K 723
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.3.1.3 Specifications of the WSSX20T Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-134 Specifications of the WSSX20T Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 37.5 + n × 6.25 (flex)

Degrees - 1 × 20
Port isolation dB > 25
Insertion loss dB 3 to 8.5
Insertion loss uniformity dB ≤ 1.5
Attenuation range dB 0 to 15

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-135 Mechanical Specifications of the WSSX20T Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

WSSX20T 400 × 30 2

Power Consumption

Table 7-136 Power Consumption of the WSSX20T Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

WSSX20T 54

Applicable Slots

Table 7-137 Slots Applicable to the WSSX20T Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

7.3.2 FWSS9

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

724 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.3.2.1 Functions of the FWSS9 Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-138 Functions and Features of the FWSS9 Card

Function Description

Broadcasts service signals; achieves dynamic and configurable multiplexing of any

wavelength combination. The card can broadcast received main optical path signal
Basic function
into nine identical signals on any node of the ring or chain network. Meanwhile any
wavelength combination locally added can be input from any port.

WDM specification Supports the DWDM technical specifications.

u Supports wavelength signals with a fixed channel spacing of 50 GHz.

u Supports Flexible Grid wavelength signals. The wavelength signal spectrum can
Spectrum application be 37.5 + n × 12.5 (n is an integer) GHz, which meets high-speed service
bandwidth requirements. This allows flexible allocation of bandwidths and
improves the utilization of the bandwidth.

Alarm and performance

Reports alarms and performance events.
monitoring

Optical power adjustment Adjusts the optical power of each adding wavelength.

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-64 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the FWSS9 Card

u In the Rx direction

Version: K 725
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The IN port receives main optical path optical signals. After being split by a 1:9
splitter, the signals are broadcast into nine identical signals and output from D1
to D9 ports. You can select one signal to be locally dropped according to the
network planning. The other eight optical signals are groomed into other
directions. The MI port is used to monitor the optical power input from the IN
port.

u In the Tx direction

The card receives signals of any wavelength groomed from any direction and
sends them through a port among A1 to A9 to the WSS module. The WSS
module multiplexes these signals and outputs the signal from the OUT port.
The MO port is used to monitor the optical power output from the OUT port.

Application

When there are several local groups, the contentionless function can be achieved.

The relationships between the multiplexing/demultiplexing group and the

wavelength contention are as follows:

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes WSS series cards, the

colorless function can be achieved.

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes OMU / ODU series cards,

the colored function can be achieved.

726 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Figure 7-65 Application of the FWSS9 Cards

7.3.2.2 Front Panel of the FWSS9 Card

Figure 7-66 Front Panel of the FWSS9 Card

Version: K 727
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-139 Description of the Front Panel of the FWSS9 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
Working status
ACT communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Urgent alarm filtered.
UA
indicator Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Non-urgent alarm filtered.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Output port for line Outputs main optical path signals.
OUT
signals Generally, connects to the IN port on an OA card.

Input port for line Inputs main optical path signals.

IN
signals Generally, connects to the OUT port on a PA card.

Output the single-wavelength or wavelength-group signals to be

locally terminated or passed through.
D1 to D9 9 dropping ports Generally, connect to the RX ports on the line interface cards or the
optical transponder cards, or connect to the IN ports on the ODU
series cards.
Input single-wavelength or wavelength-group signals to be multiplexed
into the main optical path.
A1 to A9 9 adding ports Generally, connect to the TX ports on the line interface cards or the
optical transponder cards, or connect to the OUT ports on the OMU
series cards.
Enables in-service optical performance detection on optical signals
Signal quality input via the IN port.
MI
monitoring port Generally, connects to an OPM card, an optical spectrum analyzer or
an optical power meter.

Enables in-service optical performance detection on optical signals

Signal quality output via the OUT port.
MO
monitoring port Generally, connects to an OPM card, an optical spectrum analyzer or
an optical power meter.

728 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.3.2.3 Specifications of the FWSS9 Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-140 Specifications of the FWSS9 Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 37.5 + n × 6.25 (n is an integer)

Operating wavelength range nm 1528 to 1568

Degrees - 1×9
Isolation dB ≥ 35
Ax-OUT dB 2 to 7.5
Insertion loss
IN-Dx dB ≤ 13
≥ 50 (UPC)
Optical return loss dB
≥ 55 (APC)

Attenuation range dB 0 to 15

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-141 Mechanical Specifications of the FWSS9 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

FWSS9 400 × 30 2.2

Power Consumption

Table 7-142 Power Consumption of the FWSS9 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

FWSS9 54

Applicable Slots

Table 7-143 Applicable Slots for the FWSS9 Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

Version: K 729
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.3.3 WSS20T (Single-Slot)

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

7.3.3.1 Functions of the WSS20T Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-144 Functions and Features of the WSS20T Card

Function Description

Implements dynamic and configurable multiplexing and

demultiplexing for any wavelength to any port.
u Multiplexing: Receives any wavelength locally added from any
Basic function
port.
u Demultiplexing: Transmits any wavelength combination of the
line to any port.

WDM specification Supports the DWDM technical specifications.

Wavelength range 191.25625 THz to 196.075 THz

Supports Flexible Grid wavelength signals.
The wavelength signal spectrum can be 37.5 + n × 6.25 (n is an
Spectrum application integer) GHz, meeting the high-speed service bandwidth
requirements. This allows flexible allocation of bandwidths and
improves the utilization of the bandwidth.

Alarm and performance

Reports alarms and performance events.
monitoring

Optical power Adjusts optical power of each wavelength in the range of 0 dBm to
adjustment 15 dBm.
Optical-layer ASON Supported

730 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-67 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the WSS20T Card

u In the Rx direction

The signal received from the IN port is demultiplexed by the WSS module and
output through the D1 to D20 ports. The MI port is used for monitoring optical
power of the signals input from the IN port.

u In the Tx direction

The signals received from the A1 to A20 ports are coupled by the WSS module
and output through the OUT port. The MO port is used for monitoring optical
power of the signals output from the OUT port.

Application

The WSS20T card provides dynamic and configurable wavelength adding and
dropping simultaneously.

When there are several local groups, the contentionless function can be achieved.

The relationships between the multiplexing/demultiplexing group and the

wavelength contention are as follows:

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes WSS series cards, the

colorless applications can be implemented.

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes OMU / ODU series cards,

the colored applications can be implemented.

Version: K 731
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

The card supports a fixed channel spacing of 50 GHz and a dynamic and flexible
grid of 37.5 + n × 6.25 (n is an integer) GHz to achieve hybrid multi-rate
transmissions.

Figure 7-68 Application of the WSS20T Cards

7.3.3.2 Front Panel of the WSS20T Card

Figure 7-69 Front Panel of the WSS20T Card

732 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-145 Description of the Front Panel of the WSS20T Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, communication
Working status
ACT between the card and the EMS is poor.
indicator
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is
faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are filtered.
Urgent alarm
UA Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
indicator
the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are filtered.
Non-urgent alarm
NUA Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
indicator
card.
Output port for line Outputs main optical path signals.
OUT
signals Generally, connects to the IN port on an OA card.

Input port for line Inputs main optical path signals.

IN
signals Generally, connects to the OUT port on a PA card.

Monitor interface for

MO Monitors optical power output from the OUT port.
output optical power

Monitor port for input

MI Monitors optical power input from the IN port.
optical power

Input single-wavelength or wavelength-group signals to be multiplexed into

the main optical path.
A1 to A20 20 adding ports
Generally, connect to the TX ports on the line interface cards or the optical
transponder cards, or connect to the OUT ports on the OMU series cards.

Output a single-wavelength or wavelength-group signal to the line interface

card.
D1 to D20 20 dropping ports
Generally, connect to the RX ports on the line interface cards or the optical
transponder cards, or connect to the IN ports on the OMU series cards.

7.3.3.3 Specifications of the WSS20T Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-146 Specifications of the WSS20T Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 37.5 + n × 6.25 (flex)

Degrees - 1 × 20
Port isolation dB > 25

Version: K 733
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-146 Specifications of the WSS20T Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Insertion loss dB 3 to 8.5

Insertion loss uniformity dB ≤ 1.5
Attenuation range dB 0 to 15

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-147 Mechanical Specifications of the WSS20T Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

WSS20T 400 × 30 2.4

Power Consumption

Table 7-148 Power Consumption of the WSS20T Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

WSS20T 72

Applicable Slots

Table 7-149 Applicable Slots for the WSS20T Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

7.3.4 WSS20T (Dual-Slot)

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

734 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.3.4.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 7-150 Functions and Features of the WSS20T Card

Function Description

Implements dynamic and configurable multiplexing and demultiplexing for any

wavelength to any port.
Basic function
u Multiplexing: Receives any locally added wavelength from any port.
u Demultiplexing: Transmits any wavelength combination of the line to any port.

WDM specification Supports the DWDM technical specifications.

Supports C band.
Wavelength range
190.675 THz to 196.675 THz
Supports Flexible Grid wavelength signals.
The wavelength signal spectrum can be 37.5 + n × 6.25 (n is an integer) GHz,
Spectrum application
meeting the high-speed service bandwidth requirements. This allows flexible
allocation of bandwidths and improves the utilization of the bandwidth.

Alarm and performance

Reports alarms and performance events.
monitoring

Optical power adjustment Adjusts optical power of each wavelength in the range of 0 dBm to 15 dBm.

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-70 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the WSS20T Card

Version: K 735
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u In the Rx direction

The signal received from the LI port is demultiplexed by the WSS module and
output through the D1 to D20 ports. The MONI port is used to monitor optical
power of the signals input from the LI port.

u In the Tx direction

The signals received from the A1 to A20 ports are coupled by the WSS module
and output through the LO port. The MONO port is used to monitor optical
power of the signals output from the LO port.

Application

The WSS20T card provides dynamic and configurable wavelength adding and
dropping simultaneously.

When there are several local groups, the contentionless applications can be
supported.

The relationships between the multiplexing/demultiplexing group and the

wavelength contention are as follows:

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes WSS series cards, the

colorless applications can be supported.

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes OMU / ODU series cards,

the colored applications can be supported.

The card supports a fixed channel spacing of 50 GHz and a dynamic and flexible
grid of 37.5 + n × 6.25 (n is an integer) GHz to achieve hybrid multi-rate
transmissions.

736 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Figure 7-71 Application of the WSS20T Cards

7.3.4.2 Front Panel of the WSS20T Card

Figure 7-72 Front Panel of the WSS20T Card

Version: K 737
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-151 Description of the Front Panel of the WSS20T Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is working normally.

Working status ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication between the
ACT
indicator card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

Urgent alarm OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
UA
indicator Solid red: An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

Non-urgent alarm OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow: A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

Output port for line Outputs main optical path signals.

LO
signals Generally, connects to the IN port on an OA card.

Input port for line Inputs main optical path signals.

LI
signals Generally, connects to the OUT port on a PA card.

Monitoring port for

MONO Monitors optical power output from the OUT port.
output optical power

Monitoring port for

MONI Monitors optical power input from the IN port.
input optical power

Input single-wavelength or wavelength-combination signals to be

multiplexed into the main optical path.
A1 to A20 20 adding ports
Generally, connect to the TX ports on the line interface cards or the optical
transponder cards, or connect to the OUT ports on the OMU series cards.

Output single-wavelength or wavelength-combination signals to line

interface cards.
D1 to D20 20 dropping ports
Generally, connect to the RX ports on the line interface cards or the optical
transponder cards, or connect to the IN ports on the OMU series cards.

7.3.4.3 Specifications

Interface Specifications

Table 7-152 Specifications of the WSS20T Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 37.5 + n × 6.25 (flex)

Degrees - 1 × 20
Port isolation dB > 25
Insertion loss dB 2.5 to 8.5

738 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-152 Specifications of the WSS20T Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Insertion loss uniformity dB ≤ 2.5

Attenuation range dB 0 to 15

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-153 Mechanical Specifications of the WSS20T Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

WSS20T 400 × 60 3.2

Power Consumption

Table 7-154 Power Consumption of the WSS20T Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

WSS20T 64.8

Applicable Slot

Table 7-155 Slots Applicable to the WSS20T Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full-height, dual-slot)

7.3.5 WSSX32T

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 739
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.3.5.1 Functions of the WSSX32T Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-156 Functions and Features of the WSSX32T Card

Function Description

Supports C++ band; implements dynamic and configurable multiplexing and

demultiplexing for any wavelength to any port.
Basic function
u Multiplexing: Receives any locally added wavelength from any port.
u Demultiplexing: Transmits any wavelength combination of the line to any port.

WDM specification Supports the DWDM technical specifications.

Wavelength range 1524 nm to 1573 nm

Supports 50 GHz and flexible grid wavelength signals.
The wavelength signal spectrum can be n × slice (n is an integer from 6 to 64, 1 slice
Spectrum application
= 6.25 GHz) GHz, meeting the high-speed service bandwidth requirements. This
allows flexible allocation of bandwidths and improves the utilization of the bandwidth.

Alarm and performance

Reports alarms and performance events.
monitoring

Optical power adjustment Adjusts optical power of each wavelength in the range of 0 dBm to 15 dBm.

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-73 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the WSSX32T Card

740 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

u In the Rx direction

The signal received from the IN port is demultiplexed by the WSS module and
output through the D1 to D32 ports. The MONI port is used to monitor optical
power of the signals input from the IN port.

u In the Tx direction

The signals received from the A1 to A32 ports are coupled by the WSS module
and output through the OUT port. The MONO port is used to monitor optical
power of the signals output from the OUT port.

Application

The WSSX32T card provides dynamic and configurable wavelength adding and
dropping simultaneously.

When there are several local groups, the contentionless function can be achieved.

The relationships between the multiplexing/demultiplexing group and the

wavelength contention are as follows:

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes WSS series cards, the

colorless applications can be supported.

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes OMU / ODU series cards,

the colored applications can be supported.

The card supports a fixed channel spacing of 50 GHz and a dynamic and flexible
grid of n × slice (n is an integer from 6 to 64, 1 slice = 6.25 GHz) GHz to achieve
hybrid multi-rate transmissions.

Version: K 741
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 7-74 Application of the WSSX32T Cards

7.3.5.2 Front Panel of the WSSX32T Card

Figure 7-75 Front Panel of the WSSX32T Card

742 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-157 Description of the Front Panel of the WSSX32T Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is working normally.

Working status ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication between the
ACT
indicator card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

Urgent alarm OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
UA
indicator Solid red: An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

Non-urgent alarm OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow: A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

Output port for line Outputs main optical path signals.

LO
signals Generally, connects to the IN port on an OA card.

Input port for line Inputs main optical path signals.

LI
signals Generally, connects to the OUT port on a PA card.

Monitoring port for

MONO Monitors optical power output from the OUT port.
output optical power

Monitoring port for

MONI Monitors optical power input from the IN port.
input optical power

Input single-wavelength or wavelength-combination signals to be

multiplexed into the main optical path.
A1 to A32 32 adding ports
Generally, connect to the TX ports on the line interface cards or the optical
transponder cards, or connect to the OUT ports on the OMU series cards.

Output single-wavelength or wavelength-combination signals to the line

interface cards.
D1 to D32 32 dropping ports
Generally, connect to the RX ports on the line interface cards or the optical
transponder cards, or connect to the IN ports on the OMU series cards.

7.3.5.3 Specifications of the WSSX32T Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-158 Specifications of the WSSX32T Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 50 GHz or n × 6.25 (flex)

Degrees - 1 × 32
Port isolation dB > 20
Insertion loss dB 2.5 to 8.5

Version: K 743
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-158 Specifications of the WSSX32T Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Insertion loss uniformity dB ≤ 3.5

Attenuation range dB 0 to 15

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-159 Mechanical Specifications of the WSSX32T Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

WSSX32T 400 × 30 2.4

Power Consumption

Table 7-160 Power Consumption of the WSSX32T Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

WSSX32T 56

Applicable Slots

Table 7-161 Slots Applicable to the WSSX32T Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

7.3.6 MCS

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

744 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.3.6.1 Functions of the MCS Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-162 Functions and Features of the MCS Card

Function Description

Supports the C++ band; provides contentionless optical grooming of any wavelength; cross-
Basic function connects sixteen wavelengths to eight degrees; supports broadcast from eight directions to
sixteen downlink ports; selects eight directions at sixteen downlink ports.

Achieves the CDC (colorless, directionless, contentionless) function, which can be used to
CDC function
construct a CDC ROADM node.
Alarm and
performance Reports alarms and performance events of the card.
monitoring

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-76 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the MCS Card

Version: K 745
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

u In the Rx direction

The signals received from the “LI1” to “LI4” ports on the EA8 card are sent to
the EDFA Array optical module for amplification and then output to the MCS
card. The signals in directions 1 to 4 are input from the “Line1” port and those in
directions 5 to 8 are input from the “Line2” port. These signals pass the optical
switch and are then output from any port ranging from “D1” to “D16”.

u In the Tx direction

The signals transmitted from the “A1” to “A16” ports are groomed to any of the
eight directions through an optical switch. Optical signals in directions 1 to 4 are
output from the "Line1” port and those in directions 5 to 8 are output from the
"Line2" port.

Application

The MCS card is mainly used to send optical signals of any wavelength to any
direction supported without contentions. It must be used together with the EA8
cards to achieve the colorless function.

746 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Figure 7-77 Application of the MCS Card

7.3.6.2 Front Panel of the MCS Card

Figure 7-78 Front Panel of the MCS Card

Version: K 747
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-163 Description of the Front Panel of the MCS Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is working normally.

ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication between the
ACT Working status indicator
card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.

UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red: An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

Non-urgent alarm OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow: A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

Inputs four (directions 1 to 4) dropping line

signals; outputs four (directions 1 to 4)
Input / output port for
adding line signals. Type of optical port
Line1 line signals in directions
An MPO port; usually, connected to the connectors: MPO-MPO
1 to 4
Line port on the EA8 card, using an MPO-
MPO cable.
Inputs four (directions 5 to 8) dropping line
signals; outputs four (directions 5 to 8)
Input / output port for
adding line signals. Type of optical port
Line2 line signals in directions
An MPO port; usually, connected to the connectors: MPO-MPO
5 to 8
Line port on the EA8 card, using an MPO-
MPO cable.
Input single-wavelength or wavelength-combination signals to be
multiplexed into the main optical path.
A1 to A16 16 adding ports
LC ports; usually, connected to the "TX" ports on the optical transponder
cards.
Output single-wavelength or wavelength-combination signals to the
optical transponder cards.
D1 to D16 16 dropping ports
LC ports; usually, connected to the "RX" ports on the optical transponder
cards.

7.3.6.3 Specifications of the MCS Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-164 Specifications of the MCS Card

Item Unit Specification

Optical wavelength range (120 channels of

nm 1524 to 1573
C++ band)

Insertion loss dB ≤ 17

748 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-164 Specifications of the MCS Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Port isolation dB ≥ 35
Wavelength dependent loss (WDL) dB ≤ 1.5
Polarization dependent loss (PDL) dB ≤ 0.5
Polarization mode dispersion (PMD) ps ≤ 0.5
Return loss dB ≥ 40
Switching time between MEMS and PLS
ms ≤ 50
technologies

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-165 Mechanical Specifications of the MCS Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

MCS 400 × 30 1.8

Power Consumption

Table 7-166 Power Consumption of the MCS Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

MCS 22

Applicable Slots

Table 7-167 Slots Applicable to the MCS Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

7.3.7 EA8

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 749
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.3.7.1 Functions of the EA8 Card

Table 7-168 Functions and Features of the EA8 Card

Function Description

Supports C++ band; compensates for the insertion loss of the MCS card; amplifies optical power of
Basic function eight wavelengths. Each EA8 card compensates for insertion loss in four directions at most. The
four-degree node requires one EA8 card, while the eight-degree node requires two EA8 cards.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-79 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the EA8 Card

u In the Rx direction

The signals received from the “LI1” to “LI4” ports on the EA8 card are sent to
the EDFA Array optical module for amplification and then output to the MCS
card. The signals in directions 1 to 4 are input from the “Line1” port and those in
directions 5 to 8 are input from the “Line2” port. These signals pass the optical
switch and are then output from any of the “D1” to “D16” ports.

u In the Tx direction

750 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

The signals received from the “A1” to “A16” ports are groomed to any of the
eight directions through the optical switch. The optical signals in directions 1 to
4 are output from the “Line1” port and those in directions 5 to 8 are output from
the “Line2” port. The signal output from the EA8 card can be a single-
wavelength signal or a combination one which corresponds to the type of the
signal received from the “An” port.

Application

The MCS card is mainly used to send optical signals of any wavelength to any
direction supported without contentions. It must be used together with the EA8
cards to achieve the colorless function.

Figure 7-80 Application of the EA8 Cards

Version: K 751
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.3.7.2 Front Panel of the EA8 Card

Figure 7-81 Front Panel of the EA8 Card

Table 7-169 Description of the Front Panel of the EA8 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is working normally.

ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication between the
ACT Working status indicator
card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.

UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red: An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

Non-urgent alarm OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow: A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

Pressing the button will turn off the card's laser; releasing the button will
CUT Laser shutdown button
turn on the laser.
Connects to an external spectrum analyzer
or an OPM card to monitor the spectrum of
Monitoring port for Type of optical port
MON the main optical path output signals.
output signals connectors: LC/UPC
The ratio of the optical power output from
this port to total optical power is 0.5%.

Input / output port for Generally, connects to the Line1 or Line2

Type of optical port
Line line signals in directions port on the MCS8_16 card, using an MPO-
connectors: MPO-MPO
1 to 4 MPO cable.
Inputs main optical path signals.
Input port for main path Type of optical port
LI1 to LI4 Generally, connects to the OUT port on a
optical signals connectors: LC/UPC
PA card.
Outputs main optical path signals.
Output port for main Type of optical port
LO1 to LO4 Generally, connects to the IN port on an
optical channel signals connectors: LC/UPC
OA card.

752 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.3.7.3 Specifications of the EA8 Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-170 Specifications of the EA8 Card

Item Unit Specification

Optical wavelength range (120 channels of C++ band) nm 1524 to 1573

Maximum channel number 8
Nominal output signal optical power (POUT) dBm 21
Input power range for multiplexed signals dBm -22 to 11
Gain adjustment range dB 10 to 20
Noise figure (NF) dB 7 + (20-G)

Gain flatness dB ≤3
Gain tilt dB ±0.5
Gain adjustment accuracy dB ±0.5
Optical power monitoring accuracy dB ±0.5
Output power at pump OFF report dBm -45
Mode 1 dBm 6±0.5
LOSS mode
Mode 2 dBm Laser off
Dynamic gain tilt (DGT) dB/dB 3
Polarization dependent gain (PDG) variation dB 0.5
Polarization dependent loss (PDL) dB 0.5
Polarization mode dispersion (PMD) ps 0.5
Pump leakage at output dBm -30
Pump leakage at input dBm -30
Optical input return loss at EDFA shutdown dB ≥ 40
Optical output return loss at EDFA shutdown dB ≥ 40
Gain lock set-up time 15 dB add/drop us 1000
Transient gain overshoot
15 dB add/drop dB 1.5
and undershoot
Transient gain error dB 1

Version: K 753
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-171 Mechanical Specifications of the EA8 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

EA8 400 × 30 1.5

Power Consumption

Table 7-172 Power Consumption of the EA8 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

EA8 105

Applicable Slots

Table 7-173 Slots Applicable to the EA8 Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

7.3.8 WSS8T

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

7.3.8.1 Functions of the WSS8T Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-174 Functions and Features of the WSS8T Card

Function Description

Implements dynamic and configurable multiplexing and demultiplexing for any

wavelength to any port.
Basic function
u Multiplexing: Receives any locally added wavelength from any port.
u Demultiplexing: Transmits any wavelength combination of the line to any port.

WDM specification Supports the DWDM technical specifications.

Supports C band.
Wavelength range
190.675 THz to 196.675 THz

754 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-174 Functions and Features of the WSS8T Card (Continued)

Function Description

Supports Flexible Grid wavelength signals.

The wavelength signal spectrum can be 37.5 + n × 6.25 (n is an integer) GHz,
Spectrum application
meeting the high-speed service bandwidth requirements. This allows flexible
allocation of bandwidths and improves the utilization of the bandwidth.

Alarm and performance

Reports alarms and performance events.
monitoring

Optical power adjustment Adjusts optical power of each wavelength in the range of 0 dBm to 15 dBm.

Optical-layer ASON Supported

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-82 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the WSS8T Card

u In the Rx direction

The signal received from the LI port is demultiplexed by the WSS module and
output through the D1 to D9 ports. The MONI port is used to monitor optical
power of the signals input from the MONI port.

u In the Tx direction

The signals received from the A1 to A9 ports are coupled by the WSS module
and output through the LO port. The MONO port is used to monitor optical
power of the signals output from the LO port.

Version: K 755
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Application

The WSS8T card provides dynamic and configurable wavelength adding and
dropping simultaneously.

When there are several local groups, the contentionless applications can be
supported.

The relationships between the multiplexing/demultiplexing group and the

wavelength contention are as follows:

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes WSS series cards, the

colorless applications can be supported.

u When the multiplexing/demultiplexing group includes OMU / ODU series cards,

the colored applications can be supported.

The card supports a fixed channel spacing of 50 GHz and a dynamic and flexible
grid of 37.5 + n × 6.25 (n is an integer) GHz to achieve hybrid multi-rate
transmissions.

756 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Figure 7-83 Application of the WSS8T Cards

7.3.8.2 Front Panel of the WSS8T Card

Figure 7-84 Front Panel of the WSS8T Card

Version: K 757
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-175 Description of the Front Panel of the WSS8T Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is working normally.

Working status ON: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication between the
ACT
indicator card and the EMS is poor.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

Urgent alarm OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
UA
indicator Solid red: An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

Non-urgent alarm OFF: No alarms occur on this card or the alarms are blocked.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow: A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

Output port for line Outputs main optical path signals.

LO
signals Generally, connects to the IN port on an OA card.

Input port for line Inputs main optical path signals.

LI
signals Generally, connects to the OUT port on a PA card.

Monitoring port for

MONO Monitors optical power output from the OUT port.
output optical power

Monitoring port for

MONI Monitors optical power input from the IN port.
input optical power

Input single-wavelength or wavelength-combination signals to be

multiplexed into the main optical path.
A1 to A9 9 adding ports
Generally, connect to the TX ports on the line interface cards or the optical
transponder cards, or connect to the OUT ports on the OMU series cards.

Output single-wavelength or wavelength-combination signals to the line

interface cards.
D1 to D9 9 dropping ports
Generally, connect to the RX ports on the line interface cards or the optical
transponder cards, or connect to the IN ports on the OMU series cards.

7.3.8.3 Specifications of the WSS8T Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-176 Specifications of the WSS8T Card

Item Unit Specification

Channel spacing GHz 37.5 + n × 6.25 (flex)

Degrees - 1×9
Port isolation dB > 25
Insertion loss dB 2.5 to 8.5

758 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-176 Specifications of the WSS8T Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Insertion loss uniformity dB ≤ 2.5

Attenuation range dB 0 to 15

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-177 Mechanical Specifications of the WSS8T Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

WSS8T 400 × 60 3.2

Power Consumption

Table 7-178 Power Consumption of the WSS8T Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

WSS8T 64.8

Applicable Slot

Table 7-179 Slots Applicable to the WSS8T Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full-height, dual-slot)

7.4 Optical Amplification Cards

This section introduces functions / features and the hardware structure of the optical
amplification cards.

7.4.1 VGA

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

Version: K 759
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.4.1.1 Functions of the VGA Card

Function and Feature

Table 7-180 Functions and Features of the VGA Card

Function Description

Amplifies the power of optical signals for each channel in the C band; supports gain
Basic function adjustment; compensates for the attenuation caused by devices or lines; extends the
optical signal’s transmission distance; improves the receiver’s sensitivity.

The card has a built-in EVOA module to automatically adjust the input optical power of
the EDFA module.
You can set the working mode of the EVOA to locked or traced.
Input optical power
u Being locked means that the EVOA module keeps the attenuation locked and the
adjustment
attenuation value will not be changed under any circumstances.
u Being traced means that the EVOA module is in traced status. The output optical
power of the card can be automatically adjusted based on its preset value.

Provides an in-service monitoring port for outputting a few optical signals to the
In-service optical
spectrum analyzer or the OPM card, so as to monitor the multiplexed optical signals'
performance monitoring
spectrum performance without traffic interruption.

Eye protection The VGA card shuts down the local laser upon detecting a local LOS alarm.

Turns on or off the laser by using the EMS, or you can simply press down the CUT
Laser shutdown button on the card panel to turn off the laser for easy testing, operation and
maintenance.
Performance and alarm u Detects and reports the optical power.
monitoring u Controls the temperature of the pump laser.

760 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-85 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the VGA Card

u EVOA module

The control module calculates the optical power value that needs to be
attenuated by the EVOA module according to the current optical power of the
input optical signal and the expected output power preset on the EMS and then
delivers the value to the EVOA module.

u VGA module

4 After the signal light and pump light are multiplexed, the multiplexed signal
enters the erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) for amplification. The EDFA
amplifies the optical signal with the help of the pump laser, so as to amplify
the optical power.

4 The splitter splits the optical signal from the main optical path, and sends it
to the MON optical interface for power detection.

u Control module

The control module monitors the working status of each module and acts as an
agent to execute the laser shutdown command.

u Power module

Version: K 761
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into appropriate power

required by each module of the card.

Application

u When an OSCAD card is configured in the subrack, the VGA card is used
between the multiplexer/demultiplexer card and the OSCAD card to
compensate for the attenuation caused by the line or devices and extend the
transmission distance of signals.

Figure 7-86 Application of the VGA Cards When OSCAD Cards Are Configured

u When a VGAXS card is configured in the subrack, the VGA card is used after
the multiplexer card to compensate for the attenuation caused by the
multiplexer card and extend the transmission distance of signals.

Figure 7-87 Application of the VGA Cards When VGAXS Cards Are Configured

7.4.1.2 Front Panel of the VGA Card

Figure 7-88 Front Panel of the VGA Card

762 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-181 Description of the Front Panel of the VGA Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is working normally.

Working status ONNote 1: The card is working abnormally. Usually, communication between the
ACT
indicator card and the EMS is interrupted.
OFF: The card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

Urgent alarm OFF: No urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are blocked.
UA
indicator ON (red): An urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the card.

Non-urgent alarm OFF: No non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms are blocked.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow): A non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF: The laser is working.

Laser shutdown
OFF ON (green): The laser is turned off after the CUT button on the card panel is
indicator
pressed.

Rx optical power OFF: The card's input optical power is normal.

LOS
indicator ON (green): The card fails to receive any signals.

Laser shutdown Pressing the button will turn off the card's laser; releasing the button will turn
CUT
button on the laser.
The port can connect to an external spectrum analyzer or an OPM card to
monitor the spectrum of output signals.
Monitoring port for u When the saturated output is 21 dBm, the power ratio of the monitoring
MON
output signals port is 1%.
u When the saturated output is 24 dBm, the power ratio of the monitoring
port is 0.5%.

Input port for main

IN Inputs optical signals to be amplified.
optical path signals

Output port for main

OUT Outputs amplified optical signals.
optical path signals

Input port for EVOA

VIN Inputs optical signals to enter the EVOA.
signals

Output port for

VOUT Outputs optical signals adjusted by the EVOA.
EVOA signals

Version: K 763
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.4.1.3 Specifications of the VGA Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-182 Common Specifications of the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Optical wavelength range (C-band 48-
nm 1528 to 1568 -
wavelength)

Nominal output signal optical power

dBm 21, 24 -
(POUT)

Nominal gain error range dB ±0.5 -

Saturated output signal optical power dB POUT + 0.5 -

Gain flatness dB 1.0 to 1.5 Note 1

Gain tilt dB -2 to 0 Note 2
Gain adjustment accuracy - ±0.5 Note 3
Optical power monitoring accuracy dB ±0.5 Note 4
VOA inherent insertion loss dB 1.5 -
VOA power-off state - Bright -
Split ratio at the output power monitoring
- 1% -
interface
Output power at pump OFF report dBm -45 Note 5
Output power (APR) dBm -1±0.5 / 8±0.5 Note 6
Mode 1 dBm +6±0.5 Note 7
LOSS mode
Mode 2 dBm Laser off -
Dynamic gain tilt (DGT) dB/dB 3 -
Polarization dependent gain (PDG)
dB 0.3 -
variation
Polarization dependent loss (PDL) - 0.3 -
Pump leakage at input dBm -30 -
Optical input return loss at EDFA
dB 40 -
shutdown
Optical output return loss at EDFA
dB 40 -
shutdown
3 dB add/drop us 300 Note 8
Gain lock set-up
9 dB add/drop us 600 -
time
15 dB add/drop us 1000 -

764 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-182 Common Specifications of the VGA Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification Remark

Transient gain 3 dB add/drop dB 0.8 Note 8

overshoot and 9 dB add/drop dB 1.2 -

undershoot 15 dB add/drop dB 1.5 -
Transient gain error dB 1 -
Saturated output
W 20 -
Total power power = 21 dBm
consumption Saturated output
W 40 -
power = 24 dBm

Gain lock function - Supported Note 9

Note 1: At total air temperature, GF ≤ 1.5; when tilt = 0, GF ≤ 1.
Note 2: The gain tilt can be adjusted in the range of -2 to 0. The default value is -1.
Note 3: It is the gain adjustment accuracy at total air temperature within a full range of input optical power.
Note 4: It is the power monitoring accuracy at total air temperature within a full range of input optical power.
Note 5: The report pump-off power. The actual output power is not required when the input optical power is large.
Note 6: The APR power is tunable.
Note 7: There are two modes available.
Note 8: Under mean gain of all channels, with VOA being locked and input wave form rising (falling) time being 100
us, gain lock set-up time is the time required when the gain is ±5% deviated from a nominal value.
Note 9: Use the default value.

Table 7-183 Specifications of the VGFA-15/25-21 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -30 to +6 -
Total output power range dBm -5 to 21 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -33 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 15 to 25 -

G = 15 dB 9.2
G = 16 dB 8.0
G = 17 dB 7.2
G = 18 dB 6.5
NF -
G = 19 - 6.2
G = 20 - 5.8
21 ≤ G ≤ 23 dB 5.5
24 ≤ G ≤ 25 dB 5.2
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Version: K 765
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-184 Specifications of the VGFA-22/32-21 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -37 to -1 -
Total output power range dBm -5 to 21 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -40 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 22 to 32 -

G = 22 dB 6.3
G = 23 dB 5.9
G = 24 dB 5.6
G = 25 dB 5.4
NF -
G = 26 - 5.3
G = 27 - 5.2
G = 28 - 5.1
29 ≤ G ≤ 32 dB 5.0
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 7-185 Specifications of the VGFA-28/38-21 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -37 to -7 -
Total output power range dBm 1 to 21 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -40 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 28 to 38 -
G = 28 dB 5.5
G = 29 dB 5.4
NF G = 30 dB 5.3 -
G = 31 dB 5.2
32 ≤ G ≤ 38 dB 5.0
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 7-186 Specifications of the VGFA-15/25-24 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -27 to 9 -
Total output power range dBm -2 to 24 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -30 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 15 to 25 -

G = 15 dB 9.8
NF -
G = 16 dB 8.8

766 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-186 Specifications of the VGFA-15/25-24 Module in the VGA Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification Remark

G = 17 dB 8.0
G = 18 dB 7.0
G = 19 dB 6.5
20 ≤ G ≤ 22 dB 6.2
23 ≤ G ≤ 25 dB 5.3
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 7-187 Specifications of the VGFA-22/32-24 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -34 to 2 -
Total output power range dBm -2 to 24 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -37 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 22 to 32 -

G = 22 dB 7.5
G = 23 dB 6.2
G = 24 dB 5.8
NF -
G = 25 dB 5.5
26 ≤ G ≤ 29 dB 5.2
30 ≤ G ≤ 32 dB 5.0
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 7-188 Specifications of the VGFA-28/38-24 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -34 to -4 -
Total output power range dBm 1 to 24 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -37 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 28 to 38 -

G = 28 dB 5.8
29 ≤ G ≤ 32 dB 5.6
NF -
33 ≤ G ≤ 35 dB 5.2
36 ≤ G ≤ 38 dB 5.0
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Version: K 767
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-189 Mechanical Specifications of the VGA Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

VGA 400 × 30 1.5

Power Consumption

Table 7-190 Power Consumption of the VGA Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

VGA 54

Applicable Slots

Table 7-191 Applicable Slots for the VGA Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

7.4.2 VGAXS

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

768 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.4.2.1 Functions of the VGAXS Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-192 Functions and Features of the VGAXS Card

Function Description

Multiplexes / demultiplexes the main optical channel (1550 nm) and optical
supervisory channel (1510 nm) signals.
Basic function Amplifies the power of optical signals for each channel in the C band; supports gain
adjustment; compensates for the attenuation caused by devices or lines; extends the
optical signal’s transmission distance; improves the receiver’s sensitivity.

The card has a built-in EVOA module to automatically adjust the input optical power of
the EDFA module.
You can set the working mode of the EVOA to locked or traced.
Input optical power
u Being locked means that the EVOA module keeps the attenuation locked and the
adjustment
attenuation value will not be changed under any circumstances.
u Being traced means that the EVOA module is in traced status. The output optical
power of the card can be automatically adjusted based on its preset value.

Eye protection The VGAXS card shuts down the local laser upon detecting a local LOS alarm.

Provides an in-service monitoring port for outputting a few optical signals to the
In-service optical
spectrum analyzer or the OPM card, so as to monitor the multiplexed optical signals'
performance monitoring
spectrum performance without traffic interruption.

Turns on or off the laser by using the EMS, or you can simply press down the CUT
Laser shutdown button on the card panel to turn off the laser for easy testing, operation and
maintenance.
Performance and alarm u Detects and reports the optical power.
monitoring u Controls the temperature of the pump laser.

Version: K 769
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-89 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the VGAXS Card

u In the Tx direction

The 1550 nm main channel signal from the OA card is input via the MAIN_IN
interface. The 1510 nm supervisory signal from the EOSC / OSC card is input
via the OSC_IN interface. The two signals are multiplexed by the 1510/1550
multiplexer and output via the LINE_OUT interface.

u In the Rx direction

The line signal is input from the LINE_IN interface. It is demultiplexed into the
main channel signal and the supervisory signal via the 1510/1550 demultiplexer,
and output via the MAIN_OUT and OSC_OUT interfaces respectively.

u EVOA module

770 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

The control module calculates the optical power value that needs to be
attenuated by the EVOA module according to the current optical power of the
input optical signal and the expected output power preset on the EMS and then
delivers the value to the EVOA module.

u VGA module

4 After the signal light and pump light are multiplexed, the multiplexed signal
enters the erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) for amplification. The EDFA
amplifies the optical signal with the help of the pump laser, so as to amplify
the optical power.

4 The splitter splits the optical signal from the main optical path, and sends it
to the MON optical interface for power detection.

u Control module

The control module monitors the working status of each module and acts as an
agent to execute the laser shutdown command.

u Power module

Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into appropriate power

required by each module of the card.

Application

The VGAXS and VGA cards are used together to compensate for the attenuation
caused by the line or devices and extend the transmission distance of signals.

Figure 7-90 Application of the VGAXS Cards

Version: K 771
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.4.2.2 Front Panel of the VGAXS Card

Figure 7-91 Front Panel of the VGAXS Card

Table 7-193 Description of the Front Panel of the VGAXS Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status ONNote 1 indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
ACT
indicator communication between the card and the EMS is interrupted.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no urgent alarm is reported or all urgent alarms are filtered.
Urgent alarm
UA ON (red) indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
indicator
card.
OFF indicates that no non-urgent alarm is reported or all non-urgent alarms
Non-urgent alarm are filtered.
NUA
indicator ON (yellow) indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
card.
OFF indicates that the laser is working.
Laser shutdown
OFF ON (green) indicates that the laser is turned off after the CUT button on the
indicator
card panel is pressed down.

Rx optical power OFF indicates that the card's input optical power is normal.
LOS
indicator ON (green) indicates that the card fails to receive any signals.

Laser shutdown Pressing down the button will turn off the card's laser; releasing the button will
CUT
button turn on the laser.
Outputs OSC signals, which are split from the signals received at the LINE_IN
Output interface for
OSC_OUT interface. This interface is usually connected to the WRX or ERX interface on
OSC signals
the OSC card.
Input interface for Receives OSC signals from the OSC card. This interface is usually connected
OSC_IN
OSC signals to the WTX or ETX interface on the OSC card.
Output interface for
Outputs main channel signals, which are split from the signals received at the
MAIN_OUT main optical
LINE_IN interface.
channel signals

Input interface for

MAIN_IN main optical Receives main channel signals from an OA card.
channel signals

Output interface for Outputs the signals coupled by one signal from the OSC_IN port and another
LINE_OUT
line optical signals from the MAIN_IN port and send them to the line.

772 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-193 Description of the Front Panel of the VGAXS Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Input interface for

LINE_IN Receives line signals from the equipment at the remote end.
line optical signals

Connects to an external spectrum analyzer or an OPM card to monitor the

spectrum of output signals.
Monitoring port for u When the saturated output is 21 dBm, the power ratio of the monitoring
MON
output signals interface is 1%.
u When the saturated output is 24 dBm, the power ratio of the monitoring
interface is 0.5%.
Input port for main
IN Inputs optical signals to be amplified.
optical path signals

Output port for main

OUT Outputs amplified optical signals.
optical path signals

VIN Input port for EVOA Inputs optical signals to enter the EVOA.

Output port for

VOUT Outputs optical signals adjusted by the EVOA.
EVOA

7.4.2.3 Specifications of the VGAXS Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-194 Specifications of the VGAXS Card

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength nm 1510 / 1550

Passband nm 1500 to 1520
Wavelength range
Reflection bandwidth nm 1528 to 1568
Note 1
Transmission channel dB ≤ 1.0
Insertion loss
Note 2
Reflection channel dB ≤ 0.6
Transmission channel dB ≥ 35
Isolation
Reflection channel dB ≥ 15
Flatness dB ≤ 0.5
Insertion loss thermal stability dB/℃ ≤ 0.007
Directivity dB ≥ 50
Return loss dB ≥ 45
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.10
Polarization mode dispersion ps ≤ 0.10

Version: K 773
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-194 Specifications of the VGAXS Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Bearer optical power mW ≤ 300

Note 1: Transmission channel refers to the optical supervisory channel with the wavelength of 1510 nm.
Note 2: Reflection channel refers to the main optical channel with the wavelength of 1550 nm.

Table 7-195 Common Specifications of the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Optical wavelength range (C-band 48-
nm 1528 to 1568 -
wavelength)

Nominal output signal optical power

dBm 21, 24 -
(POUT)

Nominal gain error range dB ±0.5 -

Saturated output signal optical power dB POUT + 0.5 -

Gain flatness dB 1.0 to 1.5 Note 1

Gain tilt dB -2 to 0 Note 2
Gain adjustment accuracy - ±0.5 Note 3
Optical power monitoring accuracy dB ±0.5 Note 4
VOA inherent insertion loss dB 1.5 -
VOA power-off state - Bright -
Split ratio at the output power monitoring
- 1% -
interface
Output power at pump OFF report dBm -45 Note 5
Output power (APR) dBm -1±0.5 / 8±0.5 Note 6
Mode 1 dBm +6±0.5 Note 7
LOSS mode
Mode 2 dBm Laser off -
Dynamic gain tilt (DGT) dB/dB 3 -
Polarization dependent gain (PDG)
dB 0.3 -
variation
Polarization dependent loss (PDL) - 0.3 -
Pump leakage at input dBm -30 -
Optical input return loss at EDFA
dB 40 -
shutdown
Optical output return loss at EDFA
dB 40 -
shutdown

Gain lock set-up 3 dB add/drop us 300 Note 8

time 9 dB add/drop us 600 -

774 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-195 Common Specifications of the VGA Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification Remark

15 dB add/drop us 1000 -

Transient gain 3 dB add/drop dB 0.8 Note 8

overshoot and 9 dB add/drop dB 1.2 -

undershoot 15 dB add/drop dB 1.5 -
Transient gain error dB 1 -
Saturated output
W 20 -
Total power power = 21 dBm
consumption Saturated output
W 40 -
power = 24 dBm

Gain lock function - Supported Note 9

Note 1: At total air temperature, GF ≤ 1.5; when tilt = 0, GF ≤ 1.
Note 2: The gain tilt can be adjusted in the range of -2 to 0. The default value is -1.
Note 3: It is the gain adjustment accuracy at total air temperature within a full range of input optical power.
Note 4: It is the power monitoring accuracy at total air temperature within a full range of input optical power.
Note 5: The report pump-off power. The actual output power is not required when the input optical power is large.
Note 6: The APR power is tunable.
Note 7: There are two modes available.
Note 8: Under mean gain of all channels, with VOA being locked and input wave form rising (falling) time being 100
us, gain lock set-up time is the time required when the gain is ±5% deviated from a nominal value.
Note 9: Use the default value.

Table 7-196 Specifications of the VGFA-15/25-21 Module in the VGAXS Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -30 to +6 -
Total output power range dBm -5 to 21 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -33 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 15 to 25 -

G = 15 dB 9.2
G = 16 dB 8.0
G = 17 dB 7.2
G = 18 dB 6.5
NF -
G = 19 - 6.2
G = 20 - 5.8
21 ≤ G ≤ 23 dB 5.5
24 ≤ G ≤ 25 dB 5.2
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Version: K 775
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-197 Specifications of the VGFA-22/32-21 Module in the VGAXS Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -37 to -1 -
Total output power range dBm -5 to 21 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -40 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 22 to 32 -

G = 22 dB 6.3
G = 23 dB 5.9
G = 24 dB 5.6
G = 25 dB 5.4
NF -
G = 26 - 5.3
G = 27 - 5.2
G = 28 - 5.1
29 ≤ G ≤ 32 dB 5.0
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 7-198 Specifications of the VGFA-28/38-21 Module in the VGAXS Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -37 to -7 -
Total output power range dBm 1 to 21 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -40 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 28 to 38 -
G = 28 dB 5.5
G = 29 dB 5.4
NF G = 30 dB 5.3 -
G = 31 dB 5.2
32 ≤ G ≤ 38 dB 5.0
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 7-199 Specifications of the VGFA-15/25-24 Module in the VGAXS Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -27 to 9 -
Total output power range dBm -2 to 24 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -30 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 15 to 25 -

G = 15 dB 9.8
NF -
G = 16 dB 8.8

776 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-199 Specifications of the VGFA-15/25-24 Module in the VGAXS Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification Remark

G = 17 dB 8.0
G = 18 dB 7.0
G = 19 dB 6.5
20 ≤ G ≤ 22 dB 6.2
23 ≤ G ≤ 25 dB 5.3
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 7-200 Specifications of the VGFA-22/32-24 Module in the VGAXS Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -34 to 2 -
Total output power range dBm -2 to 24 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -37 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 22 to 32 -

G = 22 dB 7.5
G = 23 dB 6.2
G = 24 dB 5.8
NF -
G = 25 dB 5.5
26 ≤ G ≤ 29 dB 5.2
30 ≤ G ≤ 32 dB 5.0
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 7-201 Specifications of the VGFA-28/38-24 Module in the VGAXS Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -34 to -4 -
Total output power range dBm 1 to 24 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -37 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 28 to 38 -

G = 28 dB 5.8
29 ≤ G ≤ 32 dB 5.6
NF -
33 ≤ G ≤ 35 dB 5.2
36 ≤ G ≤ 38 dB 5.0
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Version: K 777
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-202 Mechanical Specifications of the VGAXS Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

VGAXS 400 × 30 1.5

Power Consumption

Table 7-203 Power Consumption of the VGAXS Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

VGAXS 54

Applicable Slots

Table 7-204 Slots Applicable to the VGAXS Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

7.4.3 OA / PA

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

778 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.4.3.1 Functions of the OA / PA Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-205 Functions and Features of the OA / PA Card

Function Description

Amplifies the power of optical signals for each channel in the C band, so as to
compensate for the attenuation caused by devices or the line, extend the optical signal’s
transmission distance and improve the receiver’s sensitivity.
Basic function u OA: optical amplifier card. It amplifies the power of C-band signals.
u PA: pre-amplifier card. It pre-amplifies the power of C-band signals.
Cards with different gains and saturated output can be provided according to different
project requirements.

The card has a built-in EVOA module to automatically adjust the input optical power of the
EDFA module.
You can set the working mode of the EVOA to locked or traced.
Input optical power
u Being locked means that the EVOA module keeps the attenuation locked and the
adjustment
attenuation value will not be changed under any circumstances.
u Being traced means that the EVOA module is in traced status. The output optical
power of the card can be automatically adjusted based on its preset value.

The OA, PA and EOSC cards are used together to achieve this function. When the
remote PA card and the EOSC card both detect an LOS alarm, they return an APR
command to the local end. Upon receiving the command, the local OA card immediately
Eye protection
activates the eye protection function and reduces the output power to a safe range so as
to prevent the strong light from hurting eyes of operators.
The OA and PA cards shut down the local laser upon detecting a local LOS alarm.

Provides an in-service monitoring port for outputting a few optical signals to the spectrum
In-service optical
analyzer or the OPM card, so as to monitor the multiplexed optical signals' spectrum
performance monitoring
performance without traffic interruption.

Turns on or off the laser by using the EMS, or you can simply press the CUT button on the
Laser shutdown
card panel to turn off the laser for easy testing, operation and maintenance.

Performance and alarm u Detects and reports the optical power.

monitoring u Controls the temperature of the pump laser.

Version: K 779
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-92 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OA / PA Card

u EVOA module

The control module calculates the optical power value that needs to be
attenuated by the EVOA module according to the current optical power of the
input optical signal and the expected output power preset on the EMS and then
delivers the value to the EVOA module.

u EDFA module

4 After the signal light and pump light are multiplexed, the multiplexed signal
enters the erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) for amplification. The EDFA
amplifies the optical signal with the help of the pump laser, so as to amplify
the optical power.

4 The splitter splits the optical signal from the main optical path, and sends it
to the MON interface for power detection.

u Control module

The control module monitors the working status of each module and acts as an
agent to execute the laser shutdown command.

u Power module

780 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into appropriate power

required by each module of the card.

Application

u The OA card is located after the multiplexer to compensate for the attenuation
caused by the multiplexer and extend the transmission distance of the signal.

u The PA card is used before the demultiplexer to compensate for the attenuation
caused by the line.

Figure 7-93 Application of the OA / PA Cards

7.4.3.2 Front Panel of the OA / PA Card

Figure 7-94 Front Panel of the OA Card

Figure 7-95 Front Panel of the PA Card

Table 7-206 Description of the Front Panel of the OA / PA Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally, ON indicates
indicator
the poor communication between the card and the EMS.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
card.

Version: K 781
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-206 Description of the Front Panel of the OA / PA Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are filtered.
Non-urgent alarm
NUA Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
indicator
card.
OFF indicates that the laser is working.
Laser shutdown
OFF ON (green) indicates that the laser is turned off after the CUT button on the
indicator
card panel is pressed.

Rx optical power OFF indicates that the card's input optical power is normal.
LOS
indicator ON (green) indicates that the card fails to receive any signals.

Laser shutdown Pressing down the button will turn off the card's laser; releasing the button will
CUT
button turn on the laser.
Optical
Monitoring port for Connects to an external spectrum analyzer or an OPM card to interface
MON
output signals monitor the spectrum of output signals. connector:
LC-type

Inputs optical signals to be amplified.

Optical
For the OA card, the interface is usually connected to the OUT
Input port for main interface
IN interface on the OMU or VMU series cards.
optical path signals connector:
For the PA card, the interface is usually connected to the MAIN-
LC-type
D interface on the OSCAD card.
Outputs amplified optical signals.
Optical
For the OA card, the interface is usually connected to the
Output port for main interface
OUT MAIN_A interface on the OSCAD card.
optical path signals connector:
For the PA card, the interface is usually connected to the IN
LC-type
interface on the ODU series cards.

7.4.3.3 Specifications of the OA / PA Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-207 Specifications of the OA / PA Card

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength range nm 1525 to 1570

Insertion loss dB 1.5
Attenuation range dB 1.5 to 25Note 1
Wavelength attenuation effect dB ≤ 0.6
Polarization 0 to 15 dB dB ≤ 0.1
dependence > 15 dB dB ≤ 0.2

782 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-207 Specifications of the OA / PA Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Attenuation accuracy dB ±0.5Note 2

Modulation rate dB/s ≥ 30
Return loss dB ≥ 45
Temperature dependent loss dB ≤ 0.5
Note 1: Includes insertion loss.
Note 2: Excludes PDL, WDL and TDL.

Table 7-208 Specifications of the EDFA Module

Item Unit Specification

Optical wavelength range (C-band 48-wavelength) nm 1528 to 1568

Dynamic range of input Nominal output power ≤ 23 dBm dB 23

Note 1
optical power (DPIN) Nominal output power = 24 dBm dB 26
Nominal output signal optical power (POUT) dBm 13, 14, 21, 24
Nominal gain error range dB ±0.5
Saturated output signal optical power dB POUT + 0.5
Note 2
PA dB ≤1
Gain flatness
Note 3
OA dB ≤ 1.5
PA dB -0.2 to 0.2
Gain tiltNote 4
OA dB -1.1 to -0.7
Maximum noise figure (NF) dB ≤ 5.5
Note 5
Dynamic range of input optical power monitoring - 29
Optical power monitoring accuracyNote 6 dB ±0.5
Split ratio at the output Saturated output power ≤ 23 dBm - 1%
power monitoring
Saturated output power = 24 dBm - 0.5%
interface
Output power at pump OFF report dBm ≤ 45
Note 7
Output power (APR) dBm -1, 8

Output power in LOSS BA dBm 6

Note 8
mode PA dBm -16 to -12
Threshold for the BA dBm POUT - G - DPIN - 3
receiving-no-light
PA dBm -35
alarmNote 9
Output optical power alarm thresholdNote 10 dBm POUT - 3
Dynamic gain tilt (DGT) dBm ≤3
Polarization dependent gain (PDG) variation dB/dB ≤ 0.3

Version: K 783
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-208 Specifications of the EDFA Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Polarization mode dispersion (PMD) dB ≤ 0.5

Pump leakage at output ps ≤ -30
Pump leakage at input dBm ≤ -30
Optical input return loss at EDFA shutdown dB ≥ 40
Optical output return loss at EDFA shutdown dB ≥ 40
3 dB add/drop us ≤ 300
Gain lock set-up time 9 dB add/drop us ≤ 500
15 dB add/drop us ≤ 1000
3 dB add/drop dB ≤ 0.7
Transient gain overshoot
9 dB add/drop dB ≤ 0.9
and undershoot
15 dB add/drop dB ≤ 1.5
Transient gain error dB ≤1
Saturated output power = 13 dBm
W ≤ 7.5
or14 dBm
Total power consumption
Saturated output power = 21 dBm W ≤ 15
Saturated output power = 24 dBm W ≤ 30

784 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-208 Specifications of the EDFA Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Gain lock functionNote 11 - Supported

Note 1: The dynamic range of input optical power (DPIN) is the AGC lock range. The maximum input optical power is
the nominal output power minus the gain. The minimum input optical power is the maximum input optical
power minus 23 dB. For the BA with the saturated output power being 24 dBm, the minimum input optical
power is the maximum input optical power minus 26 dB.
Note 2: For the PA, the gain flatness is no more than 1 dB at room temperature and in the temperature range of 10°C
to 40°C; no more than 2 dB in the temperature range of -5℃ to 60℃.
Note 3: The values listed above apply to room temperature. The gain flatness of various module types is no more
than 1.5 dB in the temperature range of 10°C to 40°C and no more than 2.5 dB in the temperature range of
-5°C to 60°C.
Note 4: Under the maximum input optical power of various module types at room temperature, the gain tilt should be
0±0.2 dB for the PA, and -0.9±0.2 dB for the BA.
Note 5: It refers to the input optical power detection range, which ranges from "nominal power - 26 dB" to "nominal
power + 3 dB".
Note 6: In the range defined in Note 3, the input / output optical power monitoring accuracy is less than ±0.5 dB.
Note 7: It can be set to -1 dBm. The output power is 8 dBm during APR restart, and -1 dBm when the APR is stable.
Note 8: It is the total output power when no signal is input (namely, the input optical power is lower than the preset
threshold).
Note 9: POUT is the module's nominal output power, G is the module's nominal gain, and DP IN is the module's
dynamic optical input range. For example, for the module type 481821, POUT is 21 dBm, and DPIN is 23 dB;
therefore, the threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm can be calculated as follows: 21 - 18 - 23 - 3 = -23
dBm.
Note 10:It is the nominal output power minus 3 dB by default in the ACC working mode, and the input power plus the
gain minus 3 dB in the AGC working mode.
Note 11:Use the default value.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-209 Mechanical Specifications of the OA / PA Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

OA / PA 400 × 30 1.3

Power Consumption

Table 7-210 Power Consumption of the OA / PA Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OA / PA 45

Version: K 785
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Applicable Slots

Table 7-211 Applicable Slots for the OA / PA Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

7.4.4 HRAU

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

7.4.4.1 Functions of the HRAU Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-212 Functions and Features of the HRAU Card

Function Description

The C-band Raman amplifier amplifies the C-band signal light by a maximum of
12 dB in a distributed manner, and amplifies the C+L-band signal light by a
maximum of 10 dB in a distributed manner.
Using the hybrid amplification of the Raman-EDFA, the card achieves the long-
Basic function
haul fiber transmission of thousands or even ten thousands of kilometers without
electrical regeneration.
HRAU: high-gain Raman amplification card. It enables forward or backward
Raman amplification depending on its location in the line.

Provides an in-service monitoring port for outputting a few optical signals to the
In-service optical performance
spectrum analyzer or the OPM card, so as to monitor the multiplexed optical
monitoring
signals' spectrum performance without traffic interruption.

u When the signal transmission fiber or pump transmission fiber breaks, the
opposite card will generate an LOS alarm. This alarm prompts the backward
receiving RAU_B at this station to enable the soft shutdown function and shut
down the laser.
u The OSC card at this station sends messages to the OSC card at the
Intelligent shutdown protection
upstream station. The OSC card controls the HRAU card at the upstream
station to perform the soft shutdown simultaneously.
u In this case, the forward and backward bidirectional Raman lasers are shut
down to ensure the security of the line to the maximum extent.
The card shuts down the local laser upon detecting a local LOS alarm.

786 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-212 Functions and Features of the HRAU Card (Continued)

Function Description

Turns on or off the laser by using the EMS, or you can simply press the CUT
Laser shutdown button on the card panel to turn off the laser for easy testing, operation and
maintenance.
u Backward Raman amplification. The gain locking mode is suggested.
Operating mode
u Forward Raman amplification. Only the power locking mode can be used.

Performance and alarm u Detects and reports the optical power.

monitoring u Controls the temperature of the pump laser.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-96 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the HRAU Card (Backward Raman
Amplification)

Version: K 787
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 7-97 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the HRAU Card (Forward Raman
Amplification)

u RAU module

4 The signal light and pump light signals are multiplexed and then amplified,
achieving the amplification of the optical power.

4 The splitter splits the optical signal from the main optical path, and sends it
to the MON1 / MON2 optical interface for power detection.

4 The splitter splits the optical signal from the pump light, and sends it to the
PMON optical interface for power detection.

u Control module

4 Monitors the RAU module’s working status, including the pump source’s
drive current, the refrigerator’s cooling current, the pump source’s tube
core temperature, the input optical power, and the output optical power.

4 Acts as an agent that executes the laser shutdown and eye protection
commands.

u Power module

Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into appropriate power

required by each module of the card.

788 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Application

The HRAU card achieves forward or backward Raman amplification depending on

its location in the line.

Figure 7-98 Application of the HRAU Cards

7.4.4.2 Front Panel of the HRAU Card

Figure 7-99 Front Panel of the HRAU Card

Table 7-213 Description of the Front Panel of the HRAU Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ACT Working status indicator ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally, ON indicates
the poor communication between the card and the EMS.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on
the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are filtered.
Non-urgent alarm
NUA Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the
indicator
card.
OFF indicates that the laser is working.
Laser shutdown
OFF ON (green) indicates that the laser is turned off after the CUT button on the
indicator
card panel is pressed.

Rx optical power OFF indicates that the card's input optical power is normal.
LOS
indicator ON (green) indicates that the card fails to receive any signals.

Pressing down the button will turn off the card's laser; releasing the button
CUT Laser shutdown button
will turn on the laser.

Version: K 789
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-213 Description of the Front Panel of the HRAU Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Rx / Tx interface for line Receives line signals as the backward Raman

Optical interface
signals amplification card; transmits signals to the line as
LINE connector: E2000-
Output interface for the forward Raman amplification card.
type
pump light Outputs pump signals.

Outputs signals when acting as a backward Raman

Output / input interface Optical interface
SYS amplification card; inputs signals when acting as a
for SYS signals connector: LC-type
forward Raman amplification card.

Monitoring interface for Connects to an external spectrum analyzer or an

Optical interface
PMON pump output optical OPM card to monitor the spectrum of optical signals
connector: LC-type
signals from a pump.

Connects to an external spectrum analyzer or an

Monitoring interface for Optical interface
MON1 OPM card to monitor the spectrum of signals output
output signals connector: LC-type
from a backward Raman amplification card.

Connects to an external spectrum analyzer or an

Monitoring interface for Optical interface
MON2 OPM card to monitor the spectrum of signals input
input signals connector: LC-type
to a forward Raman amplification card.

7.4.4.3 Specifications of the HRAU Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-214 Generic Specifications of the HRAU Card

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength range nm 1528 to 1568

OSC wavelength nm 1484.5 to 1520
Total power reporting accuracy of the RAMAN pump dB -0.3 to 0.3
Reporting accuracy of the RAMAN pump (single
mw -10 to 10
pump) power

Case temperature reporting accuracy °C -1 to 1

Pump drive / heating current reporting accuracy mA -20 to 20
Reporting accuracy of the pump tube core
°C -1 to 1
temperature

RAMAN pump leakage (SYS port) dBm -30

RAMAN pump output total power (LINE port) @BOL mW 1200
DOP of the RAMAN pump % ≤ 10
Signal band insertion loss (LINE→SYS / SYS→LINE) dB ≤2

790 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-214 Generic Specifications of the HRAU Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

OSC band insertion loss (LINE→SYS / SYS→LINE) dB ≤2

OSC band Raman on-off gain (1510 nm) dB Raman gain-3.5

Return loss dB ≥ 40
Polarization dependent gain (DG) dB ≤ 0.3
Polarization mode dispersion Ps ≤ 0.5
Split ratio at the pump power monitoring interface
% 0.5
(PMON→LINE)

Table 7-215 Specifications of the HRAU Card (Backward Raman Amplification)

Item Unit Specification

Input power range of the LINE port (at pump OFF) dBm -40 to 0
RAMAN [email protected] 1 dB 6 to 20
6 to 23
RAMAN [email protected] 2 dB
Typical value: 20

RAMAN [email protected] - TBD

Multi-wavelength test, 15 to 20 dB
dB -0.5 to 0.5
gain

Raman gain accuracy Multi-wavelength test, 10 to 15 dB

dB -1 to 1
gain

Multi-wavelength test, -10 dB gain dB -1.5 to 1.5

Optical power of source signals ≥
dB -0.5 to 0.5
-30 dBm, at pump OFF

-40 dBm ≤ optical power of source

dB -1 to 1
signals < -30 dBm, at pump OFF

Optical power of source signals >

dB -0.5 to 0.5
Optical power reporting -25 dBm, at pump ON
accuracy of source signals -30 dBm ≤ optical power of source
dB -0.8 to 0.8
signals < -25 dBm, at pump ON

-35 dBm < input power ≤ -30 dBm,

dB -2 to 2
at pump ON

-40 dBm < input power ≤ -35 dBm,

dB -3 to 3
at pump ON

-40 dBm ≤ optical power of source

Gain tilt dB 0
signals < -10 dBm

-40 dBm ≤ optical power of source

Gain tilt accuracy dB -0.5 to 0.5
signals < -10 dBm

Version: K 791
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-215 Specifications of the HRAU Card (Backward Raman Amplification) (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

-40 dBm ≤ optical power of source

Gain ripple dB ≤2
signals < -10 dBm

-1.5 dB@20 dB gain, G652

-1.5 dB@20 dB gain, G655

Noise figure dB -1.5 to 0
-40 dBm ≤ optical power of source
signals ≤ -10 dBm

Comparison between MON1

Split ratio of the signal power
output power and SYS port output % 1
monitoring port (MON1→SYS)
power

Operating mode - AGC/APPCNote 3

Note 1: G.652 optical fiber loss < 0.21 dB/km; optical power of source signals < -10 dBm, meeting the 20 dB gain
requirement; -10 dBm < optical power of source signals < 0 dBm, ensuring the tilt in priority.
Note 2: G.655 optical fiber loss < 0.21 dB/km; optical power of source signals < -10 dBm, meeting the 20 dB gain
requirement; -10 dBm < optical power of source signals < 0 dBm, ensuring the tilt in priority.
Note 3: AGC: gain locking mode; APPC: pump power control mode; each RAMAN pump power can be set
independently.

Table 7-216 Specifications of the HRAU Card (Forward Raman Amplification)

Item Unit Specification

Input power range of the SYS port dBm -20 to 23

Reporting accuracy of input optical power dB -0.5 to 0.5
Comparison between MON2
Split ratio of the signal power
output power and SYS port output % 1
monitoring port (MON2→SYS)
power

Operating mode - APPCNote 1

Note 1: APPC: pump power control mode; each RAMAN pump power can be set independently.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-217 Mechanical Specifications of the HRAU Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

HRAU 400 × 30 1.5

792 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Power Consumption

Table 7-218 Power Consumption of the HRAU Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

HRAU 50

Applicable Slots

Table 7-219 Applicable Slots for the HRAU Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

7.4.5 VGA (C++ Band)

This section introduces the functions / features, front panel and specifications of the
card.

7.4.5.1 Functions

Table 7-220 Functions and Features of the VGA Card

Function Description

Amplifies power of optical signals for each channel in the C++ band, so as to compensate
for the attenuation caused by devices or the line, extend the optical signal’s transmission
Basic function
distance and improve the receiver’s sensitivity.
Supports gain adjustment.

The card has a built-in EVOA module to automatically adjust the input optical power of the
EDFA module.
You can set the working mode of the EVOA to locked or traced.
Input optical power
u Being locked means that the EVOA module keeps the attenuation locked and the
adjustment
attenuation value will not be changed under any circumstances.
u Being traced means that the EVOA module is in traced status. The output optical
power of the card can be automatically adjusted based on its preset value.

Upon detecting an LOS alarm, the remote card returns an APR command to the local end.
Upon receiving the command, the local amplification card immediately activates the eye
Eye protection protection function and reduces the output power to a safe range so as to prevent the
strong light from hurting eyes of operators.
The card shuts down the local laser upon detecting a local LOS alarm.

Version: K 793
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-220 Functions and Features of the VGA Card (Continued)

Function Description

Provides an in-service monitoring port for outputting a few optical signals to a spectrum
In-service optical
analyzer or the OPM card, so as to monitor the multiplexed optical signals' spectrum
performance monitoring
performance without traffic interruption.

Turns on or off the laser by using the EMS, or you can simply press the CUT button on the
Laser shutdown
card panel to turn off the laser for easy testing, operation and maintenance.

Working mode Supports the gain mode and power mode.

Performance and alarm u Detects and reports the optical power.

monitoring u Controls temperature of the pump laser.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-100 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the VGA Card

u EVOA module

The control module calculates the optical power value that needs to be
attenuated by the EVOA module according to the current optical power of the
input optical signal and the expected output power preset on the EMS and then
delivers the value to the EVOA module.

u VGA module

794 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

4 After the signal light and pump light are multiplexed, the multiplexed signal
enters the erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) for amplification. The EDFA
amplifies the optical signal with the help of the pump laser, so as to amplify
the optical power.

4 The splitter splits the optical signal from the main optical path, and sends it
to the MON optical port for power detection.

u Control module

The control module monitors the working status of each module and acts as an
agent to execute the laser shutdown command.

u Power module

Converts the DC power supplied by the backplane into appropriate power

required by each module of the card.

Application

u The VGA card is located after a multiplexer to compensate for the attenuation
caused by the multiplexer and extend the transmission distance of signals.

u The VGA card is used before a demultiplexer to compensate for the attenuation
caused by the line.

Figure 7-101 Application of the VGA Cards

7.4.5.2 Front Panel

Figure 7-102 Front Panel of the VGA Card

Version: K 795
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-221 Description of the Front Panel of the VGA Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates the abnormal operating status; generally, ON indicates the
indicator
poor communication between the card and the EMS.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are filtered.
Urgent alarm
UA Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs on the
indicator
card.
Non-urgent alarm OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are filtered.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on the card.

OFF indicates that the laser is working.

Laser shutdown
OFF ON (green) indicates that the laser is turned off after the CUT button on the card
indicator
panel is pressed.

Rx optical power OFF indicates that the card's input optical power is normal.
LOS
indicator ON (green) indicates that the card fails to receive any signals.

Laser shutdown Pressing down the button will turn off the card's laser; releasing the button will
CUT
button turn on the laser.
Connects to an external spectrum analyzer or an OPM card to
monitor the spectrum of output signals.
Monitoring port for u When the saturated output of the VGA card is 21 dBm, the
MON
output signals power ratio of the monitoring port is 1%.
u When the saturated output of the VGA card is 24 dBm, the
power ratio of the monitoring port is 0.5%.
Type of
Input port for main optical
IN Inputs optical signals to be amplified.
optical path signals port
Output port for connec-
OUT main optical path Outputs amplified optical signals. tors: LC
signals

Input port for

VIN Inputs optical signals to enter the EVOA.
EVOA
Output port for
VOUT Outputs optical signals adjusted by the EVOA.
EVOA

796 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.4.5.3 Parameters

Interface Specifications

Table 7-222 Common Specifications of the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Optical wavelength range (extended C band) nm 1524 to 1573 -

Nominal output signal optical power (POUT) dBm 21, 24 -

Nominal gain error range dB ±0.5 -
Saturated output signal optical power dB POUT + 0.5 -
Gain flatness dB 1.0 to 1.5 Note 1
Gain tilt dB -2 to 0 Note 2
Gain adjustment accuracy - ±0.5 Note 3
Optical power monitoring accuracy dB ±0.5 Note 4
VOA inherent insertion loss dB 0.8 -
VOA power-off state - Bright -
1%
Split ratio at the output power monitoring port - Note 10
0.5%
Output power at pump OFF report dBm -45 Note 5
Output power (APR) dBm -1±0.5 / 8±0.5 Note 6
Mode 1 dBm 6±0.5 Note 7
LOSS mode
Mode 2 dBm Laser off -
Dynamic gain tilt (DGT) dB/dB 3 -

Polarization dependent gain (PDG) variation dB 0.3 -

Polarization dependent loss (PDL) - 0.3 -

Pump leakage at input dBm -30 -
Optical input return loss at EDFA shutdown dB 40 -
Optical output return loss at EDFA shutdown dB 40 -
3 dB add/drop us 300 Note 8
Gain lock set-up
9 dB add/drop us 600 -
time
15 dB add/drop us 1000 -

Transient gain 3 dB add/drop dB 0.8 Note 8

overshoot and 9 dB add/drop dB 1.2 -

undershoot 15 dB add/drop dB 1.5 -
Transient gain error dB 1 -
Total power Saturated output power = 21
W 20 -
consumption dBm

Version: K 797
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-222 Common Specifications of the VGA Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification Remark

Saturated output power = 24
W 40 -
dBm
Gain lock function - Supported Note 9
Note 1: At total air temperature, GF ≤ 1.5; when tilt = 0, GF≤1.
Note 2: The gain tilt can be adjusted in the range of -2 to 0. The default value is -1.
Note 3: It is the gain adjustment accuracy at total air temperature within a full range of input optical power.
Note 4: It is the power monitoring accuracy at total air temperature within a full range of input optical power.
Note 5: The reported pump-off power. The actual output power is not required when the input optical power is large.
Note 6: The APR power is tunable.
Note 7: There are two modes available.
Note 8: Under mean gain of all channels, with VOA being locked and input wave form rising (falling) time being 100
us, gain lock set-up time is the time required when the gain is ±5% deviated from a nominal value.
Note 9: Use the default value.
Note 10:When POUT is 21 dBm, the split ratio is 1%. When POUT is 24 dBm, the split ratio is 0.5%.

Table 7-223 Specifications of the VGFA-15/25-21 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -30 to +6 -
Total output power range dBm -5 to 21 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -33 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 15 to 25 -

G = 15 dB 9.2
G = 16 dB 8.0
G = 17 dB 7.2
G = 18 dB 6.5
NF -
G = 19 - 6.2
G = 20 - 5.8
21 ≤ G ≤ 23 dB 5.5
24 ≤ G ≤ 25 dB 5.2
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 7-224 Specifications of the VGFA-22/32-21 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -37 to -1 -
Total output power range dBm -5 to 21 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -40 Note 1

798 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-224 Specifications of the VGFA-22/32-21 Module in the VGA Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification Remark

Gain adjustment range dB 22 to 32 -

G = 22 dB 6.3
G = 23 dB 5.9
G = 24 dB 5.6
G = 25 dB 5.4
NF -
G = 26 - 5.3
G = 27 - 5.2
G = 28 - 5.1
29 ≤ G ≤ 32 dB 5.0
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 7-225 Specifications of the VGFA-28/38-21 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -37 to -7 -
Total output power range dBm 1 to 21 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -40 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 28 to 38 -

G = 28 dB 5.5
G = 29 dB 5.4
NF G = 30 dB 5.3 -
G = 31 dB 5.2
32 ≤ G ≤ 38 dB 5.0
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 7-226 Specifications of the VGFA-15/25-24 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -27 to 9 -
Total output power range dBm -2 to 24 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -30 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 15 to 25 -

G = 15 dB 9.8
G = 16 dB 8.8
NF 48 G = 17 dB 8.0 -
G = 18 dB 7.0
G = 19 dB 6.5

Version: K 799
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-226 Specifications of the VGFA-15/25-24 Module in the VGA Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification Remark

20 ≤ G ≤ 22 dB 6.2
23 ≤ G ≤ 25 dB 5.3
G = 15 dB 9.7
G = 16 dB 8.8
G = 17 dB 8.0
60 G = 18 dB 7.1 -
G = 19 dB 6.7
20 ≤ G ≤ 22 dB 6.4
23 ≤ G ≤ 25 dB 5.5
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 7-227 Specifications of the VGFA-22/32-24 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -34 to 2 -
Total output power range dBm -2 to 24 -
Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -37 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 22 to 32 -

G = 22 dB 7.5
G = 23 dB 6.2
G = 24 dB 5.8
48 -
G = 25 dB 5.5
26 ≤ G ≤ 29 dB 5.2
30 ≤ G ≤ 32 dB 5.0
NF
G = 22 dB 7.0
G = 23 dB 6.4
G = 24 dB 6.0
60 -
G = 25 dB 5.7
26 ≤ G ≤ 29 dB 5.4
30 ≤ G ≤ 32 dB 5.0
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Table 7-228 Specifications of the VGFA-28/38-24 Module in the VGA Card

Item Unit Specification Remark

Total input power range dBm -34 to -4 -
Total output power range dBm 4 to 24 -

800 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-228 Specifications of the VGFA-28/38-24 Module in the VGA Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification Remark

Threshold for the receiving-no-light alarm dBm -37 Note 1
Gain adjustment range dB 28 to 38 -

G = 28 dB 5.8
29 ≤ G ≤ 32 dB 5.6
48 -
33 ≤ G ≤ 35 dB 5.2
36 ≤ G ≤ 38 dB 5.0
NF
G = 28 dB 5.8
29 ≤ G ≤ 32 dB 5.6
60 -
33 ≤ G ≤ 35 dB 5.2
36 ≤ G ≤ 38 dB 5.0
Note 1: The default value is used. This value is also configurable.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-229 Mechanical Specifications of the VGA Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

VGA 400 × 30 1.5

Power Consumption

Table 7-230 Power Consumption of the VGA Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

VGA 81

Applicable Subracks

Table 7-231 Applicable Subracks for the VGA Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

7.5 Optical Protection Cards

This section describes the functions, applications in the system, panels, and
specifications of the optical protection cards.

Version: K 801
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.5.1 OLP (1:1)

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

7.5.1.1 Functions of the OLP Card (1:1 Protection)

Functions and Features

Table 7-232 Functions and Features of the OLP Card (1:1 Protection)

Function Description

u Performs the optical line 1:1 protection, so as to guarantee normal service transmission in
case of an optical line failure.
Basic function u Multiplexes / extracts the OSC signal into / from the main channel signals; uses the OSC
to transfer APS messages; that is, it is unnecessary to configure the OSCAD card in the
optical line 1:1 protection.

Spectrum
Supports the extended C band.
application

Protection
Selective feeding and selective receiving, and dual-ended switching.
mechanism
Protection switching
≤ 50 ms
time
Maintenance u Supports setting protection switching conditions and protection switching commands.
management u Supports remote upgrade of the card software.

802 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-103 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OLP Card (1:1 Protection)

u In the Rx direction

4 The working and protection line signals are received via the RXA and RXB
interfaces and sent to 1501 demultiplexer. The 1501 demultiplexer
extracts 1501 nm signals and sends them to the MIA and MIB interfaces
connected to an OTDR card. In this way, a real-time OTDR test is
performed on the working and protection optical lines.

4 Either the working or protection line signals passing 1501 demultiplexer is

selected by the optical switch and sent to 1510/1550 demultiplexer. At
1510/1550 demultiplexer, 1550 nm and 1510 nm signals are extracted
and sent to the OUT and OSCOUT interfaces respectively, with a few
signals sent to Optical power detection module.

u In the Tx direction

4 The signals entering the OSCIN and IN interfaces are transmitted from the
OSC card and the optical amplification card respectively.

Version: K 803
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

4 The signal entering the OSCIN interface is split by 1:2 splitter into two
signals. One signal is multiplexed with the signal from the IN interface via
1510 / 1550 multiplexer and then output to the optical switch. The other
signal is transmitted to the optical switch directly.

4 This card controls the status of the optical switch according to the
information carried by the K1 byte from the remote end.

¡ If the K1 byte at the Rx end of this card is defined as "working", the

optical switch will send the signal from 1510/1550 multiplexer to the
TXA interface and send the signal from 1:2 splitter to the TXB
interface.

¡ If the K1 byte at the Rx end of this card is defined as "protection", the

optical switch will send the signal from 1510/1550 multiplexer to the
TXB interface and send the signal from 1:2 splitter to the TXA
interface.

Application

The OLP card enables line protection between adjacent nodes, and provides OTDR
interfaces for real-time OTDR monitoring of the working and protection optical lines.

Figure 7-104 Application of the OLP Cards

804 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.5.1.2 Front Panel of the OLP Card (1:1 Protection)

Figure 7-105 Front Panel of the OLP Card (1:1 Protection)

Table 7-233 Description of the Front Panel of the OLP Card (1:1 Protection)

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
Output port for the optical
OSCOUT Connects to the ERX or WRX port on an OSC card.
supervisory signal

Input port for the optical

OSCIN Connects to the ETX or WTX port on an OSC card.
supervisory signal

Output port for the main

OUT Generally, connects to the IN port on a PA card.
optical signal

Input port for the main

IN Connects to the OUT port on an OA card.
optical signal

Output port for the working

TXA Outputs the working line signal to the ODF.
line signal

Input port for the working

RXA Receives the working line signal from the ODF.
line signal

Output port for the

TXB Outputs the protection line signal to the ODF.
protection line signal

Input port for the protection

RXB Receives the protection line signal from the ODF.
line signal

Version: K 805
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-233 Description of the Front Panel of the OLP Card (1:1 Protection) (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

Output port for the working

MIA Outputs the 1501 nm signal to an OTDR card.
line OTDR signal

Output port for the

MIB Outputs the 1501 nm signal to an OTDR card.
protection line OTDR signal

7.5.1.3 Specifications of the OLP Card (1:1 Protection)

Interface Specifications

Table 7-234 Specifications of the OLP Card (1:1 Protection)

Item Unit Specification

OSC interface nm 1510±10

Central wavelength MAIN interface nm ITUT
PROT interface nm 1510±10
OSCIN→TXA dB ≤ 4.5
OSCIN→TXB dB ≤4
Insertion loss RXA→OUT dB ≤ 1.5
IN→TXA dB ≤ 0.8
RXA→OSCOUT dB ≤ 4.5
1501→OUT / OSCOUT dB
1550/1510→MON1 dB
≥ 50
1550/1510→MON2 dB
Isolation
1501→PIN2 dB
1550→OSCOUT dB ≥ 35
1510→OUT dB ≥ 20
RXB (1510 nm) dBm -45 to -10
Input optical power
RXA (1510 nm) dBm -45 to -10
range
RXA (C+L band) dBm -40 to 10

Optical power -30 dBm to upper limit dB ±0.5

deviation Lower limit to -30 dBm dB ±0.8
Thermal stability dB/℃ 0.006
Polarization dependent loss dB ≤ 0.15
Return loss dB ≥ 45

806 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-235 Mechanical Specifications of the OLP Card (1:1 Protection)

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

OLP (1:1) 188 × 30 0.6

Power Consumption

Table 7-236 Power Consumption of the OLP Card (1:1 Protection)

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OLP (1:1) 19.8

Applicable Slots

Table 7-237 Applicable Slots for OLP Card (1:1)

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 28 (half-height)

7.5.2 OP

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

7.5.2.1 Functions of the OP Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-238 Functions and Features of the OP Card

Function Description

Provides two optical channel 1+1 protection groups. Supports setting the protection
Basic function switching restoration mode, protection switching threshold, wait-to-restore time, and
protection switching control command via the EMS.

Protection mechanism Dual feeding and selective receiving

Provides wavelength protection, channel protection, multiplex section protection and

Protection scheme
optical line protection depending on the locations of the card.

Version: K 807
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-106 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the OP Card

The OP card provides two optical channel 1+1 protection groups. The following
describes the signal flow taking the first protection group for example.

u In the Tx direction

The signal to be protected is input via the IN1 interface and then split by the
splitter into two signals. The two signals are output via the TX1A (working) and
TX1B (protection) interfaces respectively.

u In the Rx direction

The optical signals from the working and protection channels are received at
the RX1A and RX1B interfaces, from which a few optical signals are extracted
and transmitted to the optical power detection module.

The optical power detection module feeds back the detection result to the
optical switch to selectively receive the working or protection optical signal. The
selected signal is output via the OUT1 interface.

Application

The OP card provides two sets of bidirectional optical channel protections. The
following application scenario takes the first protection group for example.

808 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Figure 7-107 Application of the OP Wavelength Protection

Figure 7-108 Application of the OP Channel Protection

The OP card provides two sets of bidirectional optical multiplex section protections.
The following application scenario takes the first protection group for example.

Version: K 809
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 7-109 Application of the OP Multiplex Section Protection

The OP card provides one set of bidirectional optical line protection.

Figure 7-110 Application of the OP Optical Line Protection

7.5.2.2 Front Panel of the OP Card

Figure 7-111 Front Panel of the OP Card

810 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-239 Description of the Front Panel of the OP Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly: The card is activated.

Blinking slowly: The card is deactivated.
ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
ACT Working status indicator
communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
Tx interface for working
TX1A Transmits the first group working signals.
signals

Rx interface for working

RX1A Receives the first group working signals.
signals

Tx interface for protection

TX1B Transmits the first group protection signals.
signals

Rx interface for protection

RX1B Receives the first group protection signals.
signals

Tx interface for working

TX2A Transmits the second group working signals.
signals

Rx interface for working

RX2A Receives the second group working signals.
signals

Tx interface for protection

TX2B Transmits the second group protection signals.
signals

Rx interface for protection

RX2B Receives the second group protection signals.
signals

Input interface for to-be-

IN1 Inputs the to-be-protected optical signals.
protected signals

Alternative signal output

OUT1 Outputs optical signals.
interface
Input interface for to-be-
IN2 Inputs the to-be-protected optical signals.
protected signals

Alternative signal output

OUT2 Outputs optical signals.
interface

Version: K 811
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.5.2.3 DIP Switches in the OP Card

The DIP switches within the OP card can be set to cater for different protection
scenarios, as shown in Figure 7-112.

Figure 7-112 Setting Working Mode of the OP Card

Note:

u When K1_1 is set to ON, the OP card works in OLP protection mode.

u When K1_1 is set to OFF, the OP card works in OCP or OMSP

protection mode.

7.5.2.4 Specifications of the OP Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-240 Specifications of the OP Card

Item Unit Specification

Operating wavelength range nm 1290 to 1330, 1528 to 1605

IN1→TX1A dB ≤ 4.5
Insertion loss IN1→TX1B dB ≤ 4.5
(with a connector) RX1A→OUT1 dB ≤ 1.8
RX1B→OUT1 dB ≤ 1.8
Directivity dB ≥ 50

812 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-240 Specifications of the OP Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Cross interference dB ≥ 55
PDL dB ≤ 0.3
PMD ps ≤ 0.2
Return loss dB ≥ 40
Optical switch current mA ≤ 40
Optical switch voltage V 4.75 to 5.25
Optical switch time ms ≤5
Optical power detection range dBm -30 to 10
Bearer optical power mW ≤ 300

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-241 Mechanical Specifications of the OP Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

OP 188 × 30 0.6

Power Consumption

Table 7-242 Power Consumption of the OP Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OP 18.9

Applicable Slots

Table 7-243 Applicable Slots for the OP Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 28 (half-height)

7.6 Optical Supervisory Channel Cards

This section introduces functions / features and the hardware structure of the optical
supervisory channel cards.

Version: K 813
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.6.1 EOSC

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

7.6.1.1 Functions of the EOSC Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-244 Functions and Features of the EOSC Card (2202983)

Function Description

Transmits / receives and processes two OSC signals.

Basic function With modules of different wavelengths configured at east and west ports, two single-fiber
bi-directional optical monitoring signals can be sent / received for processing.

Monitor type Supports the terminal mode and relay mode.

Optical-layer ASON Supported

DCC Supported

Port rate Compatible with the 100 Mbit/s and 25.344 Mbit/s optical modules.

Physical-layer clock Supported

IEEE 1588v2 Supported

Implements the APR function when working together with the OA card.
Protection feature
Achieves the line protection when working together with the OLP card.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-113 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the EOSC Card

For the same direction, either the 25.344 Mbit/s or the 100 Mbit/s OSC optical
module can be selected.

814 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

u In the Tx direction

The EOSC card receives signals from cards such as network management
cards via the backplane and sends them to FPGA for processing. Then, the
signals are transmitted to the 25.344M OSC signal processing module or the
100M Ethernet signal processing module. Afterwards, the signals are sent to
the optical module of the corresponding rate as selected by the electrical
analog switch and converted to optical signals. Finally, the signals are output
via the WTX/ETX port to an OSCAD or OLP card and multiplexed with line
signals.

u In the Rx direction

The EOSC card receives optical signals extracted by an OSCAD or OLP card
via the WTX/ETX port and sends them to the optical module for O/E conversion.
The converted electrical signals enter the 25.344M OSC signal processing
module or the 100M Ethernet signal processing module as selected by the
electrical analog switch. The selected module extracts and sends clock data
signals to FPGA for processing and then transmits the signals to network
management cards and other cards via the backplane.

Application

Figure 7-114 Application of the EOSC Cards

Version: K 815
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 7-115 Application of the EOSC Cards (Single-Fiber, Bidirectional)

7.6.1.2 Front Panel of the EOSC Card

Figure 7-116 Front Panel of the EOSC Card

Table 7-245 Description of the Front Panel of the EOSC Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually,
ACT Working status indicator communication between the card and the EMS is poor.
OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Usually, the
card is faulty.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms

are blocked.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.

816 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-245 Description of the Front Panel of the EOSC Card (Continued)

Name Meaning Description

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms

are blocked.
NUA Non-urgent alarm indicator
Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
OFF indicates that the card's east / west input optical power is
Rx optical power indicator for normal.
IOP_E / IOP_W
the east / west optical module ON (green) indicates that the card's east / west input optical
power is abnormal.

WTX / WRX West optical port Should connect to the west EOSCAD card.

ETX / ERX East optical port Should connect to the east EOSCAD card.

7.6.1.3 Specifications of the EOSC Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-246 Specifications of the EOSC Card

Item Unit Specification

25.344
Line rate Mbit/s
100
Transmitting optical power dBm >0
-43 (100M optical module; ordinary span)
Receiver sensitivity dBm
-43 (25.344M optical module; short haul)

Input overload point dBm -10

-20 dB spectral width nm 1
Side mode suppression ratio dB > 30

Optical source wavelength range of the Two-fiber bidirectional: 1510 ± 6.5

nm
transmitter Single-fiber bidirectional: 1491 ± 6.5 and 1511 ± 6.5

1588 cascade jitter ns < 100

1588 port switch jitter ns < 100
1588 clock switch jitter ns < 100
1588 power-off route switch ns < 100

Version: K 817
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-247 Mechanical Specifications of the EOSC Card

Card Panel Dimensions (H × W) (mm) Weight (kg)

EOSC 188 × 30 0.5

Power Consumption

Table 7-248 Power Consumption of the EOSC Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

EOSC 19.8

Applicable Slots

Table 7-249 Applicable Slots for the EOSC Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 28 (half-height)

7.7 Optical Performance Monitor Cards

This section introduces functions / features and the hardware structure of the optical
performance monitor cards.

7.7.1 EOPM8

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

818 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.7.1.1 Functions of the EOPM8 Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-250 Functions and Features of the EOPM8 Card

Function Description

u Detects the OSNR values of 10G, 40G and 100G signals.

Basic function u Performs spectrum analysis for eight optical signals. For each signal, 96 ITU-T
standard-compliant wavelengths can be detected.

Receives the to-be-monitored signals and monitors the wavelength quantity, central
Optical spectrum analysis wavelength, optical power, and optical signal-to-noise ratio of each signal over the
EMS.
Detects the optical power of optical signals of different wavelengths periodically.
Automatic adjustment of When the power deviation exceeds the preset threshold, the system will report the
channel optical power optical power unbalance alarm to trigger automatic adjustment of the channel
optical power, which is performed by the VMU series cards.

Table 7-251 Function Comparison Between Two EOPM8 Cards

Item EOPM8 (OSNR) EOPM8 (FLEX)

Quantity of monitoring optical

8 8
interfaces
Monitoring channel rate 10G, 40G, 100G 10G, 40G, 100G,
Quantity of monitoring channels 96 96
Flex (compatible with 50GHz and
Flex function Not supported
flexible grid)

Note:

The FLEX version can detect the optical power and central wavelength of
each FLEX channel, but does not support reporting the calculated OSNR.

Version: K 819
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-117 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the EOPM8 Card

Eight optical signals to be monitored are input via IN1 to IN8 interfaces. When
receiving a command from the EMS, the BMU controls the optical switch to select
one signal and send it to the spectrum analysis module.

The spectrum analysis module analyzes the spectrum of the optical signal and
sends the result, including the optical power, OSNR, wavelength quantity and
central wavelength, to the BMU. Then, the BMU sends these data to the network
management card and the EMS.

The BMU also collects the alarm, performance, working status, and voltage
detection data from each functional module and reports them to the network
management card.

Application

The EOPM8 card is applied to in-service spectrum monitoring and can output the
spectrum curve data, wavelength, power, and signal-to-noise ratio of each optical
channel.

820 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Figure 7-118 Application of the EOPM8 Card

7.7.1.2 Front Panel of the EOPM8 Card

Figure 7-119 Front Panel of the EOPM8 Card

Table 7-252 Description of the Front Panel of the EOPM8 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally; generally,
ACT
indicator ON indicates that the communication between the card and the EMS
is poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Non-urgent alarm filtered.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs
on the card.
Optical channel signal Input the optical channel signals to be monitored; usually connected
IN1 to IN8
input interfaces 1 to 8 to the MON interfaces on the OA or PA cards.

Version: K 821
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

7.7.1.3 Specifications of the EOPM8 Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-253 Specifications of the EOPM8 Card

Item Unit Specification

Monitoring channel quantity - 96

Operating wavelength range nm 1528 to 1568
Central wavelength detection accuracy nm ±0.05
Power detection accuracy dB ±1
SNR dynamic range dB 25
Signal-to-noise ratio OSNR ≥ 20 dB dB ±2
detection accuracy OSNR < 20 dB dB ±1.5
Quantity of monitoring optical interfaces - 8

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-254 Mechanical Specifications of the EOPM8 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

EOPM8 188 × 30 0.6

Power Consumption

Table 7-255 Power Consumption of the EOPM8 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

EOPM8 22.5

Applicable Slots

Table 7-256 Applicable Slots for the EOPM8 Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 28 (half-height)

822 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.7.2 EOPMX8

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

7.7.2.1 Functions

Functions and Features

Table 7-257 Functions and Features of the EOPMX8 Card

Function Description

u Supports the C++ band, used to test the OSNR value of 10G, 100G and beyond 100G
signals.
Basic function
u Performs spectrum analysis for eight optical signals. For each signal, 120 ITU-T
standard-compliant wavelengths with a channel spacing of 50 GHz can be detected.

Optical spectrum Receives the to-be-monitored signals and monitors the wavelength quantity, central
analysis wavelength, optical power, and optical signal-to-noise ratio of each signal over the EMS.

Working together with the VMU series cards and EMU cards, the card performs automatic
Automatic adjustment of the channel optical power in the system. The EOPMX8 card detects the optical
adjustment of power of optical signals with different wavelengths periodically. When the power deviation
channel optical exceeds the preset threshold, the system will report the optical power unbalance alarm to
power trigger the automatic adjustment of the channel optical power, which is performed by the VMU
series cards.

Working Principle and Signal Flow

Figure 7-120 Working Principle and Signal Flow of the EOPMX8 Card

Version: K 823
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Eight optical signals to be monitored are input via "IN1" to "IN8" ports. When
receiving a command delivered by the EMS, the BMU controls the optical switch to
select one signal and sends it to the spectrum analysis module.

The spectrum analysis module analyzes the spectrum of the optical signal and
sends the result, including the optical power, OSNR, wavelength quantity and
central wavelength, to the BMU. Then, the BMU sends the data to the EMU card
and the EMS.

The BMU also collects the alarm, performance, working status, and voltage
detection data from each functional module and reports them to the EMU card.

Application

The EOPMX8 card is applied to in-service spectrum monitoring and can output the
spectrum curve data, wavelength, power, and signal-to-noise ratio of each optical
channel.

Figure 7-121 Application of the EOPMX8 Card in the System

7.7.2.2 Front Panel

Figure 7-122 Front Panel of the EOPMX8 Card

824 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

Table 7-258 Description of the Front Panel of the EOPMX8 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

Working status
ACT ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally. Generally, ON
indicator
indicates that communication between the card and the EMS is poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Urgent alarm blocked.
UA
indicator Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm) occurs
on the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms are
Non-urgent alarm blocked.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm) occurs on
the card.
Optical channel
Input optical channel signals to be monitored; usually connected to the
IN1 to IN8 signal input ports 1
MON ports on the OA or PA cards.
to 8

7.7.2.3 Parameters

Interface Specifications

Table 7-259 Specifications of the EOPMX8 Card

Item Specification

Quantity of monitoring optical ports 8

Monitoring channel rate 10G, 100G, beyond 100G

Quantity of monitoring channels 120

Monitoring channel spacing (GHz) 50
Operating wavelength range (nm) 1524.50 to 1572.06
Central wavelength detection
±0.05
accuracy (nm)

u When power difference between adjacent channels

is between 0 dB and 4 dB, the power detection
accuracy is ±0.8.
Power detection accuracy (dB)
u When power difference between adjacent channels
is between 4 dB and 6 dB, the power detection
accuracy is ±1.2.

OSNR detection accuracy (dB) ±2

OSNR dynamic range (dB) 10 to 25

Version: K 825
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-260 Mechanical Specifications of the EOPMX8 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

EOPMX8 200 × 30 1.105

Power Consumption

Table 7-261 Power Consumption of the EOPMX8 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

EOPMX8 20

Applicable Slots

Table 7-262 Slots Applicable to the EOPMX8 Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 28 (half-height)

7.8 Optical Time Domain Reflection Card

Optical time domain reflection (OTDR) cards are used for in-service performance
monitoring on the DWDM optical fiber lines. The network management system GUI
displays the attenuation curve of the tested line and lists the event points on the line,
such as the optical fiber splicing point, connector and attenuator.

7.8.1 OTDR12

This section introduces the functions and features, front panel and specifications of
the card.

826 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.8.1.1 Functions of the OTDR12 Card

Functions and Features

Table 7-263 Functions and Features of the OTDR12 Card

Function Description

Detects up to 12 channels of optical fibers; supports in-service tests on eight

channels (L1 to L8) and out-of-service tests on four channels (L9 to L12).
Measures the attenuation of the entire optical fiber link and related parameters,
Basic function such as optical fiber length, loss between two points, splice loss, fault point, major
attenuation point and optical fiber loss coefficient.
Uses the 1501 nm, the wavelength neighboring to that of the OSC band, to
implement the OTDR function.

The OTDR optical signal (1501 nm) and OSC optical signal (1510 nm) are
multiplexed first, and then multiplexed with the service signal (1550 nm). The
In-service OTDR test function multiplexed signals are then sent to the system to implement the in-service OTDR
test.
You can select to perform a unidirectional or bidirectional test as desired.

Emits OTDR optical signals (1501 nm). You are advised to select an idle optical
Out-of-service OTDR test
cable to test the optical fiber status.
function
You can select to perform a unidirectional or bidirectional test as desired.

Working Principle, Signal Flow and Application

The OTDR12 card emits the 1501 nm test optical signal. The test signal is first
multiplexed with the OSC signal (1510 nm) in the OTDR12 card, then sent to an
OSCAD card and multiplexed again with the service optical signal (1550 nm). The
multiplexed signal is finally sent to the line for transmissions.

The figure below shows the application of the OTDR12 card in a unidirectional in-
service OTDR test.

Version: K 827
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Figure 7-123 Working Principle, Signal Flow and Application of the OTDR12 Card

828 Version: K
 7 Optical-Layer Cards of the COTP (3030220) Subrack

7.8.1.2 Front Panel of the OTDR12 Card

Figure 7-124 Front Panel of the OTDR12 Card

Table 7-264 Description of the Front Panel of the OTDR12 Card

Name Meaning Description

Blinking quickly indicates that the card is working normally.

ON or OFF indicates that the card is working abnormally;
ACT Working status indicator
generally, ON indicates that the communication between the
card and the EMS is poor.

OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms

are filtered.
UA Urgent alarm indicator
Solid red indicates that an urgent alarm (critical or major alarm)
occurs on the card.
OFF indicates that no alarms occur on this card or the alarms
Non-urgent alarm are filtered.
NUA
indicator Solid yellow indicates that a non-urgent alarm (minor alarm)
occurs on the card.
In-service test optical
L1 to L8 Input / output 1501 nm test optical signals.
interfaces 1 to 8
Input interfaces for OSC
OSC1 to OSC8 Input OSC signals to be multiplexed.
signals to be multiplexed

Out-of-service test optical

L9 to L12 Input / output 1501 nm test optical signals.
interfaces 9 to 12

7.8.1.3 Specifications of the OTDR12 Card

Interface Specifications

Table 7-265 Specifications of the OTDR12 Card

Item Unit Specification

Test optical wavelength nm 13xx / 14xx / 15xx / 16xx

Dynamic range dB 25 / 30 / 35 / 37 / 40 / 42Note 1
Test distance km 5 / 25 / 50 / 125 / 160 / 260
ns 10 / 30 / 100 / 300
Test pulse width
μs 1 / 3 / 10 / 20

Version: K 829
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 7-265 Specifications of the OTDR12 Card (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Event dead zone m 3 (@10 ns test pulse width)

Attenuation dead zone m 8 (@10 ns test pulse width)

Loss test precision - ±0.05 dB/dB or ±0.1 dB

Distance test precision - ±(0.75 + 5 × test distance × 10-5 ± sampling resolution)

IOR setting range - 1.400000 to 1.699999 (in 0.000001 steps)

Maximum output optical power dBm 17

Note 1: +25°C; test pulse width = 20 µs; SNR = 1.

Mechanical Specifications

Table 7-266 Mechanical Specifications of the OTDR12 Card

Panel Dimensions (H × W)
Card Weight (kg)
(mm)

OTDR12 400 × 30 1.85

Power Consumption

Table 7-267 Power Consumption of the OTDR12 Card

Card Typical Power Consumption (W)

OTDR12 29.7

Applicable Slots

Table 7-268 Applicable Slots for the OTDR12 Card

Subrack Applicable Slot

COTP (3030220) 1 to 14 (full height)

830 Version: K
8 System Auxiliary Components

DCM

Fiber Jumpers

MPO Optical Fiber

Version: K 831
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

8.1 DCM
Functions

Function Description

u The dispersion compensation module (DCM) can compensate for the optical signal
dispersion accumulated during the transmission process in the fiber and compress
the optical pulse signal, so as to resume the optical signal. It can be used together
Basic function with an optical amplification card to achieve the long-haul optical regeneration
transmission.
u The DCM is an external unit and is installed in the DCM plug-in frame. Each DCM
plug-in frame can contain two DCMs.

Front Panel

(1) Label (2) Optical interface

Figure 8-1 Front Panel of the DCM Unit

u Label

The label on the DCM panel indicates the applicable fiber type and wavelength
band, as well as the distance that the compensation covers. In Figure 8-1, the
check boxes on the right side of C and on the left side of 40km are selected
with √. This means that the DCM compensates C-band signals on the G.652
fiber with a distance of 40 km.

u Optical interface

The DCM provides one pair of optical interfaces on its panel, with no distinction
between Tx and Rx.

Optical lines with a rate of 10 Gbit/s or above are sensitive to dispersion. Therefore,
dispersion compensation is required for lines longer than a certain distance. The
compensation solution can be selected according to Table 8-1 and Table 8-2.

832 Version: K
 8 System Auxiliary Components

Table 8-1 G.652 Optical Fiber - DCM Specifications

Typical Maximum
Dispersion Polariza- Polariza- Operating
Compensa- Maximum Input
Module Slope tion Mode tion Wave-
tion Insertion Power
Type Compensa- Dispersion Dependent length
Distance Loss (dB) Allowed
tion Rate (ps) Loss (dB) Range (nm)
(km) (dBm)

1 20 3.3 0.4 0.1 24

2 40 4.7 0.5 0.1 24
3 60 6.4 0.6 0.1 24 1528 to
90% to 110%
4 80 8 0.7 0.1 24 1568
5 100 9 0.8 0.1 24
6 120 9.8 0.95 0.1 24

Table 8-2 G.655 Optical Fiber - DCM Specifications

Typical Maximum
Dispersion Polariza- Polariza-
Compensa- Maximum Input Operating
Module Slope tion Mode tion
tion Insertion Power Wavelength
Type Compensa- Dispersion Dependent
Distance Loss (dB) Allowed Range (nm)
tion Rate (ps) Loss (dB)
(km) (dBm)

1 40 5 0.5 0.3 20
90% to 1528 to
2 80 8 0.7 0.3 20
110% 1568
3 120 9.8 0.9 0.3 20

Mechanical Specifications

Table 8-3 Mechanical Specifications of the DCM

Item Panel Dimensions (H × W × D) (mm)

DCM 50 × 491 × 270.5

8.2 Fiber Jumpers

Serving as the transmission carrier for optical signals, a fiber jumper is applied to
short-haul transmissions of optical signals. It connects the optical interface of a card
to the ODF.

Structure

Table 8-4 shows the structures of different fiber connectors.

Version: K 833
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 8-4 Appearances of Different Fiber Connectors

Type Diagram

LC/PC fiber connector

FC/PC fiber connector

SC/PC fiber connector

Technical Specifications

Table 8-5 describes technical specifications of the fiber jumpers.

Table 8-5 Technical Specifications of Fiber Jumpers

Item Specification

u LC/PC
Type of fiber connectors u FC/PC
u SC/PC
u OFC-LC/PC-LC/PC-S-20
Fiber type u OFC-LC/PC-FC/PC-S-20
u OFC-LC/PC-SC/PC-S-20

8.3 MPO Optical Fiber

Located between the MCS8_16 card and the EA8 card, the multi-fiber push on (MPO)
optical fiber uses a precisely-molded and multi-terminal casing. It is designed with
guide holes and guide pins to ensure that the fibers can be perfectly connected.

The MPO jumper is composed of MPO connector and fibers. It can be used for end-
to-end connections for 4-core, 8-core or 12-core ribbon optical cables. The MPO
connector features compact design so that the MPO jumper has multiple cores but
is small in size. Therefore, the MPO connectors can be widely used in the cable
layout scenario where highly-integrated fiber lines are required.

834 Version: K
 8 System Auxiliary Components

To ensure the connectivity, you are not advised to plug or unplug the MPO
connector frequently.

The MPO jumpers can be classified into two types based on the type of the
connectors used on both ends: MPO-MPO and MPO-LC The equipment in this
manual uses the MPO-MPO jumpers.

Figure 8-2 MPO-MPO Jumper

The "Line1" / "Line2" interface on the MCS8_16 card and "Line" interface on the
EA8 card use the 12-core MPO connectors. The MCS8_16 card is connected to the
EA8 card through a 12-core MPO-MPO jumper, of which eight fibers represent eight
optical directions (the remaining four are reserved).

Taking full configuration as an example, configure two EA8 cards (EA8-1 and EA8-2 )
for an MCS8_16 card. The table below describes the connections between the
MPO jumpers and interfaces on the MCS8_16 / EA8 card panel.

Table 8-6 Connections Between MPO Jumpers and Interfaces on MCS8_16 / EA8 Card Panel

Transit Process Through the MPO

Optical Direction Input Interface Output Interface
Jumper

Input from the "A1" ① Output from the 3rd fiber of the
In the Output from the "LO1"
Switch to to "A16" interface "Line1" interface on the MCS8_16 card
add interface on the EA8-1
direction 1 on the MCS8_16 ② Input from the 10th fiber of the "Line"
direction card
card interface on the EA8-1 card

Version: K 835
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 8-6 Connections Between MPO Jumpers and Interfaces on MCS8_16 / EA8 Card Panel
(Continued)

Transit Process Through the MPO

Optical Direction Input Interface Output Interface
Jumper

① Output from the 4th fiber of the

Output from the "LO2"
Switch to "Line1" interface on the MCS8_16 card
interface on the EA8-1
direction 2 ② Input from the 9th fiber of the "Line"
card
interface on the EA8-1 card
① Output from the 5th fiber of the
Output from the "LO3"
Switch to "Line1" interface on the MCS8_16 card
interface on the EA8-1
direction 3 ② Input from the 8th fiber of the "Line"
card
interface on the EA8-1 card
① Output from the 6th fiber of the
Output from the "LO4"
Switch to "Line1" interface on the MCS8_16 card
interface on the EA8-1
direction 4 ② Input from the 7th fiber of the "Line"
card
interface on the EA8-1 card
① Output from the 6th fiber of the
Output from the "LO4"
Switch to "Line2" interface on the MCS8_16 card
interface on the EA8-2
direction 5 ② Input from the 7th fiber of the "Line"
card
interface on the EA8-2 card
① Output from the 5th fiber of the
Output from the "LO3"
Switch to "Line2" interface on the MCS8_16 card
interface on the EA8-2
direction 6 ② Input from the 8th fiber of the "Line"
card
interface on the EA8-2 card
① Output from the 4th fiber of the
Output from the "LO2"
Switch to "Line2" interface on the MCS8_16 card
interface on the EA8-2
direction 7 ② Input from the 9th fiber of the "Line"
card
interface on the EA8-2 card
① Output from the 3rd fiber of the
Output from the "LO1"
Switch to "Line2" interface on the MCS8_16 card
interface on the EA8-2
direction 8 ② Input from the 10th fiber of the "Line"
card
interface on the EA8-2 card
① Output from the 3rd fiber of the "Line"
Input from the
From interface on the EA8-1 card
"LI1" interface on
direction 1 ② Input from the 10th fiber of the
In the the EA8-1 card Output from the "D1" to
"Line1" interface on the MCS8_16 card
drop "D16" interface on the
① Output from the 4th fiber of the "Line"
direction Input from the MCS8_16 card
From interface on the EA8-1 card
"LI2" interface on
direction 2 ② Input from the 9th fiber of the "Line1"
the EA8-1 card
interface on the MCS8_16 card

836 Version: K
 8 System Auxiliary Components

Table 8-6 Connections Between MPO Jumpers and Interfaces on MCS8_16 / EA8 Card Panel
(Continued)

Transit Process Through the MPO

Optical Direction Input Interface Output Interface
Jumper

① Output from the 5th fiber of the "Line"

Input from the
From interface on the EA8-1 card
"LI3" interface on
direction 3 ② Input from the 8th fiber of the "Line1"
the EA8-1 card
interface on the MCS8_16 card

① Output from the 6th fiber of the "Line"

Input from the
From interface on the EA8-1 card
"LI4" interface on
direction 4 ② Input from the 7th fiber of the "Line1"
the EA8-1 card
interface on the MCS8_16 card

① Output from the 6th fiber of the "Line"

Input from the
From interface on the EA8-2 card
"LI4" interface on
direction 5 ② Input from the 7th fiber of the "Line2"
the EA8-2 card
interface on the MCS8_16 card

① Output from the 5th fiber of the "Line"

Input from the
From interface on the EA8-2 card
"LI3" interface on
direction 6 ② Input from the 8th fiber of the "Line2"
the EA8-2 card
interface on the MCS8_16 card

① Output from the 4th fiber of the "Line"

Input from the
From interface on the EA8-2 card
"LI2" interface on
direction 7 ② Input from the 9th fiber of the "Line2"
the EA8-2 card
interface on the MCS8_16 card

① Output from the 3rd fiber of the "Line"

Input from the
From interface on the EA8-2 card
"LI1" interface on
direction 8 ② Input from the 10th fiber of the
the EA8-2 card
"Line2" interface on the MCS8_16 card

Version: K 837
9 Optical Modules

This chapter describes specifications of the client-side and line-side optical modules.

Specifications of the Client-Side Optical Module

Specifications of the Line-Side Optical Module

838 Version: K
 9 Optical Modules

9.1 Specifications of the Client-Side Optical

Module
Specifications of the 155M SFP SFF Optical Module

Table 9-1 Specifications of the 155M SFP SFF Optical Module

Item Unit Specification

Transmitter
Optical interface S1.1 (100BASE- L1.1 (100BASE- L1.2 (100BASE-
- 100BASE-SX
type LX) EX) ZX)

Transmission
km 15 40 80 2
distance
Laser spectrum
nm - - ≤1 -
width (-20 dB)

Laser spectrum
nm ≤ 7.7 ≤3 - ≤1
width (RMS)

Side mode
dB - - ≥ 30 -
suppression ratio

Mean launched
dBm -15 to -8 -5 to 0 -5 to 0 -9.5 to -3
power

Accuracy of Tx
optical power dB ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5
indication
Extinction ratio dB 8.2 to 15 10 to 15 10 to 15 > 8.2
Eye pattern mask - ITU-T G.957-compliant

Central
nm 1265 to 1360 1265 to 1360 1480 to 1580 830 to 860
wavelength

Receiver
Receiving
dBm ≤ -28 ≤ -34 ≤ -34 ≤ -24
sensitivity

Optical path
dB 1 1 1 -
penalty

Overload point dBm -8 -10 -10 -3

Receiver
dB -12 -12 -12 -12
reflection loss

Version: K 839
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 9-1 Specifications of the 155M SFP SFF Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

±2.0 dB (-11 dBm ±2.0 dB (-14 dBm ±2.0 dB (-14 dBm ±2.0 dB (-5 dBm to
Accuracy of Rx
to -25 dBm) to -30 dBm) to -30 dBm) -20 dBm)
optical power dBm
±3.0 dB (> -11 ±3.0 dB (> -14 ±3.0 dB (> -14 ±3.0 dB (> -5 dBm;
indication
dBm; < -25 dBm) dBm; < -30 dBm) dBm; < -30 dBm) < -20 dBm)

Module power
W 1 1 1 1
consumption

Specifications of the 622M SFP SFF Optical Module

Table 9-2 Specifications of the 622M SFP SFF Optical Module

Item Unit Specification

Transmitter
Optical interface type - S4.1 L4.1 L4.2
Transmission distance km 15 40 80
Laser spectrum width
nm - - ≤1
(-20 dB)

Laser spectrum width

nm ≤ 2.5 ≤ 1.7 -
(RMS)

Side mode
dB - - ≥ 30
suppression ratio

Mean launched power dBm -15 to -8 -3 to 2 -3 to 2

Accuracy of Tx optical
dB ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5
power indication

Extinction ratio dB 8.2 to 15 10 to 15 10 to 15

Eye pattern mask - ITU-T G.957-compliant

Central wavelength nm 1274 to 1356 1296 to 1330 1480 to 1580

Receiver
Receiving sensitivity dBm ≤ -28 ≤ -28 ≤ -28
Optical path penalty dB 1 1 1
Overload point dBm -8 -8 -8
Receiver reflection
dB - -14 -27
loss

840 Version: K
 9 Optical Modules

Table 9-2 Specifications of the 622M SFP SFF Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

±2.0 dB (-11 dBm to -25 ±2.0 dB (-11 dBm to -25 ±2.0 dB (-11 dBm to -25
Accuracy of Rx optical dBm) dBm) dBm)
dBm
power indication ±3.0 dB (> -11 dBm; < ±3.0 dB (> -11 dBm; < ±3.0 dB (> -11 dBm; <
-25 dBm) -25 dBm) -25 dBm)

Module power
W 1 1 1
consumption

Specifications of the 1.25G SFP SFF Optical Module

Table 9-3 Specifications of the 1.25G SFP SFF Optical Module

Item Unit Specification

Transmitter
Optical
1000BASE- 1000BASE- 1000BASE- 1000BASE- 1000BASE- 1000BASE-
interface -
SX LX LX EX ZX1 ZX2
type

0.55 (50/125
Transmis-
µm
sion km 10 15 40 80 120
multimode
distance
optical fiber)

Laser
spectrum
nm - - - ≤1 ≤1 ≤1
width (-20
dB)

Laser
spectrum
nm ≤ 0.85 ≤4 ≤4 - - -
width
(RMS)

Side mode
suppression dB - - - ≥ 30 ≥ 30 ≥ 30
ratio
Mean
launched dBm -9.5 to -4 -8 to -3 -8 to -3 -5 to 0 -2 to 3 0 to 5
power

Accuracy of
Tx optical
dB ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5
power
indication

Version: K 841
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 9-3 Specifications of the 1.25G SFP SFF Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Extinction
dB >9 9.0 to 15 9.0 to 15 9.0 to 15 9.0 to 15 9.0 to 15
ratio
Eye pattern
- Compliant with ITU-T Rec. 802.3 eye pattern
mask
Central
nm 770 to 860 1275 to 1350 1275 to 1350 1275 to 1350 1500 to 1580 1500 to 1580
wavelength

Eye
overshoot - - - - - < 50% < 50%
(filter OFF)

Minimum
optical
return loss dB 12 12 12 20 24 24
of the
transmitter
Receiver
Receiving
dBm ≤ -17 ≤ -20 ≤ -23 ≤ -23 ≤ -25 ≤ -31
sensitivity

Optical path
dB 1 1 1 1 2 2
penalty

Overload
dBm 0 -3 -3 -3 -3 -9
point

Receiver
reflection dB -12 -12 -12 -12 -27 -27
loss
±2.0 dB (-3 ±2.0 dB (-6 ±2.0 dB (-6 ±2.0 dB (-6 ±2.0 dB (-12 ±2.0 dB (-12
Accuracy of dBm to -14 dBm to -16 dBm to -20 dBm to -20 dBm to -22 dBm to -27
Rx optical dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm)
dBm
power ±3.0 dB (> -3 ±3.0 dB (> -6 ±3.0 dB (> -6 ±3.0 dB (> -6 ±3.0 dB (> ±3.0 dB (>
indication dBm; < -14 dBm; < -16 dBm; < -20 dBm; < -20 -12 dBm; < -12 dBm; <
dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm) -22 dBm) -27 dBm)

Module
power
W 1 1 1 1 1 1
consump-
tion

842 Version: K
 9 Optical Modules

Specifications of the 2.5G TDM SFP Optical Module

Table 9-4 Specifications of the 2.5G TDM SFP Optical Module

Item Unit Specification

Transmitter
Optical interface
- I16 S16.1 S16.2 L16.1 L16.2 V16.2
type

Transmission
km 2 15 15 40 80 110
distance
Laser spectrum
nm - ≤1 <1 ≤1 ≤1 ≤1
width (-20 dB)

Laser spectrum
nm ≤4 - - - - -
width (RMS)

Side mode
dB - ≥ 30 ≥ 30 ≥ 30 ≥ 30 ≥ 30
suppression ratio

Mean launched
dBm -10 to -3 -5 to 0 -5 to 0 -2 to 3 -2 to 3 0 to 5
power

Accuracy of Tx
optical power dB ±1.5
indication
Extinction ratio dB 8.2 to 13 8.2 to 13 8.2 to 13 8.2 to 12 8.2 to 12 8.2 to 12
Eye pattern
- ITU-T G.957-compliant
mask
Central 1260 to 1260 to 1430 to 1280 to 1500 to 1500 to
nm
wavelength 1360 1360 1580 1335 1580 1580
Minimum optical
return loss of the dB - 24 24 24 24 24
transmitter
Eye overshoot
- < 100% < 100% < 100% < 100% < 50% < 50%
(filter OFF)

Receiver
Receiving
dBm ≤ -18 ≤ -18 ≤ -18 ≤ -27 ≤ -28 ≤ -31
sensitivity

Optical path
dB 1 1 1 1 2 2
penalty

Overload point dBm -3 0 0 -9 -9 -9

Receiver
dB -27 -27 -27 -27 -27 -27
reflection loss
Power for LOS
dBm -30 -30 -30 -38 -38 -38
assert (LOSA)

Version: K 843
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 9-4 Specifications of the 2.5G TDM SFP Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Power for LOS

dBm -22 -22 -22 -30 -31 -32
deassert (LOSD)

±2.0 dB (-6 ±2.0 dB (-3 ±2.0 dB (-3 ±2.0 dB (-12 ±2.0 dB (-12 ±2.0 dB (-12
dBm to -15 dBm to -15 dBm to -15 dBm to -24 dBm to -25 dBm to -27
Accuracy of Rx
dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm) dBm)
optical power -
±3.0 dB (> ±3.0 dB (> ±3.0 dB (> ±3.0 dB (> ±3.0 dB (> ±3.0 dB (>
indication
-6 dBm; < -3 dBm; < -3 dBm; < -12 dBm; < -12 dBm; < -12 dBm; <
-15 dBm) -15 dBm) -15 dBm) -24 dBm) -25 dBm) -27 dBm)

Module power
W 1
consumption

Operating
℃ 0 to 70
temperature

Specifications of the 10G TDM XFP SFP+ Optical Module

Table 9-5 Specifications of the 10G TDM XFP SFP+ Optical Module

Item Unit Specification

Transmitter
Optical SDH I64. S-64.
10GBAS- 10GBAS- 10GBAS- 10GBAS- P1L1-
interface - 1/P1I1- 2b/P1S1-
E-LR/LW E-SR/SW E-LR/LW E-ER/EW 2D2/L-64.2
type 2D1 2D2b
Transmis-
sion km 10 0.3 10 20 40 40 80
distance
Disper-
sion ps/nm 33 - - - - 800 1600
tolerance
Operating 1.2288 to 9.953 to 8.5, 9.953 1.2288 to 9.953 to 9.953 to 9.953 to
Gb/s
rate 10.3125 11.09 to 11.3 11.3 10.3125 11.3 11.3
Maximum
transmit-
ting dBm 0.5 -1 -1 1.5 4 2 4
optical
power

844 Version: K
 9 Optical Modules

Table 9-5 Specifications of the 10G TDM XFP SFP+ Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum
transmit-
ting dBm -8.2 -7.3 -6 -3.5 -4.7 -1 0
optical
power

Mean
launched dBm -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30
power

Extinction
dB 3.5 to 6.5 3 to 6 >6 3.5 to 6.5 >3 > 8.2 >9
ratio
Eye
overshoot
- ≤ 20% ≤ 20% ≤ 20% ≤ 20% NA NA NA
(filter
OFF)

Eye IEEE std IEEE std ITU-T G. IEEE std IEEE std ITU-T G. ITU-T G.
pattern - 802.3- 802.3- 691- 802.3- 802.3- 691- 691-
mask compliant compliant compliant compliant compliant compliant compliant

Central
1260 to 1290 to 1260 to 1530 to 1530 to 1530 to
wave- nm 840 to 860
1355 1330 1355 1565 1565 1565
length

Laser
spectrum
nm ≤1 ≤ 0.45 ≤1 ≤1 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4
width (-20
dB)

Minimum
optical
return loss
dB 12 12 12 12 21 21 21
of the
transmit-
ter
Side
mode
dB 30 - 30 30 30 30 30
suppres-
sion ratio
Accuracy
of Tx
optical dB ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5
power
indication

Version: K 845
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 9-5 Specifications of the 10G TDM XFP SFP+ Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Accuracy
±1.5 dB ±1.5 dB
of Rx ±1.5 dB ±1.5 dB ±1.5 dB ±1.5 dB ±1.5 dB
(-4 dBm (-10 dBm
optical - (-1 dBm to (-2 dBm to (-4 dBm to (-1 dBm to (-4 dBm to
to -14 to -20
power -11 dBm) -10 dBm) -11 dBm) -11 dBm) -14 dBm)
dBm) dBm)
indication
Receiving ≤ -11.1
dBm ≤ -14.4 ≤ -14 ≤ -14.4 ≤ -15.8 ≤ -17 ≤ -24
sensitivity (OMA)

Overload
dBm 0.5 -1 -1 0.5 -1 -1 -7
point

Optical
path dB 3.2 3.9 1 3.2 2 2 3
penalty

Receiver
reflection dB -12 -12 -14 -12 -26 -27 -27
loss
Power for
LOS
dBm -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -30 -37
assert
(LOSA)

Power for
LOS
dBm -16 -12 -15 -16 -16 -18 -25
deassert
(LOSD)

Hysteresis
- > 0.5 > 0.5 > 0.5 > 0.5 > 0.5 > 0.5 > 0.5
zone
Output
- NA NA 0.3 NA NA 0.3 0.3
jitter B1

Output
- NA NA 0.1 NA NA 0.1 0.1
jitter B2

Compliant Compliant Compliant

with the with the with the
Jitter
- NA NA ITU-T G. NA NA ITU-T G. ITU-T G.
tolerance
825-2M 825-2M 825-2M
mask mask mask
Power
XFP: 3.5 XFP: 3.5 XFP: 3.5
consump- W 1 1 1.5 1
SFP+: 1.5 SFP+: 2 SFP+: 2
tion

846 Version: K
 9 Optical Modules

Specifications of the 40G LR4 CFP QSFP+ Optical Module

Table 9-6 Specifications of the 40G LR4 CFP QSFP+ Optical Module

Item Unit Specification

Optical module type - VSR2000-3R1 VSR2000-3R2

Transmission distance km 2 2
Transmitter
Wavelength range nm 1290 to 1330 1530 to 1565
Transmitting power range dBm 0 to 3 0 to 3
Maximum laser spectrum
nm 1 -
width (-20 dB)

Eye pattern mask - ITU-T G.693

Receiver
Receiving sensitivity dBm -5 -6
Overload optical power dBm 3 3
Maximum reflectance dB -27 -27

100G LR4 Optical Module

Table 9-7 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G LR4 Optical Module

Specification
Item Unit Minimum Typical Maximum
Value Value Value
Transmitter
Single-channel data rate Gbit/s 25.78
Multi-channel data rate Gbit/s 103.13
Normal frequency deviation range ppm -100 - 100
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 1295.56 1296.59
Central Lane 1 nm 1299.02 1300.05 1301.09
wavelength Lane 2 nm 1303.54 1304.58 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 1309.14 1310.19
Side mode suppression ratio dB 30 - -
Mean launched power of a single channel dBm -4.3 - 4.5
Note 1
Tx optical power reporting accuracy of a
dB -2 - 2
single channel

Mean total Tx optical power dBm - - 10.5

Tx inter-channel power difference (OMA) dB - - 5
Output power at laser OFF dBm - - -30

Version: K 847
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 9-7 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G LR4 Optical Module (Continued)

Specification
Item Unit Minimum Typical Maximum
Value Value Value
Note 2
Eye pattern mask - IEEE 802.3ba-compliant

Extinction ratio dB 4 - -
Receiver
Single-channel data rate Gbit/s 25.78
Multi-channel data rate Gbit/s 103.13
Normal frequency deviation range ppm -100 - 100
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 1295.56 1296.59
Central Lane 1 nm 1299.02 1300.05 1301.09
wavelength Lane 2 nm 1303.54 1304.58 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 1309.14 1310.19
Rx optical power of a single channel (mean
dBm - - 4.5
optical power and OMA)

Rx optical power reporting accuracyNote 1 for

dB -2 - 2
a single channel

Rx inter-channel power difference (OMA) dB - - 5.5

Receiver sensitivity (OMA)Note 3 of a single
dBm - - -8.6
channel
Impaired input optical power of a receiver
dBm 5.5 - -
(single channel)

LOS hysteresis zone dB 0.5 - -

Receiver reflectance dB - - -26

Optical module specifications

Working temperature °C 0 - 70
Power consumption (CFP) W - - 24
Power consumption (CFP2) W - - 12
Power consumption (SFP28) W - - 3.5
Note 1: At normal temperature, this parameter should be smaller than 1 dB; at total air temperature, it should be
better than ±2 dB.
Note 2: Hit ratio: 5 × 10-5 hits/sample
Note 3: NRZ, BER = 1 × 10-12, ER = 4 dB

848 Version: K
 9 Optical Modules

Table 9-8 Optical Interface Specifications of the OTU4 Module

Specification
Item Unit
4I1-9D1FNote 1
Transmitter
Single-channel data rate Gbit/s 27.95249
Multi-channel data rate Gbit/s 111.8099736
Normal frequency deviation range ppm -20 to 20
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 to 1296.59
Lane 1 nm 1299.02 to 1301.09
Central wavelength
Lane 2 nm 1303.54 to 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 to 1310.19
Minimum side mode suppression ratio dB 30
Minimum mean launched power per channel dBm -0.6 -2.5
Maximum mean launched power per
dB 4 2.9
channel
Maximum mean launched power dBm 10 8.9
Tx inter-channel power difference dB 5
Note 2
Tx optical power reporting accuracy of a
- ±2
single channel

Maximum output power at laser OFF dBm -30

Note 3
Eye pattern mask - ITU-T G.959.1-compliant

Maximum extinction ratio dB 6.5 -

Minimum extinction ratio dB 4 7
Receiver
Single-channel data rate Gbit/s 27.95249
Multi-channel data rate Gbit/s 111.8099736
Normal frequency deviation range ppm -20 to 20
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 to 1296.59
Lane 1 nm 1299.02 to 1301.09
Central wavelength
Lane 2 nm 1303.54 to 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 to 1310.19
Maximum mean receiving power per
dBm 4 2.9
channel
Rx optical power reporting accuracyNote 2 for
dB ±2
a single channel

Maximum total input optical power dBm 10 8.9

Rx inter-channel power difference dB 5.5
Maximum optical path penalty dB 1.5

Version: K 849
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 9-8 Optical Interface Specifications of the OTU4 Module (Continued)

Specification
Item Unit
4I1-9D1FNote 1
Maximum receiver sensitivityNote 4 dBm -8.4 -10.3
Receiver reflectance dB -26
LOS hysteresis zone dB > 0.5
Optical module specifications

Working temperature ℃ 0 to 70
Power consumption (CFP) W 24
Power consumption (CFP2) W 12
Power consumption (SFP28) W 3.5
Note 1: Two types of transmitters are available for the 4I1-9D1F module (their specifications are displayed in two
columns respectively in the table).
Note 2: At normal temperature, this parameter should be smaller than 1 dB; at total air temperature, it should be
better than ±2 dB.
Note 3: Hit ratio: 5 x 10-5 hits/sample
Note 4: NRZ, BER = 1 × 10-4

Specifications of the 100G ER4 Optical Module

Table 9-9 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G ER4 Module

Specification
Item Unit Minimum Maximum
Typical Value
Value Value
Transmitter
Single-channel data rate (100GE) Gbit/s 25.78
Multi-channel data rate (100GE) Gbit/s 103.13
Normal frequency deviation range (100GE) ppm -100 - 100
Single-channel data rate (OTU4) Gbit/s 27.95
Multi-channel data rate (OTU4) Gbit/s 111.81
Normal frequency deviation range (OTU4) ppm -20 - 20
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 1295.56 1296.59
Central Lane 1 nm 1299.02 1300.05 1301.09
wavelength Lane 2 nm 1303.54 1304.58 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 1309.14 1310.19
Side mode suppression ratio dB 30 - -
Mean launched power of a single channel dBm -2.7 - 2.9

850 Version: K
 9 Optical Modules

Table 9-9 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G ER4 Module (Continued)

Specification
Item Unit Minimum Maximum
Typical Value
Value Value
Note 1
Tx optical power reporting accuracy for
dB -2 - 2
a single channel

Mean total Tx optical power dBm - - 8.9

IEEE 802.3ba- and ITU-T G.959.1 (4L1-9C1F)-
Eye pattern mask -
compliant

Extinction ratio dB 8 - -
Receiver
Single-channel data rate (100GE) Gbit/s 25.78
Multi-channel data rate (100GE) Gbit/s 103.13
Normal frequency deviation range (100GE) ppm -100 - 100
Single-channel data rate (OTU4) Gbit/s 27.95
Multi-channel data rate (OTU4) Gbit/s 111.81
Normal frequency deviation range (OTU4) ppm -20 - 20
Lane 0 nm 1294.53 1295.56 1296.59
Central Lane 1 nm 1299.02 1300.05 1301.09
wavelength Lane 2 nm 1303.54 1304.58 1305.63
Lane 3 nm 1308.09 1309.14 1310.19
Rx optical power of a single channel (mean
dBm - - 4.5
optical power and OMA)

Rx optical power reporting accuracyNote 1 for

dB -2 - 2
a single channel

Sensitivity of the single-channel receiver

dBm - - -21.4
(OMA) (100GE)Note 2

Sensitivity of the single-channel receiver

dBm - - -21.4
(OTU4)Note 3

Receiver reflectance dB - - -26

Impaired input optical power of a receiver
dBm 5.5 - -
(single channel)

Optical module specifications

Optical path penalty dB - - 2.5

Operating temperature ℃ 0 - 70
Power consumption (CFP) W - - 24

Version: K 851
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 9-9 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G ER4 Module (Continued)

Specification
Item Unit Minimum Maximum
Typical Value
Value Value
Power consumption (CFP2) W - - 12
Note 1: At normal temperature, this parameter should be smaller than 1 dB; at total air temperature, it should be
better than ±2 dB.
Note 2: NRZ, BER = 1 × 10-12, ER = 4 dB
Note 3: NRZ, BER = 1 × 10-4

Specifications of the 4G FC Optical Module

Table 9-10 Specifications of the 4G FC Optical Module

Item Unit Specification

Line code format - NRZ

Transmission distance 　 10 km
Transmitter at reference point S

Operating wavelength range nm 1260 to 1355

Maximum mean launched
dBm 0.5
power

Minimum mean launched

dBm -8.2
power

Eye pattern mask IEEE 802.3ae-compliant

Receiver at reference point R

Receiver type - PIN

Operating wavelength range nm 1260 to 1355
Receiving sensitivity dBm -14.4
Minimum overload dBm 0.5
Maximum reflectance dB -12

Specifications of the 16G FC Optical Module

Table 9-11 Specifications of the 16G FC Optical Module

Item Unit Specification

Multi-mode laser
Operating rate Gbit/s 4.25 to 14.025
Central wavelength nm 840 to 860

852 Version: K
 9 Optical Modules

Table 9-11 Specifications of the 16G FC Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Laser spectrum width (RMS) nm ≤ 0.59

Mean launched power dBm ≥ -7.8
Accuracy of Tx optical power indication dB -2 to 2
Eye pattern mask FC-PI-5
Extinction ratio dB 3
Overload point dBm ≤0
Accuracy of Rx optical power indication dB -2 to 2
Receiving sensitivity dBm ≤ -10.5
Receiver reflection loss dB -12
Operating temperature ℃ 0 to 70
Single-mode laser

Operating rate Gbit/s 4.25 to 14.025

Central wavelength nm 1295 to 1325
-20 dB spectral width nm ≤1
Mean launched power dBm -5 to 2
Accuracy of Tx optical power indication dB -2 to 2
Overload point dBm ≤2
Accuracy of Rx optical power indication dB -2 to 2
Receiving sensitivity dBm ≤ -12
Receiver reflection loss dB -12
Operating temperature ℃ 0 to 70

9.2 Specifications of the Line-Side Optical

Module
Specifications of the 10G DWDM TXFP SFP+ Optical Module

Table 9-12 Specifications of the 10G DWDM TXFP SFP+ Optical Module

Item Unit Specification

Note 1
Transmission signal rate Gbit/s 9.953 to 11.3
Transmitter
Maximum laser spectrum width (-20 dB) nm 0.3
Minimum side mode suppression ratio dB 35

Version: K 853
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 9-12 Specifications of the 10G DWDM TXFP SFP+ Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Mean launched power range dBm -2 to 4

Accuracy of transmitting power dB -1.5 to 1.5
Laser shutdown timeNote 2 us ≤ 10
Mean launched power at laser shutdown dBm ≤ -30
Eye pattern mask - G.959.1-compliant

Extinction ratio dB > 10

Note 3
Output wavelength nm 1529.16 to 1567.13
Channel spacing GHz 50
-0.02 to 0.02 (BOL)
Central wavelength shift nm
-0.04 to 0.04 (EOL)

Receiver
Optical receiver type - PIN
Receiving sensitivityNote 4 dBm ≤ -17
Minimum overload optical power dBm 0
Maximum reflectance of the receiver dB -27
Maximum optical path penalty dB 2
Accuracy of receiving power dB -1.5 to 1.5
Wavelength of received optical signals nm 1280 to 1610
Power for LOS assert dBm -22 to -20
Jitter parameter B1 UI ≤ 0.3
Jitter parameter B2 UI ≤ 0.1

Jitter tolerance - Compliant with ITU-T G.8251

OSNR limit dB ≤ 12
Modulation feature - Zero chirp

Maximum power consumption W 2.5 to 3.5

Operating temperature ℃ 0 to 70
Note 1: The optical module is required to work at a rate ranging from 9.953 Gbit/s to 11.3 Gbit/s. The test
specifications are based on 10.7 Gbit/s.
Note 2: Laser shutdown time is counted from the time point when the voltage of the laser shutdown pin reaches +2.4
V to the time point when the laser's output optical power decreases to -30 dBm.
Note 3: Refer to ITU-T G.692-1998 and G.694.1 for the standard wavelength table.
Note 4: The maximum receiving sensitivity value is BOL.

854 Version: K
 9 Optical Modules

Specifications of the 10G DWDM XFP SFP+ Optical Module

Table 9-13 Specifications of the 10G DWDM XFP SFP+ Optical Module

Item Unit Specification

Note 1
Optical receiver type - PIN APD
Transmission signal rateNote 2 Gbit/s 9.953 to 11.3 1.2288 to 10.32
Transmitter
Maximum laser spectrum width (-20
nm 0.3 0.3
dB)

Minimum side mode suppression

dB 35 35
ratio
Mean launched power range dBm -2 to 3 1 to 4
Accuracy of transmitting power dB -1.5 to 1.5 -1.5 to 1.5
Mean launched power at laser
dBm ≤ -30 ≤ -38
shutdownNote 3
Eye pattern mask - G.959.1-compliant and GR-253-compliant

Eye pattern SNRNote 4 dB ≥ 12 ≥ 12

Extinction ratio dB ≥ 10 (filter off) ≥ 8.2 (filter on)

Output wavelengthNote 5 nm 1529.16 to 1567.13 1529.16 to 1567.13

Channel spacing GHz 50 / 100 50 / 100
Central wavelength shift (BOL) nm -0.03 to 0.03 -0.04 to 0.04
Central wavelength shift (EOL)Note 6 nm -0.04 to 0.04 -0.08 to 0.08
Receiver
Receiving sensitivityNote 7 dBm ≤ -17 ≤ -25
Note
Minimum overload optical power
7 dBm 0 -8

Maximum reflectance of the

dB -27 -27
receiver
Maximum optical path penalty dB 2 1
Note 8
Accuracy of receiving power dB -2 to 2 -2 to 2
Wavelength of received optical
nm 1280 to 1610 1280 to 1610
signals

Power for LOS assert dBm ≤ -28 ≤ -38

Power for LOS deassert dBm ≤ -18 ≤ -26
Jitter parameter B1 UI ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3
Jitter parameter B2Note 9 UI ≤ 0.1 ≤ 0.1

Jitter tolerance - ITU-T G.825 compliant

Maximum optical path penaltyNote 10 dB 2 1

Version: K 855
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 9-13 Specifications of the 10G DWDM XFP SFP+ Optical Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Maximum OSNR penalty of the

dB 2 -
optical channel

Back-to-back OSNR limitNote 11 dB ≤ 12 -

Maximum power consumption W 2 to 6.7 2 to 6.7
Operating temperature ℃ 0 to 70 -40 to 85
Note 1: For the optical module of a PIN receiver, the case temperature ranges from 0℃ to 70℃ (commercial grade);
for the optical module of an APD receiver, the case temperature ranges from -40℃ to 85℃ (industrial grade).
Note 2: The transmission signal rate ranges from 9.9532 Gbit/s to 11.318 Gbit/s for the optical module of a PIN
receiver, and 1.2288 Gbit/s to 10.32 Gbit/s for the optical module of an APD receiver (generally used for
CPRI). NRZ code, PRBS = 231-1. When the optical module of an APD receiver supports the CDR function,
the CDR bypass function should be provided and set to bypass by default.
Note 3: When Tx_DIS is active-high, the optical source is turned off. The Tx-side output power is tested under this
condition.
Note 4: Test conditions: The bandwidth of the oscilloscope at an optical port is 12 GHz. For an Agilent86105A module
used, when the power input to the optical oscilloscope is larger than -3 dBm, the filter is turned off.
Note 5: Refer to ITU-T G.692-1998 and G.694.1 for the standard wavelength table.
Note 6: For the module without a wavelength locker, this parameter is allowed up to 0.08 nm. Generally, the tunable-
wavelength module is provided with a wavelength locker while the EA-type fixed-wavelength module is not.
Note 7: NRZ code, PRBS = 231-1. The extinction ratio of the received signal is larger than 9.0 dB (filter off); back-to-
back test; BOL.
Note 8: Test conditions: 2 dBm larger than the receiving sensitivity and 3 dBm smaller than the overload power.
Note 9: Compliant with ITU-T G.825. The jitter peak-to-peak amplitude is smaller than 0.3 UI in the range of 20 kHz to
80 MHz, and smaller than 0.1 UI in the range of 4 MHz to 80 MHz. The module of a PIN receiver must be
provided with a built-in CDR chip.
Note 10:For the module of a PIN receiver, when the BER is 1 × 10-12, and signals are transmitted over the G.652 or
DCF optical fiber line of 40 km long, the receiving sensitivity is degraded by no more than 2 dB compared
with the back-to-back receiving sensitivity. When the path penalty exceeds 2 dB, but the receiving sensitivity
in the long fiber transmission is no more than -17 dBm, the path penalty requirement is met. For the module
of an APD receiver, when signals are transmitted over the G.652 optical fiber line of 20 km long, the receiving
sensitivity is degraded by no more than 1 dB compared with the back-to-back receiving sensitivity. Or when
the receiving sensitivity for the 20 km-long G.652 fiber transmission is no more than -24 dBm, the path
penalty requirement is met.
Note 11:No OSNR requirement is raised for the module of an APD receiver.

856 Version: K
 9 Optical Modules

Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G MSA DWDM Module

Table 9-14 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G MSA DWDM Module

Parameter Unit Specification

Transmitter at reference point S

Nominal central frequency THz 191.3 to 196.05

Maximum mean launched power dBm 0
Minimum mean launched power dBm -5
Central frequency deviation GHz ±1.5
Maximum -3 dB spectral width nm 0.3
Maximum -10 dB spectral width nm 0.4
Tx OSNR (in band) dB 35
Receiver at reference point R

Receiver type - PIN

Operating wavelength range nm 1529 to 1568
Receiving sensitivity dBm -16
Minimum overload dBm 0
Maximum reflectance dB -27

Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G MSA (Dual-Slot) DWDM Module

Table 9-15 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G MSA (Dual-Slot) DWDM Module

Parameter Unit Specification

Transmitter at reference point S

Nominal central frequency THz 191.3 to 196.05

Maximum mean launched power dBm 0
Minimum mean launched power dBm -5
Central frequency deviation GHz ±1.5
Maximum -3 dB spectral width nm 0.3
Maximum -10 dB spectral width nm 0.4
Tx OSNR (in band) dB 35
Receiver at reference point R

Receiver type - PIN

Operating wavelength range nm 1529 to 1568
Receiving sensitivity dBm -16

Version: K 857
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 9-15 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G MSA (Dual-Slot) DWDM Module
(Continued)

Parameter Unit Specification

Minimum overload dBm 0

Maximum reflectance dB -27

Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G CFP DWDM Module

Table 9-16 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G CFP DWDM Module

Item Unit Specification

Line code format - QPSK

Transmitter at reference point S

Nominal central frequency THz 191.3 to 196.1

Maximum mean launched power dBm 1
Minimum mean launched power dBm -15
Central frequency deviation GHz ±1.8 GHZ
Maximum -3 dB spectral width nm -
Maximum -10 dB spectral width nm -
Tx OSNR (in band) dB 27
Receiver at reference point R

Receiver type - Coherent

Operating wavelength range nm 1528.773 to 1567.132
Receiving sensitivity dBm -18
Minimum overload dBm 0
Maximum reflectance dB -27

Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G CFP2 DWDM Module

Table 9-17 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G CFP2 DWDM Module

Item Unit Specifications

Line code format - 100G QPSK

Transmitter
OSNR limit dB 12.5
CD tolerance ps/nm 40000
Nominal central frequency THz 191.3 to 196.05
Mean launched power dBm -4 to -1

858 Version: K
 9 Optical Modules

Table 9-17 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G CFP2 DWDM Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specifications

Central frequency deviation GHz ±2.5

Maximum -3 dB spectral width nm 0.3
Maximum -20 dB spectral width nm 1
Receiver
Receiving sensitivity dBm -18
Power consumption W 24
Minimum overload dBm 0
Maximum reflectance dB -27

Optical Interface Specifications of the 200G MSA DWDM Module

Table 9-18 Optical Interface Specifications of the 200G MSA DWDM Module

Parameter Unit Specification

Operating rate Gb/s ≤ 256

Side mode suppression ratio dB 24
Mean launched power dBm 0 to 3
Transmitting optical power fluctuation dB ±0.5
Frequency range THz 191.15 to 196.1
Channel spacing GHz 50
Central wavelength shift (EOL) GHz ±2.5
Wavelength switching time s < 60
Operating rate of the receiver Gb/s ≤ 256
Operating wavelength range nm 1528.773 to 1567.132
Channel spacing GHz 50
Receiving sensitivity dBm -18
Overload optical power dBm 0
Optical reflectance coefficient dB -30
Dispersion tolerance ns/nm 25
Differential group delay tolerance ps -12 to 12
OSNR tolerance of the receiver dB 17.5 to 18.5

Version: K 859
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Optical Interface Specifications of the 200G CFP2 DWDM Module

Table 9-19 Optical Interface Specifications of the 200G CFP2 DWDM Module

Parameter Unit Specification

Line code format - 8QAM, 16QAM

Transmitter at reference point S

Nominal central frequency THz 191.15 to 196.10

Maximum mean launched power dBm 1
Minimum mean launched power dBm -15
Central frequency deviation GHz ±1.8
Maximum -3 dB spectral width nm -
Maximum -10 dB spectral width nm -
Tx OSNR (in band) dB 27
Receiver at reference point R

Receiver type - Coherent

Operating wavelength range nm 1528.773 to 1567.132
Receiving sensitivity dBm -22
Minimum overload dBm 0
Maximum reflectance dB -27

Optical Interface Specifications of the 200G CFP2-DCO Module

Table 9-20 Optical Interface Specifications of the 200G CFP2-DCO Module

Item Unit Specification

Line code format - QPSK 16QAM

Channel spacing GHz 75 50
191.3 to 196.05 (C band) 191.3 to 196.05 (C band)
Nominal central frequency THz 190.7 to 196.65 (extended 190.7 to 196.65 (extended
C band) C band)

Central frequency deviation GHz ±1.8 ±1.8

Minimum side mode suppression
dB 40 40
ratio
Accuracy of Tx optical power
dB -1 to 1 -1 to 1
indication
Tx optical power fluctuation dB -0.5 to 0.5 -0.5 to 0.5
Mean launched power dBm -15 to -8 -15 to -8
Tx OSNR dB/0.1 nm ≥ 45 ≥ 45

860 Version: K
 9 Optical Modules

Table 9-20 Optical Interface Specifications of the 200G CFP2-DCO Module (Continued)

Item Unit Specification

Minimum return loss of the receiver dB 20 20

Mean launched power at laser
dBm ≤ -40 ≤ -40
shutdown
CD tolerance ps/nm 40000 40000

Optical Interface Specifications of the 400G MSA DWDM Module

Table 9-21 Optical Interface Specifications of the 400G MSA DWDM Module

Parameter Unit Specification

Line code format - 16QAM, 32QAM, 64QAM

Transmitter at reference point S

Nominal central frequency THz 191.15 to 196.10

Maximum mean launched power dBm 3
Minimum mean launched power dBm 0
Central frequency deviation GHz ±1.5
Maximum -3 dB spectral width nm -
Maximum -10 dB spectral width nm -
Tx OSNR (in band) dB 35
Receiver at reference point R

Receiver type - -
Operating wavelength range nm 1528.773 to 1567.132
Receiving sensitivity dBm -18
Minimum overload dBm 0
Maximum reflectance dB -24

Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G to 600G MSA DWDM Modules

Table 9-22 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G to 600G MSA DWDM Modules

Parame-
Unit Value
ter
Line code 100G 200G 200G 400G 400G 400G 600G
Gb/s
format QPSK 8QAM 16QAM 16QAM 32QAM 64QAM 64QAM
Transmitter at reference point S

Version: K 861
FONST 5000 U Series Packet Enhanced OTN Equipment Hardware Description

Table 9-22 Optical Interface Specifications of the 100G to 600G MSA DWDM Modules
(Continued)

Parame-
Unit Value
ter
Nominal
191.25 to 191.25 to 191.25 to 191.25 to 191.25 to 191.25 to 191.25 to
central THz
196.10 196.10 196.10 196.10 196.10 196.10 196.10
frequency

Maximum
mean
dBm 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
launched
power

Minimum
mean
dBm -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10 -10
launched
power

Central
frequency GHz ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5 ±1.5
deviation
Receiver at reference point R

Receiving
dBm -20 -18 TBD -17 -15 TBD TBD
sensitivity

Minimum
dBm 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
overload
Maximum
reflec- dB -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24 -24
tance
OSNR dB 9.9 15.1 16.4 20.4 22.7 25.8 31.3

862 Version: K
 Product Documentation Customer Satisfaction Survey
Thank you for reading and using the product documentation provided by FiberHome. Please take a moment to
complete this survey. Your answers will help us to improve the documentation and better suit your needs. Your
responses will be confidential and given serious consideration. The personal information requested is used for
no other purposes than to respond to your feedback.

Name
Phone Number
Email Address
Company

To help us better understand your needs, please focus your answers on a single documentation or a complete
documentation set.

Documentation Name
Code and Version

Usage of the product documentation:

1. How often do you use the documentation?
□ Frequently □ Rarely □ Never □ Other (please specify)
2. When do you use the documentation?
□ in starting up a project □ in installing the product □ in daily maintenance □ in trouble
shooting □ Other (please specify)
3. What is the percentage of the operations on the product for which you can get instruction from the
documentation?
□ 100% □ 80% □ 50% □ 0% □ Other (please specify)
4. Are you satisfied with the promptness with which we update the documentation?
□ Satisfied □ Unsatisfied (your advice)
5. Which documentation form do you prefer?
□ Print edition □ Electronic edition □ Other (please specify)
Quality of the product documentation:
1. Is the information organized and presented clearly?
□ Very □ Somewhat □ Not at all (your advice)
2. How do you like the language style of the documentation?
□ Good □ Normal □ Poor (please specify)
3. Are any contents in the documentation inconsistent with the product?
4. Is the information complete in the documentation?
□ Yes
□ No (Please specify)
5. Are the product working principles and the relevant technologies covered in the documentation sufficient for
you to get known and use the product?
□ Yes
□ No (Please specify)
6. Can you successfully implement a task following the operation steps given in the documentation?
□ Yes (Please give an example)
□ No (Please specify the reason)
7. Which parts of the documentation are you satisfied with?

8. Which parts of the documentation are you unsatisfied with?Why?

9. What is your opinion on the Figures in the documentation?

□ Beautiful □ Unbeautiful (your advice)

□ Practical □ Unpractical (your advice)

10. What is your opinion on the layout of the documentation?

□ Beautiful □ Unbeautiful (your advice)
11. Thinking of the documentations you have ever read offered by other companies, how would you compare
our documentation to them?
Product documentations from other companies:

Satisfied (please specify)

Unsatisfied (please specify)

12. Additional comments about our documentation or suggestions on how we can improve:

Thank you for your assistance. Please fax or send the completed survey to us at the contact information
included in the documentation. If you have any questions or concerns about this survey please email at
[email protected]